Iamblichus — Life of Pythagoras
Works in this volume — 1
Life of Pythagoras
Contents — 37 sections
- About this text
- Chapter 1
- Chapter 2
- Chapter 3
- Chapter 4
- Chapter 5
- Chapter 6
- Chapter 7
- Chapter 8
- Chapter 9
- Chapter 10
- Chapter 11
- Chapter 12
- Chapter 13
- Chapter 14
- Chapter 15
- Chapter 16
- Chapter 17
- Chapter 18
- Chapter 19
- Chapter 20
- Chapter 21
- Chapter 22
- Chapter 23
- Chapter 24
- Chapter 25
- Chapter 26
- Chapter 27
- Chapter 28
- Chapter 29
- Chapter 30
- Chapter 31
- Chapter 32
- Chapter 33
- Chapter 34
- Chapter 35
- Chapter 36
About this text
Iamblichus of Chalcis’ Life of Pythagoras (c. AD 300), the fullest surviving life of the philosopher — thirty-six chapters on his travels, teaching, community, and maxims.
English translation by Thomas Taylor (London, 1818 — public domain), taken from his Life of Pythagoras, or Pythagoric Life. The Pythagorean fragments and sentences appended to the 1818 volume (from Stobaeus and others) are not included here.
Chapter 1
Since it is usual with all men of sound understandings, to call on divinity, when entering on any philosophic discussion, it is certainly much more appropriate to do this in the consideration of that philosophy which justly receives its denomination from the divine Pythagoras. For as it derives its origin from the Gods, it cannot be apprehended without their inspiring aid. To which we may also add, that the beauty and magnitude of it so greatly surpasses human power, that it is impossible to survey it by a sudden view; but then alone can any one gradually collect some portion of this philosophy, when, the Gods being his leaders, he quietly approaches to it. On all these accounts, therefore, having invoked the Gods as our leaders, and converting both ourselves and our discussion to them, we shall acquiesce in whatever they may command us to do. We shall not, however, make any apology for this sect having been neglected for a long time, nor for its being concealed by foreign disciplines, and certain arcane symbols, nor for having been obscured by false and spurious writings, nor for many other such-like difficulties by which it has been impeded. For the will of the Gods is sufficient for us, in conjunction with which it is possible to sustain things still more arduous than these. But after the Gods, we shall unite ourselves as to a leader, to the prince and father of this divine philosophy; of whose origin and country we must rise a little higher in our investigation.
Chapter 2
It is said, therefore, that Ancæus who dwelt in Samos in Cephallenia, was begot by Jupiter, whether he derived the fame of such an honorable descent through virtue, or through a certain greatness of soul. He surpassed, however, the rest of the Cephallenians in wisdom and renown. This Ancæus, therefore, was ordered by the Pythian oracle to form a colony from Arcadia and Thessaly; and that besides this, taking with him some of the inhabitants of Athens, Epidaurus, and Chalcis, and placing himself at their head, he should render an island habitable, which from the virtue of the soil and land should be called Melamphyllos; and that he should call the city Samos, on account of Same in Cephallenia. The oracle, therefore, which was given to him, was as follows: “I order you, Ancæus, to colonise the marine island Samos instead of Same, and to call it Phyllas.” But that a colony was collected from these places, is not only indicated by the honors and sacrifices of the Gods, transferred into those regions together with the inhabitants, but also by the kindred families that dwell there, and the associations of the Samians with each other.
It is said, therefore, that Mnesarchus and Pythaïs, who were the parents of Pythagoras, descended from the family and alliance of this Ancæus, who founded the colony. In consequence, however, of this nobility of birth being celebrated by the citizens, a certain Samian poet says, that Pythagoras was the son of Apollo. For thus he sings,
Pythaïs, fairest of the Samian tribe, Bore from th’embraces of the God of day Renown’d Pythagoras, the friend of Jove.
It is worth while, however, to relate how this report became so prevalent. The Pythian oracle then had predicted to this Mnesarchus (who came to Delphi for the purposes of merchandize, with his wife not yet apparently pregnant, and who inquired of the God concerning the event of his voyage to Syria) that his voyage would be lucrative and most conformable to his wishes, but that his wife was now pregnant, and would bring forth a son surpassing in beauty and wisdom all that ever lived, and who would be of the greatest advantage to the human race in every thing pertaining to the life of man. But, when Mnesarchus considered with himself, that the God, without being interrogated concerning his son, had informed him by an oracle, that he would possess an illustrious prerogative, and a gift truly divine, he immediately named his wife Pythaïs, from her son and the Delphic prophet, instead of Parthenis, which was her former appellation; and he called the infant, who was soon after born at Sidon in Phœnicia, Pythagoras; signifying by this appellation, that such an offspring was predicted to him by the Pythian Apollo. For we must not regard the assertions of Epimenides, Eudoxus, and Xenocrates, who suspect that Apollo at that time, becoming connected with Parthenis, and causing her to be pregnant from not being so, had in consequence of this predicted concerning Pythagoras, by the Delphic prophet: for this is by no means to be admitted. Indeed, no one can doubt that the soul of Pythagoras was sent to mankind from the empire of Apollo, either being an attendant on the God, of co-arranged with him in some other more familiar way: for this may be inferred both from his birth, and the all-various wisdom of his soul. And thus much concerning the nativity of Pythagoras.
But after his father Mnesarchus had returned from Syria to Samos, with great wealth, which he had collected from a prosperous navigation, he built a temple to Apollo, with the inscription of Pythius; and took care to have his son nourished with various and the best disciplines, at one time by Creophilus, at another by Pherecydes the Syrian, and at another by almost all those who presided over sacred concerns, to whom he earnestly recommended Pythagoras, that he might be as much as possible sufficiently instructed in divine concerns. He, however, was educated in such a manner, as to be fortunately the most beautiful and godlike of all those that have been celebrated in the annals of history. On the death of his father, likewise, though he was still but a youth, his aspect was most venerable, and his habits most temperate, so that he was even reverenced and honored by elderly men; and converted the attention of all who saw and heard him speak, on himself, and appeared to be an admirable person to every one who beheld him. Hence it was reasonably asserted by many, that he was the son of a God. But he being corroborated by renown of this kind, by the education which he had received from his infancy, and by his natural deiform appearance, in a still greater degree evinced that he deserved his present prerogatives. He was also adorned by piety and disciplines, by a mode of living transcendency good, by firmness of soul, and by a body in due subjection to the mandates of reason. In all his words and actions, he discovered an inimitable quiet and serenity, not being subdued at any time by anger, or laughter, or emulation, or contention, or any other perturbation or precipitation of conduct; but he dwelt at Samos like some beneficent dæmon. Hence, while he was yet a youth, his great renown having reached Thales at Miletus, and Bias at Priene, men illustrious for their wisdom, it also extended to the neighbouring cities. To all which we may add, that the youth was every where celebrated as the long-haired Samian, and was reverenced by the multitude as one under the influence of divine inspiration. But after he had attained the eighteenth year of his age, about the period when the tyranny of Policrates first made its appearance, foreseeing that under such a government he might receive some impediment in his studies, which engrossed the whole of his attention, he departed privately by night with one Hermodamas (whose surname was Creophilus, and who was the grandson of him who had formerly been the host, friend, and preceptor in all things of Homer the poet,) to Pherecydes, to Anaximander the natural philosopher, and to Thales at Miletus. He likewise alternately associated with each of these philosophers, in such a manner, that they all loved him, admired his natural endowments, and made him a partaker of their doctrines. Indeed, after Thales had gladly admitted him to his intimate confidence, he admired the great difference between him and other young men, whom Pythagoras left far behind in every accomplishment. And besides this, Thales increased the reputation Pythagoras had already acquired, by communicating to him such disciplines as he was able to impart: and, apologizing for his old age, and the imbecility of his body, he exhorted him to sail into Egypt, and associate with the Memphian and Diospolitan priests. For he confessed that his own reputation for wisdom, was derived from the instructions of these priests; but that he was neither naturally, nor by exercise, endued with those excellent prerogatives, which were so visibly displayed in the person of Pythagoras. Thales, therefore, gladly announced to him, from all these circumstances, that he would become the wisest and most divine of all men, if he associated with these Egyptian priests.
Chapter 3
Pythagoras, therefore, having been benefited by Thales in other respects, and especially having learned from him to be sparing of his time; for the sake of this he entirely abstained from wine and animal food, and still prior to these from voracity, and confined himself to such nutriment as was slender and easy of digestion. In consequence of this, his sleep was short, his soul vigilant and pure, and his body confirmed in a state of perfect and invariable health. In possession of such advantages, therefore, he sailed to Sidon, being persuaded that this was his natural country, and also properly conceiving that he might easily pass from thence into Egypt. Here he conversed with the prophets who were the descendants of Mochus the physiologist, and with others, and also with the Phœnician hierophants. He was likewise initiated in all the mysteries of Byblus and Tyre, and in the sacred operations which are performed in many parts of Syria; not engaging in a thing of this kind for the sake of superstition, as some one may be led to suppose, but much rather from a love and desire of contemplation, and from an anxiety that nothing might escape his observation which deserved to be learnt in the arcana or mysteries of the Gods. Having been previously instructed therefore in the mysteries of the Phœnicians, which were derived like a colony and a progeny from the sacred rites in Egypt, and hoping from this circumstance that he should be a partaker of more beautiful, divine, and genuine monuments of erudition in Egypt; joyfully calling to mind also the admonitions of his preceptor Thales, he immediately embarked for Egypt, through the means of some Egyptian sailors, who very opportunely at that time landed on the Phœnician coast under mount Carmelus, in whose temple Pythagoras, separated from all society, for the most part dwelt. But the sailors gladly received him, foreseeing that they should acquire great gain by exposing him to sale. But when, during the voyage, they perceived with what continence and venerable gravity he conducted himself, in conformity to the mode of living he had adopted, they were more benevolently disposed towards him. Observing, likewise, that there was something greater than what pertains to human nature in the modesty of the youth, they called to mind how unexpectedly he had appeared to them on their landing, when from the summit of mount Carmelus, which they knew was more sacred than other mountains, and inaccessible to the vulgar, he leisurely descended without looking back, or suffering any delay from precipices or opposing stones; and that when he came to the boat, he said nothing more than, “Are you bound for Egypt?” And farther, that on their answering in the affirmative, he ascended the ship and sate silent the whole time of the voyage, in that part of the vessel where he was not likely to incommode the occupations of the sailors. But Pythagoras remained in one and the same unmoved state for two nights and three days, neither partaking of food, nor drink, nor sleep, unless perhaps as he sate in that firm and tranquil condition, he might sleep for a short time unobserved by all the sailors. To which we may add, that when the sailors considered how, contrary to their expectations, their voyage had been continued and uninterrupted, as if some deity had been present; putting all these things together, they concluded that a divine dæmon had in reality passed over with them from Syria into Egypt. Hence, speaking both to Pythagoras and to each other with greater decorum and gentleness than before, they completed, through a most tranquil sea, the remainder of their voyage, and at length happily landed on the Egyptian coast. Here the sailors reverently assisted him in descending from the ship; and after they had placed him on the purest sand, they raised a certain temporary altar before him, and heaping on it from their present abundance the fruits of trees, and presenting him as it were with the first fruits of their freight, they departed from thence, and hastened to their destined port. But Pythagoras, whose body through such long fasting was become weaker, did not oppose the sailors in assisting him to descend from the ship, and immediately on their departure eat as much of the fruits as was requisite to restore his decayed strength. From thence also he arrived safe at the neighbouring lands, constantly preserving the same tranquillity and modesty of behaviour.
Chapter 4
But here, while he frequented all the Egyptian temples with the greatest diligence and with accurate investigation, he was both admired and loved by the priests and prophets with whom he associated. And having learnt with the greatest solicitude every particular, he did not neglect to hear of any transaction that was celebrated in his own time, or of any man famous for his wisdom, or any mystery in whatever manner it might be performed; nor did he omit to visit any place in which he thought something more excellent might be found. On this account he went to all the priests, by whom he was furnished with the wisdom which each possessed. He spent therefore two and twenty years in Egypt, in the adyta of temples, astronomizing and geometrizing, and was initiated, not in a superficial or casual manner, in all the mysteries of the Gods, till at length being taken captive by the soldiers of Cambyses, he was brought to Babylon. Here he gladly associated with the Magi, was instructed by them in their venerable knowledge, and learnt from them the most perfect worship of the Gods. Through their assistance likewise, he arrived at the summit of arithmetic, music, and other disciplines; and after associating with them twelve years, he returned to Samos about the fifty-sixth year of his age.
Chapter 5
On his return to Samos, however, being known by some of the more aged inhabitants, he was not less admired than before. For he appeared to them to be more beautiful and wise, and to possess a divine gracefulness in a more eminent degree. Hence, he was publicly called upon by his country to benefit all men, by imparting to them what he knew. Nor was he averse to this request, but endeavoured to introduce the symbolical mode of teaching, in a way perfectly similar to the documents by which he had been instructed in Egypt; though the Samians did not very much admit this mode of tuition, and did not adhere to him with that according aptitude which was requisite. Though no one therefore attended to him, and no one was genuinely desirous of those disciplines which he endeavoured by all means to introduce among the Greeks, yet he neither despised nor neglected Samos, because it was his country, and therefore wished to give his fellow-citizens a taste of the sweetness of the mathematical disciplines, though they were unwilling to be instructed in them. With a view to this, therefore, he employed the following method and artifice. Happening to observe a certain youth, who was a great lover of gymnastic and other corporeal exercises, but otherwise poor and in difficult circumstances, playing at ball in the Gymnasium with great aptness and facility, he thought the young man might easily be persuaded to attend to him, if he was sufficiently supplied with the necessaries of life, and freed from the care of procuring them. As soon as the youth, therefore, left the bath, Pythagoras called him to him, and promised that he would furnish him with every thing requisite to the support of his bodily exercise, on condition that he would receive from him gradually and easily, but continually, so that he might not be burthened by receiving them at once, certain disciplines, which he said he had learnt from the Barbarians in his youth, but which now began to desert him through forgetfulness and the incursions of old age. But the young man immediately acceded to the conditions, through the hope of having necessary support. Pythagoras, therefore, endeavoured to instruct him in the disciplines of arithmetic and geometry, forming each of his demonstrations in an abacus, and giving the youth three oboli as a reward for every figure which he learnt. This also he continued to do for a long time, exciting him to the geometrical theory by the desire of honour; diligently, and in the best order, giving him (as we have said) three oboli for every figure which he apprehended. But when the wise man observed that the elegance, sweetness, and connexion of these disciplines, to which the youth had been led in a certain orderly path, had so captivated him that he would not neglect their pursuit though he should suffer the extremity of want, he pretended poverty, and an inability of giving him three oboli any longer. But the youth on hearing this replied, “I am able without these to learn and receive your disciplines.” Pythagoras then said, “But I have not the means of procuring sufficient nutriment for myself.” As it is requisite, therefore, to labour in order to procure daily necessaries and mortal food, it would not be proper that his attention should be distracted by the abacus, and by stupid and vain pursuits. The youth, however, vehemently abhorring the thought of discontinuing his studies, replied: “I will in future provide for you, and repay your kindness in a way resembling that of the stork: for I in my turn will give you three oboli for every figure.” And from this time he was so captivated by these disciplines, that he alone, of all the Samians, migrated from his country with Pythagoras, having the same name with him, but being the son of Eratocles. There are said to be three books of this Samian On Athletics, in which he orders the Athletæ to feed on flesh instead of dry figs; which books are very improperly ascribed by some to Pythagoras the son of Mnesarchus. It is likewise said, that about the same time Pythagoras was admired at Delos, when he approached to the bloodless altar, as it is called, of the father Apollo, and worshipped it. After which he went to all the oracles. He likewise dwelt for some time in Crete and Sparta, for the purpose of becoming acquainted with their laws; and, having been an auditor and learner of all these, he returned home in order to investigate what he had omitted. And in the first place, indeed, he established a school in the city, which is even now called the semicircle of Pythagoras; and in which the Samians now consult about public affairs, conceiving it right to investigate things just and advantageous in that place which he had constructed who paid attention to the welfare of all men. He also formed a cavern out of the city, adapted to his philosophy, in which he spent the greatest part both of the day and night; employing himself in the investigation of things useful in disciplines, framing intellectual conceptions after the same manner as Minos the son of Jupiter. Indeed, he so much surpassed those who afterwards employed his disciplines, that they conceived magnificently of themselves, from the knowledge of theorems of small importance; but Pythagoras gave completion to the science of the celestial orbs, and unfolded the whole of it by arithmetical and geometrical demonstrations. He is, however, to be admired in a still greater degree for what he afterwards accomplished. For when now philosophy had received a great accession, he was admired by all Greece, and the best of those who philosophized came to Samos on his account, in order that they might participate of his erudition. The citizens likewise employed him in all their embassies, and compelled him to unite with them in the administration of public affairs. However, as he easily saw the difficulty of complying with the laws of his country, and at the same time remaining at home and philosophizing, and considered that all philosophers before him had passed their life in foreign countries, he determined to neglect all political occupations; induced to this, according to the testimony of others, by the negligence of the Samians in what relates to education, and went into Italy, conceiving that place to be his proper country, in which men well disposed towards learning were to be found in the greatest abundance. And such was the success of his journey, that on his arrival at Crotona, which was the noblest city in Italy, he had many followers, amounting, as it is said, to the number of six hundred, who were not only excited by his discourses to the study of philosophy, but also to an amicable division of the goods of life in common; from whence they acquired the appellation of Cœnobitæ.
Chapter 6
And these indeed were such as philosophized. But the greatest part of his disciples consisted of auditors whom they call Acusmatici, who on his first arrival in Italy, according to Nicomachus, being captivated by one popular oration alone, exceeded two thousand in number. These, with their wives and children, being collected into one very large and common auditory, called Homacoïon, and which for its magnitude resembled a city, founded a place which was universally called Magna Græcia. This great multitude of people likewise, receiving laws and mandates from Pythagoras as so many divine precepts, and without which they engaged in no occupation, dwelt together with the greatest general concord, celebrated and ranked by their neighbours among the number of the blessed. At the same time, as we have already observed, they shared their possessions in common. Such also was their reverence for Pythagoras, that they numbered him with the Gods, as a certain beneficent and most philanthropic dæmon. And some indeed celebrated him as the Pythian, but others as the Hyperborean Apollo. Some again considered him as Pæon, but others as one of the dæmons that inhabit the moon; and others celebrated him as one of the Olympian Gods, who, in order to benefit and correct the mortal life, appeared to the men of those times in a human form, in order that he might extend to them the salutary light of felicity and philosophy. And indeed a greater good never came, nor ever will come to mankind, than that which was imparted by the Gods through this Pythagoras. Hence, even now the proverb of the long-haired Samian, is applied to the most venerable man. But Aristotle relates, in his Treatise On the Pythagoric Philosophy, that such a division as the following was preserved by the Pythagoreans among their principal arcana; viz. that of rational animals one kind is a God, another man, and another such as Pythagoras. And indeed they very reasonably apprehended him to be a being of this kind, through whom a right conception and conformable to things themselves was introduced of Gods, heroes, and dæmons; of the world, the all-various motion of the spheres and stars, their oppositions, eclipses, and inequalities, their eccentricities and epicycles; of all the natures contained in the heavens and the earth, together with those that have an intermediate subsistence, whether apparent or occult. Nor was there anything (in all this variety of information) at all contrary to the phenomena, or the conceptions of intellect. To which we may add, that all such disciplines, theories, and scientific investigations, as truly invigorate the eye of the soul, and purify the intellect from the blindness introduced by studies of a different kind, so as to enable it to perceive the true principles and causes of the universe, were unfolded by Pythagoras to the Greeks. But besides all this, the best polity, popular concord, community of possessions among friends, the worship of the gods, piety to the dead, legislation, erudition, silence, abstinence from animals, continence, temperance, sagacity, divinity, and in one word, whatever is anxiously sought after by the lovers of learning, was brought to light by Pythagoras. On all these accounts, therefore, as I have just now said, he was (every where) so transcendently admired.
Chapter 7
It remains therefore after this, that we should relate how he travelled, what places he first visited, what discourses he made, on what subjects, and to whom they were addressed; for thus we shall easily apprehend the nature of his association with the men of that time. It is said then, that as soon as he came to Italy and Sicily, which cities he understood had oppressed each other with slavery, partly at some distant period of past time, and partly at a recent period, he inspired the inhabitants with a love of liberty, and through the means of his auditors, restored to independence and liberated Crotona, Sybaris, Catanes, Rhegium, Himæra, Agrigentum, Tauromenas, and some other cities, for whom also he established laws, through Charondas the Catanæan, and Zaleucus the Locrian, by whom they became florishing cities, and afforded an example worthy of imitation, for a long time, to the neighbouring kingdoms. He also entirely subverted sedition, discord, and party zeal, not only from his familiars, and their posterity, for many generations, as we are informed by history, but, in short, from all the cities in Italy and Sicily, which were at that time disturbed with intestine and external contentions. For the following apothegm was always employed by him in every place, whether in the company of a multitude or a few, which was similar to the persuasive oracle of a God, and was an epitome and summary as it were of his own opinions; that we should avoid and amputate by every possible artifice, by fire and sword, and all-various contrivances, from the body, disease; from the soul, ignorance; from the belly, luxury; from a city, sedition; from a house, discord; and at the same time, from all things, immoderation: through which, with a most fatherly affection, he reminded each of his disciples of the most excellent dogmas. Such therefore was the common form of his life at that time, both in words and actions. If, however, it be requisite to make a more particular relation of what he did and said, it must be observed, that he came to Italy in the sixty-second Olympiad, at which time Eryxidas of Chalcis conquered in the stadium. But immediately on his arrival he became conspicuous and illustrious, in the same manner as before, when he sailed to Delos. For there, when he performed his adorations at the bloodless altar of the father Apollo, he was admired by the inhabitants of the island.
Chapter 8
At that time also, when he was journeying from Sybaris to Crotona, he met near the shore with some fishermen, who were then drawing their nets heavily laden with fishes from the deep, and told them he knew the exact number of the fish they had caught. But the fishermen promising they would perform whatever he should order them to do, if the event corresponded with his prediction, he ordered them, after they had accurately numbered the fish, to return them alive to the sea: and what is yet more wonderful, not one of the fish died while he stood on the shore, though they had been detained from the water a considerable time. Having therefore paid the fishermen the price of their fish, he departed for Crotona. But they every where divulged the fact, and having learnt his name from some children, they told it to all men. Hence those that heard of this affair were desirous of seeing the stranger, and what they desired was easily obtained. But they were astonished on surveying his countenance, and conjectured him to be such a man as he was in reality. A few days also after this, he entered the Gymnasium, and being surrounded with a crowd of young men, he is said to have delivered an oration to them, in which he incited them to pay attention to their elders, evincing that in the world, in life, in cities, and in nature, that which has a precedency is more honorable than that which is consequent in time. As for instance, that the east is more honorable than the west; the morning than the evening; the beginning than the end; and generation than corruption. In a similar manner he observed, that natives were more honorable than strangers, and the leaders of colonies than the builders of cities: and universally Gods than dæmons; dæmons than demigods; and heroes than men. Of these likewise he observed, that the authors of generation are more honorable than their progeny. He said these things, however, for the sake of proving by induction, that children should very much esteem their parents, to whom he asserted they owed as many thanks as a dead man would owe to him who should be able to bring him back again into light. Afterwards, he observed, that it was indeed just to love those above all others, and never to give them pain, who first benefited us, and in the greatest degree. But parents alone benefit their children prior to their birth, and are the causes to their offspring of all their upright conduct; and that when children show themselves to be in no respect inferior to their parents in beneficence towards them, it is not possible for them in this respect to err. For it is reasonable to suppose, that the Gods will pardon those who honor their parent in no less a degree than the divinities themselves; since we learnt from our parents to honor divinity. Hence Homer also added the same appellation to the king of the Gods; for he denominates him the father of Gods and mortals. Many other mythologists also have delivered to us, that the kings of the Gods have been ambitious to vindicate to themselves that excessive love which subsists through marriage, in children towards their parents. And that on this account, they have at the same time introduced the hypothesis of father and mother among the Gods, the former indeed generating Minerva, but the latter Vulcan, who are of a nature contrary to each other, in order that what is most remote may participate of friendship.
All his auditors likewise having granted that the judgment of the immortals is most valid, he said he would demonstrate to the Crotonians, by the example of Hercules the founder of the colony brought to Crotona, that it is necessary to be voluntarily obedient to the mandates of parents, as they knew from tradition that the God himself had undertaken such great labors in consequence of obeying the commands of one older than himself, and being victorious in what he had undertaken to accomplish, had instituted in honor of his father the Olympic games. He also showed them that they should associate with each other in such a manner, as never to be in a state of hostility to their friends, but to become most rapidly friends to their enemies; and that they should exhibit in modesty of behaviour to their elders, the benevolent disposition of children towards their parents; but in their philanthropy to others, fraternal love and regard.
In the next place, he spoke concerning temperance, and said, that the juvenile age should make trial of its nature, this being the period in which the desires are in the most florishing state. Afterwards, he exhorted them to consider, that this alone among the virtues was adapted to a boy and a virgin, to a woman, and to the order of those of a more advanced age; and that it was especially accommodated to the younger part of the community. He also added, that this virtue alone comprehended the goods both of body and soul, as it preserved the health and also the desire of the most excellent studies. But this is evident from the opposite. For when the Barbarians and Greeks warred on each other about Troy, each of them fell into the most dreadful calamities, through the incontinence of one man, partly in the war itself, and partly in returning to their native land. And divinity ordained that the punishment of injustice alone should endure for a thousand and ten years, predicting by an oracle the capture of Troy, and ordering that virgins should be annually sent by the Locrians into the temple of Trojan Minerva. Pythagoras also exhorted young men to the cultivation of learning, calling on them to observe how absurd it would be that they should judge the reasoning power to be the most laudable of all things, and should consult about other things through this, and yet bestow no time nor labour in the exercise of it; though the attention which is paid to the body, resembles depraved friends, and rapidly fails; but erudition, like worthy and good men, endures till death, and for some persons procures immortal renown after death. These and other observations of the like kind, were made by Pythagoras, partly from history, and partly from [philosophic] dogmas, in which he showed that erudition is a natural excellence of disposition common to those in each genus, who rank in the first class of human nature. For the discoveries of these, become erudition to others. But this is naturally so worthy of pursuit, that with respect to other laudable objects of attainment, it is not possible to partake of some of them through another person, such as strength, beauty, health, and fortitude; and others are no longer possessed by him who imparts them to another, such as wealth, dominion, and many other things which we shall omit to mention. It is possible, however, for erudition to be received by another, without in the least diminishing that which the giver possesses. In a similar manner also, some goods cannot be possessed by men; but we are capable of being instructed, according to our own proper and deliberate choice. And in the next place, he who being thus instructed, engages in the administration of the affairs of his country, does not do this from impudence, but from erudition. For by education nearly men differ from wild beasts, the Greeks from the Barbarians, those that are free from slaves, and philosophers from the vulgar. And in short, those that have erudition possess such a transcendency with respect to those that have not, that seven men have been found from one city, and in one Olympiad, that were swifter than others in the course; and in the whole of the habitable part of the globe, those that excelled in wisdom were also seven in number. But in the following times in which Pythagoras lived, he alone surpassed all others in philosophy. For he called himself by this name [viz. a philosopher], instead of a wise man.
Chapter 9
And this indeed is what he said to the young men in the Gymnasium. But when they had told their parents what they had heard, a thousand men having called Pythagoras into the senate-house, and praised him for what he had said to their sons, desired him, if he had any thing advantageous to say to the Crotonians, to unfold it to those who were the leaders of the administration. He was also the first that advised them to build a temple to the Muses, in order that they might preserve the existing concord. For he observed that all these divinities were called by one common name, [the Muses,] that they subsisted in conjunction with each other, especially rejoiced in common honors, and in short, that there was always one and the same choir of the Muses. He likewise farther observed, that they comprehended in themselves symphony, harmony, rythm, and all things which procure concord. They also evince that their power does not alone extend to the most beautiful theorems, but likewise to the symphony and harmony of things. In the next place, he said it was necessary they should apprehend that they received their country from the multitude of the citizens, as a common deposit. Hence, it was requisite they should so govern it, that they might faithfully transmit it to their posterity, as an hereditary possession. And that this would firmly be effected, if they were equal in all things to the citizens, and surpassed them in nothing else than justice. For men knowing that every place requires justice, have asserted in fables that Themis has the same order with Jupiter, that Dice, i. e. justice, is seated by Pluto, and that Law is established in cities; in order that he who does not act justly in things which his rank in society requires him to perform, may at the same time appear to be unjust towards the whole world. He added, it was proper that the senators should not make use of any of the Gods for the purpose of an oath, but that their language should be such as to render them worthy of belief even without oaths. And likewise, that they should so manage their own domestic affairs, as to make the government of them the object of their deliberate choice. That they should also be genuinely disposed towards their own offspring, as being the only animals that have a sensation of this conception. And that they should so associate with a wife the companion of life, as to be mindful that other compacts are engraved in tables and pillars, but those with wives are inserted in children. That they should likewise endeavour to be beloved by their offspring, not through nature, of which they were not the causes, but through deliberate choice: for this is voluntary beneficence.
He further observed, that they should be careful not to have connexion with any but their wives, in order that the wives may not bastardize the race through the neglect and vicious conduct of the husbands. That they should also consider, that they received their wives from the Vestal hearth with libations, and brought them home as if they were suppliants, in the presence of the Gods themselves. And that by orderly conduct and temperance, they should become examples both to their own families, and to the city in which they live. That besides this, they should take care to prevent every one from acting viciously, lest offenders not fearing the punishment of the laws, should be concealed; and reverencing beautiful and worthy manners, they should be impelled to justice. He also exhorted them to expel sluggishness from all their actions; for he said that opportunity was the only good in every action. But he defined the divulsion of parents and children from each other, to be the greatest of injuries. And said, that he ought to be considered as the most excellent man, who is able to foresee what will be advantageous to himself; but that he ranks as the next in excellence, who understands what is useful from things which happen to others. But that he is the worst of men who waits for the perception of what is best, till he is himself afflicted. He likewise said, that those who wish to be honored, will not err if they imitate those that are crowned in the course: for these do not injure their antagonists, but are alone desirous that they themselves may obtain the victory. Thus also it is fit that those who engage in the administration of public affairs, should not be offended with those that contradict them, but should benefit such as are obedient to them. He likewise exhorted every one who aspired after true glory, to be such in reality as he wished to appear to be to others: for counsel is not so sacred a thing as praise; since the former is only useful among men, but the latter is for the most part referred to the Gods. And after all this he added, that their city happened to be founded by Hercules, at that time when he drove the oxen through Italy, having been injured by Lacinius; and when giving assistance by night to Croton, he slew him through ignorance, conceiving him to be an enemy. After which, Hercules promised that a city should be built about the sepulchre of Croton, and should be called from him Crotona, when he himself became a partaker of immortality. Hence Pythagoras said, it was fit that they should justly return thanks for the benefit they had received. But the Crotonians, on hearing this, built a temple to the Muses, and dismissed the harlots which they were accustomed to have. They also requested Pythagoras to discourse to the boys in the temple of Pythian Apollo, and to the women in the temple of Juno.
Chapter 10
Pythagoras, therefore, complying with their wish, is said to have given the boys the following advice: That they should neither revile any one, nor take vengeance on those that reviled. He likewise exhorted them to pay diligent attention to learning, which derives its appellation from their age. He added, that it was easy for a modest youth to preserve probity through the whole of life; but that it was difficult for one to accomplish this, who was not naturally well disposed at that age; or rather it is impossible that he who begins his course from a bad impulse, should run well to the end. Besides this, he observed that boys were most dear to divinity, and hence in times of great drought, they were sent by cities to implore rain from the Gods, in consequence of the persuasion that divinity is especially attentive to children; though such as are permitted to be continually conversant with sacred ceremonies, scarcely obtain purification in perfection. From this cause also, the most philanthropic of the Gods, Apollo and Love, are universally represented in pictures as having the age of boys. It is likewise acknowledged, that some of the games in which the conquerors are crowned, were instituted on account of boys; the Pythian, indeed, in consequence of the serpent Python being slain by a boy; but the Nemean and Isthmian, on account of the death of Archemorus and Melicerta. Besides what has been said likewise, while the city of Crotona was building, Apollo promised to the founder, that he would give him a progeny, if he brought a colony into Italy; from which inferring that Apollo providentially attended to the propagation of them, and that all the Gods paid attention to every age, they ought to render themselves worthy of their friendship. He added, that they should exercise themselves in hearing, in order that they may be able to speak. And farther still, that as soon as they have entered into the path in which they intend to proceed to old age, they should follow the steps of those that preceded them, and never contradict those that are older than themselves. For thus hereafter, they will justly think it right that neither should they be injured by their juniors. On account of these exhortations, it must be confessed that he deserved not to be called by his own name, but that all men should denominate him divine.
Chapter 11
But to the women he is said to have discoursed concerning sacrifices as follows: In the first place indeed, as they would wish that another person who intended to pray for them, should be worthy and good, because the Gods attend to such as these; thus also it is requisite that they should in the highest degree esteem equity and modesty, in order that the Gods may be readily disposed to hear their prayers. In the next place, they should offer to the Gods such things as they have produced with their own hands, and should bring them to the altars without the assistance of servants, such as cakes, honey-combs, and frankincense. But that they should not worship divinity with blood and dead bodies, nor offer many things at one time, as if they never meant to sacrifice again. With respect also to their association with men, he exhorted them to consider that their parents granted to the female nature, that they should love their husbands in a greater degree than those who were the sources of their existence. That in consequence of this, they would do well either not to oppose their husbands, or to think that they have then vanquished, when they submit to them. Farther still, in the same assembly also, Pythagoras is said to have made that celebrated observation, that it is holy for a woman, after having been connected with her husband, to perform sacred rites on the same day; but that this is never holy, after she has been connected with any other man. He also exhorted the women to use words of good omen through the whole of life, and to endeavor that others may predict good things of them. He likewise admonished them not to destroy popular renown, nor to blame the writers of fables, who surveying the justice of women, from their accommodating others with garments and ornaments, without a witness, when it is necessary for some other person to use them, and that neither litigation nor contradiction are produced from this confidence,—have feigned, that three women used but one eye in common, on account of the facility of their communion with each other. He farther observed, that he who is called the wisest of all others, and who gave arrangement to the human voice, and in short, was the inventor of names, whether he was a God or a dæmon, or a certain divine man, perceiving that the genus of women is most adapted to piety, gave to each of their ages the appellation of some God. Hence he called an unmarried woman Core, i. e. Proserpine; but a bride, Nympha; the woman who has brought forth children, Mater; and a grandmother, according to the Doric dialect, Maia. In conformity to which also, the oracles in Dodona and at Delphi, are unfolded in to light through a woman. But through this praise pertaining to piety, Pythagoras is said to have produced so great a change in female attire, that the women no longer dared to clothe themselves with costly garments, but consecrated many myriads of their vestments in the temple of Juno. The effect also of this discourse is said to have been such, that about the region of the Crotonians the fidelity of the husband to the wife was universally celebrated; [imitating in this respect] Ulysses, who would not receive immortality from Calypso, on condition that he should abandon Penelope. Pythagoras therefore also observed, that it remained for the women to exhibit their probity to their husbands, in order that they might be equally celebrated with Ulysses. In short, it is recorded that through the above-mentioned discourses, Pythagoras obtained no moderate honor and esteem, both in the city of the Crotonians and throughout Italy.
Chapter 12
It is also said, that Pythagoras was the first who called himself a philosopher; this not being a new name, but previously instructing us in a useful manner in a thing appropriate to the name. For he said that the entrance of men into the present life, resembled the progression of a crowd to some public spectacle. For there men of every description assemble with different views; one hastening to sell his wares for the sake of money and gain; but another that he may acquire renown by exhibiting the strength of his body; and there is also a third class of men, and those the most liberal, who assemble for the sake of surveying the places, the beautiful works of art, the specimens of valor, and the literary productions which are usually exhibited on such occasions. Thus also in the present life, men of all-various pursuits are collected together in one and the same place. For some are influenced by the desire of riches and luxury; others by the love of power and dominion; and others are possessed with an insane ambition for glory. But the most pure and unadulterated character, is that of the man who gives himself to the contemplation of the most beautiful things, and whom it is proper to call a philosopher. He adds, that the survey of all heaven, and of the stars that revolve in it, is indeed beautiful, when the order of them is considered. For they derive this beauty and order by the participation of the first and the intelligible essence. But that first essence is the nature of number and reasons [i. e. productive principles,] which pervades through all things, and according to which all these [celestial bodies] are elegantly arranged, and fitly adorned. And wisdom indeed, truly so called, is a certain science which is conversant with the first beautiful objects, and these divine, undecaying, and possessing an invariable sameness of subsistence; by the participation of which other things also may be called beautiful. But philosophy is the appetition of a thing of this kind. The attention therefore to erudition is likewise beautiful, which Pythagoras extended, in order to effect the correction of mankind.
Chapter 13
Moreover, if we may believe in so many ancient and credible historians as have written concerning him, the words of Pythagoras contained something of a recalling and admonitory nature, which extended as far as to irrational animals; by which it may be inferred that learning predominates in those endued with intellect, since it tames even wild beasts, and those which are considered to be deprived of reason. For it is said that Pythagoras detained the Daunian bear which had most severely injured the inhabitants, and that having gently stroked it with his hand for a long time, fed it with maze and acorns, and compelled it by an oath no longer to touch any living thing, he dismissed it. But the bear immediately after hid herself in the mountains and woods, and was never seen from that time to attack any irrational animal. Perceiving likewise an ox at Tarentum feeding in a pasture, and eating among other things green beans, he advised the herdsman to tell the ox to abstain from the beans. The herdsman, however, laughed at him, and said that he did not understand the language of oxen, but if Pythagoras did, it was in vain to advise him to speak to the ox, but fit that he himself should advise the animal to abstain from such food. Pythagoras therefore, approaching to the ear of the ox, and whispering in it for a long time, not only caused him then to refrain from beans, but it is said that he never after tasted them. This ox also lived for a long time at Tarentum near the temple of Juno, where it remained when it was old, and was called the sacred ox of Pythagoras. It was also fed by those that came to it with human food. When likewise he happened to be conversing with his familiars about birds, symbols, and prodigies, and was observing that all these are the messengers of the Gods, sent by them to those men who are truly dear to the Gods, he is said to have brought down an eagle that was flying over Olympia, and after gently stroking, to have dismissed it. Through these things, therefore, and other things similar to these, he demonstrated that he possessed the same dominion as Orpheus, over savage animals, and that he allured and detained them by the power of voice proceeding from the mouth.
Chapter 14
With him likewise the best principle originated of a guardian attention to the concerns of men, and which ought to be pre-assumed by those who intend to learn the truth about other things. For he reminded many of his familiars, by most clear and evident indications, of the former life which their soul lived, before it was bound to this body, and demonstrated by indubitable arguments, that he had been Euphorbus the son of Panthus, who conquered Patroclus. And he especially praised the following funeral Homeric verses pertaining to himself, sung them most elegantly to the lyre, and frequently repeated them.
“The shining circlets of his golden hair, Which ev’n the Graces might be proud to wear, Instarr’d with gems and gold, bestrow the shore With dust dishonor’d, and deform’d with gore. As the young olive in some sylvan scene, Crown’d by fresh fountains with eternal green, Lifts the gay head, in snowy flowrets fair, And plays and dances to the gentle air; When lo! a whirlwind from high heav’n invades The tender plant, and withers all its shades; It lies uprooted from its genial bed, A lovely ruin now defac’d and dead. Thus young, thus beautiful, Euphorbus lay, While the fierce Spartan tore his arms away.”
But what is related about the shield of this Phrygian Euphorbus, being dedicated among other Trojan spoils to Argive Juno, we shall omit, as being of a very popular nature. That, however, which he wished to indicate through all these particulars is this, that he knew the former lives which he had lived, and that from hence he commenced his providential attention to others, reminding them of their former life.
Chapter 15
Conceiving, however, that the first attention which should be paid to men, is that which takes place through the senses; as when some one perceives beautiful figures and forms, or hears beautiful rythms and melodies, he established that to be the first erudition which subsists through music, and also through certain melodies and rythms, from which the remedies of human manners and passions are obtained, together with those harmonies of the powers of the soul which it possessed from the first. He likewise devised medicines calculated to repress and expel the diseases both of bodies and souls. And by Jupiter that which deserves to be mentioned above all these particulars is this, that he arranged and adapted for his disciples what are called apparatus and contrectations, divinely contriving mixtures of certain diatonic, chromatic, and euharmonic melodies, through which he easily transferred and circularly led the passions of the soul into a contrary direction, when they had recently and in an irrational and clandestine manner been formed; such as sorrow, rage, and pity, absurd emulation and fear, all-various desires, angers, and appetites, pride, supineness, and vehemence. For he corrected each of these by the rule of virtue, attempering them through appropriate melodies, as through certain salutary medicines. In the evening, likewise, when his disciples were retiring to sleep, he liberated them by these means from diurnal perturbations and tumults, and purified their intellective power from the influxive and effluxive waves of a corporeal nature; rendered their sleep quiet, and their dreams pleasing and prophetic. But when they again rose from their bed, he freed them from nocturnal heaviness, relaxation and torpor, through certain peculiar songs and modulations, produced either by simply striking the lyre, or employing the voice. Pythagoras, however, did not procure for himself a thing of this kind through instruments or the voice, but employing a certain ineffable divinity, and which it is difficult to apprehend, he extended his ears, and fixed his intellect in the sublime symphonies of the world, he alone hearing and understanding, as it appears, the universal harmony and consonance of the spheres, and the stars that are moved through them, and which produce a fuller and more intense melody than any thing effected by mortal sounds. This melody also was the result of dissimilar and variously differing sounds, celerities, magnitudes, and intervals, arranged with reference to each other in a certain most musical ratio, and thus producing a most gentle, and at the same time variously beautiful motion and convolution. Being therefore irrigated as it were with this melody, having the reason of his intellect well arranged through it, and as I may say, exercised, he determined to exhibit certain images of these things to his disciples as much as possible, especially producing an imitation of them through instruments, and through the mere voice alone. For he conceived that by him alone, of all the inhabitants of the earth, the mundane sounds were understood and heard, and this from a natural fountain itself and root. He therefore thought himself worthy to be taught, and to learn something about the celestial orbs, and to be assimilated to them by desire and imitation, as being the only one on the earth adapted to this by the conformation of his body, through the dæmoniacal power that inspired him. But he apprehended that other men ought to be satisfied in looking to him, and the gifts he possessed, and in being benefited and corrected through images and examples, in consequence of their inability to comprehend truly the first and genuine archetypes of things. Just, indeed, as to those who are incapable of looking intently at the sun, through the transcendent splendor of his rays, we contrive to exhibit the eclipses of that luminary, either in the profundity of still water, or through melted pitch, or through some darkly-splendid mirror; sparing the imbecility of their eyes, and devising a method of representing a certain repercussive light, though less intense than its archetype, to those who are delighted with a thing of this kind. Empedocles also appears to have obscurely signified this about Pythagoras, and the illustrious and divinely-gifted conformation of his body above that of other men, when he says:
“There was a man among them [i. e. among the Pythagoreans] who was transcendent in knowledge, who possessed the most ample stores of intellectual wealth, and who was in the most eminent degree the adjutor of the works of the wise. For when he extended all the powers of his intellect, he easily beheld every thing, as far as to ten or twenty ages of the human race.”
For the words transcendent, and he beheld every thing, and the wealth of intellect, and the like, especially exhibit the illustrious nature of the conformation of his mind and body, and its superior accuracy in seeing, and hearing, and in intellectual perception.
Chapter 16
This adaptation therefore of souls was procured by him through music. But another purification of the dianoetic part, and at the same time of the whole soul, through all-various studies, was effected by him as follows: He conceived generally that labor should be employed about disciplines and studies, and ordained like a legislator, trials of the most various nature, punishments, and restraints by fire and sword, for innate intemperance, and an inexhaustible avidity of possessing; which he who is depraved can neither suffer nor sustain. Besides these things also, he ordered his familiars to abstain from all animals, and farther still from certain foods, which are hostile to the reasoning power, and impede its genuine energies. He likewise enjoined them continence of speech, and perfect silence, exercising them for many years in the subjugation of the tongue, and in a strenuous and assiduous investigation and resumption of the most difficult theorems. Hence also, he ordered them to abstain from wine, to be sparing in their food, to sleep little, and to have an unstudied contempt of, and hostility to glory, wealth, and the like: to have an unfeigned reverence of those to whom reverence is due, a genuine similitude and benevolence to those of the same age with themselves, and an attention and incitation towards their juniors, free from all envy. With respect to the amity also which subsists in all things towards all, whether it be that of Gods towards men through piety and scientific theory, or of dogmas towards each other, or universally of the soul towards the body, and of the rational towards the irrational part, through philosophy, and the theory pertaining to it; or whether it be that of men to each other, of citizens indeed through sound legislation, but of strangers through a correct physiology; or of the husband to the wife, or of brothers and kindred, through unperverted communion; or whether, in short, it be of all things towards all, and still farther, of certain irrational animals through justice, and a physical connexion and association; or whether it be the pacification and conciliation of the body which is of itself mortal, and of its latent contrary powers, through health, and a diet and temperance conformable to this, in imitation of the salubrious condition of the mundane elements;—of the appellation of all these, which are summarily comprehended in one and the same name, that of friendship, Pythagoras is acknowledged to have been the inventor and legislator. And, in short, he was the cause to his disciples of the most appropriate converse with the Gods, both when they were awake and when asleep; a thing which never takes place in a soul disturbed by anger, or pain, or pleasure, or, by Jupiter, by any other base desire, or defiled by ignorance, which is more unholy and noxious than all these. By all these inventions, therefore, he divinely healed and purified the soul, resuscitated and saved its divine part, and conducted to the intelligible its divine eye, which, as Plato says, is better worth saving than ten thousand corporeal eyes; for by looking through this alone, when it is strengthened and clarified by appropriate aids, the truth pertaining to all beings is perceived. Referring therefore to this, Pythagoras purified the dianoetic power of the soul. Such also was the form with him of erudition, and these were the things to which he directed his view.
Chapter 17
As he therefore thus prepared his disciples for erudition, he did not immediately receive into the number of his associates those who came to him for that purpose, till he had made trial of, and judiciously examined them. Hence in the first place he inquired after what manner they associated with their parents, and the rest of their relatives. In the next place he surveyed their unseasonable laughter, their silence, and their speaking when it was not proper; and farther still, what their desires were, with whom they associated, how they conversed with them, in what they especially employed their leisure time in the day, and what were the subjects of their joy and grief. He likewise surveyed, their form, their mode of walking, and the whole motion of their body. Physiognomically also considering the natural indications of their frame, he made them to be manifest signs of the unapparent manners of the soul. When, therefore, he had thus made trial of some one, he suffered him to be neglected for three years, in the mean time observing how he was disposed with respect to stability, and a true love of learning, and if he was sufficiently prepared with reference to glory, so as to despise [popular] honor. After this, he ordered those who came to him to observe a quinquennial silence, in order that he might experimentally know how they were affected as to continence of speech, the subjugation of the tongue being the most difficult of all victories; as those have unfolded to us who instituted the mysteries. During this [probationary] time, however, the property of each was disposed of in common, and was committed to the care of those appointed for this purpose, who were called politicians, economizers, and legislators. And with respect to these probationers, those who appeared to be worthy to participate of his dogmas, from the judgment he had formed of them from their life and the modesty of their behaviour, after the quinquennial silence, then became Esoterics, and both heard and saw Pythagoras himself within the veil. For prior to this they participated of his words through the hearing alone, beyond the veil, without at all seeing him, giving for a long time a specimen of their peculiar manners. But if they were rejected they received the double of the wealth which they brought, and a tomb was raised to them as if they were dead by the homacoï; for thus all the disciples of the man were called. And if they happened to meet with them afterwards, they behaved to them as if they were other persons, but said that they were dead, whom they had modelled by education, in the expectation that they would become truly good men by the disciplines they would learn. They also were of opinion that those who were more slow in the acquisition of knowledge, were badly organized, and, as I may say, imperfect and barren. If, however, after Pythagoras had physiognomically considered their form, their mode of walking, and every other motion, and the state of their body, and he had conceived good hope respecting them; after likewise the quinquennial silence, and the orgies and initiations from so many disciplines, together with the ablutions of the soul, and so many and such great purifications produced from such various theorems, through which the sagacity and sanctity of the soul is perfectly ingenerated; if, after all this, some one was found to be still sluggish and of a dull intellect, they raised to such a one in the school a certain pillar and monument, (as they are said to have done to Perialus the Thurian, and Cylon the prince of the Sybarites, who were rejected by them) expelled him from the Homacoïon or auditory, loading him with a great quantity of silver and gold. For these were deposited by them in common, and were committed to the care of certain persons adapted to this purpose, and who were called Economics, from the office which they bore. And if afterwards they happened to meet with such a one, they conceived him to be any other person, than him who according to them was dead. Hence also Lysis, blaming a certain person named Hipparchus, because he had communicated the doctrines of the Pythagoreans to the profane, and to those who acceded to them without disciplines and theory, says as follows:
“It is reported that you philosophize to every one you may happen to meet, and publicly, which Pythagoras did not think fit to do. And these things, indeed, O Hipparchus, you learnt with diligent assiduity, but you have not preserved them; having tasted, O excellent man, of Sicilian delicacies, which you ought not to have tasted a second time. If, therefore, you abandon these, I shall rejoice; but if not, you will be dead in my opinion. For it will be pious to call to mind the divine and human precepts of Pythagoras, and not to make the goods of wisdom common to those, who have not even in a dream their soul purified. For it is not lawful to extend to every casual person, things which were obtained with such great labors, and such diligent assiduity, nor to divulge the mysteries of the Eleusinian Goddesses to the profane. For those who do either of these, are equally unjust and impious. But it will be well to consider what a great length of time we consumed in wiping away the stains which had insinuated themselves into our breasts, till, after the lapse of some years, we became fit recipients of the doctrines of Pythagoras. For as dyers previously purify garments, and then fix in the colors with which they wish them to be imbued, in order that the dye may not be washed away, and may never become evanescent; after the same manner also that divine man prepared the souls of those that were lovers of philosophy, so that they might not deceive him in any of those beautiful and good qualities which he hoped they would possess. For he did not impart spurious doctrines, nor snares, in which most of the sophists, who are at leisure for no good purpose, entangle young men; but he possessed a scientific knowledge of things human and divine. These men, however, making his doctrine a pretext, perform many dreadful deeds, ensnaring youth not in a becoming nor yet in a casual way. Hence they render their auditors noxious and precipitate. For they infuse theorems and divine doctrines into confused and turbid manners. Just as if some one should pour pure and clear water into a deep well full of mud; for he would disturb the mud, and destroy the clear water. The same thing likewise takes place between those who teach and those who are taught after this manner. For dense thickets and which are full of briars surround the intellect and heart of those who have not been purely initiated in disciplines, obscure the mild, tranquil, and reasoning power of the soul, and openly impede the intellective part from becoming increased and elevated. It is requisite likewise to call intemperance and avarice the mothers of these thickets; both which are naturally prolific. From intemperance, therefore, unlawful marriages, [unjust] desires, corruptions, intoxication, preternatural pleasures, and certain vehement appetites blossom forth, and which impel their possessors into profundities and precipices. For now desires have compelled some not to abstain either from their mothers or their daughters, and violating law, their country, city, and king, with their hands as it were bound behind them, they are violently dragged along like slaves to extreme destruction. But from avarice germinate rapine, robbery, parricide, sacrilege, sorcery, and such other evils at are the sisters of these. In the first place, therefore, it is necessary to purify the woods in which these passions have fixed their abode, with fire and sword, and all the machines of disciplines; and having liberated the reasoning power from such mighty evils, we may then implant in and deliver to it something useful and good.” So great and so necessary was the attention which, according to Pythagoras, ought to be paid to disciplines prior to philosophy. He likewise ordained that a singular honor, and the most accurate investigation, should be given to the teaching and participation of his dogmas, as he judiciously examined the conceptions of those that came to him, by various documents, and ten thousand forms of scientific theory.
Chapter 18
After this we must narrate how, when he had admitted certain persons to be his disciples, he distributed them into different classes according to their respective merits. For it was not fit that all of them should equally participate of the same things, as they were naturally dissimilar; nor was it indeed right that some should participate of all the most honorable auditions, but others of none, or should not at all partake of them. For this would be uncommunicative and unjust. While therefore he imparted a convenient portion of his discourses to each, he benefited as much as possible all of them, and preserved the proportion of justice, by making each a partaker of the auditions according to his desert. Hence, in conformity to this method, he called some of them Pythagoreans, but others Pythagorists; just as we denominate some men Attics, but others Atticists. Having therefore thus aptly divided their names, some of them he considered to be genuine, but he ordained that others should show themselves to be the emulators of these. He ordered therefore that with the Pythagoreans possessions should be shared in common, and that they should always live together; but that each of the others should possess his own property apart from the rest, and that assembling together in the same place, they should mutually be at leisure for the same pursuits. And thus each of these modes was derived from Pythagoras, and transmitted to his successors. Again, there were also with the Pythagoreans two forms of philosophy; for there were likewise two genera of those that pursued it, the Acusmatici, and the Mathematici. Of these however the Mathematici are acknowledged to be Pythagoreans by the rest; but the Mathematici do not admit that the Acusmatici are so, or that they derived their instruction from Pythagoras, but from Hippasus. And with respect to Hippasus, some say that he was a Crotonian, but others a Metapontine. But the philosophy of the Acusmatici consists in auditions unaccompanied with demonstrations and a reasoning process; because it merely orders a thing to be done in a certain way, and that they should endeavour to preserve such other things as were said by him, as so many divine dogmas. They however profess that they will not speak of them, and that they are not to be spoken of; but they conceive those of their sect to be the best furnished with wisdom, who retained what they had heard more than others. But all these auditions are divided into three species. For some of them indeed signify what a thing is; others what it especially is; but others, what ought, or what ought not, to be done. The auditions therefore which signify what a thing is, are such as, What are the islands of the blessed? The sun and moon. What is the oracle at Delphi? The tetractys. What is harmony? That in which the Syrens subsist. But the auditions which signify what a thing especially is, are such as, What is the most just thing? To sacrifice. What is the wisest thing? Number. But the next to this in wisdom, is that which gives names to things. What is the wisest of the things that are with us, [i. e. which pertain to human concerns]? Medicine. What is the most beautiful? Harmony. What is the most powerful? Mental decision. What is the most excellent? Felicity. What is that which is most truly asserted? That men are depraved. Hence they say that Pythagoras praised the Salaminian poet Hippodomas, because he sings:
Tell, O ye Gods! the source from whence you came, Say whence, O men! thus evil you became?
These therefore, and such as these, are the auditions of this kind. For each of these shows what a thing especially is. This however is the same with what is called the wisdom of the seven wise men. For they investigated, not what is simply good, but what is especially so; nor what is difficult, but what is most difficult; viz. for a man to know himself. Nor did they investigate what is easy, but what is most easy; viz. to do what you are accustomed to do. For it seems that such auditions as the above, are conformable but posterior in time to such wisdom as that of the seven wise men; since they were prior to Pythagoras. The auditions likewise, respecting what should or should not be done, were such as, That it is necessary to beget children. For it is necessary to leave those that may worship the Gods after us. That it is requisite to put the shoe on the right foot first. That it is not proper to walk in the public ways, nor to dip in a sprinkling vessel, nor to be washed in a bath. For in all these it is immanifest, whether those who use them are pure. Others also of this kind are the following: Do not assist a man in laying a burden down; for it is not proper to be the cause of not laboring; but assist him in taking it up. Do not draw near to a woman for the sake of begetting children, if she has gold. Speak not about Pythagoric concerns without light. Perform libations to the Gods, from the handle of the cup, for the sake of an auspicious omen, and in order that you may not drink from the same part [from which you poured out the liquor.] Wear not the image of God in a ring, in order that it may not be defiled. For it is a resemblance which ought to be placed in the house. It is not right to use a woman ill; for she is a suppliant. On this account also we bring her from the Vestal hearth, and take her by the right hand. Nor is it proper to sacrifice a white cock; for this also is a suppliant, and is sacred to the moon. Hence likewise it announces the hours. To him who asks for counsel, give no other advice than that which is the best: for counsel is a sacred thing. Labors are good; but pleasures are in every respect bad. For as we came into the present life for the purpose of punishment, it is necessary that we should be punished. It is proper to sacrifice, and to enter temples unshod. In going to a temple, it is not proper to turn out of the way; for divinity should not be worshipped in a careless manner. It is good to sustain, and to have wounds in the breast; but it is bad to have them behind. The soul of man alone does not enter into those animals, which it is lawful to kill. Hence it is proper to eat those animals alone which it is fit to slay, but no other animal whatever. And such were the auditions of this kind.
The most extended however were those concerning sacrifices, how they ought to be performed at all other times, and likewise when migrating from the present life; and concerning sepulture, and in what manner it is proper to be buried. Of some of these therefore the reason is to be assigned why they are ordered; such for instance as, it is necessary to beget children, for the sake of leaving another that may worship the Gods instead of yourself. But of others no reason is to be assigned. And of some indeed, the reasons are assumed proximately; but of others, remotely; such as, that bread is not to be broken, because it contributes to the judgment in Hades. The probable reasons however, which are added about things of this kind, are not Pythagoric, but were devised by some who philosophized differently from the Pythagoreans, and who endeavoured to adapt probability to what was said. Thus for instance, with respect to what has been just now mentioned, why bread is not to be broken, some say that it is not proper to dissolve that which congregates. For formerly all those that were friends, assembled in a barbaric manner to one piece of bread. But others say, that it is not proper, in the beginning of an undertaking, to produce an omen of this kind by breaking and diminishing. Moreover, all such precepts as define what is to be done, or what is not to be done, refer to divinity as their end; and every life is co-arranged so as to follow God. This also is the principle and the doctrine of philosophy. For men act ridiculously in searching for good any where else than from the Gods. And when they do so, it is just as if some one, in a country governed by a king, should reverence one of the citizens who is a magistrate, and neglect him who is the ruler of all of them. For the Pythagoreans thought that such men as we have just mentioned, performed a thing of this kind. For since God is, and is the lord of all things, it is universally acknowledged that good is to be requested of him. For all men impart good to those whom they love, and to those with whom they are delighted; but they give the contrary to good to those to whom they are contrarily disposed. And such indeed is the wisdom of these precepts.
There was, however, a certain person named Hippomedon, an Ægean, a Pythagorean and one of the Acusmatici, who asserted that Pythagoras gave the reasons and demonstrations of all these precepts, but that in consequence of their being delivered to many, and these such as were of a more sluggish genius, the demonstrations were taken away, but the problems themselves were left. Those however of the Pythagoreans that are called Mathematici, acknowledge that these reasons and demonstrations were added by Pythagoras, and they say still more than this, and contend that their assertions are true, but affirm that the following circumstance was the cause of the dissimilitude. Pythagoras, say they, came from Ionia and Samos, during the tyranny of Polycrates, Italy being then in a florishing condition; and the first men in the city became his associates. But, to the more elderly of these, and who were not at leisure [for philosophy], in consequence of being occupied by political affairs, the discourse of Pythagoras was not accompanied with a reasoning process, because it would have been difficult for them to apprehend his meaning through disciplines and demonstrations; and he conceived they would nevertheless be benefited by knowing what ought to be done, though they were destitute of the knowledge of the why: just as those who are under the care of physicians, obtain their health, though they do not hear the reason of every thing which is to be done to them. But with the younger part of his associates, and who were able both to act and learn,—with these he conversed through demonstration and disciplines. These therefore are the assertions of the Mathematici, but the former, of the Acusmatici. With respect to Hippasus however especially, they assert that he was one of the Pythagoreans, but that in consequence of having divulged and described the method of forming a sphere from twelve pentagons, he perished in the sea, as an impious person, but obtained the renown of having made the discovery. In reality, however, this as well as every thing else pertaining to geometry, was the invention of that man; for thus without mentioning his name, they denominate Pythagoras. But the Pythagoreans say, that geometry was divulged from the following circumstance: A certain Pythagorean happened to lose the wealth which he possessed; and in consequence of this misfortune, he was permitted to enrich himself from geometry. But geometry was called by Pythagoras Historia. And thus much concerning the difference of each mode of philosophising, and the classes of the auditors of Pythagoras. For those who heard him either within or without the veil, and those who heard him accompanied with seeing, or without seeing him, and who are divided into interior and exterior auditors, were no other than these. And it is requisite to arrange under these, the political, economic and legislative Pythagoreans.
Chapter 19
Universally, however, it deserves to be known, that Pythagoras discovered many paths of erudition, and that he delivered an appropriate portion of wisdom conformable to the proper nature and power of each; of which the following is the greatest argument. When Abaris, the Scythian, came from the Hyperboreans, unskilled and uninitiated in the Grecian learning, and was then of an advanced age, Pythagoras did not introduce him to erudition through various theorems, but instead of silence, auscultation for so long a time, and other trials, he immediately considered him adapted to be an auditor of his dogmas, and instructed him in the shortest way in his treatise On Nature, and in another treatise On the Gods. For Abaris came from the Hyperboreans, being a priest of the Apollo who is there worshipped, an elderly man, and most wise in sacred concerns; but at that time he was returning from Greece to his own country, in order that he might consecrate to the God in his temple among the Hyperboreans, the gold which he had collected. Passing therefore through Italy, and seeing Pythagoras, he especially assimilated him to the God of whom he was the priest. And believing that he was no other than the God himself, and that no man resembled him, but that he was truly Apollo, both from the venerable indications which he saw about him, and from those which the priest had known before, he gave Pythagoras a dart which he took with him when he left the temple, as a thing that would be useful to him in the difficulties that would befal him in so long a journey. For he was carried by it, in passing through inaccessible places, such as rivers, lakes, marshes, mountains, and the like, and performed through it, as it is said, lustrations, and expelled pestilence and winds from the cities that requested him to liberate them from these evils. We are informed, therefore, that Lacedæmon, after having been purified by him, was no longer infested with pestilence, though prior to this it had frequently fallen into this evil, through the baneful nature of the place in which it was built, the mountains of Taygetus producing a suffocating heat, by being situated above the city, in the same manner as Cnossus in Crete. And many other similar particulars are related of the power of Abaris. Pythagoras, however, receiving the dart, and neither being astonished at the novelty of the thing, nor asking the reason why it was given to him, but as if he was in reality a God himself, taking Abaris aside, he showed him his golden thigh, as an indication that he was not [wholly] deceived [in the opinion he had formed of him;] and having enumerated to him the several particulars that were deposited in the temple, he gave him sufficient reason to believe that he had not badly conjectured [in assimilating him to Apollo]. Pythagoras also added, that he came [into the regions of mortality] for the purpose of remedying and benefiting the condition of mankind, and that on this account he had assumed a human form, lest men being disturbed by the novelty of his transcendency, should avoid the discipline which he possessed. He likewise exhorted Abaris to remain in that place, and to unite with him in correcting [the lives and manners] of those with whom they might meet; but to share the gold which he had collected, in common with his associates, who were led by reason to confirm by their deeds the dogma, that the possessions of friends are common. Thus, therefore, Pythagoras unfolded to Abaris, who remained with him, as we have just now said, physiology and theology in a compendious way; and instead of divination by the entrails of beasts, he delivered to him the art of prognosticating through numbers, conceiving that this was purer, more divine, and more adapted to the celestial numbers of the Gods. He delivered also to Abaris other studies which were adapted to him. That we may return, however, to that for the sake of which the present treatise was written, Pythagoras endeavoured to correct and amend different persons, according to the nature and power of each. All such particulars therefore as these, have neither been transmitted to the knowledge of men, nor is it easy to narrate all that has been transmitted to us concerning him.
Chapter 20
We shall however exhibit a few specimens, and those the most celebrated, of the Pythagoric discipline, and also the monuments of the studies in which those men engaged. In the first place, therefore, Pythagoras in making trial [of the aptitude of those that came to him] considered whether they could echemuthein, i. e. whether they were able to refrain from speaking (for this was the word which he used), and surveyed whether they could conceal in silence and preserve what they had learnt and heard. In the next place, he observed whether they were modest. For he was much more anxious that they should be silent than that they should speak. He likewise directed his attention to every other particular; such, as whether they were astonished by the energies of any immoderate passion or desire. Nor did he in a superficial manner consider how they were affected with respect to anger or desire, or whether they were contentious or ambitious, or how they were disposed with reference to friendship or strife. And if on his surveying all these particulars accurately, they appeared to him to be endued with worthy manners, then he directed his attention to their facility in learning and their memory. And in the first place, indeed he considered whether they were able to follow what was said, with rapidity and perspicuity; but in the next place, whether a certain love and temperance attended them towards the disciplines which they were taught. For he surveyed how they were naturally disposed with respect to gentleness. But he called this catartysis, i. e. elegance of manners. And he considered ferocity as hostile to such a mode of education. For impudence, shamelessness, intemperance, slothfulness, slowness in learning, unrestrained licentiousness, disgrace, and the like, are the attendants on savage manners; but the contraries on gentleness and mildness. He considered these things, therefore, in making trial of those that came to him, and in these he exercised the learners. And those that were adapted to receive the goods of the wisdom he possessed, he admitted to be his disciples, and thus endeavoured to elevate them to scientific knowledge. But if he perceived that any one of them was unadapted, he expelled him as one of another tribe, and a stranger.
In the next place, I shall speak of the studies which he delivered through the whole of the day to his associates. For those who committed themselves to the guidance of his doctrine, acted in the following manner: they performed their morning walks alone, and in places in which there happened to be an appropriate solitude and quiet, and where there were temples and groves, and other things adapted to give delight. For they thought it was not proper to converse with any one, till they had rendered their own soul sedate, and had co-harmonised the reasoning power. For they apprehended it to be a thing of a turbulent nature to mingle in a crowd as soon as they rose from bed. On this account all the Pythagoreans always selected for themselves the most sacred places. But after their morning walk they associated with each other, and especially in temples, or if this was not possible, in places that resembled them. This time, likewise, they employed in the discussion of doctrines and disciplines, and in the correction of their manners.
Chapter 21
After an association of this kind, they turned their attention to the health of the body. Most of them, however, used unction and the course; but a less number employed themselves in wrestling in gardens and groves; others in leaping with leaden weights in their hands, or in pantomime gesticulations, with a view to the strength of this body, studiously selecting for this purpose opposite exercises. Their dinner consisted of bread and honey or the honey-comb; but they did not drink wine during the day. They also employed the time after dinner in the political economy pertaining to strangers and guests, conformably to the mandate of the laws. For they wished to transact all business of this kind in the hours after dinner. But when it was evening they again betook themselves to walking; yet not singly as in the morning walk, but in parties of two or three, calling to mind as they walked, the disciplines they had learnt, and exercising themselves in beautiful studies. After they had walked, they made use of the bath; and having washed themselves, they assembled in the place where they eat together, and which contained no more than ten who met for this purpose. These, however, being collected together, libations and sacrifices were performed with fumigations and frankincense. After this they went to supper, which they finished before the setting of the sun. But they made use of wine and maze, and bread, and every kind of food that is eaten with bread, and likewise raw and boiled herbs. The flesh also of such animals was placed before them as it was lawful to immolate; but they rarely fed on fish: for this nutriment was not, for certain causes, useful to them. In a similar manner also they were of opinion, that the animal which is not naturally noxious to the human race, should neither be injured nor slain. But after this supper libations were performed, and these were succeeded by readings. It was the custom however with them for the youngest to read, and the eldest ordered what was to be read, and after what manner. But when they were about to depart, the cup-bearer poured out a libation for them; and the libation being performed, the eldest announced to them the following precepts: That a mild and fruitful plant should neither be injured nor corrupted, nor in a similar manner, any animal which is not noxious to the human race. And farther still, that it is necessary to speak piously and form proper conceptions of the divine, dæmoniacal, and heroic genera; and in a similar manner, of parents and benefactors. That it is proper likewise to give assistance to law, and to be hostile to illegality. But these things being said, each departed to his own place of abode. They also wore a white and pure garment. And in a similar manner they lay on pure and white beds, the coverlets of which were made of thread; for they did not use woollen coverlets. With respect to hunting they did not approve of it, and therefore did not employ themselves in an exercise of this kind. Such therefore were the precepts which were daily delivered to the disciples of Pythagoras, with respect to nutriment and their mode of living.
Chapter 22
Another mode also of erudition is transmitted to us, which was effected through Pythagoric precepts, and sentences which extended to human life and human opinions; a few of which out of many I shall narrate. One of these therefore contains an exhortation to remove contention and strife from true friendship, and especially from all friendship, if possible. But if this is not possible, at least to expel it from paternal friendship, and universally from that which subsists with elders and benefactors. For to contend pervicaciously with such as these, anger or some other similar passion intervening, is not to preserve, [but destroy] the existing friendship. But they say it is necessary that the smallest lacerations and ulcerations should take place in friendships. And that this will be effected, if both the friends know how to yield and subdue their anger, and especially the younger of the two, and who belongs to some one of the above-mentioned orders. They likewise thought it necessary that the corrections and admonitions which they called pædartases, and which the elder employed towards the younger, should be made with much suavity of manners and great caution; and also that much solicitude and appropriation should be exhibited in admonitions. For thus the admonition will become decorous and beneficial. They likewise say that faith should never be separated from friendship, neither seriously nor in jest. For it is no longer easy for the existing friendship to remain in a sane condition, when falsehood once insinuates itself into the manners of those who assert themselves to be friends. And again they say, that friendship is not to be rejected on account of misfortune, or any other imbecility which happens to human life; but that the only laudable rejection of a friend and of friendship, is that which takes place through great and incurable vice. Such therefore was the form of correction with the Pythagoreans through sentences, and which extended to all the virtues, and to the whole of life.
Chapter 23
The mode however of teaching through symbols, was considered by Pythagoras as most necessary. For this form of erudition was cultivated by nearly all the Greeks, as being most ancient. But it was transcendently honored by the Egyptians, and adopted by them in the most diversified manner. Conformably to this, therefore, it will be found, that great attention was paid to it by Pythagoras, if any one clearly unfolds the significations and arcane conceptions of the Pythagoric symbols, and thus developes the great rectitude and truth they contain, and liberates them from their enigmatic form. For they are adapted according to a simple and uniform doctrine, to the great geniuses of these philosophers, and deify in a manner which surpasses human conception. For those who came from this school, and especially the most ancient Pythagoreans, and also those young men who were the disciples of Pythagoras when he was an old man, viz. Philolaus and Eurytus, Charondas and Zaleucus, and Brysson, the elder Archytas also, and Aristæus, Lysis and Empedocles, Zanolxis and Epimenides, Milo and Leucippus, Alcmæon, Hippasus and Thymaridas, and all of that age, consisting of a multitude of learned men, and who were above measure excellent,—all these adopted this mode of teaching, in their discourses with each other, and in their commentaries and annotations. Their writings also, and all the books which they published, most of which have been preserved even to our time, were not composed by them in a popular and vulgar diction, and in a manner usual with all other writers, so as to be immediately understood, but in such a way as not to be easily apprehended by those that read them. For they adopted that taciturnity which was instituted by Pythagoras as a law, in concealing after an arcane mode, divine mysteries from the uninitiated, and obscuring their writings and conferences with each other. Hence he who selecting these symbols does not unfold their meaning by an apposite exposition, will cause those who may happen to meet with them to consider them as ridiculous and inane, and as full of nugacity and garrulity. When, however, they are unfolded in a way conformable to these symbols, and become obvious and clear even to the multitude, instead of being obscure and dark, then they will be found to be analogous to prophetic sayings, and to the oracles of the Pythian Apollo. They will then also exhibit an admirable meaning, and will produce a divine afflatus in those who unite intellect with erudition. Nor will it be improper to mention a few of them, in order that this mode of discipline may become more perspicuous: Enter not into a temple negligently, nor in short adore carelessly, not even though you should stand at the very doors themselves. Sacrifice and adore unshod. Declining from the public ways, walk in unfrequented paths. Speak not about Pythagoric concerns without light. And such are the outlines of the mode adopted by Pythagoras of teaching through symbols.
Chapter 24
Since, however, nutriment greatly contributes to the best discipline, when it is properly used, and in an orderly manner, let us consider what Pythagoras also instituted as a law about this. Universally, therefore, he rejected all such food as is flatulent, and the cause of perturbation, but he approved of the nutriment contrary to this, and ordered it to be used, viz. such food as composes and compresses the habit of the body. Hence, likewise, he thought that millet was a plant adapted to nutrition. But he altogether rejected such food as is foreign to the Gods; because it withdraws us from familiarity with the Gods. Again, according to another mode also, he ordered his disciples to abstain from such food as is reckoned sacred, as being worthy of honor, and not to be appropriated to common and human utility. He likewise exhorted them to abstain from such things as are an impediment to prophesy, or to the purity and chastity of the soul, or to the habit of temperance, or of virtue. And lastly, he rejected all such things as are adverse to sanctity, and which obscure and disturb the other purities of the soul, and the phantasms which occur in sleep. These things therefore he instituted as laws in common about nutriment.
Separately, however, he forbade the most contemplative of philosophers, and who have arrived at the summit of philosophic attainments, the use of superfluous and unjust food, and ordered them never to eat any thing animated, nor in short, to drink wine, nor to sacrifice animals to the Gods, nor by any means to injure animals, but to preserve most solicitously justice towards them. And he himself lived after this manner, abstaining from animal food, and adoring altars undefiled with blood. He was likewise careful in preventing others from destroying animals that are of a kindred nature with us, and rather corrected and instructed savage animals through words and deeds, than injured them through punishment. And farther still, he also injoined those politicians that were legislators to abstain from animals. For as they wished to act in the highest degree justly, it is certainly necessary that they should not injure any kindred animal. Since, how could they persuade others to act justly, if they themselves were detected in indulging an insatiable avidity by partaking of animals that are allied to us? For through the communion of life and the same elements, and the mixture subsisting from these, they are as it were conjoined to us by a fraternal alliance. He permitted, however, others whose life was not entirely purified, sacred and philosophic, to eat of certain animals; and for these he appointed a definite time of abstinence. These therefore, he ordered not to eat the heart, nor the brain; and from the eating of these he entirely prohibited all the Pythagoreans. For these parts are of a ruling nature, and are as it were certain ladders and seats of wisdom and life. But other things were considered by him as sacred on account of the nature of a divine reason. Thus he exhorted his disciples to abstain from mallows, because this plant is the first messenger and signal of the sympathy of celestial with terrestrial natures. Thus, too, he ordered them to abstain from the fish melanurus; for it is sacred to the terrestrial Gods. And also not to receive the fish erythinus, through other such like causes. He likewise exhorted them to abstain from beans, on account of many sacred and physical causes, and also such causes as pertain to the soul. And he established as laws other precepts similar to these, beginning through nutriment to lead men to virtue.
Chapter 25
Pythagoras was likewise of opinion that music contributed greatly to health, if it was used in an appropriate manner. For he was accustomed to employ a purification of this kind, but not in a careless way. And he called the medicine which is obtained through music by the name of purification. But he employed such a melody as this about the vernal season. For he placed in the middle a certain person who played on the lyre, and seated in a circle round him those who were able to sing. And thus, when the person in the centre struck the lyre, those that surrounded him sung certain pæans, through which they were seen to be delighted, and to become elegant and orderly in their manners. But at another time they used music in the place of medicine. And there are certain melodies devised as remedies against the passions of the soul, and also against despondency and lamentation, which Pythagoras invented as things that afford the greatest assistance in these maladies. And again, he employed other melodies against rage and anger, and against every aberration of the soul. There is also another kind of modulation invented as a remedy against desires. He likewise used dancing; but employed the lyre as an instrument for this purpose. For he conceived that the pipe was calculated to excite insolence, was a theatrical instrument, and had by no means a liberal sound. Select verses also of Homer and Hesiod were used by him, for the purpose of correcting the soul. Among the deeds of Pythagoras likewise, it is said, that once through the spondaic song of a piper, he extinguished the rage of a Tauromenian lad, who had been feasting by night, and intended to burn the vestibule of his mistress, in consequence of seeing her coming from the house of his rival. For the lad was inflamed and excited [to this rash attempt] by a Phrygian song; which however Pythagoras most rapidly suppressed. But Pythagoras, as he was astronomizing, happened to meet with the Phrygian piper at an unseasonable time of night, and persuaded him to change his Phrygian for a spondaic song; through which the fury of the lad being immediately repressed, he returned home in an orderly manner, though a little before this, he could not be in the least restrained, nor would in short, bear any admonition; and even stupidly insulted Pythagoras when he met him. When a certain youth also rushed with a drawn sword on Anchitus, the host of Empedocles, because, being a judge, he had publicly condemned his father to death, and would have slain him as a homicide, Empedocles changed the intention of the youth, by singing to his lyre that verse of Homer,
Nepenthe, without gall, o’er every ill Oblivion spreads;——
and thus snatched his host Anchitus from death, and the youth from the crime of homicide. It is also related that the youth from that time became the most celebrated of the disciples of Pythagoras. Farther still, the whole Pythagoric school produced by certain appropriate songs, what they called exartysis or adaptation, synarmoge or elegance of manners, and epaphe or contact, usefully conducting the dispositions of the soul to passions contrary to those which it before possessed. For when they went to bed they purified the reasoning power from the perturbations and noises to which it had been exposed during the day, by certain odes and peculiar songs, and by this means procured for themselves tranquil sleep, and few and good dreams. But when they rose from bed, they again liberated themselves from the torpor and heaviness of sleep, by songs of another kind. Sometimes, also, by musical sounds alone, unaccompanied with words, they healed the passions of the soul and certain diseases, enchanting, as they say, in reality. And it is probable that from hence this name epode, i. e. enchantment, came to be generally used. After this manner, therefore, Pythagoras through music produced the most beneficial correction of human manners and lives.
Chapter 26
Since, however, we are narrating the wisdom employed by Pythagoras in instructing his disciples, it will not be unappropriate to relate that which is proximate in a following order to this, viz. how he invented the harmonic science, and harmonic ratios. But for this purpose we must begin a little higher. Intently considering once, and reasoning with himself, whether it would be possible to devise a certain instrumental assistance to the hearing, which should be firm and unerring, such as the sight obtains through the compass and the rule, or, by Jupiter, through a dioptric instrument; or such as the touch obtains through the balance, or the contrivance of measures;—thus considering, as he was walking near a brazier’s shop, he heard from a certain divine casualty the hammers beating out a piece of iron on an anvil, and producing sounds that accorded with each other, one combination only excepted. But he recognized in those sounds, the diapason, the diapente, and the diatessaron, harmony. He saw, however, that the sound which was between the diatessaron and the diapente was itself by itself dissonant, yet, nevertheless, gave completion to that which was the greater sound among them. Being delighted, therefore, to find that the thing which he was anxious to discover had succeeded to his wishes by divine assistance, he went into the brazier’s shop, and found by various experiments, that the difference of sound arose from the magnitude of the hammers, but not from the force of the strokes, nor from the figure of the hammers, nor from the transposition of the iron which was beaten. When, therefore, he had accurately examined the weights and the equal counterpoise of the hammers, he returned home, and fixed one stake diagonally to the walls, lest if there were many, a certain difference should arise from this circumstance, or in short, lest the peculiar nature of each of the stakes should cause a suspicion of mutation. Afterwards, from this stake he suspended four chords consisting of the same materials, and of the same magnitude and thickness, and likewise equally twisted. To the extremity of each chord also he tied a weight. And when he had so contrived, that the chords were perfectly equal to each other in length, he afterwards alternately struck two chords at once, and found the before-mentioned symphonies, viz. a different symphony in a different combination. For he discovered that the chord which was stretched by the greatest weight, produced, when compared with that which was stretched by the smallest, the symphony diapason. But the former of these weights was twelve pounds, and the latter six. And, therefore, being in a duple ratio, it exhibited the consonance diapason; which the weights themselves rendered apparent. But again, he found that the chord from which the greatest weight was suspended compared with that from which the weight next to the smallest depended, and which weight was eight pounds, produced the symphony diapente. Hence he discovered that this symphony is in a sesquialter ratio, in which ratio also the weights were to each other. And he found that the chord which was stretched by the greatest weight, produced, when compared with that which was next to it in weight, and was nine pounds, the symphony diatessaron, analogously to the weights. This ratio, therefore, he discovered to be sesquitertian; but that of the chord from which a weight of nine pounds was suspended, to the chord which had the smallest weight [or six pounds,] to be sesquialter. For 9 is to 6 in a sesquialter ratio. In like manner, the chord next to that from which the smallest weight depended, was to that which had the smallest weight, in a sesquitertian ratio, [for it was the ratio of 8 to 6,] but to the chord which had the greatest weight, in a sesquialter ratio [for such is the ratio of 12 to 8.] Hence, that which is between the diapente and the diatessaron, and by which the diapente exceeds the diatessaron, is proved to be in an epogdoan ratio, or that of 9 to 8. But either way it may be proved that the diapason is a system consisting of the diapente in conjunction with the diatessaron, just as the duple ratio consists of the sesquialter and sesquitertian, as for instance, 12, 8, and 6; or conversely, of the diatessaron and the diapente, as in the duple ratio of the sesquitertian and sesquialter ratios, as for instance 12, 9, and 6. After this manner, therefore, and in this order, having conformed both his hand and his hearing to the suspended weights, and having established according to them the ratio of the habitudes, he transferred by an easy artifice the common suspension of the chords from the diagonal stake to the limen of the instrument, which he called chordotonon. But he produced by the aid of pegs a tension of the chords analogous to that effected by the weights.
Employing this method, therefore, as a basis, and as it were an infallible rule, he afterwards extended the experiment to various instruments; viz. to the pulsation of patellæ or pans, to pipes and reeds, to monochords, triangles, and the like. And in all these he found an immutable concord with the ratio of numbers. But he denominated the sound which participates of the number 6 hypate: that which participates of the number 8 and is sesquitertian, mese; that which participates of the number 9, but is more acute by a tone than mese, he called paramese, and epogdous; but that which participates of the dodecad, nete. Having also filled up the middle spaces with analogous sounds according to the diatonic genus, he formed an octochord from symphonious numbers, viz. from the double, the sesquialter, the sesquitertian, and from the difference of these, the epogdous. And thus he discovered the [harmonic] progression, which tends by a certain physical necessity from the most grave [i. e. flat] to the most acute sound, according to this diatonic genus. For from the diatonic, he rendered the chromatic and enharmonic genus perspicuous, as we shall some time or other show when we treat of music. This diatonic genus, however, appears to have such physical gradations and progressions as the following; viz. a semitone, a tone, and then a tone; and this is the diatessaron, being a system consisting of two tones, and of what is called a semitone. Afterwards, another tone being assumed, viz. the one which is intermediate, the diapente is produced, which is a system consisting of three tones and a semitone. In the next place to this is the system of a semitone, a tone, and a tone, forming another diatessaron, i. e. another sesquitertian ratio. So that in the more ancient heptachord indeed, all the sounds, from the most grave, which are with respect to each other fourths, produce every where with each other the symphony diatessaron; the semitone receiving by transition, the first, middle, and third place, according to the tetrachord. In the Pythagoric octachord, however, which by conjunction is a system of the tetrachord and pentachord, but if disjoined is a system of two tetrachords separated from each other, the progression is from the most grave sound. Hence all the sounds that are by their distance from each other fifths, produce with each other the symphony diapente; the semitone successively proceeding into four places, viz. the first, second, third, and fourth. After this manner, therefore, it is said that music was discovered by Pythagoras. And having reduced it to a system, he delivered it to his disciples as subservient to every thing that is most beautiful.
Chapter 27
Many also of the political actions of his followers are [deservedly] praised. For it is reported that the Crotonians being once impelled to make sumptuous funerals and interments, some one of them said to the people, that he had heard Pythagoras when he was discoursing about divine natures observe, that the Olympian Gods attended to the dispositions of those that sacrificed, and not to the multitude of the sacrifices; but that, on the contrary, the terrestrial Gods, as being allotted the government of things less important, rejoiced in banquets and lamentations, and farther still, in continual libations, in delicacies, and in celebrating funerals with great expense. Whence, on account of his wish to receive, Pluto is called Hades. He suffers, therefore, those that slenderly honor him to remain for a longer time in the upper world; but he always draws down some one of those who are disposed to spend profusely in funeral solemnities, in order that he may obtain the honors which take place in commemoration of the dead. In consequence of this advice, the Crotonians that heard it were of opinion, that if they conducted themselves moderately in misfortunes, they would preserve their own salvation; but that if they were immoderate in their expenses, they would all of them die prematurely. A certain person also having been made an arbitrator in an affair in which there was no witness, led each of the litigants to a certain monument, and said to one of them, the man who is buried in this monument was transcendently equitable; in consequence of which the other litigant prayed that the dead man might obtain much good; but the former said that the defunct was not at all better for the prayers of his opponent. Pythagoras, therefore, condemned what the former litigant said, but asserted that he who praised the dead man for his worth, had done that which would be of no small importance in his claim to belief. At another time, in a cause of great moment, he decided that one of the two who had agreed to settle the affair by arbitration, should pay four talents, but that the other should receive two. Afterwards, he condemned the defendant to pay three talents; and thus he appeared to have given a talent to each of them. Two persons also had fraudulently deposited a garment with a woman who belonged to a court of justice, and told her she was not to give it to either of them unless both were present. Some time after, for the purpose of circumvention, one of them received the common deposit, and said that it was with the consent of the other. But the other, who had not been present [when the garment was returned], acted the part of a sycophant, and related the compact that was made at the beginning, to the magistrates. A certain Pythagorean, however, taking up the affair said, that the woman had acted conformably to the compact, as both parties had been present. Two other persons also appeared to have a strong friendship for each other, but had fallen into a silent suspicion through a flatterer of one of them, who told him that his wife had been corrupted by the other. It so happened however, that a Pythagorean came into a brazier’s shop, where he who conceived himself to be injured, was showing to the artist a sword which he had given him to sharpen, and was indignant with him because it was not sufficiently sharp. The Pythagorean, therefore, suspecting that the sword was intended to be used against him who was accused of adultery, said, This sword is sharper than all things except calumny. This being said, caused the man to consider with himself [what it was he intended to do], and not rashly to sin against his friend who was within, and who had been previously called [by him in order that he might kill him]. A zone also that had golden ornaments having fallen [at the feet] of a certain stranger in the temple of Esculapius, and the laws forbidding any one to take up that which had fallen on the ground, a Pythagorean advised the stranger, who was indignant at this prohibition, to take away the golden ornaments which had not fallen to the ground, but to leave the zone, because this was on the ground. That circumstance, likewise, which by the ignorant is transferred to other places, is said to have happened in Crotona, viz. that during a public spectacle, some cranes flew over the theatre, and one of those who had sailed into the port, said to the person who sat near him, Do you see the witnesses? which being heard by a certain Pythagorean, he brought them into the court, consisting of a thousand magistrates, where being examined, it was found that they had thrown certain boys into the sea, and that they called the cranes who flew over the ship [at the time,] witnesses of the deed. When likewise certain persons who had recently become disciples of Pythagoras were at variance with each other, he who was the junior of the two came to the other and said to him, that there was no occasion to refer the affair to a third person, but that it rested with them to commit their anger to oblivion. He, therefore, to whom these words were addressed, replied that he was very much pleased in other respects with what had been said, but that he was ashamed that, being the elder, he had not first said the same thing to the other [who was the junior]. We might here also narrate what is said of Phinthias and Damon, of Plato and Archytas, and likewise of Clinias and Prorus. Omitting, however, these [for the present], we shall mention what is related of Eubulus the Messenian, who when he was sailing homeward, and was taken captive by the Tyrrhenians, was recognized by Nausitheus a Tyrrhenian and also a Pythagorean, because he was one of the disciples of Pythagoras, and was taken by him from the pirates, and brought with great safety to Messena. When the Carthaginians, also, were about to send more than five thousand soldiers into a desert island, Miltiades the Carthaginian, perceiving among them the Argive Possiden (both of them being Pythagoreans), went to him, and not manifesting what he intended to do, advised him to return to his native country, with all possible celerity, and having placed him in a ship that was then sailing near the shore, supplied him with what was necessary for his voyage, and thus saved the man from the dangers [to which he was exposed]. In short, he who should relate all that has taken place among the Pythagoreans in their associations with each other, would by the length of his narration exceed the proper quantity and the occasion of his treatise.
I shall therefore rather pass on to show, that some of the Pythagoreans were political characters, and adapted to govern. For they were guardians of the laws, and ruled over certain Italian cities, unfolding to them, and counselling them to adopt the most excellent measures, but abstaining from public revenues. And though they were greatly calumniated, yet at the same time the probity of the Pythagoreans, and the wish of the cities themselves prevailed, so that they were desired by them to administer their political concerns. But at this time the most beautiful of polities appear to have existed in Italy and in Sicily. For Charondas the Catanean, who appears to have been one of the best legislators, was a Pythagorean; as were also the Locrians Zaleucus and Timares, who were celebrated for their legislation. Those also who established the Rheginic polities, that polity which is called Gymnasiarchic, and that which is denominated from Theocles, are said to have been Pythagoreans. Phytius likewise, Theocles, Elecaon, and Aristocrates, excelled among the Pythagoreans in their studies and manners, which also the cities in those places adopted at those times. In short, it is asserted that Pythagoras was the inventor of the whole of political erudition, when he said that nothing is pure among things that have an existence; but that earth participates of fire, fire of air, air of water, and water of spirit. And in a similar manner the beautiful participates of the deformed, the just of the unjust, and other things conformably to these. From this hypothesis, however, the reasoning tends to either part. He also said, that there are two motions of the body and the soul; the one being irrational, but the other the effect of deliberate choice. That three certain lines also constitute polities, the extremes of which mutually touch each other, and produce one right angle; so that one of them has the nature of the sesquitertian; another that of the diapente; and the third is a medium between the other two. But when we consider by a reasoning process the coincidences of the lines with each other, and also of the places under these, we shall find that they represent the best image of a polity. Plato has made the glory of this invention his own; for he clearly says in his Republic, “that the sesquitertian progeny conjoined with the pentad produces two harmonies.” It is also said, that Pythagoras cultivated the moderation of the passions, and mediocrity, and that by the conjunction of a certain precedaneous good, he rendered the life of each of his disciples happy. And in short, it is said that he discovered the choice of our good, and of the works adapted to our nature. It is likewise narrated of him, that he withdrew the Crotonians from harlots, and universally from an association with women that were not affianced. For the wives of the Crotonians came to Theano the wife of Brontinus, one of the Pythagoreans, a woman of a wise and excellent soul, (and who was the author of that beautiful and admirable saying, “that it is lawful for a woman to sacrifice on the very day in which she has risen from the embraces of her husband,” which some ascribe to Theano the wife of Pythagoras) the Crotonian wives came therefore to her, and entreated her to persuade Pythagoras to discourse to them on the continence which was due from them to their husbands. This she promised to do; and Pythagoras having accordingly made an oration to the Crotonians, which had the desired effect, the incontinence which then prevailed was entirely destroyed. It is further related likewise, that when ambassadors came to the city of the Crotonians from Sybaris, for the purpose of demanding the exiles, Pythagoras beholding one of the ambassadors, who with his own hand had slain one of his friends, made him no answer. But when the man interrogated him, and wished to converse with him, Pythagoras said, that it was not lawful to discourse with homicides. Whence also by certain persons he was thought to be Apollo. All these particulars, therefore, and such as we have a little before mentioned concerning the destruction of tyrants, and the liberation of the cities of Italy and Sicily, and many other circumstances, are indications of the benefits conferred on mankind by Pythagoras in political concerns.
Chapter 28
That which follows after this, we shall no longer discuss generally, but direct our attention particularly to the works resulting from the virtues of Pythagoras. And we shall begin in the first place from the Gods, as it is usual to do, and endeavour to exhibit his piety, and the admirable works which he performed. Let this, therefore, be one specimen of his piety, which also we have before mentioned, that he knew what his soul was, and whence it came into the body, and also its former lives, and that of these things he gave most evident indications. After this also, let the following be another specimen; that once passing over the river Nessus with many of his associates, he spoke to it, and the river in a distinct and clear voice, in the hearing of all his followers, answered, Hail Pythagoras! Farther still, nearly all historians of his life confidently assert, that in one and the same day he was present at Metapontum in Italy, and Tauromenium in Sicily, and discoursed in common with his disciples in both places, though these cities are separated from each other by many stadia both by land and sea, and cannot be passed through in a great number of days. The report, also, is very much disseminated, that he showed his golden thigh to the Hyperborean Abaris, who said that he resembled the Apollo among the Hyperboreans, and of whom Abaris was the priest; and that he did this in order that Abaris might apprehend this to be true, and that he was not deceived in his opinion. Ten thousand other more divine and more admirable particulars likewise are uniformly and unanimously related of the man: such as infallible predictions of earthquakes, rapid expulsions of pestilence and violent winds, instantaneous cessations of the effusion of hail, and a tranquillization of the waves of rivers and seas, in order that his disciples might easily pass over them. Of which things also, Empedocles the Agrigentine, Epimenides the Cretan, and Abaris the Hyperborean, receiving the power of effecting, performed certain miracles of this kind in many places. Their deeds, however, are manifest. To which we may add, that Empedocles was surnamed an expeller of winds; Epimenides, an expiator; and Abaris, a walker on air; because being carried on the dart which was given to him by the Hyperborean Apollo, he passed over rivers and seas and inaccessible places, like one walking on the air. Certain persons likewise are of opinion, that Pythagoras did the same thing, when in the same day he discoursed with his disciples at Metapontum and Tauromenium. It is also said, that he predicted there would be an earthquake from the water of a well which he had tasted; and that a ship which was sailing with a prosperous wind, would be merged in the sea. And let these, indeed, be the indications of his piety.
Again, however, assuming a more elevated exordium, I am desirous to exhibit the principles of the worship of the Gods, which Pythagoras and his followers established; viz. that all such particulars as they define with respect to doing or not doing a thing, have for the mark at which they aim, a consent with divinity. This also is with them the principle, [of piety] and their whole life is arranged with a view to follow God. The language, too, of their philosophy is this, that men act ridiculously in exploring good from any other source than the Gods; and that their conduct in this respect resembles that of a man, who in a country governed by a king should reverence one of the magistrates in the city, and neglect him who is the ruler of all of them. For they were of opinion that such was the conduct of mankind. For since God is, and is the Lord of all things, it is universally acknowledged that good is to be requested of him. For all men impart good to those whom they love, and to those with whom they are delighted; but they give the contrary to good, to those to whom they are contrarily disposed. It is evident, therefore, that those things are to be done, in which God delights. It is, however, not easy for a man to know what these are, unless he obtains this knowledge from one who has heard God, or has heard God himself, or procures it through divine art. Hence also, the Pythagoreans were studious of divination. For this alone is an interpretation of the benevolence of the Gods. And in short, he will conceive an employment of this kind to be worthy of regard, who believes that there are Gods; but he who thinks that either of these is folly, will also be of opinion that both are foolish. Many of the mandates, however, of the Pythagoreans were introduced from the mysteries; for they did not conceive them to be the productions of arrogance, but to originate from a certain divinity. And in a similar manner, all the Pythagoreans believe such things as are mythologically related of Aristeas the Proconesian, and Abaris the Hyperborean, and other particulars of a like nature. For they consider every thing of this kind to be credible; and of many [such] things they make trial themselves. They also frequently recollect such-like particulars as appear to be fabulous, as not disbelieving in any thing which may be referred to divinity. A certain person therefore relates, that Eurytus said, that a shepherd feeding his sheep near the tomb of Philolaus, heard some one singing. But the person to whom this was related, did not at all disbelieve the narration, but asked what kind of harmony it was? Both of them, however, were Pythagoreans, and Eurytus was the disciple of Philolaus. It is likewise said, that a certain person told Pythagoras, that he appeared to himself once to converse with his father who was dead, and that he asked Pythagoras what this indicated? Pythagoras replied, that it indicated nothing; but that he had in reality conversed with his father. As therefore, said he, nothing is signified by my now discoursing with you, so neither is any thing signified by your conversing with your father. Hence, in all particulars of this kind, they did not think that they were stupid, but those that disbelieved in them. For they did not conceive that some things are possible to the Gods, but others impossible, as those fancy who reason sophistically; but they believed that all things are possible to the Gods. And this very assertion is the beginning of the verses, which they ascribe to Linus, and which are as follow:
All things may be the objects of our hope, Since nothing hopeless any where is found: All things with ease Divinity effects, And nought can frustrate his almighty power.
But they thought that their opinions deserved to be believed, because he who first promulgated them, was not any casual person, but a God. For this was one of their questions; What was Pythagoras? For they say that he was the Hyperborean Apollo; of which this was an indication, that rising up in the Olympic games, he showed his golden thigh; and also that he received the Hyperborean Abaris as his guest; and was presented by him with the dart on which he rode through the air. But it is said that Abaris came from the Hyperborean regions, in order that he might collect gold for the temple, and that he predicted a pestilence. He also dwelt in temples, and was never seen either to eat or drink. It is likewise said, that rites which purify from evil are performed by the Lacedæmonians, and that on this account Lacedæmon was never infested with pestilence. Pythagoras, therefore, caused this Abaris to acknowledge [that he was more than man,] receiving from him at the same time the golden dart, without which it was not possible for him to find his way. In Metapontum also, certain persons praying that they might obtain what a ship contained that was then sailing into port, Pythagoras said to them, You will then have a dead body. In Sybaris, too, he caught a deadly serpent and dismissed it. In a similar manner likewise in Tyrrhenia, he caught a small serpent, whose bite was fatal. But in Crotona a white eagle, it is said, suffered Pythagoras to stroke it. A certain person also wishing to hear him discourse, he said that he could not, till some sign appeared. And after this a white bear was seen in Cauconia; the death of which he predicted to one who was about to tell him that it was dead. He likewise reminded Myllias the Crotonian that he had been Midas the son of Gordius. And Myllias passed over to the continent of Asia, in order to perform at the sepulchre [of Midas] those rites which had been enjoined him by Pythagoras. It is likewise said, that the person who bought his house, and who dug up that which had been buried in it, did not dare to tell any one what he saw [on this occasion]. But instead of suffering for this offence, he was seized at Crotona for sacrilege, and put to death. For he took away a golden beard which had fallen from a statue. These things therefore, and others of the like kind, are related by the Pythagoreans, in order to render their opinions worthy of belief. And as these are acknowledged to be true, and it is impossible they should have happened to one man, they consequently think it is clear, that what is related of Pythagoras, should be received as pertaining to a being superior to man, and not to a mere man. This also is the meaning of their enigmatical assertion, that man, bird, and another third thing, are bipeds. For the third thing is Pythagoras. Such, therefore, was Pythagoras on account of his piety, and such he was truly thought to be.
With respect to oaths, however, all the Pythagoreans religiously observe them, being mindful of the Pythagoric precept,
First to th’ immortal Gods thy homage pay, As they by law are orderly dispos’d; And reverence thy oath, but honor next Th’ illustrious heroes.
Hence a certain Pythagorean, being compelled by law to take an oath, yet in order that he might preserve a Pythagoric dogma, though he would have sworn religiously, chose instead of swearing to pay three talents, this being the fine which he was condemned to pay to the defendant. That Pythagoras however thought that nothing was from chance and fortune, but that all events happened conformably to divine providence, and especially to good and pious men, is confirmed by what is related by Androcydes in his treatise on Pythagoric Symbols, of Thymaridas the Tarentine, and a Pythagorean. For when through a certain circumstance he was about to sail from his own country, and his friends who were present were embracing him, and bidding him farewell, some one said to him, when he had now ascended into the ship, May such things happen to you from the Gods, O Thymaridas, as are conformable to your wishes! But he replied, predict better things; for I should rather wish that such things may happen to me as are conformable to the will of the Gods. For he thought it was more scientific and equitable, not to resist or be indignant with divine providence. If, therefore, any one wishes to learn what were the sources whence these men derived so much piety, it must be said, that a perspicuous paradigm of the Pythagoric theology according to numbers, is in a certain respect to be found in the writings of Orpheus. Nor is it to be doubted, that Pythagoras receiving auxiliaries from Orpheus, composed his treatise Concerning the Gods, which on this account also he inscribed the Sacred Discourse, because it contains the flower of the most mystical place in Orpheus; whether this work was in reality written by Pythagoras, as by most authors it is said to have been, or as some of the Pythagoric school who are both learned and worthy of belief assert, was composed by Telauges; being taken by him from the commentaries which were left by Pythagoras himself to his daughter Damo, the sister of Telauges, and which it is said after her death were given to Bitale the daughter of Damo, and to Telauges the son of Pythagoras, and the husband of Bitale, when he was of a mature age. For when Pythagoras died, he was left very young with his mother Theano. In this Sacred Discourse also, or treatise concerning the Gods (for it has both these inscriptions), who it was that delivered to Pythagoras what is there said concerning the Gods, is rendered manifest. For it says: “that Pythagoras the son of Mnesarchus was instructed in what pertains to the Gods, when he celebrated orgies in the Thracian Libethra, being initiated in them by Aglaophemus; and that Orpheus the son of Calliope, having learnt wisdom from his mother in the mountain Pangæus, said, that the eternal essence of number is the most providential principle of the universe, of heaven and earth, and the intermediate nature; and farther still, that it is the root of the permanency of divine natures, of Gods and dæmons.” From these things, therefore, it is evident that he learnt from the Orphic writers that the essence of the Gods is defined by number. Through the same numbers also, he produced an admirable fore-knowledge and worship of the Gods, both which are especially most allied to numbers. This, however, may be known from hence; for it is necessary to adduce a certain fact, in order to procure belief of what is said. When Abaris performed sacred rites in his accustomed manner, he procured a fore-knowledge of future events, which is studiously cultivated by all the Barbarians, through sacrificing animals, and especially birds; for they are of opinion that the viscera of such animals are subservient to a more accurate inspection. Pythagoras, therefore, not wishing to suppress his ardent pursuit of truth, but to impart it to him through a certain safer way, and without blood and slaughter, and also because he thought that a cock was sacred to the sun, furnished him with a consummate knowledge of all truth, as it is said, through the arithmetical science. He also obtained from piety, faith concerning the Gods. For Pythagoras always proclaimed, that nothing admirable pertaining to the Gods or divine dogmas should be disbelieved, because the Gods are able to accomplish all things. And the divine dogmas in which it is requisite to believe, are those which Pythagoras delivered. Thus, therefore, the Pythagoreans believed in, and assumed the things about which they dogmatised, because they were not the progeny of false opinion. Hence Eurytus the Crotonian, the auditor of Philolaus said, that a shepherd feeding his sheep near the tomb of Philolaus, heard some one singing. But the person to whom this was related, did not at all disbelieve the narration, but asked what kind of harmony it was. Pythagoras himself, also, being asked by a certain person what was indicated by seeming in sleep to converse with his father who was dead, answered that it indicated nothing. For neither, said he, is any thing portended by your speaking with me.
Pythagoras likewise used pure and white garments, and in a similar manner white and pure coverlids; for he did not use those that were made of wool. And this custom he also delivered to his auditors. In speaking also of the natures superior to man, he employed honorable appellations, and words of good omen, and upon every occasion made mention of and reverenced the Gods; so that while at supper, he performed libations to the divinities, and ordered his disciples to celebrate with hymns the beings that are above us, every day. He paid attention likewise to rumors and omens, prophecies and lots, and in short, to all casual circumstances. Moreover, he sacrificed to the Gods with millet, cakes, honey-combs, and other fumigations. But he did not sacrifice animals, nor did any one of the contemplative philosophers. His other disciples, however, viz. the acusmatici, and the politici, were ordered by him to sacrifice animals, such as a cock, or a lamb, or some other animal recently born, but not frequently. At the same time they were prohibited from sacrificing oxen. This also is an indication of the honor which he paid to the Gods, that he exhorted his disciples never to employ the names of the Gods uselessly in swearing. On which account also Syllus, one of the Pythagoreans in Crotona, paid a fine for not swearing, though he could have sworn without violating truth. An oath too such as the following is ascribed to the Pythagoreans, as they were unwilling, through reverence, to name Pythagoras; just as they very much abstained from using the names of the Gods. But they manifested the man through the invention of the tetractys,
I swear by him who the tetractys found, Whence all our wisdom springs, and which contains Perennial Nature’s fountain, cause, and root.
And, in short, it is said that Pythagoras was emulous of the Orphic mode of writing and [piety of] disposition; and that he honored the Gods in a way similar to that of Orpheus, placing them in images and in brass, not conjoined to our forms, but to divine receptacles; because they comprehend and provide for all things; and have a nature and morphe similar to the universe. He also promulgated purifications, and initiations as they are called, which contain the most accurate knowledge of the Gods. And farther still, it is said, that he was the author of a compound divine philosophy and worship of the Gods; having learnt indeed some things from the followers of Orpheus, but others from the Egyptian priests; some from the Chaldæans and Magi; some from the mysteries performed in Eleusis, in Imbrus, Samothracia, and Delos; and some also from those which are performed by the Celtæ, and in Iberia. It is also said that the Sacred Discourse of Pythagoras is extant among the Latins, and is read not to all, nor by all of them, but by those who are promptly disposed to learn what is excellent, and apply themselves to nothing base. He likewise ordained that men should make libations thrice, and observed that Apollo delivered oracles from the tripod, because the triad is the first number. That sacrifices also should be made to Venus on the sixth day, because this number is the first that partakes of every number, and, when divided in every possible way, receives the power of the numbers subtracted and of those that remain. But that it is necessary to sacrifice to Hercules on the eighth day of the month from the beginning, looking in so doing to his being born in the seventh month. He further asserted, that it was necessary that he who entered a temple should be clothed with a pure garment, and in which no one had slept; because sleep in the same manner as the black and the brown, is an indication of sluggishness; but purity is a sign of equality and justice in reasoning. He also ordered, that if blood should be found involuntarily spilt in a temple, a lustration should be made, either in a golden vessel, or with the water of the sea; the former of these [i. e. gold] being the most beautiful of things, and a measure by which the price of all things is regulated; but the latter as he conceived being the progeny of a moist nature, and the nutriment of the first and more common matter. He likewise said, that it was not proper to bring forth children in a temple; because it is not holy that in a temple the divine part of the soul should be bound to the body. He further ordained, that on a festive day neither the hair should be cut, nor the nails paired; not thinking it fit that we should leave the service of the Gods for the purpose of increasing our good. He also said, that a louse ought not to be killed in a temple; conceiving that a divine power ought not to participate of any thing superfluous and corruptible. But that the Gods should be honored with cedar, laurel, cypress, oak, and myrtle; and that the body should not be purified with these, nor should any of them be divided by the teeth. He likewise ordained, that what is boiled should not be roasted; signifying by this that mildness is not in want of anger. But he would not suffer the bodies of the dead to be burned; following in this the Magi, being unwilling that any thing divine should communicate with a mortal nature. He likewise thought it was holy for the dead to be carried out in white garments; obscurely signifying by this the simple and first nature, according to number and the principle of all things. But above all things he ordained, that an oath should be taken religiously; since that which is behind is long. And he said, that it is much more holy to be injured than to kill a man: for judgment is deposited in Hades, where the soul and its essence, and the first nature of things are [properly] estimated. Farther still, he ordered that sepulchral chests [i. e. biers] should not be made of cypress, because the sceptre of Jupiter was made of this wood, or for some other mystic reason. He likewise ordained that libations should be performed before the table of Jupiter the Saviour, and of Hercules and the Dioscuri; in so doing celebrating Jupiter as the presiding cause and leader of this nutriment; Hercules, as the power of nature; and the Dioscuri, as the symphony of all things. But he said, that libations should not be offered with closed eyes. For he did not think it fit, that any thing beautiful should be undertaken with shame and bashfulness. Moreover, when it thundered, he ordained that the earth should be touched, in remembrance of the generation of things. But he ordered that temples should be entered from places on the right hand, and that they should be departed out of from the left hand. For he asserted that the right hand is the principle of what is called the odd number, and is divine; but that the left hand is a symbol of the even number, and of that which is dissolved. And such is the mode which he is said to have adopted in the cultivation of piety. But other particulars which we have omitted concerning it, may be conjectured from what has been said. So that I shall cease to speak further on this subject.
Chapter 29
Of his wisdom, however, the commentaries written by the Pythagoreans afford, in short, the greatest indication; for they adhere to truth in every thing, and are more concise than all other compositions, so that they savour of the ancient elegance of style, and the conclusions are exquisitely deduced with divine science. They are also replete with the most condensed conceptions, and are in other respects various and diversified both in the form and the matter. At one and the same time likewise, they are transcendently excellent, and without any deficiency in the diction, and are in an eminent degree full of clear and indubitable arguments, accompanied with scientific demonstration, and as it is said, the most perfect syllogism; as he will find to be the case, who, proceeding in such paths as are fit, does not negligently peruse them. This science, therefore, concerning intelligible natures and the Gods, Pythagoras delivers in his writings from a supernal origin. Afterwards, he teaches the whole of physics, and unfolds completely ethical philosophy and logic. He likewise delivers all-various disciplines, and the most excellent sciences. And in short there is nothing pertaining to human knowledge which is not accurately discussed in these writings. If therefore it is acknowledged, that of the [Pythagoric] writings which are now in circulation, some were written by Pythagoras himself, but others consist of what he was heard to say, and on this account are anonymous, but are referred to Pythagoras as their author;—if this be the case, it is evident that he was abundantly skilled in all wisdom. But it is said that he very much applied himself to geometry among the Egyptians. For with the Egyptians there are many geometrical problems; since it is necessary that from remote periods, and from the time of the Gods themselves, on account of the increments and decrements of the Nile, those that were skilful should have measured all the Egyptian land which they cultivated. Hence also geometry derived its name. Neither did they negligently investigate the theory of the celestial orbs, in which likewise Pythagoras was skilled. Moreover, all the theorems about lines appear to have been derived from thence. For it is said that what pertains to computation and numbers, was discovered in Phœnicia. For some persons refer the theorems about the celestial bodies to the Egyptians and Chaldeans in common. It is said therefore, that Pythagoras having received and increased all these [theories,] imparted the sciences, and at the same time demonstrated them to his auditors with perspicuity and elegance. And he was the first indeed that denominated philosophy, and said that it was the desire, and as it were love of wisdom. But he defined wisdom to be the science of the truth which is in beings. And he said that beings are immaterial and eternal natures, and alone possess an efficacious power, such as incorporeal essences. But that the rest of things are only homonymously beings, and are so denominated through the participation of real beings, and such are corporeal and material forms, which are generated and corrupted, and never truly are. And that wisdom is the science of things which are properly beings, but not of such as are homonymously so. For corporeal natures are neither the objects of science nor admit of a stable knowledge, since they are infinite and incomprehensible by science, and are as it were, non-beings, when compared with universals, and are incapable of being properly circumscribed by definition. It is impossible however to conceive that there should be science of things which are not naturally the objects of science. Hence it is not probable that there will be a desire of science which has no subsistence, but rather that desire will be extended to things which are properly beings, which exist with invariable permanency, and are always consubsistent with a true appellation. For it happens that the perception of things which are homonymously beings, and which are never truly what they seem to be, follows the apprehension of real beings; just as the knowledge of particulars follows the science of universals. For he who knows universals properly, says Archytas, will also have a clear perception of the nature of particulars. Hence things which have an existence are not alone, nor only-begotten, nor simple, but they are seen to be various and multiform. For some of them are intelligible and incorporeal natures, and which are denominated beings; but others are corporeal and fall under the perception of sense, and by participation communicate with that which has a real existence. Concerning all these therefore, he delivered the most appropriate sciences, and left nothing [pertaining to them] uninvestigated. He likewise unfolded to men those sciences which are common [to all disciplines,] as for instance the demonstrative, the definitive, and that which consists in dividing, as may be known from the Pythagoric commentaries. He was also accustomed to pour forth sentences resembling Oracles to his familiars in a symbolical manner, and which in the greatest brevity of words contained the most abundant and multifarious meaning, like the Pythian Apollo through certain oracles, or like nature herself through seeds small in bulk, the former exhibiting conceptions, and the latter effects, innumerable in multitude, and difficult to be understood. Of this kind is the sentence, The beginning is the half of the whole, which is an apothegm of Pythagoras himself. But not only in the present hemistich, but in others of a similar nature, the most divine Pythagoras has concealed the sparks of truth; depositing as in a treasury for those who are capable of being enkindled by them, and with a certain brevity of diction, an extension of theory most ample and difficult to be comprehended, as in the following hemistich:
All things accord in number:
which he very frequently uttered to all his disciples. Or again, Friendship is equality; equality is friendship. Or in the word cosmos, i. e. the world; or by Jupiter, in the word philosophy, or in the so much celebrated word tetractys. All these and many other inventions of the like kind, were devised by Pythagoras for the benefit and amendment of his associates; and they were considered by those that understood them to be so venerable, and so much the progeny of divine inspiration, that the following was adopted as an oath by those that dwelt together in the common auditory:
I swear by him who the tetractys found, And to our race reveal’d; the cause and root, And fount of ever-flowing Nature.
This therefore was the form of his wisdom which is so admirable.
It is also said, that of the sciences which the Pythagoreans honored, music, medicine and divination, were not among the least. But they were habitually silent and prompt to hear, and he who was able to hear [in a proper manner] was praised by them. Of medicine, however, they especially embraced the diætetic species, and in the exercise of this were most accurate. And in the first place, indeed, they endeavoured to learn the indications of symmetry, of labor, food, and repose. In the next place, with respect to the preparation of food, they were nearly the first who attempted to employ themselves in it, and to define the mode in which it should be performed. The Pythagoreans likewise employed cataplasms more frequently than their predecessors; but they in a less degree approved of medicated ointments. These however they principally used in the cure of ulcerations. But incisions and burnings they admitted the least of all things. Some diseases also they cured by incantations. Pythagoras, however, thought that music greatly contributed to health, if it was used in a proper manner. The Pythagoreans likewise employed select sentences of Homer and Hesiod for the amendment of souls. But they thought it was necessary to retain and preserve in the memory things which they had learnt and heard; and that it was requisite to be furnished with disciplines and auditions, to as great an extent as there was an ability of learning and remembering; the former of these being the power by which knowledge is obtained, but the latter, the power by which it is preserved. Hence, they very much honored the memory, abundantly exercised, and paid great attention to it. In learning too, they did not dismiss what they were taught, till they had firmly comprehended the first rudiments of it; and they recalled to their memory what they had daily heard, after the following manner: A Pythagorean never rose from his bed till he had first recollected the transactions of the former day; and he accomplished this by endeavouring to remember what he first said, or heard, or ordered his domestics to do when he was rising, or what was the second and third thing which he said, heard, or commanded to be done. And the same method was adopted with respect to the remainder of the day. For again, he endeavoured to recollect who was the first person that he met, on leaving his house, or who was the second; and with whom he in the first, or second, or third place discoursed. And after the same manner he proceeded in other things. For he endeavoured to resume in his memory all the events of the whole day, and in the very same order in which each of them happened to take place. But if they had sufficient leisure after rising from sleep, they tried after the same manner to recollect the events of the third preceding day. And thus they endeavoured to exercise the memory to a great extent. For there is not any thing which is of greater importance with respect to science, experience and wisdom, than the ability of remembering. From these studies therefore, it happened that all Italy was filled with philosophers, and this place, which before was unknown, was afterwards on account of Pythagoras called Magna Græcia. Hence also it contained many philosophers, poets, and legislators. For the rhetorical arts, demonstrative reasonings, and the laws written by them, were transferred from Italy to Greece. Those likewise who make mention of physics, adduce as the principal physiologists Empedocles and the Elean Parmenides. Those too, who wish to cite sentences, pertaining to the conduct of human life, adduce for this purpose the conceptions of Epicharmus. And nearly all philosophers make use of these. Thus much therefore concerning the wisdom of Pythagoras, how in a certain respect he very much impelled all his auditors to the pursuit of it, as far as they were adapted to its participation, and how perfectly it was delivered by him.
Chapter 30
With respect to justice, however, we shall learn in the best manner, how he cultivated and delivered it to mankind, if we survey it from its first principle, and from what first causes it germinates, and also direct our attention to the first cause of injustice. For thus we shall discover how he avoided the latter, and what methods he adopted in order that the former might be properly ingenerated in the soul. The principle of justice therefore, is the common and the equal, through which, in a way most nearly approximating to one body and one soul, all men may be co-passive, and may call the same thing mine and thine; as is also testified by Plato, who learnt this from the Pythagoreans. This therefore, Pythagoras effected in the best manner, exterminating every thing private in manners, but increasing that which is common as far as to ultimate possessions, which are the causes of sedition and tumult. For all things [with his disciples] were common and the same to all, and no one possessed any thing private. And he indeed, who approved of this communion, used common possessions in the most just manner; but he who did not, received his own property, which he brought to the common stock, with an addition to it, and departed. And thus he established justice in the best manner, from the first principle of it.
In the next place, therefore, association with men introduces justice; but alienation, and a contempt of the common genus, produce injustice. Wishing therefore to insert this familiarity from afar in men, he also ordained that his disciples should extend it to animals of the same genus, and commanded them to consider these as their familiars and friends; so as neither to injure, nor slay, nor eat any one of them. He therefore who associates men with animals, because they consist of the same elements as we do, and participate with us of a more common life, will in a much greater degree establish fellowship with those who partake of a soul of the same species, and also of a rational soul. From this also it is evident that he introduced justice produced from the most proper principle. Since likewise the want of riches, sometimes compels many to do something contrary to justice, he well foresaw that this would be the case, and through economy procured for himself liberal expenses, and what was just in sufficient abundance. For again, a just arrangement of domestic concerns is the principle of all good order in cities. For cities are constituted from houses. It is said therefore, that Pythagoras himself was the heir of the property of Alcæus, who died after performing an embassy to the Lacedæmonians, but that notwithstanding this, he was no less admired for his economy than for his philosophy. When also he was married, he so educated the daughter that was born to him, and who was afterwards married to Meno the Crotonian, that when she was a virgin she was the leader of choirs, but when a wife she held the first place among those that approached to altars. It is likewise said, that the Metapontines preserving the remembrance of Pythagoras after his time, made his house a temple of Ceres, but the street in which he lived a museum.
Because also insolence, luxury, and a contempt of the laws, frequently impel men to injustice, on this account he daily exhorted his disciples to give assistance to law, and to be hostile to illegality. Hence he made such a division as the following: that what is called luxury, is the first evil that usually glides into houses and cities; that the second is insolence; and the third destruction. That hence luxury should by all possible means be excluded and expelled [from every house and city,] and that men should be accustomed from their birth to a temperate and manly life. He farther added, that it is requisite to be purified from all malediction, whether it be that which is lamentable, or that which excites hostility, and whether it be of a reviling, or insolent, or scurrilous nature.
Besides these, likewise, he established another most beautiful species of justice, viz. the legislative; which orders indeed what ought to be done; but forbids what ought not to be done. This species, however, is more excellent than the judicial form of justice. For it resembles medicine which heals those that are diseased. It differs from it however in this, that it does not suffer disease to commence, but pays attention from afar to the health of the soul. This therefore being the case, the best of all legislators came from the school of Pythagoras: in the first place, indeed, Charondas the Catanæan; and in the next place, Zaleucus and Timaratus, who wrote laws for the Locrians. Besides these likewise there were Theætetus and Helicaon, Aristocrates, and Phytius, who became the legislators of the Rhegini. All these likewise obtained from their citizens honors similar to those of the Gods. For Pythagoras did not act like Heraclitus, who said that he would write laws for the Ephesians, and also petulantly said, that in those laws he would order the citizens to hang themselves. But Pythagoras endeavoured to establish laws, with great benevolence and political science. Why however is it requisite to admire these men? For Zamolxis being a Thracian, and the slave of Pythagoras, after he had heard the discourses of Pythagoras, having obtained his liberty, and returned to Getæ, gave laws to them, as we have before observed in the beginning of this work, and exhorted the citizens to fortitude, having persuaded them that the soul is immortal. Hence even at present, all the Galatæ, and Trallians, and many others of the Barbarians, persuade their children that the soul cannot be destroyed; but that it remains after death, and that death is not to be feared, but danger is to be encountered with a firm and manly mind. Having therefore instructed the Getæ in these things, and written laws for them, he was considered by them as the greatest of the Gods.
Farther still, he apprehended that the dominion of the Gods was most efficacious to the establishment of justice, and supernally from this he constituted a polity and laws, and also justice. It will not however be foreign to the purpose, to add particularly the manner in which he thought we ought to conceive of divinity; viz. that we should conceive that he exists, and that he is so disposed towards the human race, that be inspects and does not neglect it. And this conception which the Pythagoreans derived from Pythagoras, they apprehended to be of great utility. For we require an inspection of this kind, which we do not in any thing think fit to resist. But such as this is the inspective government of divinity. Fop if a divine nature is a thing of this kind, it deserves to have the empire of the universe. For it was rightly said by the Pythagoreans, that man is an animal [so far as pertains to his irrational part,] naturally insolent, and various, according to impulses, desires, and the rest of the passions. He requires therefore transcendent inspection and government of this kind, from which a certain castigation and order may be derived. Hence they thought that every one being conscious of the variety of his nature, should never he forgetful of piety towards, and the worship of divinity; but should always place him before the eye of the mind, as inspecting and diligently observing the conduct of mankind. But after divinity and the dæmoniacal nature, they thought that every one should pay the greatest attention to his parents and the laws, and should be obedient to them, not feignedly, but faithfully. And universally, they thought it necessary to believe, that nothing is a greater evil than anarchy; since the human race is not naturally adapted to be saved, when no one rules over it.
These men also thought it right to adhere to the customs and legal institutes of their ancestors, even though they should be somewhat inferior to other customs and laws. For to fly from the existing laws, and to be studious of innovation, is by no means profitable and salutary. Pythagoras therefore gave many other specimens of piety to the Gods, evincing that his life was conformable to his doctrines. Nor will it be foreign to the purpose to mention one of them, which may serve to elucidate the rest. But I will relate what Pythagoras said and did relative to the embassy from Sybaris to Crotona, about demanding the return of the exiles. For some of his associates were slain by order of the ambassadors, one of whom slew a part of them with his own hands; but another was the son of one of those who had excited the sedition, and who died through disease. When the Crotonians therefore were deliberating how they should act in this affair, Pythagoras said to his disciples, that he was not willing the Crotonians should be so greatly discordant in this affair, and that in his opinion, the ambassadors should not even lead victims to the altars, much less ought they to drag suppliants [i. e. the exiles] from them. But when the Sybarites came to him with their complaints, and the man who had slain some of his associates with his own hands, was defending his conduct, Pythagoras said, that he should not answer [an homicide]. Hence, some persons accused him of asserting that he was Apollo, because prior to this some one having asked him about a certain object of inquiry, why the thing was so; he in his turn asked the interrogator, if he would think fit to inquire of Apollo when he was delivering oracles to him, why he delivered them? But to another of the ambassadors who appeared to him to deride his school, in which he taught the return of souls to the supernal realms, and who said that he would give him an epistle to his father, as he was about to descend into Hades, and exhorted him to bring another letter in answer, from his father, when he returned; Pythagoras replied, that he was not about to descend into the abode of the impious, where he clearly knew that murderers were punished. But the ambassadors reviling him, he proceeded to the sea, many persons following him, and there sprinkled himself with marine water. Some one however of the Crotonian counsellors, after reviling the rest of the ambassadors, observed that he understood they had defamed Pythagoras, whom not even a brute would dare to blaspheme, though all animals should again utter the same voice as men, which fables report they did in the beginning of things.
Pythagoras likewise discovered another method of restraining men from injustice, through the judgment of souls, truly knowing indeed that this method may be taught, and also knowing that it is useful to the suppression of justice through fear. He asserted therefore, that it is much better to be injured than to kill a man; for that judgment is deposited in Hades, where the soul, and its essence, and the first nature of beings, are properly estimated. Being desirous, however, to exhibit in things unequal, without symmetry and infinite, a definite, equal, and commensurate justice, and to show how it ought to be exercised, he said, that justice resembles that figure, which is the only one among geometrical diagrams, that having indeed infinite compositions of figures, but dissimilarly disposed with reference to each other, yet has equal demonstrations of power. Since also, there is a certain justice in making use of another person, such a mode of it as the following, is said to have been delivered by the Pythagoreans: Of associations with others, one kind is seasonable, but another is unseasonable. These likewise are distinguished from each other by difference of age, desert, the familiarity of alliance, and of beneficence, and whatever else there may be of the like kind in the different associations of men with each other. For there is a species of association, viz. of a younger with a younger person, which does not appear to be unseasonable; but that of a younger with an elderly person is unseasonable. For no species of anger, or threatening, or boldness, is becoming in a younger towards an elderly man, but all unseasonable conduct of this kind should be cautiously avoided. A similar reasoning likewise should be adopted with respect to desert. For it is neither decorous, nor seasonable, to use an unrestrained freedom of speech, or to adopt any of the above-mentioned modes of conduct, towards a man who has arrived at the true dignity of consummate virtue. Conformably to this also, was what he said respecting the association with parents, and likewise with benefactors. He added, that there is a certain various and multiform use of an opportune time. For of those that are enraged and angry, some are so seasonably, but others unseasonably. And again, of those that aspire after, desire, and are impelled to any thing appetible, an opportune time is the attendant on some, and an unseasonable time on others. And the same thing may be said concerning other passions and actions, dispositions, associations, and meetings. He farther observed, that an opportune time is to a certain extent, to be taught, and also, that what happens contrary to expectation, is capable of receiving an artificial discussion; but that when it is considered universally and simply, none of the above-mentioned particulars pertain to it. Nearly, however, such things are the attendants on it, as follow the nature of opportune time, viz. what is called the florid, the becoming, the adapted, and whatever else there may be homogeneous to these. He likewise asserted, that principle [or the beginning] is in the universe unity, and is the most honorable of things; and that in a similar manner it is so in science, in experience, and in generation. And again, that the number two is most honorable in a house, in a city, in a camp, and in all such like systems. But that the nature of principle is difficult to be surveyed and apprehended in all the above-mentioned particulars. For in sciences, it is not the province of any casual understanding to learn and judge, by well surveying the parts of things, what the nature is of the principle of these. He added, that it makes a great difference, and that there is danger with respect to the knowledge of the whole of things, when principle is not rightly assumed. For none, in short, of the consequent conclusions can be sane, when the true principle is unknown. The same thing may also be said respecting a principle of another kind. For neither can a house, or a city, be well instituted, unless each has a true ruler, who governs those that voluntarily submit to him. For it is necessary that in both these the governor should be willing to rule, and the governed to obey. Just as with respect to disciplines, when they are taught with proper effect, it is necessary that there should be a concurrence in the will both of the teacher and learner. For if there is a resistance on the part of either, the proposed work will never be accomplished in a proper manner. Thus therefore, he proved, that it was beautiful to be persuaded by rulers, and to be obedient to preceptors. But he exhibited the following as the greatest argument through deeds, of the truth of his observations. He went from Italy to Delos, to Pherecydes the Syrian, who had been his preceptor, in order that he might afford him some assistance, as he was then afflicted with what is called the morbus pedicularis, and he carefully attended him to the time of his death, and piously performed whatever rites were due to his dead preceptor. So diligent was he in the discharge of his duties to him from whom he had received instruction.
Moreover, with respect to compacts and the veracity pertaining to them, Pythagoras so prepared his disciples for the observance of them, that, as it is said, Lysis having once performed his adorations in the temple of Juno, met, as he was departing from it, about the vestibules with Euryphamus the Syracusan, who was one of his fellow disciples, and was then entering into the temple. Euryphamus therefore desiring Lysis to wait for him, till he also had adored the Goddess, Lysis sat down on a stone seat which was placed there. Euryphamus however having finished his adoration, and becoming absorbed in certain profound conceptions, forgot his appointment, and went out of the temple through another gate. But Lysis waited for him without quitting his seat, the remainder of that day and the following night, and also the greater part of the next day. And perhaps he would have staid there for a still longer time, unless Euryphamus on the following day, had heard in the auditory, that Lysis was wanted by his associates. Recollecting therefore his compact, he came to Lysis, and liberated him from his engagement, at the same time telling him the cause of his forgetfulness, and added, “Some God produced in me this oblivion, as a trial of your firmness in preserving your compacts.” Pythagoras likewise ordained abstinence from animal food, for many other reasons, and likewise because it is productive of peace. For those who are accustomed to abominate the slaughter of animals as iniquitous and preternatural, will think it to be much more unlawful to kill a man, or engage in war. But war is the leader and legislator of slaughter. For by this it is increased, and becomes strong and powerful. Not to step also above the beam of the balance, is an exhortation to justice, announcing, that whatever is just should be cultivated, as will be shown when we discuss the Pythagoric symbols. It appears therefore, through all these particulars, that Pythagoras paid great attention to the exercise of justice, and to the delivery of it to mankind, both in deeds and in words.
Chapter 31
It follows, in the next place, that we should speak of temperance, and show how it was cultivated by Pythagoras, and how he delivered it to his associates. We have already therefore narrated the common precepts concerning it, in which it is said that every thing incommensurate should be cut off with fire and sword. The abstinence also from animal food, is a precept of the same species; and likewise from certain foods calculated to produce intemperance, and impeding the vigilance and genuine energies of the reasoning power. Farther still, to this species the precept belongs, that sumptuous food should indeed be introduced in banquets, but should [shortly after] be sent away, and given to the servants, being placed on the table merely for the sake of punishing the desires. Likewise, that no liberal and ingenuous woman should wear gold, but only harlots. And again, the exercise of taciturnity, and perfect silence, for the purpose of governing the tongue. Likewise a strenuous and assiduous resumption and investigation of the most difficult theorems. But on account of all these, we must refer to the same virtue [i. e. to temperance,] abstinence from wine; paucity of food and sleep; an inartificial contempt of renown, wealth, and the like; a sincere reverence towards those to whom reverence is due, but an unfeigned similitude of behaviour and benevolence towards those of the same age; an animadversion and exhortation of those that are younger, without envy; and every thing else of the like kind.
The temperance also of those men, and how Pythagoras taught this virtue, may be learnt from what Hippobotus and Neanthes narrate of Myllias and Timycha who were Pythagoreans. For they say that Dionysius the tyrant could not obtain the friendship of any one of the Pythagoreans, though he did every thing to accomplish his purpose; for they had observed, and carefully avoided his monarchical disposition. He sent therefore to the Pythagoreans, a troop of thirty soldiers, under the command of Eurymenes the Syracusan, who was the brother of Dion, in order that by treachery their accustomed migration from Tarentum to Metapontum, might be opportunely effected for his purpose. For it was usual with them to change their abode at different seasons of the year, and they chose such places as were adapted to this migration. In Phalæ therefore, a craggy part of Tarentum, through which the Pythagoreans must necessarily pass in their journey, Eurymenes insidiously concealed his troop, and when the Pythagoreans, expecting no such thing, came to that place about the middle of the day, the soldiers rushed upon them with shouts, after the manner of robbers. But the Pythagoreans being disturbed and terrified at an attack so unexpected, and at the superior number of their enemies (for the whole number of the Pythagoreans was but ten), and considering also that they must be taken captive, as they were without arms, and had to contend with men who were variously armed,—they found that their only safety was in flight, and they did not conceive that this was foreign to virtue. For they knew that fortitude, according to the decision of right reason, is the science of things which are to be avoided and endured. And this they now obtained. For those who were with Eurymenes, being heavy-armed, would have abandoned the pursuit of the Pythagoreans, if the latter in their flight had not arrived at a certain field sown with beans, and which were in a sufficiently florishing condition. Not being willing therefore to violate the dogma which ordered them not to touch beans, they stood still, and from necessity attacked their pursuers with stones and sticks, and whatever else they happened to meet with, till they had slain some, and wounded many of them. All the Pythagoreans however, were at length slain by the spearmen, nor would any one of them suffer himself to be taken captive, but preferred death to this, conformably to the mandates of their sect.
Eurymenes therefore, and his soldiers, were beyond measure disturbed on finding that they should not be able to bring one of the Pythagoreans alive to Dionysius, though they were sent by him for this purpose alone. Hence, having piled earth on the slain, and buried them in that place in a common sepulchre, they turned their steps homeward. As they were returning, however, they happened to meet with Myllias the Crotonian, and his wife Timycha the Lacedæmonian, whom the other Pythagoreans had left behind, because Timycha being pregnant, was now in her sixth month, and on this account walked leisurely. These therefore, the soldiers gladly made captive, and led them to the tyrant, paying every attention to them, in order that they might be brought to him safe. But the tyrant having learnt what had happened, was greatly dejected, and said to the two Pythagoreans, You shall obtain from me honors transcending all others in dignity, if you will consent to reign in conjunction with me. All his offers however being rejected by Myllias and Timycha; If then, said he, you will only teach me one thing, I will dismiss you with a sufficiently safe guard. Myllias therefore asking him what it was he wished to learn; Dionysius replied, It is this, why your companions chose rather to die, than to tread on beans? But Myllias immediately answered, My companions indeed submitted to death, in order that they might not tread upon beans, but I would rather tread on them, than tell you the cause of this. Dionysius therefore, being astonished at this answer, ordered him to be forcibly taken away, but commanded Timycha to be tortured: for he thought, that as she was a woman, pregnant, and deprived of her husband, she would easily tell him what he wanted to know, through fear of the torments. The heroic woman, however, grinding her tongue with her teeth, bit it off, and spit it at the tyrant; evincing by this, that though her sex being vanquished by the torments might be compelled to disclose something which ought to be concealed in silence, yet the member subservient to the developement of it, should be entirely cut off. So much difficulty did they make in admitting foreign friendships, even though they should happen to be royal.
Similar to these also, were the precepts concerning silence, and which tended to the exercise of temperance. For the subjugation of the tongue, is of all other continence the most difficult. The persuading likewise the Crotonians to abstain from the profane and spurious association with harlots, pertains to the same virtue. And besides this, the correction through music, by means of which Pythagoras restored a young man to temperance, who had become furious through love. The exhortation also, which leads from lascivious insolence, must be referred to the same virtue. And these things Pythagoras delivered to the Pythagoreans, he himself being the cause of them. For they so attended to their bodies, that they might always remain in the same condition, and not at one time be lean, but at another, abounding in flesh. For they considered this to be an indication of an anomalous life. In a similar manner also with respect to the mind, they were careful that they might not be at one time cheerful, and at another sad, but that they might be mildly joyful with uniformity. But they expelled rage, despondency, and perturbation. And it was a precept with them, that no human casualties ought to be unexpected by those who are endued with intellect, but that they should expect every thing may happen which it is not in their power to prevent. But if at any time they were in a rage, or oppressed with sorrow, or any thing else of this kind, they separated themselves from the rest of their associates, and each by himself alone, endeavoured to digest and heal the passion.
This also is said of the Pythagoreans, that no one of them when angry, either punished a servant, or admonished any free man, but each of them waited till his mind was restored to its former [tranquil] condition. But they called to admonish, pædartan. For they accomplished this waiting by employing silence and quiet. Hence Spintharus relates of Archytas the Tarentine, that returning after a certain time from the war which the city of Tarentum waged against the Messenians, to inspect some land which belonged to him, and finding that the bailiff and the other servants, had not paid proper attention to the cultivation of it, but had greatly neglected it, being enraged, he was so indignant, that he told his servants it was well for them he was angry; since, if this had not happened, they would not have escaped the punishment due to so great an offence. Spintharus likewise says that a similar thing is related of Clinias. For he also deferred all admonitions and punishments, till his mind was restored to tranquillity.
It is farther related of the Pythagoreans, that they expelled from themselves lamentation, weeping, and every thing else of this kind; and that neither gain, nor desire, nor anger, nor ambition, nor any thing of a similar nature, became the cause of dissension among them; but that all the Pythagoreans were so disposed towards each other, as a worthy father is towards his offspring. This also is a beautiful circumstance, that they referred every thing to Pythagoras, and called it by his name, and that they did not ascribe to themselves the glory of their own inventions, except very rarely. For there are very few whose works are acknowledged to be their own. The accuracy too, with which they preserved their writings is admirable. For in so many ages, no one appears to have met with any of the commentaries of the Pythagoreans, prior to the time of Philolaus. But he first published those three celebrated books, which Dion the Syracusan is said to have bought, at the request of Plato, for a hundred mina. For Philolaus had fallen into a certain great and severe poverty; and from his alliance to the Pythagoreans, was a partaker of their writings.
With respect also to opinion, it is related that they spoke of it as follows: That it is the province of a stupid man to pay attention to the opinion of every one, and especially to that of the multitude. Far it belongs to a few only to apprehend and opine rightly; since it is evident that this pertains to the intelligent alone. But they are few. It is manifest therefore, that a power of this kind does not extend itself to the multitude. But it is also stupid to despise the opinion of every one. For it will happen that he who is so disposed will be unlearned and incorrigible. It is however necessary that he who is destitute of science should learn those things of which he is ignorant, and has no scientific knowledge. And it is likewise necessary that the learner should pay attention to the opinion of him who possesses science, and is able to teach. And universally, it is necessary that those young men who wish to be saved, should attend to the opinion of their elders, and of those who have lived well. But in the whole of human life there are certain ages (denominated by them as it is said endedasmenæ) which it is not in the power of any casual person to connect with each other. For they are expelled by each other, unless some one conducts a man from his birth, in a beautiful and upright manner. It is necessary therefore, when a child is educated well, and is formed to temperance and fortitude, that a great part of his education should be given to the age of adolescence [which is that of a lad]. In a similar manner also, when a lad is formed to temperance and fortitude, it is necessary that a great part of his education should be transferred to the age of manhood. For that which happens to the multitude is absurd and ridiculous. For they fancy it is requisite that boys should be orderly and temperate, and should abstain from every thing which appears to be troublesome and indecorous; but that when they have arrived at adolescency, they may for the most part do whatever they please. Hence there is nearly a conflux of both kinds of errors into this age. For lads commit many faults which are both puerile and virile. For, in short, to avoid every kind of sedulity and order, and to pursue every species of sport, and puerile intemperance and insolence, are most adapted to the age of a boy. Such a disposition therefore as this, is derived from the puerile into the following age. But the genus of strong desires, and of different species of ambition, and in a similar manner the remaining impulses and dispositions, when they are of a severe and turbulent nature, are derived from the virile age into that of adolescency. Hence this of all the ages demands the greatest attention. And universally, no man ought to be suffered to do whatever he pleases, but it is always necessary that there should be a certain inspection, and a legal and elegantly-formed government, to which each of the citizens is obedient. For the animal, when left to itself and neglected, rapidly degenerates into vice and depravity.
It is likewise said, that the Pythagoreans frequently inquired and doubted why we accustom boys to take their food in an orderly and commensurate manner, and show them that order and symmetry are beautiful; but that the contraries to these, disorder and incommensuration, are base; and that he who is given to wine and is insatiable, is held in great disgrace. For if no one of these is useful to us when we have arrived at the age of virility, it was in vain that we were accustomed, when boys, to an order of this kind. And there is also the same reason concerning the other manners [to which we are accustomed when boys]. This, therefore, is not seen to happen in other animals which are disciplined by men; but immediately from the first, a whelp and a colt are accustomed to, and learn those things which it is requisite for them to do when they have arrived at the perfection of their nature. And universally, it is said that the Pythagoreans exhorted both those they happened to meet, and their familiars, to avoid pleasure as a thing that required the greatest caution. For nothing so much deceives us, or precipitates us into error, as this passion. In short, as it seems, they contended that we should never do any thing with a view to pleasure as the end. For this scope is, for the most part, indecorous and noxious. But they asserted, that especially looking to the beautiful and decorous, we should do whatever is to be done. And that in the second place we should look to the advantageous and the useful. These things, however, require no casual judgment.
With respect to what is called desire, these men are said to have asserted as follows: That desire indeed, itself, is a certain tendency, impulse, and appetite of the soul, in order to be filled with something, or to enjoy something present, or to be disposed according to some sensitive energy; but that there is also a desire of the contraries to these, and this is a desire of the evacuation and absence, and of having no sensible perception of certain things. That this passion likewise is various, and is nearly the most multifarious of all those that pertain to man. But that many human desires are adscititious, and procured by men themselves. Hence this passion requires the greatest attention, and no casual care and corporeal exercise. For that the body when empty should desire food, is natural: and again, it is also natural, that when filled, it should desire an appropriate evacuation. But to desire superfluous nutriment, or superfluous and luxurious garments or coverlids, or habitations, is adscititious. They also reasoned in the same manner concerning furniture, vessels, servants, and cattle subservient to food. And universally, with respect to human passions, they are nearly things of such a kind, as to be nowhere permanent, but to proceed to infinity. Hence attention should be paid to youth from the earliest period, in order that they may aspire after such things as are proper, may avoid vain and superfluous desires, and thus be undisturbed by, and purified from, such-like appetites, and may despise those who are objects of contempt, because they are bound to [all-various] desires. But it must be especially observed, that vain, noxious, superfluous, and insolent desires subsist with those who have the greatest power. For there is not any thing so absurd, which the soul of such boys, men, and women, does not incite them to perform. In short, the variety of food which is assumed, is most manifold. For there are an infinite number of fruits, and an infinite multitude of roots, which the human race uses for food. It likewise uses all-various kinds of flesh; and it is difficult to find any terrestrial, aerial, or aquatic animal, which it does not taste. It also employs all-various contrivances in the preparation of these, and manifold mixtures of juices. Hence it properly follows that the human tribe is insane and multiform, according to the motion of the soul, for each kind of food that is introduced into the body, becomes the cause of a certain peculiar disposition.
We however perceive that some things become immediately the cause of a great change in quality, as is evident in wine. For when it is drank abundantly, it makes men at first more cheerful, but afterwards more insane and indecorous. But men are ignorant of those things which do not exhibit a power of this kind; though every thing that is eaten is the cause of a certain peculiar disposition. Hence it requires great wisdom, to be able to know and perceive, what kind and what quantity of food ought to be used. This science, however, was at first unfolded by Apollo and Pæon; but afterwards by Esculapius and his followers.
With respect to generation also, the Pythagoreans are said to have made the following observations. In the first place, they thought it necessary to guard against what is called untimely [offspring]. For neither untimely plants, nor animals, are good; but prior to their bearing fruit, it is necessary that a certain time should intervene, in order that seeds and fruit may be produced from strong and perfect bodies. It is requisite, therefore, that boys and virgins should be accustomed to labors and exercises, and appropriate endurance, and that food should be given to them adapted to a life of labor, temperance, and endurance. But there are many things of this kind in human life, which it is better to learn at a late period, and among these is the use of venery. It is necessary, therefore, that a boy should be so educated, as not to seek after such a connexion as this, within the twentieth year of his age. But when he arrives at this age, he should use venery rarely. This however will be the case, if he thinks that a good habit of body is an honorable and beautiful thing. For intemperance and a good habit of body, are not very much adapted to subsist together in the same person. It is also said, that those laws were praised by the Pythagoreans, which existed prior to their time in Grecian cities, and which prohibited the having connexion with a woman who is a mother, or a daughter, or a sister, either in a temple, or in a public place. For it is beautiful and advantageous that there should be numerous impediments to this energy. These men also apprehended, as it seems, that preternatural generations, and those which are effected in conjunction with wanton insolence, should be entirely prevented from taking place; but that those should be suffered to remain, which are according to nature, and subsist with temperance, and which take place in the chaste and legal procreation of children.
They likewise were of opinion that great providential attention should be paid by those who beget children, to the future progeny. The first, therefore, and the greatest care which should be taken by him who applies himself to the procreation of children is, that he lives temperately and healthfully, that he neither fills himself with food unseasonably, nor uses such aliments as may render the habits of the body worse than they were, and above all things, that he avoids intoxication. For they thought that depraved seed was produced from a bad, discordant, and turbid temperament. And universally they were of opinion, that none but an indolent and inconsiderate person would attempt to produce an animal, and lead it into existence, without providing with all possible diligence that its ingress into being and life might be most elegant and pleasing. For those that are lovers of dogs, pay every possible attention to the generation of whelps, in order that they may be produced from such things as are proper, and when it is proper, and in such a way as is proper, and thus may become a good offspring. The same attention also is paid by those who are lovers of birds. And it is evident that others also who are studious about the procreation of generous animals, endeavour by all possible means, that the generation of them may not be in vain. It would be absurd therefore that men should pay no attention to their own offspring, but should both beget them casually and with perfect carelessness, and, after they are begotten, nourish and educate them with extreme negligence. For this is the most powerful and most manifest cause of the vice and depravity of the greater part of mankind. For with the multitude the procreation of children is undertaken in a beastly and rash manner. And such were the assertions, and such the doctrine of these men, which they verified both in words and deeds, respecting temperance; these precepts having been originally received by them from Pythagoras himself, like certain oracles delivered by the Pythian Apollo.
Chapter 32
With respect to fortitude, however, many of the particulars which have been already related, appropriately pertain to it; such as the admirable deeds of Timycha, and of those Pythagoreans who chose to die rather than transgress the decisions of Pythagoras concerning beans, and other things conformable to such-like pursuits. Such also are the deeds which Pythagoras himself generously accomplished, when he travelled everywhere alone, and underwent immense labors and dangers, choosing to leave his country, and dwell among strangers. Likewise, when he dissolved tyrannies, gave an orderly arrangement to confused polities, and emancipated cities. When also he caused illegality to cease, and impeded the operations of insolent and tyrannical men; exhibiting himself a benignant leader to the just and mild, but expelling savage and licentious men from his association, and refusing even to give them an answer; gladly, indeed, giving assistance to the former, but with all his might resisting the latter. Many instances therefore of these things might be adduced, and of upright actions frequently performed by him. But the greatest of all these, is what he said and did to Phalaris, with an invincible freedom of speech. For when he was detained in captivity by Phalaris, the most cruel of tyrants, a wise man of the Hyperborean race, whose name was Abaris, was his associate, who came to him for the sake of conversing with him, and asked him many questions, and especially such as were of a sacred nature, respecting statues and the most holy worship, the providence of the Gods, celestial and terrestrial natures, and many other things of a similar kind. But Pythagoras, being under the influence of divine inspiration, answered Abaris vehemently, and with all truth and persuasion, so as to convince those that heard him. Then, however, Phalaris was inflamed with anger against Abaris, because he praised Pythagoras, and was ferociously disposed towards Pythagoras himself. He also dared to utter blasphemies against the Gods themselves, and such as he was accustomed to pour forth. But Abaris gave Pythagoras thanks for what he said; and after this, learnt from him that all things are suspended from and governed by the heavens; which he evinced to be the case from many other things, and also from the energy of sacred rites. And Abaris was so far from thinking that Pythagoras, who taught these things, was an enchanter, that he beyond measure admired him as if he had been a God. To these things, however, Phalaris replied by endeavouring to subvert divination, and openly denying the efficacy of the things which are performed in sacred rites. But Abaris transferred the discourse from these particulars to such as are clearly apparent to all men; and endeavoured to persuade him that there is a divine providence, from those circumstances which transcend all human hope and power, whether they are immense wars, or incurable diseases, or the corruption of fruits, or the incursions of pestilence, or certain other things of the like kind, which are most difficult to be borne, and deplorable, arising from the beneficent energies of certain dæmoniacal and divine powers.
Phalaris, however, shamelessly and audaciously opposed what was said. Again therefore Pythagoras, suspecting that Phalaris intended to put him to death, but at the same time knowing that he was not destined to die by Phalaris, began to address him with great freedom of speech. For looking to Abaris he said, that a transition was naturally adapted to take place from the heavens to aerial and terrestrial beings. And again, he showed that all things follow the heavens, from instances most known to all men. He likewise indubitably demonstrated, that the [deliberative] power of the soul possesses freedom of will. And proceeding still farther, he amply discussed the perfect energy of reason and intellect. Afterwards also, with his [usual] freedom of speech, he spoke concerning tyranny, and all the prerogatives of fortune, and concerning injustice and human avarice, and solidly taught him that all these are of no worth. In the next place, he gave him a divine admonition concerning the most excellent life, and earnestly entered on a comparison of it with the most depraved life. He likewise most clearly unfolded to him, how the soul, and its powers and passions, subsist; and, what is the most beautiful thing of all, demonstrated to him that the Gods are not the causes of evils, and that diseases, and such things as are the calamities of the body, are the seals of intemperance; reprehending at the same time mythologists and poets for what they have badly said in fables [on this subject]. Confuting Phalaris also, he admonished him, and exhibited to him through works what the power of heaven is, and the magnitude of that power; and proved to him by many arguments, that legal punishment is reasonably established. He likewise clearly showed him what the difference is between men and other animals; and scientifically discussed internal and external speech. He also perfectly demonstrated the nature of intellect, and of the knowledge which descends from it; together with many other ethical dogmas consequent to these things.
Farther still, he instructed him in what is most beneficial among the things that are useful in life; and in the mildest manner adapted admonitions harmonising with these; adding at the same time prohibitions of what ought not to be done. And that which is the greatest of all, he unfolded to him the distinction between the productions of fate, and those of intellect, and also the difference between what is done by destiny, and what is done by fate. He likewise wisely discussed many things concerning dæmons, and the immortality of the soul. These things however pertain to another treatise. But those particulars are more appropriate to our present purpose which belong to the cultivation of fortitude. For if, when situated in the midst of dreadful circumstances, Pythagoras appears to have philosophised with firmness of decision, if on all sides he resisted and repelled fortune, and strenuously endured its attacks, and if he employed the greatest freedom of speech towards him who brought his life into danger, it is evident that he perfectly despised those things which are thought to be dreadful, and that he considered them as undeserving of notice. If also, when he expected according to appearances to be put to death, he entirely despised this, and was not moved by the expectation of it, it is evident that he was perfectly free from the dread of death.
He performed however what is still more generous than this, by effecting the dissolution of tyranny, restraining the tyrant when he was about to bring the most deplorable calamities on mankind, and liberating Sicily from the most cruel and imperious power. But that it was Pythagoras who accomplished this, is evident from the oracles of Apollo, in which it is predicted that the domination of Phalaris would then be dissolved, when those that were governed by him should become better men, and be more concordant with each other; such as they then became, when Pythagoras was present with them, through the doctrines and instruction which he imparted to them. A greater proof however of the truth of this, is derived from the time in which it happened. For on the very same day in which Phalaris put Pythagoras and Abaris in danger of death, he himself was slain by stratagem. That also which happened to Epimenides may be an argument of the truth of these things. For as he, who was the disciple of Pythagoras, when certain persons intended to destroy him, invoked the Furies, and the avenging Gods, and by so doing caused all those that attempted his life, to destroy each other;—thus also Pythagoras, who gave assistance to mankind, after the manner and with the fortitude of Hercules, for the benefit of men, punished and occasioned the death of him who had acted in an insolent and disorderly manner towards others; and this through the oracles themselves of Apollo, to the series of which divinity both he and Epimenides spontaneously belonged from their very birth. And thus far, indeed, we have thought it requisite to mention this admirable and strenuous deed, the effect of his fortitude.
We shall however adduce another example of it, viz. the salvation of legitimate opinion; for, preserving this, he performed that which appeared to him to be just, and which was dictated by right reason, not being diverted from his intention either by pleasure, or labor, or any other passion, or danger. His disciples also chose to die rather than transgress his mandates. And when they were exposed to all-various fortunes, they preserved invariably the same manners. When also they were involved in ten thousand calamities, they never deviated from his precepts. But it was a never-failing exhortation with them, always to give assistance to law, but to be hostile to illegality, and to be accustomed from their birth to a life of temperance and fortitude, in order to restrain and repel luxury. They had also certain melodies which were devised by them, as remedies against the passions of the soul, and likewise against despondency and lamentation, which Pythagoras invented, as affording the greatest assistance in these maladies. And again, they employed other melodies against rage and anger, through which they gave intension and remission to these passions, till they reduced them to moderation, and rendered them commensurate with fortitude. That, however, which afforded them the greatest support in generous endurance, was the persuasion that no human casualties ought to be unexpected by men who are in the possession of intellect, but that all things ought to be expected by them, over which they have no absolute power.
Moreover, if at any time they happened to be angry, or sorrowful, they immediately separated themselves from the rest of their associates, and each by himself alone strenuously endeavoured to digest and heal the passion [by which he was oppressed]. They also conceived generally, that labor should be employed about disciplines and studies, and that they should be severely exercised in trials of the most various nature, in punishments and restraints by fire and sword, in order to be liberated from innate intemperance, and an inexhaustible avidity of possessing; and that for this purpose, no labors, nor any endurance should be spared. In order to accomplish this likewise, they generously exercised abstinence from all animals, and besides this, from certain other kinds of food. Hence also arose their detention of speech, and their perfect silence as preparatory to the subjugation of the tongue; in which for many years they exercised their fortitude. To which also may be added, their strenuous and assiduous investigation and resumption of the most difficult theorems; and on account of these things, their abstinence from wine, their paucity of food and sleep, and their contempt of glory, wealth, and the like. And in conjunction with all these particulars, they extended themselves to fortitude.
It is likewise said, that these men expelled lamentations and tears, and every thing else of this kind. They also abstained from entreaty, from supplication, and from all such illiberal adulation, as being effeminate and abject. To the same conception likewise the peculiarity of their manners must be referred, and that all of them perpetually preserved among their arcana, the most principal dogmas in which their discipline was chiefly contained, keeping them with the greatest silence from being divulged to strangers, committing them unwritten to the memory, and transmitting them orally to their successors, as if they were the mysteries of the Gods. Hence it happened, that nothing of their philosophy worth mentioning, was made public, and that though for a long time it had been taught and learnt, it was alone known within their walls. But to those out of their walls, and as I may say, to the profane, if they happened to be present, these men spoke obscurely to each other through symbols, of which the celebrated precepts that are now in circulation retain a vestige; such as, Dig not fire with a sword, and other symbols of the like kind, which, taken literally, resemble the tales of old women; but when unfolded, impart a certain admirable and venerable benefit to those that receive them.
The precept, however, which is of the greatest efficacy of all others to the attainment of fortitude, is that which has for its most principal scope the being defended and liberated from those bonds which detain the intellect in captivity from infancy, and without which no one can learn or perceive any thing sane or true, through whatever sense he may energize. For according to the Pythagoreans,
’Tis mind that all things sees and hears; What else exists is deaf and blind.
But the precept which is next to this in efficacy is that which exhorts to be beyond measure studious of purifying the intellect, and by various methods adapting it through mathematical orgies to receive something divinely beneficial, so as neither to fear a separation from body, nor, when led to incorporeal natures, to be forced to turn away the eyes, through their most refulgent splendor, nor to be converted to those passions which nail and fasten the soul to the body. And, in short, which urges the soul to be untamed by all those passions which are the progeny of the realms of generation, and which draw it to an inferior condition of being. For the exercise and ascent through all these, is the study of the most perfect fortitude. And such are the instances adduced by us of the fortitude of Pythagoras, and the Pythagoreans.
Chapter 33
With respect to the amity, however, which subsists in all things towards all, Pythagoras delivered it in the clearest manner. And, the amity of the Gods indeed towards men, he unfolded through piety and scientific cultivation; but that of dogmas towards each other, and universally of the soul towards the body, and of the rational towards the species of the irrational part, through philosophy, and the theory pertaining to it. With respect to the amity of men also towards each other; that of citizens he delivered through sane legislation, but that of strangers through a correct physiology; and that between man and wife, or children, or brothers, and kindred, through unperverted communion. In short, he unfolded the friendship of all things towards all, and still farther, of certain irrational animals, through justice and a physical connexion and association. But the pacification and conciliation of the body, which is of itself mortal, and of its latent contrary powers, he unfolded through health, and a diet and temperance conformable to this, in imitation of the salubrious condition of the mundane elements. In all these, however, Pythagoras is acknowledged to have been the inventor and legislator of the summary comprehension of them in one and the same name, which is that of friendship. And indeed he delivered such an admirable friendship to his associates, that even now those who are benevolent in the extreme towards each other, are said to belong to the Pythagoreans. It is necessary therefore to narrate the discipline of Pythagoras respecting these things, and the precepts which he used towards his disciples.
These men, then, exhorted others to remove from true friendship, contest and contention, and if possible, indeed, from all friendship; but if not, at least from that which is parental, and universally from that which pertains to seniors and benefactors. For to strive or contend with such as these, in consequence of anger intervening, or some other such-like passion, is not the salvation of the existing friendship. But they said it is requisite that there should be the least possible scars and ulcers in friendships; and that this will be the case, if those that are friends know how to soften and subdue anger. If both indeed know this, or rather the younger of the two, and who ranks in some one of the above-mentioned orders [their friendship will be more easily preserved]. They also were of opinion, that corrections and admonitions, which they called pædartases, should take place from the elder to the younger with much suavity and caution; and likewise, that much sedulous and appropriate attention should be manifested in admonitions. For thus they will be decorous and beneficial. They also said, that confidence should never be separated from friendship, neither seriously nor even in jest. For it is no longer easy for the existing friendship to be in a sane condition, when falsehood once insinuates itself into the manners of those that acknowledge themselves to be friends. Again, according to them, friendship should not be abandoned on account of misfortune, or any other imbecility to which human life is incident; but they said, that the only approvable rejection of a friend and friendship, is that which arises from great and incorrigible vice. Likewise, that hatred should not be voluntarily entertained against those who are not perfectly bad; but that if it is once formed, it should be generously and strenuously retained, unless the object of it changes his manners, so as to become a better man. That the hostility also should not consist in words, but in deeds; And that this war is legitimate and holy, when it is conducted in such a way as it becomes one man to contend with another.
They likewise said, that we should never, to the utmost of our power, become the cause of dissension; but that we should as much as possible avoid the source of it. That in the friendship also, which is intended to be pure, the greater part of the things pertaining to it ought to be definite and legitimate. And that these should be properly distinguished, and should not be casual; and moreover, that we should be careful that our conversation may never be negligently and casually performed, but with modesty, benevolence, and good order. Also, that no passion, such as desire, or anger, be rashly excited, and in a bad and erroneous manner. And the same thing must be said of the remaining passions and dispositions.
Moreover, that they did not decline foreign friendships carelessly, but that they avoided and guarded against them, with the greatest sedulity; and also, that they rigidly preserved friendship towards each other for many ages, may be inferred from what Aristoxenus in his treatise On the Pythagoric life, says he heard from Dionysius, the tyrant of Sicily, when having fallen from monarchy he taught grammar at Corinth. For Aristoxenus says as follows: “These men as much as possible prohibited lamentations and tears, and every thing of this kind; and in a similar manner adulation, entreaty, supplication, and the like. Dionysius, therefore, having fallen from his tyranny and come to Corinth, narrated to us the particulars concerning Phintias and Damon the Pythagoreans; and these were respecting the one being sponsor for the death of the other. But the mode of the suretyship was as follows: He said that certain persons, who were familiar with him, had frequently made mention of the Pythagoreans, defaming and reviling them, calling them arrogant, and asserting that their gravity, their pretended fidelity, and apathy would be laid aside, if any one should cause them to fall into [some great] calamity. Certain persons however contradicting this, and contention arising on the subject, recourse was had to artifice, and one of the accusers of Phintias said before him, that he evidently conspired with certain others against the life of Dionysius. This also was testified by some that were present, and the charges against Phintias appeared to be very probable. Phintias therefore was astonished at the accusation. But when Dionysius had unequivocally said, that he had accurately explored all these particulars, and that it was necessary that he should die, Phintias replied, that if it appeared requisite to him that this should take place, he requested that he would grant him the remainder of the day, in order that he might settle his own affairs, and also those of Damon. For those men lived together, and had all things in common. Phintias, however, being the elder, the management of the domestic concerns was for the most part undertaken by him. He requested therefore, that Dionysius would suffer him to depart for this purpose, and he would appoint Damon for his surety. Dionysius therefore said that he wondered at the request, and that he asked him whether there was any man who was willing to become security for the death of another. But Phintias asserting that there was, Damon was sent for, who, on hearing what had happened, said that he would become the sponsor, and that he would remain there till Phintias returned. Dionysius therefore said, that he was immediately astonished at these circumstances; but that they who at first introduced the experiment, derided Damon as one who would be caught, and said sneeringly that he would be the vicarious stag. When therefore it was near sunset, Phintias came to die; at which all that were present were astonished and subdued. But Dionysius said, that having embraced and kissed the men, he requested that they would receive him as the third into their friendship. They however would by no means consent to a thing of this kind, though he entreated them to comply with his request.” And these things are related by Aristoxenus, who received them from Dionysius himself.
It is also said, that the Pythagoreans endeavoured to perform the offices of friendship to those of their sect, though they were unknown to, and had never been seen by each other, when they had received a certain indication of the participation of the same doctrines; so that from such friendly offices the assertion may be credited, that worthy men, even though they should dwell in the most remote parts of the earth, are mutually friends, and this before they become known to and salute each other. It is said therefore, that a certain Pythagorean, travelling through a long and solitary road on foot, came to an inn; and there, from labor and other all-various causes, fell into a long and severe disease, so as to be at length in want of the necessaries of life. The inn-keeper, however, whether from commiseration of the man, or from benevolence, supplied him with every thing that was requisite, neither sparing for this purpose any assistance or expense. But the Pythagorean falling a victim to the disease, wrote a certain symbol, before he died, in a table, and desired the inn-keeper, if he should happen to die, to suspend the table near the road, and observe whether any passenger read the symbol. For that person, said he, will repay you what you have spent on me, and will also thank you for your kindness. The inn-keeper, therefore, after the death of the Pythagorean, having buried, and paid the requisite attention to his body, had neither any hopes of being repaid, nor of receiving any recompense from some one who might read the table. At the same time, however, being surprised at the request of the Pythagorean, he was induced to expose the writing in the public road. A long time after, therefore, a certain Pythagorean passing that way, having understood the symbol, and learnt who it was that placed the table there, and having also investigated every particular, paid the inn-keeper a much greater sum of money than he had disbursed.
It is likewise related of Clinias the Tarentine, that when he had learnt that Prorus the Cyrenæan, who was zealously addicted to the Pythagorean doctrines, was in danger of losing all his property, he sailed to Cyrene, after having collected a sum of money, and restored the affairs of Prorus to a better condition, not only incurring, in so doing, a diminution of his own property, but despising the peril which he was exposed to in the voyage. After the same manner also, Thestor Posidoniates, having learnt from report alone, that Thymaridas Parius the Pythagorean had fallen into poverty, from the possession of great wealth, is said to have sailed to Parus, after having collected a large sum of money, and thus reinstated Thymaridas in property. These therefore are beautiful instances of friendship. The decisions, however, of the Pythagoreans respecting the communion of divine goods, the concord of intellect, and things pertaining to a divine soul, are much more admirable than the above examples. For they perpetually exhorted each other, not to divulse the God within them. Hence all the endeavour of their friendship both in deeds and words, was directed to a certain divine mixture, to a union with divinity, and to a communion with intellect and a divine soul. But it is not possible to find any thing better than this, either in what is uttered by words, or performed by deeds. For I am of opinion, that all the goods of friendship are comprehended in this. Hence, as we have collected in this, as in a summit, all the prerogatives of the Pythagoric friendship, we shall omit to say any thing further about it.
Chapter 34
Since, however, we have thus generally, and with arrangement, discussed what pertains to Pythagoras and the Pythagoreans; let us after this narrate such scattered particulars relative to this subject, as do not fall under the above-mentioned order. It is said, therefore, that each of the Greeks who joined himself to this community of the Pythagoreans, was ordered to use his native language. For they did not approve of the use of a foreign tongue. Foreigners also united themselves to the Pythagoric sect, viz. the Messenians, the Lucani, Picentini, and the Romans. And Metrodorus the son of Thyrsus who was the father of Epicharmus, and who transferred the greater part of his doctrine to medicine, says in explaining the writings of his father to his brother, that Epicharmus, and prior to him Pythagoras, conceived that the best dialect, as well as the best harmony of music, is the Doric; that the Ionic and the Æolic participate of the chromatic harmony; but that the Attic dialect is replete with this in a still greater degree. They were also of opinion, that the Doric dialect, which consists of vocal letters, is enharmonic.
Fables likewise bear testimony to the antiquity of this dialect. For in these it is said that Nereus married Doris the daughter of Ocean; by whom he had fifty daughters, one of which was the mother of Achilles. Metrodorus also says, that according to some, Hellen was the offspring of Deucalion, who was the son of Prometheus and Pyrrha the daughter of Epimetheus; and that from him came Dorus, and Æolus. He farther observes, that he learnt from the sacred rites of the Babylonians, that Hellen was the offspring of Jupiter, and that the sons of Hellen were Dorus, Xuthus, and Æolus; with which narrations Herodotus also accords. It is difficult, however, for those in more recent times to know accurately, in particulars so ancient, which of these narrations is to be preferred. But it may be collected from each of these histories, that the Doric dialect is acknowledged to be the most ancient; that the Æolic is next to this, which received its name from Æolus; and that the Ionic ranks as the third, which derived its appellation from Ion the son of Xuthus. The Attic is the fourth, which was denominated from Creusa, the daughter of Erectheus, and is posterior to the former dialects by three generations, as it existed about the time of the Thracians, and the rape of Orithyia, as is evident from the testimony of most histories. Orpheus also, who is the most ancient of the poets, used the Doric dialect.
Of medicine, however, they especially embraced the diætetic species, and in the exercise of this were most accurate. And in the first place, indeed, they endeavoured to learn the indications of symmetry, of labor, food, and repose. In the next place, with respect to the preparation of food, they were nearly the first who attempted to employ themselves in it, and to define the mode in which it should be performed. The Pythagoreans likewise employed cataplasms, more frequently than their predecessors; but they in a less degree approved of medicated ointments. These, however, they principally used in the cure of ulcerations. But incisions and burnings they admitted the least of all things. Some diseases also they cured by incantations. But they are said to have objected to those who expose disciplines to sale; who open their souls like the gates of an inn to every man that approaches to them; and who, if they do not thus find buyers, diffuse themselves through cities, and, in short, hire gymnasia and require a reward from young men for those things which are without price. Pythagoras, however, concealed the meaning of much that was said by him, in order that those who were genuinely instructed might clearly be partakers of it; but that others, as Homer says of Tantalus, might be pained in the midst of what they heard, in consequence of receiving no delight from thence.
I think also, it was said by the Pythagoreans, respecting those who teach for the sake of reward, that they show themselves to be worse than statuaries, or those artists who perform their work sitting. For these, when some one orders them to make a statue of Hermes, search for wood adapted to the reception of the proper form; but those pretend that they can readily produce the works of virtue from every nature. The Pythagoreans likewise said, that it is more necessary to pay attention to philosophy, than to parents and agriculture; for it is owing to the latter, indeed, that we live; but philosophers and preceptors are the causes of our living well, and becoming wise, in consequence of having discovered the right mode of discipline and instruction. Nor did they think fit either to speak or write in such a way, that their conceptions might be obvious to any casual persons; but Pythagoras is said to have taught this in the first place to those that came to him, that, being purified from all incontinence, they should preserve in silence the doctrines they had heard. It is said, therefore, that he who first divulged the theory of commensurable and incommensurable quantities, to those who were unworthy to receive it, was so hated by the Pythagoreans that they not only expelled him from their common association, and from living with them, but also constructed a tomb for him, as one who had migrated from the human and passed into a another life. Others also say, that the Divine Power was indignant with those who divulged the dogmas of Pythagoras: for that he perished in the sea, as an impious person, who rendered manifest the composition of the icostagonus; viz. who delivered the method of inscribing in a sphere the dodecaedron, which is one of what are called the five solid figures. But according to others, this happened to him who unfolded the doctrine of irrational and incommensurable quantities. Moreover, all the Pythagoric discipline was symbolic, and resembled enigmas and riddles, consisting of apothegms, in consequence of imitating antiquity in its character; just as the truly divine and Pythian oracles appear to be in a certain respect difficult to be understood and explained, to those who carelessly receive the answers which they give. Such therefore, and so many are the indications respecting Pythagoras and the Pythagoreans, which may be collected from what is disseminated about them.
Chapter 35
There were, however, certain persons who were hostile to these men, and rose against them. That stratagems therefore were employed to destroy them, during the absence of Pythagoras, is universally acknowledged; but those that have written on this subject, differ in their account of the journey which he then undertook. For some say that he went to Pherecydes the Syrian, but others to Metapontum. Many causes, however, of the stratagems are enumerated. And one of them, which is said to have originated from the men called Cylonians, was as follows: Cylon the Crotonian held the first place among the citizens for birth, renown, and wealth; but otherwise, he was a severe, violent, and turbulent man, and of tyrannical manners. He had, however, the greatest desire of being made a partaker of the Pythagoric life, and having applied himself to Pythagoras, who was now an elderly man, for this purpose, was rejected by him on account of the above-mentioned causes. In consequence of this, therefore, he and his friends exercised violent hostilities against Pythagoras and his disciples. So vehement likewise and immoderate was the ambition of Cylon, and of those who arranged themselves on his side, that it extended itself to the very last of the Pythagoreans. Pythagoras, therefore, for this cause went to Metapontum, and there is said to have terminated his life. But those who were called the Cylonians continued to form stratagems against the Pythagoreans, and to exhibit indications of all possible malevolence. Nevertheless, for a certain time the probity of the Pythagoreans subdued [this enmity,] and also the decision of the cities themselves, so that they were willing that their political concerns should be managed by the Pythagoreans [alone]. At length, however, the Cylonians became so hostile to the men, that setting fire to the house of Milo in which the Pythagoreans were seated, and were consulting about warlike concerns; they burnt all the men except two, Archippus and Lysis. For these being in perfect vigour, and most robust, escaped out of the house. But this taking place, and no mention being made by the multitude of the calamity which had happened, the Pythagoreans ceased to pay any further attention to the affairs of government. This however happened through two causes, through the negligence of the cities (for they were not at all affected by so great a calamity taking place) and through the loss of those men who were most qualified to govern. But of the two Pythagoreans that were saved, and both of whom were Tarentines, Archippus indeed returned to Tarentum; but Lysis hating the negligence [of the cities] went into Greece, and dwelt in the Achaia of Peloponnesus. Afterwards, he migrated to Thebes, being stimulated by a certain ardent desire [of retreating thither]; and there he had for his auditor Epaminondas who called Lysis his father. There also Lysis terminated his life. But the rest of the Pythagoreans, except Archytas of Tarentum, departed from Italy, and being collected together in Rhegium, there dwelt with each other. The most celebrated of them, however, were Phanto, Echecrates, Polymnastus, and Diocles, who were Phlyasians; and Xenophilus Chalcidensis of Thrace. But in the course of time, when the administration of public affairs proceeded into a worse condition, these Pythagoreans nevertheless preserved their pristine manners and disciplines, though the sect began to fail, till it generously perished. These things, therefore, are narrated by Aristoxenus.
Nicomachus, however, in other respects accords with Aristoxenus, but as to the journey of Pythagoras, he says that this stratagem took place, while Pythagoras was at Delos. For he went there, in order to give assistance to his preceptor Pherecydes the Syrian who was then afflicted with the morbus pedicularis, and when he died, performed the necessary funeral rites. Then, therefore, those who had been rejected by the Pythagoreans, and to whom monuments had been raised, as if they were dead, attacked them, and committed all of them to the flames. Afterwards, they were overwhelmed by the Italians with stones, and thrown out of the house unburied. At that time, therefore, it happened that science failed together with those who possessed scientific knowledge, because till that period, it was preserved by them in their breasts as something arcane and ineffable. But such things only as were difficult to be understood, and which were not unfolded, were preserved in the memory of those who did not belong to the Pythagorean sect; a few things excepted, which certain Pythagoreans, who happened at that time to be in foreign lands, preserved as certain sparks of science very obscure and of difficult investigation. These also, being left by themselves, and not moderately dejected by the calamity, were scattered in different places, and no longer endured to have any communion with the rest of mankind. But they lived alone in solitary places, wherever they happened to meet with them; and each greatly preferred an association with himself to that with any other person.
Fearing, however, lest the name of philosophy should be entirely exterminated from mankind, and that they should on this account incur the indignation of the Gods, by suffering so great a gift of theirs to perish, they made an arrangement of certain commentaries and symbols, and likewise, collected together the writings of the more ancient Pythagoreans, and of such things as they remembered. These, each left at his death to his son, or daughter, or wife, with a strict injunction not to give them to any one out of the family. This mandate therefore, was for a long time observed, and was transmitted in succession to their posterity,
Since, however, Apollonius dissents in a certain place respecting these particulars, and adds many things which we have not mentioned, we shall also insert his narration of the stratagem employed against the Pythagoreans. He says, therefore, that the envy of others attended Pythagoras from his childhood. For as long as he conversed with all that came to him, he was pleasing to them; but when he associated with his disciples alone, the favourable opinion which the multitude entertained of him was diminished. And they permitted him indeed, to pay more attention to strangers than to themselves; but they were indignant at his preferring some of their fellow-citizens before others, and they apprehended that his disciples assembled together with intentions hostile to them. In the next place, as the young men that were indignant with him were of high rank, and surpassed others in wealth, and when they arrived at a proper age, not only held the first honors in their own families, but also managed the affairs of the city in common, they formed a large body of men (for they were more than three hundred in number) and in consequence of this there was but a small part of the city, which was not conversant with the same manners and the same pursuits as they were.
Moreover, as long as the Crotonians continued in their own country, and Pythagoras dwelt with them, that form of government remained which had been established when the city was founded, but which was not pleasing to the people, and therefore induced them to seek an occasion of producing a change. When therefore Sybaris was captured, and the land taken in the war was not divided by lot, according to the desire of the multitude, their silent hatred of the Pythagoreans burst forth, and the populace separated themselves from them. But the leaders of this dissension were those that were most near to the Pythagoreans, both by alliance and familiarity. The cause however of the discord was this, that many of the actions of the Pythagoreans offended these leaders, as well as casual persons, because these actions had something peculiar in them when compared with those of others. But in the greatest of these actions they conceived that disgrace befel themselves alone.
Farther still, no one of the Pythagoreans called Pythagoras by his name, but while he was alive, when they wished to denote him, they called him divine; and after his death they denominated him that man; just as Homer represents Eumæus when he makes mention of Ulysses, saying,
Him, tho’ he’s absent, yet I fear, O guest, To name; such is the greatness of my love and care.
Conformably likewise to the precepts of their master, the Pythagoreans always rose from bed before the rising of the sun; and never wore a ring in which the image of God was engraved. They also carefully observed to adore the rising sun, and avoided wearing a ring of the above mentioned description, lest they should have it about them at funerals, or in some impure place. In a similar manner, they were attentive to the mandate of Pythagoras, not to do any thing without previous deliberation and disquisition; but to form a plan in the morning of what ought to be done [in the course of the day,] and at night to call to mind the actions of the day, by this means at one and the same time exploring their conduct, and exercising their memory. Thus too, they observed the precept, that if any one of their associates appointed to meet them at a certain place, they should stay there till he came through the day and the night; in this again, the Pythagoreans being accustomed to remember what was said, and not to speak casually. In short Pythagoras ordered them to be attentive to order and method as long as they lived, and not to blaspheme at the time of death, but to die with propitious words, such as are used by those who are sailing out of port into the Adriatic sea.
The kindred of the Pythagoreans however, were indignant that the Pythagoreans gave their right hand to those of their own sect alone, their parents excepted; and that they shared their possessions with each other in common, but excluded their relations from this fellowship, as if they were strangers. These, therefore, becoming the sources of the dissension, the rest readily fell into hostility against the Pythagoreans. Hippasus, also, Diodorus and Theages said at the same time, that every citizen ought to be a partaker of the magistracy and the assembly, and that the rulers should give an account of their conduct, to those who were elected by lot for this purpose from the multitude. But the Pythagoreans, Alcimachus, Dimachus, Meton and Democedes opposed this, and persevered in prohibiting the dissolution of the polity derived from their ancestors. Those however, who patronized the multitude, subdued the other party. The multitude therefore, being assembled together, Cylon and Ninon who were rhetoricians accused the Pythagoreans. And of these, one belonged to the class of the rich, but the other was a plebeian. They also divided their harangues between themselves. But of these harangues, the longer being delivered by Cylon, Ninon concluded, pretending that he had explored the arcana of the Pythagoreans, and that he had connected and committed to writing such particulars as were especially calculated to criminate the Pythagoreans, and giving a book to ascribe, he ordered him to read it. But the book was inscribed the Sacred Discourse. And the following is a specimen of what it contained: Friends are to be venerated in the same manner as the Gods; but others are to be treated as brutes. This very sentence also is ascribed to Pythagoras by his disciples, and is by them expressed in verse as follows:
He like the blessed Gods his friends rever’d, But reckon’d others men of no account.
Homer, too, especially deserves to be praised for calling a king the shepherd of the people. For being a friend to that government in which the rulers are few, he evinced by this epithet that the rest of men are cattle. To beans it is requisite to be hostile, as being the leaders of decision by lot; for by these men were allotted the administration of affairs. Again, empire should be the object of desire: for they proclaim that it is better to be one day a bull, than to be an ox for ever. That the legal institutes of others are laudable; but that they should be exhorted to use those which are known to themselves. In one word, Ninon showed that their philosophy was a conspiracy against the multitude, and therefore exhorted them not to hear the counsellors, but to consider that they would never have been admitted into the assembly, if the council of the Pythagoreans had been approved by the session of a thousand men; so that it was not fit to suffer those to speak, who prevented to the utmost of their power others from being heard. He observed, therefore, that they should consider the right hand which was rejected by the Pythagoreans, as hostile to them, when they gave their suffrages by an extension of the hands, or calculated the number of the votes. That they should also consider it to be a disgraceful circumstance, that they who conquered thirty myriads of men at the river Tracis, should be vanquished by a thousandth part of the same number through sedition in the city itself. In short Ninon so exasperated his hearers by his calumnies, that in a few days after, a great multitude assembled together intending to attack the Pythagoreans as they were sacrificing to the Muses in a house near to the temple of Apollo. The Pythagoreans, however, foreseeing that this would take place, fled to an inn; but Democedes, with those that had arrived at puberty, withdrew to Platea. And those that had dissolved the laws made a decree in which they accused Democedes of compelling the younger part of the community to the possession of empire, and proclaimed by a cryer that thirty talents should be given to any one who destroyed him. An engagement also taking place, and Theages having vanquished Democedes in that contest, they distributed to him the thirty talents which the city had promised. But as the city, and the whole region were involved in many evils, the exiles were brought to judgment, and the power of decision being given to three cities, viz. to the Tarentines, Metapontines, and the Caulonians, those that were sent by them to determine the cause were corrupted by money, as we learn from the chronicles of the Crotonians. Hence the Crotonians condemned by their own decision those that were accused, to exile. In consequence, too, of this decision, and the authority which it conferred on them, they expelled all those from the city, who were dissatisfied with the existing state of affairs, and at the same time banished all their families, asserting that it was not fit to be impious, and that children ought not to be divulsed from their parents. They likewise abolished loans, and made the land to be undivided.
Many years after this, when Dinarchus and his associates were slain in another battle, and Litagus also was dead, who had been the greatest leader of the seditious, a certain pity and repentance induced the citizens to recall those Pythagoreans that were left, from exile. For this purpose, they sent ambassadors from Achaia, and through them became amicable with the exiles, and consecrated their oaths at Delphi. But the Pythagoreans who returned from exile were about sixty in number, except those who were of a more advanced age, among which were some who applied themselves to medicine, and restored health to those that were sick by a certain diet; of which method of cure they were themselves the authors. It happened however, that those Pythagoreans who were saved, and who were particularly celebrated by the multitude, at that time in which it was said to the lawless, This is not the condition of things which was under Ninon;—these same Pythagoreans having left the city in order to procure assistance against the Thurians who invaded the country, perished in battle, mutually defending each other. But the city was so changed into a contrary opinion [of the Pythagoreans,] that besides the praise which it bestowed on them, it apprehended that it would gratify the Muses in a still greater degree, if it performed a public sacrifice in the temple of the Muses, which at the request of the Pythagoreans, they had before constructed in honor of those Goddesses, And thus much concerning the attack which was made on the Pythagoreans.
Chapter 36
The successor, however, of Pythagoras, is acknowledged by all men to have been Aristæus, the son of Damophon the Crotonian, who existing at the same time as Pythagoras, was seven ages prior to Plato. Aristæus likewise, was not only thought worthy to succeed Pythagoras in his school, but also to educate his children, and marry his wife Theano, because he was eminently skilled in the Pythagoric dogmas. For Pythagoras himself is said to have taught in his school, forty years wanting one, and to have lived nearly one hundred years. But Aristæus, when much advanced in years, relinquished the school; and after him Mnesarchus succeeded, who was the son of Pythagoras. Bulagoras succeeded Mnesarchus, in whose time it happened that the city of the Crotonians was plundered. Gartydas the Crotonian succeeded Bulagoras, on his return from a journey which he had undertaken prior to the war. Nevertheless on account of the calamity of his country, he suffered so much anxiety, as to die prematurely through grief. But it was the custom with the rest of the Pythagoreans, when they became very old, to liberate themselves from the body as from a prison.
Moreover, some time after, Aresas Lucanus, being saved through certain strangers, undertook the management of the school; and to him came Diodorus Aspendius, who was received into the school, on account of the paucity of the Pythagoreans it contained. And in Heraclea, indeed, were Clinias and Philolaus; but at Metapontum, Theorides and Eurytus; and at Tarentum Archytas. It is also said that Epicharmus was one of the foreign auditors; but that he was not one of the school. Having however arrived at Syracuse, he abstained from philosophizing openly, on account of the tyranny of Hiero. But he inserted the conceptions of the men in metre, and published in comedies the occult dogmas of Pythagoras.
Of all the Pythagoreans, however, it is probable that many are unknown and anonymous. But the following are the names of those that are known and celebrated: Of the Crotonians, Hippostratus, Dymas, Ægon, Æmon, Sillus, Cleosthenes, Agelas, Episylus, Phyciadas, Ecphantus, Timæus, Buthius, Eratus, Itmæus, Rhodippus, Bryas, Evandrus, Myllias, Antimedon, Ageas, Leophron, Agylus, Onatus, Hipposthenes, Cleophron, Alcmæon, Damocles, Milon, Menon. Of the Metapontines, Brontinus, Parmiseus, Orestadas, Leon, Damarmenus, Æneas, Chilas, Melisias, Aristeas, Laphion, Evandrus, Agesidamus, Xenocades, Euryphemus, Aristomenes, Agesarchus, Alceas, Xenophantes, Thraseus, Arytus, Epiphron, Eiriscus, Megistias, Leocydes, Thrasymedes, Euphemus, Procles, Antimenes, Lacritus, Damotages, Pyrrho, Rhexibius, Alopecus, Astylus, Dacidas, Aliochus, Lacrates, Glycinus. Of the Agrigentines, Empedocles. Of the Eleatæ, Parmenides. Of the Tarentines, Philolaus, Eurytus, Archytas, Theodorus, Aristippus, Lycon, Hestiæus, Polemarchus, Asteas, Clinias, Cleon, Eurymedon, Arceas, Clinagoras, Archippus, Zopyrus, Euthynus, Dicæarchus, Philonidas, Phrontidas, Lysis, Lysibius, Dinocrates, Echecrates, Paction, Acusiladas, Icmus, Pisicrates, Clearatus.
Of the Leontines, Phrynichus, Smichias, Aristoclidas, Clinias, Abroteles, Pisyrrhydus, Bryas, Evandrus, Archemachus, Mimnomachus, Achmonidas, Dicas, Carophantidas. Of the Sybarites, Metopus, Hippasus, Proxenus, Evanor, Deanax, Menestor, Diocles, Empedus, Timasius, Polemæus, Evæus, Tyrsenus. Of the Carthaginians, Miltiades, Anthen, Odius, Leocritus. Of the Parians, Æetius, Phænecles, Dexitheus, Alcimachus, Dinarchus, Meton, Timæus, Timesianax, Amærus, Thymaridas. Of the Locrians, Gyptius, Xenon, Philodamus, Evetes, Adicus, Sthenonidas, Sosistratus, Euthynus, Zaleucus, Timares. Of the Posidonians, Athamas, Simus, Proxenus, Cranous, Myes, Bathylaus, Phædon. Of the Lucani, Ocellus and Occillus who were brothers, Oresandrus, Cerambus, Dardaneus, Malion. Of the Ægeans, Hippomedon, Timosthenes, Euelthon, Thrasydamus, Crito, Polyctor. Of the Lacones, Autocharidas, Cleanor, Eurycrates. Of the Hyperboreans, Abaris. Of the Rheginenses, Aristides, Demosthenes, Aristocrates, Phytius, Helicaon, Mnesibulus, Hipparchides, Athosion, Euthycles, Opsimus. Of the Selinuntians, Calais. Of the Syracusans, Leptines, Phintias, Damon. Of the Samians, Melissus, Lacon, Archippus, Glorippus, Heloris, Hippon, Of the Caulonienses, Callibrotus, Dicon, Nastas, Drymon, Xentas. Of the Phliasians, Diocles, Echecrates, Polymnastus, Phanton. Of the Sicyonians, Poliades, Demon, Sostratius, Sosthenes. Of the Cyrenæans, Prorus, Melanippus, Aristangelus, Theodorus. Of the Cyziceni, Pythodorus, Hipposthenes, Butherus, Xenophilus. Of the Catanæi, Charondas, Lysiades. Of the Corinthians, Chrysippus. Of the Tyrrhenians, Nausitheus. Of the Athenians, Neocritus. And of Pontus, Lyramnus. In all, two hundred and eighteen. [And these, indeed, are not all the Pythagoreans, but of all of them they are the most famous.]
But the most illustrious Pythagorean women are Timycha, the wife of Myllias the Crotonian. Philtis, the daughter of Theophrius the Crotonian, Byndacis, the sister of Ocellus and Occillus, Lucanians. Chilonis, the daughter of Chilon the Lacedæmonian. Cratesiclea the Lacedæmonian, the wife of Cleanor the Lacedæmonian. Theano, the wife of Brontinus of Metapontum. Mya, the wife of Milon the Crotonian. Lasthenia the Arcadian. Abrotelia, the daughter of Abroteles the Tarentine. Echecratia the Phliasian. Tyrsenis, the Sybarite. Pisirrhonde, the Tarentine. Nisleadusa, the Lacedæmonian. Bryo, the Argive. Babelyma, the Argive. And Cleæchma, the sister of Autocharidas the Lacedæmonian. In all seventeen.
FRAGMENTS OF THE ETHICAL WRITINGS OF CERTAIN PYTHAGOREANS.
FROM HIPPODAMUS, THE THURIAN, IN HIS TREATISE ON FELICITY.
Of animals, some are the recipients of felicity, but others are incapable of receiving it. And those animals, indeed, are receptive of it that have reason. For felicity cannot subsist without virtue; and virtue is first ingenerated in that which possesses reason. But those animals are incapable of receiving felicity, that are destitute of reason. For neither can that which is deprived of sight, receive the work or the virtue of sight; nor can that which is destitute of reason, be the recipient of the work, or the virtue of that which possesses reason. With respect to felicity, however, and virtue, the former is as a work, but the latter as a certain art, to that which possesses reason. But of animals which possess reason, some are self-perfect, and these are such as are perfect through themselves, and are indigent of nothing external, either to their existence, or to their existing well and beautifully. And such, indeed, is God. Those animals, however, are not self-perfect, which are not perfect through themselves, but are in want of external causes to their perfection. And man is an animal of this kind. Of animals, therefore, which are not self-perfect, some indeed are perfect, but others are not perfect. And those indeed are perfect which derive their subsistence both from their own [proper] causes, and from external causes. And they derive it indeed from their own causes, because they obtain from thence both an excellent nature and deliberate choice; but from external causes, because they receive from thence equitable legislation and good rulers. But the animals which are not perfect, are either such as participate of neither of these, or of some one of these, or whose souls are entirely depraved. And such will the man be who is of a description different from the above.
Moreover, of perfect men there are two differences. For some of them are naturally perfect; but others are perfect according to life. And those indeed alone that are good, are naturally perfect. But these are such as possess virtue. For the virtue of the nature of every thing is a summit and perfection. Thus the virtue of the eye is the summit and perfection of the nature of the eye. But the virtue of man is the summit and perfection of the nature of man. Those also are perfect according to life, who are not only good, but happy. For felicity, indeed, is the perfection of human life. But human, life is a system of actions: and: felicity gives completion to the actions. Virtue also and fortune give completion to actions; virtue, indeed, according to use; but good fortune according to prosperity. God therefore is neither good through learning virtue from any one, nor is he happy through being attended by good fortune. For he is good by nature, and happy by nature, and always was and will be, and will never cease to be, such; since he is incorruptible, and naturally good. But man is neither happy nor good by nature, but requires discipline and providential care. And in order to become good, indeed; he requires virtue; but in order to become happy, good fortune. On this account, human felicity summarily consists of these two things, viz. of praise, and the predication of beatitude. Of praise indeed, from virtue; but of the predication of beatitude, from prosperity. It possesses virtue therefore, through a divine destiny, but prosperity through a mortal allotment. But mortal are suspended from divine concerns, and terrestrial from such as are celestial. Things subordinate, also, are suspended from such as are more excellent. And on this account, the good man who follows the Gods is happy; but he who follows mortal natures is miserable. For to him who possesses wisdom, prosperity is good and useful. It is good, indeed, through his knowledge of the use of it; but it is useful, through his co-operating with actions. It is beautiful, therefore, when prosperity is present with intellect, and when sailing as it were with a prosperous wind, actions are performed looking to virtue; just as a pilot looks to the motions of the stars. For thus, he who does this will not only follow God, but will also co-arrange human with divine good.
This also is evident, that [human] life becomes different from disposition and action. But it is necessary that the disposition should be either worthy or depraved; and that action should be attended either with felicity or misery. And a worthy disposition, indeed, participates of virtue; but a bad one of vice. With respect to actions, also, those that are prosperous are attended with felicity; (for they derive their completion through looking to reason) but those that are unfortunate, are attended with misery; for they are frustrated of the end. Hence, it is not only necessary to learn virtue, but also to possess and use it, either for security, or increase, [of property when it is too little] or, which is the greatest thing of all, for the emendation of families and cities. For it is not only necessary to have the possession of things beautiful, but also the use of them. All these things, however, will take place, when a man lives in a city that uses equitable laws. And these, indeed, I say, are what is called the horn of Amalthea. For all things are contained in equitable legislation. And without this, the greatest good of human nature can neither be effected, nor, when effected, be increased and become permanent. For this comprehends in itself virtue, and the tendency to virtue; because excellent natures are generated according to it. Manners, likewise, studies, and laws, subsist through this in the most excellent condition; and besides these, rightly-deciding reason, and piety and sanctity towards the most honorable natures. So that it is necessary that he who is to be happy, and whose life is to be prosperous, should live and die in a country governed by equitable laws, relinquishing all illegality. At the same time what has been said is attended with necessity. For man is a part of society, and hence from the same reasoning, will become entire and perfect, if he not only associates with others, but associates in a becoming manner. For some things are naturally adapted to subsist in many things, and not in one thing; others in one thing, and not in many; but others both in many, and in one thing, and on this account in one thing, because in many. For harmony, indeed, and symphony and number, are naturally adapted to be ingenerated in many things. For nothing which makes a whole from these parts, is sufficient to itself. But acuteness of seeing and hearing, and swiftness of feet, subsist in one thing alone. Felicity, however, and the virtue of soul, subsist both in one thing and in many, in a whole, and in the universe. And on this account they subsist in one thing, because they also subsist in many: and they subsist in many, because they are inherent in a whole and in the universe. For the orderly distribution of the whole nature of things methodically arranges each particular. And the orderly distribution of particulars gives completion to the whole of things and to the universe. But this follows from the whole being naturally prior to the part, and not the part to the whole. For if the world was not, neither the sun nor the moon would exist, nor the planets, nor the fixed stars. But the world existing, each of these also exists.
The truth of this also may be seen in the nature itself of animals. For if animal had no existence, there would neither be eye, nor mouth, nor ear. But animal existing, each of these likewise exists. As the whole, however, is to the part, so is the virtue of the whole to the virtue of the part. For harmony not existing, and a divine inspection of mundane affairs, things which are adorned would no longer be able to remain in an excellent condition. And equitable legislation not existing in a city, it is not possible for a citizen to be good or happy. Health, likewise, not existing in the animal, it is not possible for the foot or the hand to be strong and healthy. For harmony indeed is the virtue of the world; equitable legislation is the virtue of a city; and health and strength are the virtue of the body. Each of the parts likewise in these things is co-arranged on account of the whole and the universe. For the eyes see on account of the whole body. And the other parts and members are co-arranged for the sake of the whole [body] and the universe.
FROM EURYPHAMUS, IN HIS TREATISE CONCERNING HUMAN LIFE.
The perfect life of man falls short indeed of the life of God, because it is not self-perfect, but surpasses that of irrational animals, because it participates of virtue and felicity. For neither is God in want of external causes; since being naturally good and happy, he is perfect from himself; nor any irrational animal. For brutes being destitute of reason, they are also destitute of the sciences pertaining to actions. But the nature of man partly consists of his own proper deliberate choice, and partly is in want of the assistance derived from divinity. For that which is capable of being fashioned by reason, which has an intellectual perception of things beautiful and base, can erectly extend itself from earth, and look to heaven, and can perceive with the eye of intellect the highest Gods,—that which is capable of all this, participates likewise of assistance from the Gods. But in consequence of possessing will, deliberate choice, and a principle of such a kind in itself as enables it to study virtue, and to be agitated by the storms of vice, to follow, and also to apostatize from the Gods,—it is likewise able to be moved by itself. Hence it is a partaker of praise and blame, honor and ignominy, partly from the Gods and partly from men, according as it zealously applies itself either to virtue or vice. For the whole reason of the thing is as follows: Divinity introduced man into the world as a most exquisite animal, to be reciprocally honored with himself, and as the eye of the orderly distribution of things. Hence also man gave names to things, becoming himself the character of them. He likewise invented letters, procuring through these a treasury of memory. And he imitated the established order of the universe, co-harmonizing by judicial proceedings and laws the communion of cities. For no work is performed by men more decorous to the world, or more worthy of the notice of the Gods, than the apt constitution of a city governed by good laws, and an orderly distribution of laws and a polity. For though each man himself by himself is nothing, and is not himself by himself sufficient to lead a life conformable to the common concord, and apt composition of a polity, yet he is well adapted to the whole and to the perfect system of society. For the life of man is the image of a lyre accurately [harmonized,] and in every respect perfect. For every lyre requires these three things, apparatus, apt composition, and a certain musical contrectation. And apparatus indeed, is a preparation of all the appropriate parts; viz. of the chords, and of the instruments which co-operate with the well-sounding and striking of the lyre. But the apt composition is the commixture of the sounds with each other. And the musical contrectation is the motion of these conformably to the apt composition. Thus also human life requires these same three things. Apparatus, indeed, which is the completion of the parts of life. But the parts of life are the goods of the body, of riches, renown, and friends. The apt composition is the co-arrangement of these according to virtue and the laws. And the musical contrectation is the commixture of these conformably to virtue and the laws; virtue sailing with a prosperous wind, and having nothing externally resisting it. For felicity does not consist in being driven from the purpose of voluntary intentions, but in obtaining them; nor in virtue being without attendants and ministrant aids; but in completely possessing its own proper powers which are adapted to actions. For man is not self-perfect, but imperfect. And he becomes perfect, partly from himself, and partly from an external cause. He is likewise perfect, either according to nature, or according to life. And he is perfect indeed according to nature, if he becomes a good man. For the virtue of each thing is the summit and perfection of the nature of that thing. Thus the virtue of the eyes is the summit and perfection of the nature of the eyes; and this is also true of the virtue of the ears. Thus too, the virtue of man is the summit and perfection of the nature of man. But man is perfect according to life, when he becomes happy. For felicity is the perfection and completion of human goods. Hence, again, virtue and prosperity become the parts of the life of man. And virtue, indeed, is a part of him so far as he is soul, but prosperity so far as he is connected with body. But both are parts of him so far as he is an animal. For it is the province of virtue to use in a becoming manner the goods which are conformable to nature; but of prosperity to impart the use of them. And the former, indeed, imparts deliberate choice and right reason; but the latter, energies and actions. For to wish what is beautiful in conduct and to endure things of a dreadful nature, is the proper business of virtue. But it is the work of prosperity to render deliberate choice successful, and to cause actions to arrive at the [desired] end. For the general conquers in conjunction with virtue and good fortune. The pilot sails well in conjunction with art and prosperous winds. The eye sees well in conjunction with acuteness of vision and light. And the life of man becomes most excellent through virtue itself, and prosperity.
FROM HIPPARCHUS, IN HIS TREATISE ON TRANQUILLITY.
Since men live but for a very short period, if their life is compared with the whole of time, they will make a most beautiful journey as it were, if they pass through life with tranquillity. This however they will possess in the most eminent degree, if they accurately and scientifically know themselves, viz. if they know that they are mortal and of a fleshly nature, and that they have a body which is corruptible and can be easily injured, and which is exposed to every thing most grievous and severe, even to their latest breath. And in the first place, let us direct our attention to those things which happen to the body; and these are pleurisy, inflammation of the lungs, phrensy, gout, stranguary, dysentery, lethargy, epilepsy, putrid ulcers, and ten thousand other diseases. But the diseases which happen to the soul are much greater and more dire than these. For all the iniquitous, evil, illegal, and impious conduct in the life of man, originates from the passions of the soul. For through preternatural immoderate desires many have become subject to unrestrained impulses, and have not refrained from the most unholy pleasures, arising from being connected with daughters or even mothers. Many also have been induced to destroy their fathers, and their own offspring. But what occasion is there to be prolix in narrating externally impending evils, such as excessive rain, drought, violent heat and cold; so that frequently from the anomalous state of the air, pestilence and famine are produced, and all-various calamities, and whole cities become desolate? Since therefore many such-like calamities are impendent, we should neither be elevated by the possession of corporeal goods, which may rapidly be consumed by the incursions of a small fever, nor with what are conceived to be prosperous external circumstances, which frequently in their own nature perish more rapidly than they accede. For all these are uncertain and unstable, and are found to have their existence in many and various mutations; and no one of them is permanent, or immutable, or stable, or indivisible. Hence well considering these things, and also being persuaded, that if what is present and is imparted to us, is able to remain for the smallest portion of time, it is as much as we ought to expect; we shall then live in tranquillity and with hilarity, generously bearing whatever may befal us.
Now, however, many previously conceiving in imagination, that all that is present with, and imparted to them by nature and fortune, is better than it is, and not thinking it to be such as it is in reality, but such as it is able to become when it has arrived at the summit of excellence, they burden the soul with many great, nefarious, and stupid evils, when they are suddenly deprived of [these evanescent goods]. And thus it happens to them that they lead a most bitter and miserable life. But this takes place in the loss of riches, or the death of friends or children, or in the privation of certain other things, which are conceived by them to be most honorable possessions. Afterwards, weeping and lamenting, they assert of themselves, that they alone are most unfortunate and miserable, not remembering that these things have happened, and even now happen, to many others; nor are they able to understand the life of those that are now in existence, and of those that have lived in former times, nor to see in what great calamities and waves of evils, many of the present time are, and of the past have been involved. Considering with ourselves therefore, that many having lost their property, have afterwards on account of this very loss been saved, since hereafter they might either have fallen into the hands of robbers, or into the power of a tyrant; that many also who have loved certain persons, and have been benevolently disposed towards them in the extreme, have afterwards greatly hated them;—considering all these things, which have been delivered to us by history, and likewise learning that many have been destroyed by their children, and by those that they have most dearly loved; and comparing our own life with that of those who have been more unhappy than we have been, and taking into account human casualties [in general] and not only such as happen to ourselves, we shall pass through life with greater tranquillity. For it is not lawful that he who is himself a man, should think the calamities of others easy to be borne, and not his own, since he sees that the whole of life is naturally exposed to many calamities. Those however, that weep and lament, besides not being able to recover what they have lost, or recal to life those that are dead, impel the soul to greater perturbations, in consequence of its being filled with much depravity. It is requisite therefore, that, being washed and purified, we should by all possible contrivances wipe away our inveterate stains by the reasonings of philosophy. But we shall accomplish this by adhering to prudence and temperance, being satisfied with our present circumstances, and not aspiring after many things. For men who procure for themselves a great abundance [of external goods], do not consider that the enjoyment of them terminates with the present life. We ought therefore to use the goods that are present; and by the assistance of the beautiful and venerable things of which philosophy is the source, we shall be liberated from the insatiable desire of depraved possessions.
FROM ARCHYTAS, IN HIS TREATISE CONCERNING THE GOOD AND HAPPY MAN.
In the first place, it is requisite to know this, that the good man is not immediately happy from necessity; but that this is the case with the man who is both happy and good. For the happy man obtains both praise and the predication of blessedness; but the good man far as he is good obtains praise alone. The praise also arises from virtue; but the predication of blessedness from good fortune. And the worthy man, indeed, becomes such from the goods which he possesses; but the happy man is sometimes deprived of his felicity. For the power of virtue is perfectly free, but that of felicity is subject to restraint. For long-continued diseases of the body, and deprivations of the senses, cause the florishing condition of felicity to waste away. God, however, differs from a good man in this, that God indeed not only possesses virtue genuine and purified from every mortal passion, but his power also is unwearied and unrestrained, as being adapted to the most venerable and magnificent production of eternal works. Man indeed, by the mortal condition of his nature, not only enjoys this power and this virtue in a less degree; but sometimes through the want of symmetry in the goods which he possesses, or through powerful custom, or a depraved nature, or through many other causes, he is unable to possess in the extreme a good which is perfectly true.
Since therefore of goods, some are eligible for their own sakes, and not for the sake of another thing; but others are eligible for the sake of something else, and not on their own account; there is also a certain third species of goods, which is eligible both on its own account, and for the sake of another thing. What, therefore, is the good which is eligible on its own account, and not for the sake of something else? It is evident that it is felicity. For we aspire after other things for the sake of this, but we do not desire this for the sake of any thing else. Again, what are those goods which we desire indeed for the sake of something else, but which we do not desire on their own account? It is evident they are such things as are useful, and pre-eligible goods, which become the causes of our obtaining things which are eligible [on their own account]; such as corporeal labors, exercise, and frictions which are employed for the sake of a good habit of body; and also reading, meditation, and study, which are undertaken for the sake of things beautiful and virtue. But what are the things which are eligible on their own account, and also for the sake of something else? They are such things as the virtues, and the habits of them, deliberate choice and actions, and whatever adheres to that which is really beautiful. Hence, that indeed which is eligible on its own account, and not on account of something else, is a solitary good and one. But that which is eligible for its own sake, and for the sake of another thing, is triply divided. For one part of it indeed subsists about the soul; another about the body; and another pertains to externals. And that which is about the soul, consists of the virtues of the soul; that which is about the body, of the virtues of the body; and that which pertains to externals, consists of friends, glory, honor, and wealth. There is likewise a similar reasoning with respect to that which is eligible on account of something else. For one part of it indeed is effective of the goods of the soul; another part of it, of the goods of the body; and that which pertains to externals is the cause of wealth, glory, honor, and friendship.
That virtue however happens to be eligible for its own sake, is evident from the following considerations. For if things which are naturally subordinate, I mean the goods of the body, are eligible for their own sakes, but the soul is better than the body, it is evident that we love the goods of the soul on their own account, and not for the sake of the consequences with which they are attended.
There are likewise three definite times of human life; one of prosperity; another of adversity; and a third subsisting between these. Since therefore, he is a good man who possesses and uses virtue; but he uses it according to three seasons; for he uses it either in adversity, or in prosperity, or in the time between these; and in adversity indeed he is unhappy, but in prosperity happy, and in the middle condition, he is not happy [though he is not miserable];—this being the case, it is evident that felicity is nothing else than the use of virtue in prosperity. We now speak, however, of the felicity of man. But man is not soul alone, but is likewise body. For the animal which consists of both, and that which is constituted from things of this kind is man. For though the body is naturally adapted to be the instrument of the soul, yet this as well as the soul is a part of man [so far as he is an animal.] Hence of goods also, some are the goods of man, but others, of the parts of man. And the good of man, indeed, is felicity. But of the parts of man, the good of the soul is prudence, fortitude, justice, and temperance. And the good of the body is beauty, health, a good corporeal habit, and excellence of sensation. With respect to externals however, wealth, glory, honor, and nobility, are naturally adapted to be attendant on man, and to follow precedaneous goods. The less, also, are ministrant to the greater goods. Thus friendship, glory, and wealth, are ministrant both to the body and the soul; but health, strength, and excellence of sensation, are subservient to the soul; and prudence [i. e. wisdom] and justice are ministrant to the intellect of the soul. Intellect, however, is the satellite of Deity. For God is the most excellent, and the leader and ruler of all things. And for the sake of these, it is necessary that other goods should be present. For the general, indeed, is the leader of the army; the pilot, of the ship; God, of the world; and intellect, of soul. But prudence is the leader of the felicity pertaining to life. For prudence is nothing else than the science of the felicity which respects human life, or the science of the goods which naturally pertain to man.
And the felicity, indeed, and life of God are most excellent; but the felicity of man consists of science, and virtue, and in the third place of prosperity corporalized. But I mean by science, the wisdom pertaining to things divine and demoniacal; and by prudence, the wisdom pertaining to human concerns, and the affairs of life. For it is requisite to call the virtues which employ reasonings and demonstrations, sciences. But it is fit to denominate virtue ethical, and the best habit of the irrational part of the soul, according to which we are said to possess certain qualities pertaining to manners; viz. by which we are called liberal, just, and temperate. But it is requisite to call prosperity, the preter-rational presence of goods, [or a supply of goods without the assistance of reason,] and which is not effected on account of it. Since therefore virtue and science are in our power, but prosperity is not; and since also felicity consists in the contemplation and performance of things [truly] beautiful; but contemplations and actions, when they are not prosperous, are attended with ministrant offices and necessity, but when they proceed in the right path, produce delight and felicity; and these things are effected in prosperity;—this being the case, it is evident that felicity is nothing else than the use of virtue in prosperity. Hence the good man is disposed with respect to prosperity, in the same manner as he who has an excellent and robust body. For such a one is able to endure heat and cold, to raise a great burden, and to sustain easily many other molestations.
Since therefore felicity is the use of virtue in prosperity, we must speak concerning virtue and prosperity, and in the first place concerning prosperity. For of goods, some indeed do not admit of excess, and this is the case with virtue. For there is not any virtue which is excessive, nor any worthy man who is beyond measure good. For virtue has the fit and becoming for a rule, and is the habit of the decorous in practical concerns. But prosperity receives excess and diminution. And when it is excessive indeed, it generates certain vices, and removes a man from his natural habit; so that he frequently through this opposes the constitution of virtue. And this is not only the case with prosperity, but many other causes likewise may effect the same thing. For it is by no means proper to wonder, that some of those who play on the pipe should be arrogant men, who, bidding farewell to truth, ensnare by a certain false imagination those who are unskilled in music; and to disbelieve that a thing of this kind does not take place in virtue. For the more venerable a thing is, so much the more numerous are those that pretend to the possession of it. For there are many things which distort the habit and form of virtue; some of which are insidious arts and affectation; others are kindred physical passions, which sometimes produce an indecorum contrary to the true disposition [of virtue.] This also is effected through manners in which men have been nurtured for a long time; and it not unfrequently happens that it is produced through youth or old age, and through prosperity or adversity; and by other very numerous ways. Hence, we ought never to wonder, if sometimes a distorted judgment is formed of all things, the true disposition being changed. Thus we see that the most excellent carpenter frequently errs in the works which are the subjects of his art; and this is also the case with the general, the pilot, the painter, and in short, with all artists. And yet at the same time we do not deprive them of the habit which they possess. For as we do not rank among bad men him who at certain times acts intemperately, or unjustly, or timidly; so neither do we place him in the class of good men, who does something right in things pertaining to temperance, or justice, or fortitude. But it must be said that the conduct of bad men in things of this kind is casually right, and that good men [sometimes] err. A true judgment however [in these instances] is to be formed, not by looking to a certain occasion, or to a certain extent of time, but to the whole of life. But as indigence and excess are injurious to the body, yet excess and what are called superfluities, are naturally adapted to produce greater diseases [than those caused by indigence]; thus also prosperity or adversity injure the soul, when they unseasonably happen; yet that which is called by all men prosperity, is naturally adapted to produce greater diseases [than adversity], since it intoxicates like wine the reasoning power of good men.
Hence it is more difficult to bear prosperity in a becoming manner than adversity. For all men when they continue in adversity, are seen for the most part to be moderate and orderly in their manners; but in prosperity they are brave, magnificent, and magnanimous [when they bear it in a becoming manner]. For adversity has the power of contracting and depressing the soul; but prosperity, on the contrary, elevates and expands it. Hence all those that are unfortunate, are in their manners cautious and prudent; but those that are fortunate are insolent and confident. But the boundary of prosperity, is that which a good man would deliberately choose to co-operate with him in his own proper actions; just as the [proper] magnitude of a ship, and the [proper] magnitude of a rudder, are such as will enable a good pilot to sail over a great extent of sea, and to accomplish a great voyage. An excess of prosperity, however, is not naturally adapted to be vanquished by, but to vanquish the soul. For as a [very] splendid light causes an obscuration of sight in the eyes; thus also excessive prosperity darkens the intellect of the soul. And thus much may suffice concerning prosperity.
FROM THEAGES, IN HIS TREATISE ON THE VIRTUES.
The order of the soul subsists in such a way, that one part of it is the reasoning power, another is anger, and another is desire. And the reasoning power, indeed, has dominion over knowledge; anger over impetus; and desire intrepidly rules over the appetitions of the soul. When therefore these three parts pass into one, and exhibit one appropriate composition, then virtue and concord are produced in the soul. But when they are divulsed from each other by sedition, then vice and discord are produced in the soul. It is necessary, however, that virtue should have these three things, viz. reason, power, and deliberate choice. The virtue, therefore, of the reasoning power of the soul is prudence; for it is a habit of judging and contemplating. But the virtue of the irascible part, is fortitude; for it is a habit of resisting, and enduring things of a dreadful nature. And the virtue of the epithymetic or appetitive part is temperance; for it is a moderation and detention of the pleasures which arise through the body. But the virtue of the whole soul is justice. For men indeed become bad, either through vice, or through incontinence, or through a natural ferocity. But they injure each other, either through gain, or through pleasure, or through ambition. Vice, therefore, more appropriately belongs to the reasoning part of the soul. For prudence indeed is similar to art; but vice to pernicious art. For it invents contrivances for the purpose of acting unjustly. But incontinence rather pertains to the appetitive part of the soul. For continence consists in subduing, and incontinence in not subduing pleasures. And ferocity pertains to the irascible part of the soul. For when some one, through acting ill from desire, is gratified not as a man should be, but as a wild beast, then a thing of this kind is denominated ferocity. The effects also of these dispositions are consequent to the things for the sake of which they are performed. For avarice is consequent to vice; but vice is consequent to the reasoning part of the soul. And ambition, indeed, follows from the irascible part; and this becoming excessive, generates ferocity. Again, pleasure pertains to the appetitive part; but this being sought after more vehemently, generates incontinence. Hence, since the acting unjustly is produced from so many causes, it is evident that acting justly is effected through an equal number of causes. For virtue, indeed, is naturally beneficent and profitable; but vice is productive of evil, and is noxious.
Since, however, of the parts of the soul, one is the leader, but the other follows, and the virtues and the vices subsist about these, and in these; it is evident that with respect to the virtues also, some are leaders, others are followers, and others, are composed from these. And the leaders, indeed, are such as prudence; but the followers are such as fortitude and temperance; and the composites from these, are such as justice. The passions, however, are the matter of virtue; for the virtues subsist about, and in these. But of the passions, one is voluntary, but another is involuntary. And the voluntary, indeed, is pleasure; but the involuntary is pain. Men also, who have the political virtues, give intension and remission to these, co-harmonizing the other parts of the soul, to that part which possesses reason. But the boundary of this co-adaptation, is for intellect not to be prevented from accomplishing its proper work, either by indigence, or excess. For that which is less excellent, is co-arranged for the sake of that which is more excellent. Thus in the world, every part that is always passive, subsists for the sake of that which is always moved. And in the conjunction of animals, the female subsists for the sake of the male. For the latter sows, generating a soul; but the former alone imparts matter to that which is generated. In the soul however, the irrational subsists for the sake of the rational part. For anger and desire are co-arranged in subserviency to the first part of the soul; the former as a certain satellite, and guardian of the body; but the latter as a dispensator and provident curator of necessary wants. But intellect being established in the highest summit of the body, and having a prospect in that which is on all sides splendid and transparent, investigates the wisdom of [real] beings. And this is the work of it according to nature, viz. having investigated, and obtained the possession [of truth] to follow those beings who are more excellent and more honorable than itself. For the knowledge of things divine and most honorable, is the principle, cause, and rule of human blessedness.
FROM METOPUS, IN HIS TREATISE CONCERNING VIRTUE.
The virtue of man is the perfection of the nature of man. For every being becomes perfect, and arrives at the summit of excellence according to the proper nature of its virtue. Thus the virtue of a horse, is that which leads the nature of a horse to its summit. And the same reasoning is applicable to the several parts of a thing. Thus the virtue of the eyes is acuteness of vision: and this in the nature of the eyes is the summit. The virtue of the ears also, is acuteness of hearing: and this is the summit of the nature of the ears. Thus too, the virtue of the feet is swiftness: and this is the summit of the nature of the feet. It is necessary however, that every virtue should have these three things, reason, power, and deliberate choice; reason indeed, by which it judges and contemplates; power, by which it prohibits and vanquishes; and deliberate choice, by which it loves and delights in [what is proper]. To judge therefore, and contemplate, pertain to the dianoetic part of the soul; but to prohibit and vanquish are the peculiarity of the irrational part of the soul; and to love and delight in what is proper, pertain to both the rational and irrational parts. For deliberate choice consists of dianoia [or the discursive energy of reason] and appetite. Dianoia therefore, belongs to the rational, but appetite to the irrational part of the soul. The multitude however, of all the virtues, may be perceived from the parts of the soul; and in a similar manner the generation and nature of virtue. For of the parts of the soul, there are two that rank as the first, viz. the rational and the irrational parts. And the rational part indeed, is that by which we judge and contemplate; but the irrational part is that by which we are impelled and desire. These however, are either concordant or discordant with each other. But the contest and dissonance between them, are produced through excess and defect. It is evident therefore, that when the rational vanquishes the irrational part of the soul, endurance and continence are produced; and that when the former leads, and the latter follows, and both accord with each other, then virtue is generated. Hence, endurance and continence are generated accompanied with pain; but endurance resists pain, and continence pleasure. Incontinence however, and effeminacy, neither resist nor vanquish [pleasure]. And on this account it happens that men fly from good through pain, but reject it through pleasure. Praise likewise, and blame, and every thing beautiful in human conduct are produced in these parts of the soul. And in short, the nature of virtue derives its subsistence after this manner.
The species however, and the parts of it, may be surveyed as follows: Since there are two parts of the soul, the rational and the irrational; the latter is divided into the irascible and appetitive. And the rational part, indeed, is that by which we judge and contemplate; but the irrational part is that by which we are impelled and desire. And of this, that which is as it were adapted to defend us, and revenge incidental molestations, is denominated the irascible part; but that which is as it were orectic of, and desires to preserve the proper constitution of the body, is the appetitive part. It is evident therefore, that the multitude of the virtues, their differences, and their peculiarities, follow conformably to these parts of the soul.
Every virtue is perfected, as was shown by us in the beginning, from reason, deliberate choice, and power. Each of these, however, is not by itself a part of virtue, but the cause of it. Such therefore, as have the intellective and gnostic part of virtue, are denominated skilful and intelligent; but such as have the ethical and pre-elective part of it, are denominated useful and equitable. Since however, man is naturally adapted to act unjustly from exciting causes; and these are three, the love of pleasure in corporeal enjoyments; avarice, in the accumulation of wealth; and ambition, in surpassing those that are equal and similar to him;—this being the case, it is necessary to know, that it is possible to oppose to these such things as procure fear, shame, and desire in men; viz. fear through the laws, shame through the Gods, and desire through the energies of reason. Hence, it is necessary that youth should be taught from the first to honor the Gods and the laws. For from these, it will be manifest, that every human work, and every kind of human life, by the participation of sanctity and piety, will sail prosperously [over the sea of generation].
FROM THEAGES, IN HIS TREATISE ON THE VIRTUES.
The principles of all virtue are three; knowledge, power, and deliberate choice. And knowledge indeed, is that by which we contemplate and form a judgment of things; power is as it were a certain strength of the nature from which we derive our subsistence, and is that which gives stability to our actions; and deliberate choice is as it were certain hands of the soul by which we are impelled to, and lay hold on the objects of our choice. The order of the soul also subsists as follows: One part of it is the reasoning power, another part is anger, and another is desire. And the reasoning power indeed, is that which has dominion over knowledge; anger is that which rules over the ardent impulses of the soul; and desire is that which willingly rules over appetite. When therefore, these three pass into one, so as to exhibit one co-adaptation, then virtue and concord are produced in the soul; but when they are seditious, and divulsed from each other, then vice and discord are generated in the soul. And when the reasoning power prevails over the irrational parts of the soul, then endurance and continence are produced; endurance indeed, in the retention of pains; but continence in the abstinence from pleasures. But when the irrational parts of the soul prevail over the reasoning power, then effeminacy and incontinence are produced; effeminacy indeed, in flying from pain; but incontinence, in the being vanquished by pleasures. When however, the better part of the soul governs, but the less excellent part is governed; and the former leads, but the latter follows, and both consent, and are concordant with each other, then virtue and every good are generated in the whole soul. When likewise the appetitive follows the reasoning part of the soul, then temperance is produced; but when this is the case with the irascible part, fortitude is produced; and when it takes place in all the parts of the soul, then justice is the result. For justice is that which separates all the vices and all the virtues of the soul from each other. And justice is a certain established order of the apt conjunction of the parts of the soul, and perfect and supreme virtue. For every good is contained in this; but the other goods of the soul cannot subsist without this. Hence justice possesses great strength both among Gods and men. For this virtue contains the bond by which the whole and the universe are held together, and also by which Gods and men are connected. Justice therefore, is said to be Themis among the celestial, but Dice among the terrestrial Gods; and Law among men. These assertions however, are indications and symbols, that justice is the supreme virtue. Hence virtue, when it consists in contemplating and judging, is called prudence; when in sustaining things of a dreadful nature, it is denominated fortitude; when in restraining pleasure, temperance; and when in abstaining from gain, and from injuring our neighbours, justice.
Moreover, the arrangement of virtue according to right reason, and the transgression of it contrary to right reason, produce [in the former case] a tendency to the decorous as the final mark, and [in the latter] the frustration of it. The decorous however, is that which ought to be. But this does not require either addition or ablation; since it is that which it is requisite to be. But of the indecorous there are two species; one of which is excess, and the other defect. And excess indeed, is more, but deficiency is less, than is decorous. Virtue also, is a certain habit of the decorous. Hence it is directly, both a summit and a medium. For thus, things that are decorous are both media and summits. They are media indeed, because they fall between excess and deficiency; but they are summits, because they do not require either addition or ablation. For they are the very things themselves which they ought to be.
Since however, the virtue of manners is conversant with the passions, but of the passions pleasure and pain are supreme, it is evident that virtue does not consist in extirpating the passions of the soul, pleasure and pain, but in co-harmonizing them. For neither does health, which is a certain apt mixture of the powers of the body, consist in expelling the cold and the hot, the moist and the dry; but in these being [appropriately] mingled together. For it is as it were, a certain symmetry of these. Thus too, in music, concord does not consist in expelling the sharp and the flat; but when these are co-harmonized, then concord is produced, and dissonance is exterminated. In a similar manner, the hot and the cold, the moist and the dry, being harmoniously mingled together, health is produced, and disease destroyed. But when anger, and desire are co-harmonized, the vices and the [other] passions are extirpated, and the virtues and manners are ingenerated. Deliberate choice however, in beautiful conduct, is the greatest peculiarity of the virtue of manners. For it is possible to use reason and power without virtue; but it is not possible to use deliberate choice without it. For deliberate choice indicates the dignity of manners. Hence also, the reasoning power subduing by force anger and desire, produces continence and endurance. And again, when the reasoning power is violently dethroned by the irrational parts, then incontinence and effeminacy are produced. Such dispositions however, of the soul as these, are half-perfect virtues, and half-perfect vices. For the reasoning power of the soul is [according to its natural subsistence] in a healthy, but the irrational parts are in a diseased condition. And so far indeed, as anger and desire are governed and led by the rational part of the soul, continence and endurance become virtues; but so far as this is effected by violence, and not voluntarily, they become vices. For it is necessary that virtue should perform such things as are fit, not with pain, but with pleasure. Again, so far as anger and desire govern the reasoning power, effeminacy and incontinence are produced, which are certain vices. But so far, as they gratify the passions with pain, knowing that they are erroneous, in consequence of the eye of the soul being sane,—so far as this is the case, they are not vices. Hence, it is evident that virtue must necessarily perform what is fit voluntarily; that which is involuntary indeed, not being without pain and fear; and that which is voluntary, not subsisting without pleasure and delight.
By division also it will at the same time be found that this is the case. For knowledge and the perception of things, are the province of the rational part of the soul; but power pertains to the irrational part. For not to be able to resist pain, or to vanquish pleasure, is the peculiarity of the irrational part of the soul. But deliberate choice subsists in both these, viz. in the rational; and also in the irrational part. For it consists of dianoia and appetite; of which, dianoia indeed, pertains to the rational, but appetite to the irrational part. Hence every virtue consists in a co-adaptation of the parts of the soul; and both will and deliberate choice, entirely subsist in virtue.
Universally therefore, virtue is a certain co-adaptation of the irrational parts of the soul to the rational part. Virtue however, is produced through pleasure and pain receiving the boundary of that which is fit. For true virtue is nothing else than the habit of that which is fit. But the fit, or the decorous, is that which ought to be; and the unfit, or indecorous, is that which ought not to be. Of the indecorous however, there are two species, viz. excess and defect. And excess indeed, is more than is fit; but defect is less than is fit. But since the fit is that which ought to be, it is both a summit and a middle. It is a summit indeed, because it neither requires ablation, nor addition; but it is a middle, because it subsists between excess and defect. The fit, however, and the unfit, are to each other as the equal and the unequal that which is arranged, and that which is without arrangement; and both the two former and the two latter are finite and infinite. On this account, the parts of the unequal are referred to the middle, but not to each other. For the angle is called obtuse which is greater than a right angle; but that is called acute, which is less than a right angle. The right line also [in a circle] is greater, which surpasses that which is drawn from the center. And the day is longer indeed, which exceeds that of the equinox. Diseases, likewise, of the body are generated, through the body becoming more hot or more cold [than is proper]. For that which is more hot [than is fit] exceeds moderation; and that which is more cold [than is fit] is below mediocrity. The soul also, and such things as pertain to it, have this disposition and analogy. For audacity indeed, is an excess of the decorous in the endurance of things of a dreadful nature; but timidity is a deficiency of the, decorous. And prodigality is an excess of what is fit in the expenditure of money; but illiberality is a deficiency in this. And rage indeed, is an excess of the decorous in the impulse of the irascible part of the soul; but insensibility is a deficiency of this. The same reasoning likewise applies to the opposition of the other dispositions of the soul. It is necessary however, that virtue, since it is a habit of the decorous, and a medium of the passions, should neither be [wholly] impassive, nor immoderately passive. For impassivity indeed, causes the soul to be unimpelled, and to be without an enthusiastic tendency to the beautiful in conduct; but immoderate passivity causes it to be full of perturbation, and inconsiderate. It is necessary therefore, that passion should so present itself to the view, in virtue, as shadow and outline in a picture. For the animated and the delicate, and that which imitates the truth, in conjunction with goodness of colors, are especially effected in a picture through these [i. e. through shadow and outline]. But the passions of the soul are animated by the natural incitation and enthusiasm of virtue. For virtue is generated from the passions, and when generated, again subsists together with them; just as that which is well harmonized consists of the sharp and the flat, that which is well mingled consists of the hot and the cold, and that which is in equilibrium derives its equality of weight from the heavy and the light. It is not therefore necessary to take away the passions of the soul; for neither would this be profitable; but it is requisite that they should be co-harmonized with the rational part, in conjunction with fitness and mediocrity.
FROM THE TREATISE OF ARCHYTAS ON ETHICAL ERUDITION.
I say that virtue will be found sufficient to the avoidance of infelicity, and vice to the non-attainment of felicity, if we judiciously consider the habits [by which these are produced]. For it is necessary that the bad man should always be miserable; whether he is in affluence, for he employs it badly; or whether he is in penury; just as the blind man, whether he has light, and the most splendid visible object before him, or whether he is in the dark [is always necessarily without sight]. But the good man is not always happy; for felicity does not consist in the possession, but in the use of virtue. For neither does he who has sight always see; for he will not see, if he is without light. Life, however, is divided into two paths; one of which is more arduous, and in which the patient Ulysses walked; but the other is more free from molestation, and is that in which Nestor proceeded. I say therefore that virtue desires the latter, but is able to proceed in the former of these paths. The nature however of felicity proclaims it to be a desirable and stable life, because it gives perfection to the decision of the soul. Hence the virtuous man who does not obtain such a life as this, is not indeed happy, nor yet entirely miserable. No one therefore will dare to say that the good man should be exempt from disease, and pain, and sorrow. For as we leave certain painful things to the body, so likewise we must permit them to be present with the soul. The sorrows, however, of fools are most irrational; but those of wise men proceed only as far as reason, which gives limitation to things, permits. Moreover, the boast of apathy dissolves the generosity of virtue, when it opposes itself to things of an indifferent nature, and not to evils such as death, and pain, and poverty. For things which are not evils are easily vanquished. We should therefore exercise ourselves in the mediocrity of the passions, as we shall then equally avoid insensibility, and too much passivity, and shall not speak higher of our nature than we ought.
Contents — 37 sections
- Proem
- Chapter 1
- Chapter 2
- Chapter 3
- Chapter 4
- Chapter 5
- Chapter 6
- Chapter 7
- Chapter 8
- Chapter 9
- Chapter 10
- Chapter 11
- Chapter 12
- Chapter 13
- Chapter 14
- Chapter 15
- Chapter 16
- Chapter 17
- Chapter 18
- Chapter 19
- Chapter 20
- Chapter 21
- Chapter 22
- Chapter 23
- Chapter 24
- Chapter 25
- Chapter 26
- Chapter 27
- Chapter 28
- Chapter 29
- Chapter 30
- Chapter 31
- Chapter 32
- Chapter 33
- Chapter 34
- Chapter 35
- Chapter 36
Proem
Προοίμιον περὶ τῆς Πυθαγόρου φιλοσοφίας, ἐν ᾧ θεῶν παράκλησις προηγεῖται καὶ τὸ χρήσιμον καὶ δύσκολον τῆς πραγματείας συνεμφαίνεται.
Περὶ Πυθαγόρου καὶ τοῦ γένους αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς πατρίδος καὶ τῆς ἀνατροφῆς καὶ παιδείας καὶ τῶν ἀποδημιῶν καὶ τῆς εἰς οἶκον ἐπανόδου καὶ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν εἰς Ἰταλίαν ἐξόδου καὶ ὅλως περὶ παντὸς τοῦ κατ’ αὐτὸν βίου.
Τίς ὁ εἰς τὴν Φοινίκην αὐτοῦ ἔκπλους καὶ τίς ἡ ἐκεῖ διατρίβῃ, καὶ τίς ἡ ἐντεῦθεν εἰς τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἀποδημία καὶ πῶς γενομένη.
Τίς ἡ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ αὐτοῦ διατριβή, καὶ πῶς ἐντεῦθεν ἀπεδήμησεν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα καὶ πῶς ἐκεῖ τοῖς μάγοις συνεγένετο.
Πῶς ἐπανῆλθεν αὖθις εἰς τὴν Σάμον, τίς ἡ ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν ἐγένετο διατριβή, καὶ πῶς τὸν ὁμώνυμον αὐτῷ θαυμαστῇ τέχνη ἐπαίδευσεν, ἀποδημίαι τε αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ τρόποι ἀσκήσεως ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ.
Αἰτίαι δι’ ἃς ἀπεδήμησεν εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀποδημίας αὐτοῦ ταύτης, καθολικός τε διορισμὸς περὶ Πυθαγόρου ὁποῖός τις ἦν, καὶ περὶ τῆς κατ’ αὐτὸν φιλοσοφίας.
Κοινοί τινες ὡσπερεὶ τύποι τῶν ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ αὐτοῦ πράξεων καὶ τῶν εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐμφερομένων εἰς τὸ κοινὸν λόγων ὁποῖοί τινες ἦσαν.
Πότε καὶ πῶς εἰς Κρότωνα ἐπεδήμησε τίνα τε ἔπραξεν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ ἐπιφοιτήσει καὶ τίνας λόγους εἶπεν εἰς τοὺς νεανίσκους.
Τίνας λόγους διελέχθη ἐν τοῖς χιλίοις τοῖς προεστηκόσι τῆς ὅλης πολιτείας περὶ τῶν ἀρίστων λόγων τε καὶ ἐπιτηδευμάτων.
Τίνα τοῖς παισὶ Κροτωνιατῶν συνεβούλευσεν ἐν τῷ Πυθαίῳ κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἐπιδημίαν.
Τίνα ταῖς Κροτωνιατῶν γυναιξὶν ἐν τῷ Ἡραίῳ διελέχθη κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἐπιδημίαν.
Τίς ἡ περὶ φιλοσοφίας αὐτοῦ διάλεξις, καὶ ὅτι πρῶτος ἑαυτὸν φιλόσοφον ἐπωνόμασε καὶ διὰ τίνα αἰτίαν.
Ὅτι καὶ εἰς τὰ θηρία διατείνουσαν καὶ τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα τὴν διὰ λόγου παιδευτικὴν δύναμιν εἶχε Πυθαγόρας, καὶ τούτων τεκμήρια πλείονα.
Ὅτι ἀρχὴν ἐποιεῖτο τῆς παιδεύσεως τὴν ἀνάμνησιν τῶν προτέρων βίων, οὓς αἱ ψυχαὶ πρότερον διεβίωσαν πρὶν εἰς τὰ σώματα ἀφικέσθαι, ἐν οἷς τότε ἐνοικοῦσαι ἐτύγχανον.
Τίς ἡ δι’ αἰσθήσεως πρώτη εἰς παιδείαν ἀγωγὴ παρ’ αὐτῷ, καὶ πῶς ἐπηνωρθοῦτο τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν προσομιλούντων διὰ μουσικῆς, καὶ πῶς ταύτην αὐτὸς τὴν ἐπανόρθωσιν τελείαν εἶχε.
Τίς ἡ καθαρτικὴ παρ’ αὐτῷ ἄσκησις ἦν καὶ αὐτὸς πῶς ἠσκεῖτο, τίς τε ἡ τελεωτέρα αὐτῷ τῆς φιλίας ἐπιτήδευσις ἦν, καὶ αὐτὴ προπαρασκευάζουσα εἰς φιλοσοφίαν ἐπιτηδείους.
Πῶς τὴν δοκιμασίαν ἐποιεῖτο τῶν πρώτως προσιόντων ἑταίρων ὁ Πυθαγόρας, καὶ τίνας ἐποιεῖτο πείρας αὐτῶν τοῦ τρόπου πρὸ τῆς εἰς φιλοσοφίαν εἰσαγωγῆς.
Εἰς πόσα γένη καὶ πῶς διεῖλε τοὺς ὁμιλητὰς ἑαυτοῦ ὁ Πυθαγόρας, καὶ διὰ τίνας αἰτίας οὕτως αὐτοὺς διέκρινεν.
Ὅτι πολλὰς ὁδοὺς Πυθαγόρας ἀνεῦρε τῆς ὠφελίμου παιδεύσεως τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν ᾧ λέγεται καὶ ἡ Ἀβάριδος πρὸς αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ συνουσία, πῶς τε αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν εἰς τὴν ἀκροτάτην σοφίαν καθ’ ἑτέρας ὁδοὺς παιδείας.
Τίνα τὰ ἴδια ἀσκήματα τῆς Πυθαγορικῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ πῶς αὐτὰ παρεδίδου Πυθαγόρας, καὶ πῶς ἐγύμναζε τοὺς ἀεὶ μεταλαμβάνοντας τῆς φιλοσοφίας.
Περὶ ἐπιτηδευμάτων οἷα κατεστήσατο Πυθαγόρας καὶ δι’ ὅλης ἡμέρας παρέδωκε τοῖς ἑταίροις ἐπιμελῶς πράττειν, καὶ παραγγέλματά τινα τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ὁμολογούμενα.
Τίς ὁ τρόπος τῆς παιδείας ὁ διὰ τῶν Πυθαγορικῶν ἀποφάσεων καὶ τῶν εἰς τὸν βίον καὶ τὰς ἀνθρωπίνας ὑπολήψεις διατεινουσῶν.
Τίς ἡ διὰ συμβόλων προτροπὴ εἰς φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ ἀπόρρητος δογμάτων ἔμφασις καὶ ἀποκεκρυμμένη μόνοις τοῖς εἰδόσι παιδείαν παρεδόθη ὑπὸ Πυθαγόρου κατὰ τὴν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ τῶν ἀρχαιοτάτων παρ’ Ἕλλησι θεολόγων συνήθειαν.
Τίνων ἀπείχετο βρωμάτων καθόλου Πυθαγόρας καὶ τίνων τοῖς ἑταίροις ἀπέχεσθαι παρήγγελλε, καὶ πῶς ἄλλους καὶ ἄλλους νόμους ἐνομοθέτησε περὶ τούτου κατὰ τοὺς οἰκείους βίους ἑκάστοις καὶ διὰ τίνας αἰτίας.
Πῶς καὶ διὰ μουσικῆς καὶ μελῶν ἐπαίδευε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους κατὰ καιρούς τε ὡρισμένους καὶ ὅτε μάλιστα παρηνώχλει αὐτοῖς τὰ πάθη, τίνας τε καθάρσεις νόσων ψυχῆς τε καὶ σώματος δι’ αὐτῆς ἐποιεῖτο, καὶ πῶς αὐτὰς ἐπετήδευε.
Πῶς τὴν εὕρεσιν ἐποιύησατο Πυθαγόρας καὶ ἀπὸ ποίας μεθόδου ἁρμονίας τε καὶ τῶν ἁρμονικῶν λόγων, καὶ πῶς παρέδωκε τοῖς ἐπηκόοις πᾶσαν τὴν περὶ τοιούτων ἐπιστήμην.
Όσα πολιτικὰ καὶ κοινωφελῆ ἀγαθὰ παρέδωκε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δι’ ἔργων καὶ λόγων καὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν πολιτειῶν καταστάσεως καὶ τῆς τῶν νόμων θέσεως δι’ ἄλλων τε πολλῶν καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων αὐτός τε καὶ οἱ ἑταῖροι αὐτοῦ.
Ὅσα θεῖα καὶ θαυμαστὰ ἔργα διεπράξατο, καὶ ὅσα ἀνήκει εἰς εὐσέβειαν καὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν θεῶν εὐμενείας τὴν μεγίστην παρέχεται εἰς ἀνθρώπους εὐεργεσίαν, ἃ καὶ κατεπέμφθη εἰς τὸ θνητὸν γένος διὰ Πυθαγόρου.
Περὶ τῆς Πυθαγόρου σοφίας, τίς τε ἦν καὶ καθ’ ὅσα γένη καὶ εἴδη διῄρητο, ὅπως τε ἀπὸ τῶν πρώτων μέχρι τῶν τελευ. ταίων γνωριστικῶν δυνάμεων τὴν ὀρθότητα καὶ ἀκρίβειαν κατώρθωσε καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις παρέδωκε.
Περὶ δικαιοσύνης, ὅσα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις εἰς αὐτὴν συνεβάλλετο Πυθαγόρας καὶ ὡς ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἄκρων αὐτῆς γενῶν μέχρι τῶν τελευταίων εἰδῶν ἐπετήδευσεν αὐτὴν καὶ παρέδωκε τοῖς πᾶσι.
Περὶ σωφροσύνης, ὅπως αὐτὴν ἐπετήδευσε Πυθαγόρας καὶ παρέδωκεν εἰς ἀνθρώπους διὰ λόγων τε καὶ ἔργων καὶ πάσης κτίσεως, πόσα τε αὐτῆς εἴδη καὶ τίνα κατεστήσατο ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.
Περὶ ἀνδρείας ὅσα καὶ· οἷα παραδείγματα Πυθαγόρας παρέδωκεν εἰς ἀνθρώπους, ἀσκήματά τε ὅσα καὶ ἔργα γενναῖα τὰ μὲν αὐτὸς διεπράξατο, τὰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς χρωμένους αὐτῷ ἐποίησε διαπράξασθαι.
Περὶ φιλίας, οἵα τε ἦν καὶ ὅση παρὰ Πυθαγόρᾳ αὐτή, καὶ ὅπως εἰς πάντας αὐτὴν διέτεινε, πόσα τε αὐτῆς εἴδη κατεστήσατο καὶ τίνα ἔργα σύμφωνα τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι διεπράξαντο.
Σποράδην τινὲς ἀφηγήσεις περὶ ὧν εἶπε καὶ ἔπραξε Πυθαγόρας αὐτὸς ἢ οἱ διαδεξάμενοι αὐτοῦ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, ὅσαι οὐκ εἴρηνται εἰς τὴν τεταγμένην κατὰ τὰς ἀρετὰς περὶ αὐτοῦ διήγησιν.
Τίς ἡ ἐπανάστασις κατὰ τῶν Πυθαγορείων ἐγένετο καὶ ποῦ ὄντος Πυθαγόρου, καὶ διὰ τίνας αἰτίας ἐπέθεντο αὐτοῖς οἱ τυραννικοὶ καὶ ἀλιτήριοι ἄνδρες.
Περὶ τῆς διαδοχῆς τῆς Πυθαγόρου καὶ τῆς τελευτῆς, καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τὰ ὀνόματα καὶ τῶν γυναικῶν τῶν παραλαβόντων παρ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν.
Chapter 1
Ἐπὶ πάσης μὲν φιλοσοφίας ὁρμῇ θεὸν δήπου παρακαλεῖν ἔθος ἅπασι τοῖς γε σώφροσιν, ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ τοῦ θείου Πυθαγόρου δικαίως ἐπωνύμῳ νομιζομένῃ πολὺ δήπου μᾶλλον ἁρμόττει τοῦτο ποιεῖν· ἐκ θεῶν γὰρ αὐτῆς παραδοθείσης τὸ κατ’ ἀρχὰς οὐκ ἔνεστιν ἄλλως ἢ διὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι. πρὸς δὲ τούτῳ καὶ τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ μέγεθος ὑπεραίρει τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην δύναμιν ὥστε ἐξαίφνης αὐτὴν κατιδεῖν, ἀλλὰ μόνως ἄν τίς του τῶν θεῶν εὐμενοῦς ἐξηγουμένου κατὰ βραχὺ προσιὼν ἡρέμα ἂν αὐτῆς παρασπάσασθαί τι δυνηθείη.
διὰ πάντα δὴ οὖν ταῦτα παρακαλέσαντες τοὺς θεοὺς ἡγεμόνας καὶ ἐπιτρέψαντες αὐτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τὸν λόγον ἑπώμεθα ᾗ ἂν ἄγωσιν, οὐδὲν ὑπολογιζόμενοι τὸ πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον ἠμελῆσθαι τὴν αἵρεσιν ταύτην καὶ τὸ μαθήμασιν ἀπεξενωμένοις καί τισιν ἀπορρήτοις συμβόλοις ἐπικεκρύφθαι ψεύδεσί τε καὶ νόθοις πολλοῖς συγγράμμασιν ἐπισκιάζεσθαι ἄλλαις τε πολλαῖς τοιαύταις δυσκολίαις παρεμποδίζεσθαι. ἐξαρκεῖ γὰρ ἡμῖν ἡ τῶν θεῶν βούλησις, μεθ’ ἧς καὶ τὰ τούτων ἔτι ἀπορώτερα δυνατὸν ὑπομένειν. μετὰ δὲ θεοὺς ἡγεμόνα ἑαυτῶν προστησόμεθα τὸν ἀρχηγὸν καὶ πατέρα τῆς θείας φιλοσοφίας, μικρόν γε ἄνωθεν προλαβόντες περὶ τοῦ γένους αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς πατρίδος.
Chapter 2
Λέγεται δὴ οὖν Ἀγκαῖον τὸν κατοικήσαντα Σάμην τὴν ἐν τῇ Κεφαληνίᾳ γεγενῆσθαι μὲν ἀπὸ Διός, εἴτε δι’ ἀρετὴν εἴτε διὰ ψυχῆς τι μέγεθος ταύτην τὴν φήμην αὐτοῦ ἀπενεγκαμένου, φρονήσει δὲ καὶ δόξῃ τῶν ἄλλων Κεφαλήνων διαφέρειν. τούτῳ δὲ γενέσθαι χρησμὸν παρὰ τῆς Πυθίας, συναγαγεῖν ἀποικίαν ἐκ τῆς Κεφαληνίας καὶ ἐκ τῆς Ἀρκαδίας καὶ ἐκ τῆς Θετταλίας, καὶ προσλαβεῖν ἐποίκους παρά τε τῶν Ἀθηναίων καὶ παρὰ τῶν Ἐπιδαυρίων καὶ παρὰ τῶν Χαλκιδέων, καὶ τούτων ἁπάντων ἡγούμενον οἰκίσαι νῆσον τὴν δι’ ἀρετὴν τοῦ ἐδάφους [καὶ τῆς γῆς] Μελάμφυλλον καλουμένην, προσαγορεῦσαί τε τὴν πόλιν Σάμον ἀντὶ τῆς Σάμης τῆς ἐν Κεφαληνίᾳ.
τὸν μὲν οὖν χρησμὸν συνέβη γενέσθαι τοιοῦτον· Ἀγκαῖ’, εἰναλίαν νῆσον Σάμον ἀντὶ Σάμης σε οἰκίζειν κέλομαι· Φυλλὰς δ’ ὀνομάζεται αὕτη. τοῦ δὲ τὰς ἀποικίας ἐκ τῶν τόπων τῶν προειρημένων συνελθεῖν σημεῖόν ἐστιν οὐ μόνον αἱ τῶν θεῶν τιμαὶ καὶ θυσίαι, διότι μετενηνεγμέναι τυγχάνουσιν ἐκ τῶν τόπων ὅθεν τὰ πλήθη τῶν ἀνδρῶν συνῆλθεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν συγγενειῶν καὶ τῶν μετ’ ἀλλήλων συνόδων, ἃς ποιούμενοι οἱ Σάμιοι τυγχάνουσι. φασὶ τοίνυν Μνήσαρχον καὶ Πυθαΐδα τοὺς Πυθαγόραν γεννήσαντας ἐκ ταύτης εἶναι τῆς οἰκίας καὶ τῆς συγγενείας τῆς ἀπ’ Ἀγκαίου γεγενημένης τοῦ τὴν ἀποικίαν στείλαντος.
ταύτης δὲ τῆς εὐγενείας λεγομένης παρὰ τοῖς πολίταις ποιητής τις τῶν παρὰ τοῖς Σαμίοις γεγενημένων Ἀπόλλωνος αὐτὸν εἶναι φησὶ λέγων οὕτως· Πυθαγόραν θ’ ὃν τίκτε Διὶ φίλῳ Ἀπόλλωνι Πυθαΐς, ἢ κάλλος πλεῖστον ἔχεν Σαμίων. ὁπόθεν δὲ ὁ λόγος οὗτος ἐπεκράτησεν, ἄξιον διελθεῖν. Μνησάρχῳ τούτῳ τῷ Σαμίῳ κατ’ ἐμπορίαν ἐν Δελφοῖς γενομένῳ μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς ἀδήλως ἔτι κυούσης προεῖπεν ἡ Πυθία χρωμένῳ περὶ τοῦ εἰς Συρίαν πλοῦ, τὸν μὲν θυμηρέστατον ἔσεσθαι καὶ ἐπικερδῆ, τὴν δὲ γυναῖκα κύειν τε ἤδη καὶ τέξεσθαι παῖδα τῶν πώποτε κάλλει καὶ σοφίᾳ διοίσοντα καὶ τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ γένει μέγιστον ὄφελος εἰς σύμπαντα τὸν βίον ἐσόμενον.
ὁ δὲ Μνήσαρχος συλλογισάμενος ὅτι οὐκ ἂν μὴ πυθομένῳ αὐτῷ ἔχρησέ τι περὶ τέκνου ὁ θεός, εἰ μὴ ἐξαίρετον προτέρημα ἔμελλε περὶ αὐτὸν καὶ θεοδώρητον ὡς ἀληθῶς ἔσεσθαι, τότε μὲν εὐθὺς ἀντὶ Παρθενίδος τὴν γυναῖκα Πυθαΐδα μετωνόμασεν ἀπὸ τοῦ γόνου καὶ τῆς προφήτιδος,
ἐν δὲ Σιδόνι τῆς Φοινίκης ἀποτεκούσης αὐτῆς τὸν γενόμενον υἱὸν Πυθαγόραν προσηγόρευσεν, ὅτι ἄρα ὑπὸ τοῦ Πυθίου προηγορεύθη αὐτῷ. παραιτητέοι γὰρ ἐνταῦθα Ἐπιμενίδης καὶ Εὔδοξος καὶ Ξενοκράτης, ὑπονοοῦντες τῇ Παρθενίδι τότε μιγῆναι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ κύουσαν αὐτὴν ἐκ μὴ οὕτως ἐχούσης καταστῆσαί τε καὶ προαγγεῖλαι διὰ τῆς προφήτιδος.
τοῦτο μὲν οὖν οὐδαμῶς δεῖ προσίεσθαι. τὸ μέντοι τὴν Πυθαγόρου ψυχὴν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀπόλλωνος ἡγεμονίας οὖσαν εἴτε συνοπαδὸν εἴτε καὶ ἄλλως οἰκειότερον ἔτι πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τοῦτον συντεταγμένην καταπεπέμφθαι εἰς ἀνθρώπους, οὐδεὶς ἂν ἀμφισβητήσειε τεκμαιρόμενος αὐτῇ τε τῇ γενέσει ταύτῃ καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ τῇ παντοδαπῇ. καὶ περὶ μὲν τῆς γενέσεως τοσαῦτα.
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀνεκομίσθη εἰς τὴν Σάμον ἀπὸ τῆς Συρίας ὁ Μνήσαρχος μετὰ παμπόλλου κέρδους καὶ βαθείας περιουσίας, ἱερὸν ἐδείματο τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι, Πυθίου ἐπιγράψας, τόν τε παῖδα ποικίλοις παιδεύμασι καὶ ἀξιολογωτάτοις ἐνέτρεφε, νῦν μὲν Κρεοφύλῳ, νῦν δὲ Φερεκύδῃ τῷ Συρίῳ, νῦν δὲ σχεδὸν ἅπασι τοῖς τῶν ἱερῶν προϊστα μένοις παραβάλλων αὐτὸν καὶ ἐγχειρίζων, ὡς ἂν καὶ τὰ θεῖα κατὰ δύναμιν αὐτάρκως ἐκδιδαχθείη. ὃ δὲ ἀνετρέφετο εὐμορφότατός τε τῶν πώποτε ἱστορηθέντων καὶ θεοπρεπέστατος εὐτυχηθείς,
ἀποθανόντος τε τοῦ πατρὸς σεμνότατος σωφρονέστατός τε ηὐξάνετο, κομιδῇ τε νέος ἔτι ὑπάρχων ἐντροπῆς πάσης καὶ αἰδοῦς ἠξιοῦτο ἤδη καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτάτων, ὀφθείς τε καὶ φθεγξάμενος ἐπέστρεφε πάντας, καὶ ᾧτινι οὖν προσβλέψας θαυμαστὸς ἐφαίνετο, ὥστε ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν εἰκότως βεβαιοῦσθαι τὸ θεοῦ παῖδα αὐτὸν εἶναι. ὃ δὲ ἐπιρρωννύμενος καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν τοιούτων δοξῶν καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκ βρέφους παιδείας καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς φυσικῆς θεοειδείας, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἑαυτὸν κατέτασσεν ἄξιον τῶν παρόντων προτερημάτων ἀποφαίνων, καὶ διεκόσμει θρησκείαις τε καὶ μαθήμασι καὶ διαίταις ἐξαιρέτοις, εὐσταθείᾳ τε ψυχῆς καὶ καταστολῇ σώματος, ὧν τε ἐλάλει ἢ ἔπραττεν, εὐδίᾳ καὶ ἀκυμάντῳ τινὶ γαλήνῃ, μήτε ὀργῇ ποτε μήτε γέλωτι μήτε ζήλῳ μήτε φιλονεικίᾳ μήτε ἄλλῃ ταραχῇ ἢ προπετείᾳ ἁλισκόμενος, ὡς δὲ δαίμων τις ἀγαθὸς ἐπιδημῶν τῇ Σάμῳ.
διόπερ ἔτι ἐφήβου αὐτοῦ ὄντος πολλὴ δόξα εἴς τε Μίλητον πρὸς Θαλῆν καὶ εἰς Πριήνην πρὸς Βίαντα τοὺς σοφοὺς καὶ (εἰς) τὰς ἀστυγείτονας πόλεις ἐξεφοίτησε, καὶ τὸν ἐν Σάμῳ κομήτην ἤδη [ἐν παροιμίᾳ] πολλοὶ πολλαχοῦ τὸν νεανίαν ἐπευφημοῦντες ἐξεθείαζον καὶ διεθρύλουν. ὑποφυομένης δὲ ἄρτι τῆς Πολυκράτους τυραννίδος περὶ ὀκτωκαιδέκατον μάλιστα ἔτος γεγονὼς προορώμενός τε οἷ χωρήσει καὶ ὡς ἐμπόδιος ἔσται τῇ αὐτοῦ προθέσει καὶ τῇ ἀντὶ πάντων αὐτῷ σπουδαζομένῃ φιλομαθείᾳ, νύκτωρ λαθὼν πάντας μετὰ τοῦ Ἑρμοδάμαντος μὲν τὸ ὄνομα, Κρεοφυλείου δὲ ἐπικαλουμένου, ὃς ἐλέγετο Κρεοφύλου ἀπόγονος εἶναι, Ὁμήρου ξένου τοῦ ποιητοῦ γενέσθαι φίλος καὶ διδάσκαλος τῶν ἀπάντων, μετὰ τούτου πρὸς τὸν Φερεκύδην διεπόρθμευσε καὶ πρὸς Ἀναξίμανδρον τὸν φυσικὸν καὶ πρὸς Θαλῆν εἰς Μίλητον,
καὶ παραγενόμενος πρὸς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἀνὰ μέρος οὕτως ὡμίλησεν, ὥστε πάντας αὐτὸν ἀγαπᾶν καὶ τὴν φύσιν αὐτοῦ θαυμάζειν καὶ ποιεῖσθαι τῶν λόγων κοινωνόν. καὶ δὴ καὶ ὁ Θαλῆς ἄσμενος αὐτὸν προσήκατο, καὶ θαυμάσας τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους νέους παραλλαγήν, ὅτι μείζων τε καὶ ὑπερβεβηκυῖα ἦν τὴν προφοιτήσασαν ἤδη δόξαν, μεταδούς τε ὅσων ἠδύνατο μαθημάτων, τὸ γῆράς τε τὸ ἑαυτοῦ αἰτιασάμενος καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀσθένειαν, προετρέψατο εἰς Αἴγυπτον διαπλεῦσαι καὶ τοῖς ἐν Μέμφει καὶ Διὸς (πόλει) μάλιστα συμβαλεῖν ἱερεῦσι. παρὰ γὰρ ἐκείνων καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἐφωδιάσθαι ταῦτα, δι’ ἃ σοφὸς παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς νομίζεται· οὐ μὴν τοσούτων γε προτερημάτων οὔτε φυσικῶς οὔτε ὑπ’ ἀσκήσεως ἐπιτετευχέναι ἑαυτὸν ἔλεγεν ὅσων τὸν Πυθαγόραν καθορᾶν. ὥστε ἐκ παντὸς εὐηγγελίζετο, εἰ τοῖς δηλουμένοις ἱερεῦσι συγγένοιτο, θειότατον αὐτὸν καὶ σοφώτατον ὑπὲρ ἅπαντας ἔσεσθαι ἀνθρώπους.
Chapter 3
Ὠφεληθεὶς οὖν παρὰ Θάλεω τά τε ἄλλα καὶ χρόνου μάλιστα φείδεσθαι, καὶ χάριν τούτου οἰνοποσίᾳ τε καὶ κρεωφαγίᾳ καὶ ἔτι πρότερον πολυφαγίᾳ ἀποταξάμενος, τῇ δὲ τῶν λεπτῶν καὶ εὐαναδότων ἐδωδῇ συμμετρηθείς, κἀκ τούτου ὀλιγουπνίαν καὶ εὐαύγειαν καὶ ψυχῆς καθαρότητα κτησάμενος, ὑγείαν τε ἀκριβεστάτην καὶ ἀπαρέγκλιτον τοῦ σώματος, ἐξέπλευσεν εἰς τὴν Σιδόνα, φύσει τε αὐτοῦ πατρίδα πεπυσμένος εἶναι καὶ καλῶς οἰόμενος ἐκεῖθεν αὐτῷ ῥᾴονα τὴν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἔσεσθαι διάβασιν.
ἐνταῦθα δὴ συμβαλὼν τοῖς τε Μώχου τοῦ φυσιολόγου προφήγτου ἀπογόνοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Φοινικικοῖς ἱεροφάνταις, καὶ πάσας τελεσθεὶς θείας τελετὰς ἔν τε Βύβλῳ καὶ Τύρῳ καὶ κατὰ πολλὰ τῆς Συρίας μέρη ἐξαιρέτως ἱερουργουμένας, καὶ οὐχὶ δεισιδαιμονίας ἕνεκα τὸ τοιοῦτον ὑπομείνας, ὡς ἄν τις ἁπλῶς ὑπολάβοι, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ἔρωτι καὶ ὀρέξει θεωρίας καὶ εὐλαβείᾳ τοῦ μή τι αὐτὸν τῶν ἀξιομαθήτων διαλαθεῖν ἐν θεῶν ἀπορρήγτοις ἢ τελεταῖς φυλαττόμενον, προμαθών τε ὅτι ἄποικα τρόπον τινὰ καὶ ἀπόγονα τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἱερῶν τὰ αὐτόθι ὑπάρχει, ἐκ τούτου τε ἐλπίσας καλλιόνων καὶ θειοτέρων καὶ ἀκραιφνῶν μεθέξειν μαθημάτων ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, ἀναχθεὶς κατὰ τὰς Θάλεω τοῦ διδασκάλου ὑποθήκας διεπορθμεύθη ἀμελλητὶ ὑπό τινων Αἰγυπτίων πορθμέων καιριώτατα προσορμισάντων τοῖς ὑπὸ Κάρμηλον τὸ Φοινικικὸν ὄρος αἰγιαλοῖς, ἔνθα ἐμόναζε τὰ πολλὰ ὁ Πυθαγόρας κατὰ τὸ ἱερόν, οἵπερ ἄσμενοι ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν, τήν τε ὥραν αὐτοῦ κερδῆσαι, καὶ εἰ ἀποδοῖντο, τὴν πολυτιμίαν προελόμενοι.
ἔπειτα μέντοι κατὰ τὸν πλοῦν ἐγκρατῶς αὐτοῦ τε καὶ σεμνῶς ἀκολούθως τε τῇ συντρόφῳ ἐπιτηδεύσει διάγοντος ἄμεινον περὶ αὐτοῦ διατεθέντες καὶ μεῖζόν τι ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν ἐνιδόντες τῇ τοῦ παιδὸς εὐκοσμίᾳ, ἀναμνησθέντες τε ὡς προσορμίσασιν εὐθὺς αὐτοῖς ὤφθη κατιὼν ἀπ’ ἄκρου τοῦ Καρμήλου λόφου, ἱερώτατον δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ὀρῶν ἠπίσταντο αὐτὸ καὶ (τοῖς) πολλοῖς ἄβατον, σχολαίως τε καὶ ἀνεπιστρεπτὶ βαίνων, οὔτε κρημνώδους τινὸς οὔτε δυσβάτου πέτρας ἐνισταμένης, καὶ ἐπιστὰς τῷ σκάφει, μόνον τε ἐπιφθεγξάμενος εἰς Αἴγυπτον ὁ ἀπόπλους; κατανευσάντων αὐτῶν ἐνέβη καὶ σιωπῇ ἐκάθισεν ἔνθα μάλιστα οὐκ ἔμελλεν αὐτοῖς ἐμπόδιος ἔσεσθαι ναυτιλλομένοις,
(καὶ) παρ’ ὅλον τὸν πλοῦν ἐφ’ ἑνός τε καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ σχήματος διέμεινε δύο νύκτας καὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας μήτε τροφῆς μήτε ποτοῦ μετασχὼν μήτε ὕπνου, ὅτι εἰ μὴ λαθὼν ἅπαντας ὡς εἶχεν ἐν τῇ ἑδραία καὶ ἀσαλεύτῳ ἐπιμονῇ κατέδαρθε βραχύ, καὶ ταῦτα διηνεκοῦς καὶ σεσυρμένου παρὰ προσδοκίαν εὐθυτενοῦς τε συμβάντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ πλοῦ ὡσάν τινος παρουσίᾳ θεοῦ· πάντα συντιθέντες τὰ τοιάδε καὶ ἐπισυλλογίζόμενοι δαίμονα θεῖον ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐπείσθησαν σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ Συρίας εἰς Αἴγυπτον μετιέναι, καὶ τόν τε περίλοιπον εὐφημότατα πλοῦν διεξήνυσαν, καὶ σεμνοτέροις ἤπερ εἰώθεσαν ὀνόμασί τε καὶ πράγμασιν ἐχρήσαντο πρός τε ἀλλήλους καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν μέχρι τῆς εὐτυχεστάτης συμβάσης αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀκυμάντου παρ’ ὅλον (τὸν πλοῦν) εἰς τὴν Αἰγυπτίαν ᾐόνα τοῦ σκάφους προσοχῆς.
ἔνθα δὴ ἐκβαίνοντα ὑπερείσαντες σεβαστικῶς ἅπαντες καὶ διαδεξάμενοι ἐκάθισαν ἐπὶ καθαρωτάτης ἄμμου, καὶ αὐτοσχέδιόν τινα βωμὸν πρὸ αὐτοῦ πλάσαντες ἐπινήσαντές τε ὅσων εἶχον ἀκροδρύων οἷον ἀπαρχάς τινας [κατατιθέμενοι τοῦ φόρτου] μεθώρμισαν τὸ σκάφος, ὅποιπερ καὶ προέκειτο αὐτοῖς ὁ πλοῦς. ὃ δὲ διὰ τὴν τοσήνδε ἀσιτίαν ἀτονώτερον τὰ σῶμα ἔχων οὔτε πρὸς τὸν ἀποβιβασμὸν καὶ τὴν τῶν ναυτῶν ὑπέρεισιν καὶ χειραγωγίαν ἠναντιώθη τότε, οὔτε ἀπαλλαγέντων ἀπέσχετο ἐπὶ πολὺ τῶν παρακειμένων ἀκροδρύων, ἀλλὰ ἐφαψάμενος χρησίμως αὐτῶν καὶ ὑποθρέψας τὴν δύναμιν εἰς τὰς ἐγγὺς διέσωσε συνοικίας, τὸ αὐτὸ ἦθος ἐν παντὶ ἀτάραχον καὶ ἐπιεικὲς διαφυλάττων.
Chapter 4
Ἐκεῖθέν τε εἰς πάντα ἐφοίτησεν ἱερὰ μετὰ πλείστης σπουδῆς καὶ ἀκριβοῦς ἐξετάσεως, θαυμαζόμενός τε καὶ στεργόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συγγινομένων ἱερέων καὶ προφητῶν καὶ ἐκδιδασκόμενος ἐπιμελέστατα περὶ ἑκάστου, οὐ παραλείπων οὔτε ἄκουσμα τῶν καθ’ ἑαυτὸν ἐπαινουμένων οὔτε ἄνδρα τῶν ἐπὶ συνέσει γνωριζομένων, οὔτε τελετὴν τῶν ὅπου δή ποτε τιμωμένων, οὔτε τόπον ἀθεώρητον, εἰς ὃν ἀφικόμένος ᾠήθη τι περιττότερον εὑρήσειν. ὅθεν πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς ἱερέας ἀπεδήμησεν, ὠφελούμενος παρ’ ἑκάστῳ, ὅσα ἦν σοφὸς ἕκαστος.
δύο δὴ καὶ εἴκοσιν ἔτη κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς ἀδύτοις διετέλεσεν ἀστρονομῶν τε καὶ γεωμετρῶν καὶ μυούμενος, οὐκ ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς οὐδ’ ὡς ἔτυχε, πάσας θεῶν τελετάς, ἕως ὑπὸ τῶν σὺν Καμβύσῃ αἰχμαλωτισθεὶς εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἀνήχθη, κἀκεῖ τοῖς μάγοις ἀσμένοις ἄσμενος συνδιατρίψας καὶ ἐκπαιδευθεὶς τὰ παρ’ αὐτοῖς σεμνὰ καὶ θεῶν θρησκείαν ἐντελέστατα ἐκμαθών, ἀριθμῶν τε καὶ μουσικῆς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων μαθημάτων ἐπ’ ἄκρον ἐλθὼν παρ’ αὐτοῖς, ἄλλα τε δώδεκα προσδιατρίψας ἔτη εἰς Σάμον ὑπέστρεψε περὶ ἕκτον που καὶ πεντηκοστὸν ἔτος ἤδη γεγονὼς.
Chapter 5
Ἀναγνωρισθεὶς δὲ ὑπό τινων πρεσβυτέρων καὶ οὐκ ἔλαττον ἢ πρόσθεν θαυμασθείς, καλλίων τε γὰρ καὶ σοφώτερος καὶ θεοπρεπέστερος αὐτοῖς ἐφάνη, παρακαλούσης αὐτὸν δημοσίᾳ τῆς πατρίδος ὠφελεῖν ἅπαντας καὶ μεταδιδόναι τῶν ἐνθυμίων, οὐκ ἀντιτείνων τὸν τῆς διδασκαλίας τρόπον συμβολικὸν ποιεῖν ἐπεχείρει καὶ πάντῃ ὅμοιον τοῖς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ διδάγμασι, καθ’ ἃ ἐπαιδεύθη, εἰ καὶ μὴ σφόδρα προσίεντο τὸν τοιοῦτον τρόπον οἱ Σάμιοι μηδὲ ἁρμονίως καὶ ὡς ἐχρῆν προσεφύησαν αὐτῷ.
μηδενὸς οὖν αὐτῷ προσέχοντος μηδὲ γνησίως ὀρεγομένου τῶν μαθημάτων. ἃ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐνοικίζειν παντὶ τρόπῳ ἐπειρᾶτο, μὴ περιφρονῶν μηδὲ ὀλιγωρῶν τῆς Σάμου διὰ τὸ πατρίδα εἶναι, γεῦσαί τε πάντως βουλόμενος τῆς τῶν μαθημάτων καλλονῆς τοὺς πατριώτας, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἑκόντας, ἀλλ’ οὖν ἐπινοίᾳ καὶ μεθόδῳ, παρατηρήσας εὐφυῶς τινα καὶ εὐκινήτως ἐν τῷ γυμνασίῳ σφαιρίζοντα τῶν φιλογυμναστούντων μὲν καὶ σωμασκούντων, πενήτων δ’ ἄλλως καὶ ἀπορωτέρων, λογισάμενος ὅτι εὐπειθῆ ἕξει, εἰ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔκπλεά τις αὐτῷ ἀμεριμνοῦντι παρέχοι, προσκαλεσάμενος μετὰ τὸ λουτρὸν τὸν νεανίαν ἐπηγγείλατο αὐτάρκη αὐτῷ ἐφόδια εἰς τὴν τῆς σωμασκίας ὑποτροφὴν καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν διηνεκῶς παρέξειν, εἰ διαδέξαιτο αὐτοῦ κατὰ βραχύ τε καὶ ἀπόνως ἐνδελεχῶς τε, ὥστε μὴ ἀθρόως φορτισθῆναι, μαθήματά τινα, ἃ παρὰ βαρβάρων μὲν ἐξέμαθεν αὐτὸς νέος ὤν, ἀπολείπει δ’ αὐτὸν ταῦτα ἤδη διὰ τὸ γῆρας καὶ τὴν τούτου ἀμνημοσύνην.
ὑποσχομένου δὲ τοῦ νεανίου καὶ τῇ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἐλπίδι ὑπομείναντος, τὴν δι’ ἀριθμῶν [μάθησιν] καὶ γεωμετρίας ἐνάγειν αὐτὸν ἐπειρᾶτο, ἐπ’ ἄβακος τὰς ἑκάστου ἀποδείξεις ποιούμενος, καὶ [διδάσκων] παντὸς σχήματος [ὅ ἐστι διαγράμματος] μισθὸν καὶ ἀντίπονον παρεῖχε τῷ νεανίᾳ τριώβολον. καὶ τοῦτο μέχρι πολλοῦ χρόνου διετέλεσε ποιῶν, φιλοτιμότατα μὲν καὶ σπουδαίως, τάξει τε βελτίστη ἐμβιβάζων εἰς τὴν θεωρίαν, καθ’ ἑκάστου δὲ σχήματος παράληψιν τριώβολον ἐπιδιδούς.
ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ νεανίας ὁδῷ τινι ἐμμελεῖ ἀγόμενος τῆς ἐκπρεπείας ἤδη ἀντελαμβάνετο καὶ τῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ ἀκολουθίας τῆς ἐν τοῖς μαθήμασι, συνιδὼν [τὸ γινόμενον] ὁ σοφὸς [καὶ] ὅτι οὐκ ἂν ἑκὼν ἔτι ἀποσταίη [οὐδὲ ἀπόσχοιτο] τῆς μαθήσεως, οὐδ’ εἰ πάντα πάθοι, πενίαν ὑπετιμήσατο καὶ ἀπορίαν τῶν τριωβόλων.
ἐκείνου δὲ εἰπόντος ἀλλὰ καὶ χωρὶς τούτων οἷός τέ εἶμι μανθάνειν καὶ διαδέχεσθαί σου τὰ μαθήματα», ἐπήνεγκεν ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ αὐτὸς τὰ πρὸς τροφὴν ἐπιτήδεια ἔχω ἔτι οὐδ’ εἰς ἐμαυτόν· δέον οὖν σχολάζειν εἰς πορισμὸν τῶν καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀναγκαίων καὶ τῆς ἐφημέρου τροφῆς, οὐ καλῶς ἔχει ἄβακι καὶ ἀνονήτοις ματαιοπονήμασιν ἑαυτὸν ἀντιπερισπᾶν. ὥστε τὸν νεανίαν δυσαποσπάστως τοῦ συνείρειν τὴν θεωρίαν ἔχοντα καὶ ταῦτ’ εἰπεῖν ἐγώ σοι λοιπὸν ποριῶ καὶ ἀντιπελαργήσω τρόπον τινά· κατὰ γὰρ ἕκαστον σχῆμα τριώβολον αὐτός σοι ἀντιπαρέξω.
καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦδε οὕτως ἑάλω ὑπὸ τῶν μαθημάτων, ὥστε μόνος Σαμίων συναπῇρε Πυθαγόρᾳ, ὁμώνυμος μὲν ὢν αὐτῷ, Ἐρατοκλέους δὲ υἱός. τούτου δὴ καὶ τὰ ἀλειπτικὰ συγγράμματα φέρεται καὶ ἡ ἀντὶ ἰσχάδων τοῖς τότε ἀθληταῖς κρεώδους τροφῆς διάταξις, οὐ καλῶς εἰς Πυθαγόραν τὸν Μνησάρχου τούτων ἀναφερομένων. λέγεται δὲ περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον θαυμασθῆναι αὐτὸν περὶ τὴν Δῆλον, προσελθόντα αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν ἀναίμακτον λεγόμενον [καὶ] τοῦ Γενέτορος Ἀπόλλωνος βωμὸν καὶ τοῦτον θεραπεύσαντα. ὅθεν εἰς ἅπαντα τὰ μαντεῖα παρέβαλε. καὶ ἐν Κρήτη δὲ καὶ ἐν Σπάρτῃ τῶν νόμων ἕνεκα διέτριψε.
καὶ τούτων ἀπάντων ἀκροατής τε καὶ μαθητὴς γενόμενος, εἰς οἶκον ἐπανελθὼν ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν παραλελειμμένων ζήτησιν.
καὶ πρῶτον μὲν διατριβὴν ἐν τῇ πόλει κατεσκεύασε τὸ Πυθαγόρου καλούμενον ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἡμικύκλιον, ἐν ᾧ νῦν Σάμιοι περὶ τῶν κοινῶν βουλεύονται, νομίζοντες δεῖν περὶ τῶν καλῶν καὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ τῶν συμφερόντων ἐν τούτῳ τῷ τόπῳ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ζήτησιν, ἐν ᾧ κατεσκεύασεν ὁ πάντων τούτων ποιησάμενος τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν.
ἔξω τε τῆς πόλεως οἰκεῖον τῆς αὑτοῦ φιλοσοφίας ἄντρον ποιησάμενος, ἐν τούτῳ τὰ πολλὰ τῆς νυκτὸς καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας διέτριβε, καὶ τὴν ζήτησιν ἐποιεῖτο τῶν ἐν τοῖς μαθήμασι χρησίμων, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον Μίνῳ τῷ τοῦ Διὸς υἱῷ διανοηθείς. καὶ τοσοῦτον διήνεγκε τῶν ὕστερον τοῖς ἐκείνου μαθήμασι χρησαμένων, ὥστε ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἐπὶ σμικροῖς θεωρήμασι μέγιστον ἐφρόνησαν, Πυθαγόρας δὲ συνετέλεσε τὴν περὶ τῶν οὐρανίων ἐπιστήμην καὶ ταῖς ἀποδείξεσιν αὐτῆς ὅλαις ταῖς ἀριθμητικαῖς καὶ ταῖς γεωμετρικαῖς διέλαβεν.
οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν ὕστερον ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ πραχθέντων ἔτι μᾶλλον αὐτὸν θαυμαστέον. ἤδη γὰρ μεγάλην ἐπίδοσιν τῆς φιλοσοφίας ἐχούσης καὶ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀπάσης θαυμάζειν αὐτὸν προαιρουμένης καὶ τῶν ἀρίστων καὶ τῶν φιλοσοφωτάτων εἰς τὴν Σάμον δι’ ἐκεῖνον παραγεγονότων καὶ βουλομένων κοινωνεῖν τῆς παρ’ ἐκείνῳ παιδείας, ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτοῦ πολιτῶν εἰς τὰς πρεσβείας πάσας ἑλκόμενος καὶ μετέχειν ἀναγκαζόμενος τῶν αὐτῶν λειτουργιῶν, καὶ συνιδὼν ὅτι τοῖς τῆς πατρίδος νόμοις πειθόμενον χαλεπὸν αὐτοῦ μένοντα φιλοσοφεῖν, καὶ διότι πάντες οἱ πρότερον φιλοσοφήσαντες ἐπὶ ξένης τὸν βίον διετέλεσαν,
Chapter 6
ταῦτα πάντα παρ’ αὑτῷ διανοηθεὶς καὶ φεύγων τὰς πολιτικὰς ἀσχολίας, ὡς δ’ ἔνιοι λέγουσι, τὴν περὶ παιδείαν ὀλιγωρίαν τῶν τότε τὴν Σάμον οἰκούντων παραιτούμενος, ἀπῆρεν εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, πατρίδα ἡγησάμενος τὴν πλειόνων εὖ ἐχόντων πρὸς τὸ μανθάνειν οἰστικῶς ἔχουσαν χώραν.
καὶ ἐν πρώτῃ Κρότωνι ἐπισημοτάτῃ πόλει προτρεψάμενος πολλοὺς ἔσχε ζηλωτάς, [ὥστε ἱστορεῖται ἑξακοσίους αὐτὸν ἀνθρώπους ἐσχηκέναι,] οὐ μόνον ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ κεκινημένους εἰς τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἧς μετεδίδου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον κοινοβίους, καθὼς προσέταξε, γενομένους.
καὶ οὗτοι μὲν ἦσαν οἱ φιλοσοφοῦντες, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ ἀκροαταί, οὓς ἀκουσματικοὺς καλοῦσιν. *** ἐν μιᾷ μόνον ἀκροάσει, ὡς φασίν, ἣν πρωτίστην καὶ πάνδημον μόνον ἐπιβὰς τῆς Ἰταλίας ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐποιήσατο, πλέονες ἢ δισχίλιοι τοῖς λόγοις ἐνεσχέθησαν αἱρεθέντες αὐτοὶ κατὰ κράτος οὕτως ὥστε οὐκέτι οἴκαδε ἀπέστησαν, ἀλλὰ ὁμοῦ παισὶ καὶ γυναιξὶν ὁμακοεῖόν τι παμμέγεθες ἱδρυσάμενοι καὶ πολίσαντες αὐτοῖς τὴν πρὸς πάντων ἐπικληθεῖσαν μεγάλην Ἑλλάδα, νόμους τε παρ’ αὐτοῦ δεξάμενοι καὶ προστάγματα ὡσανεὶ θείας ὑποθήκας, ὧν ἐκτὸς οὐδὲν ἔπραττον, παρέμειναν ὁμονοοῦντες ὅλῳ τῷ τῶν ὁμιλητῶν ἀθροίσματι, εὐφημούμενοι καὶ παρὰ τῶν πέριξ μακαριζόμενοι, τάς τε οὐσίας κοινὰς ἔθεντο, ὡς προελέχθη, καὶ μετὰ τῶν θεῶν τὸν Πυθαγόραν λοιπὸν κατηρίθμουν ὡς ἀγαθόν τινα δαίμονα καὶ φιλανθρωπότατον. οἳ μὲν τὸν Πύθιον, οἳ δὲ τὸν ἐξ Ὑπερβορέων Ἀπόλλωνα, οἳ δὲ τὸν Παιᾶνα, οἳ δὲ τῶν τὴν σελήνην κατοικούντων δαιμόνων ἓνα, ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλον τῶν Ὀλυμπίων θεῶν ἐφήμιζον, εἰς ὠφέλειαν καὶ ἐπανόρθωσιν τοῦ θνητοῦ βίου λέγοντες ἐν ἀνθρωπίνῃ μορφῇ φανῆναι τοῖς τότε, ἵνα τὸ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας τε καὶ φιλοσοφίας σωτήριον ἔναυσμα χαρίσηται τῇ θνητῇ φύσει, οὗ μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν οὔτε ἦλθεν οὔτε ἥξει ποτὲ δωρηθὲν ἐκ θεῶν [διὰ τούτου τοῦ Πυθαγόρου]. διόπερ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἡ παροιμία τὸν ἐκ Σάμου κομήτην ἐπὶ τῷ σεμνοτάτῳ διακηρύττει.
ἱστορεῖ δὲ καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης ἐν τοῖς περὶ τῆς Πυθαγορικῆς φιλοσοφίας, διαίρεσίν τινα τοιάνδε ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐν τοῖς πάνυ ἀπορρήτοις διαφυλάττεσθαι· τοῦ λογικοῦ ζῴου τὸ μέν ἐστι θεός, τὸ δὲ ἄνθρωπος, τὸ δὲ οἷον Πυθαγόρας. καὶ πάνυ εὐλόγως τοιοῦτον αὐτὸν ὑπελάμβανον, δι’ ὃν περὶ θεῶν μὲν καὶ δαιμόνων καὶ ἡρώων καὶ κόσμου, σφαιρῶν τε καὶ ἀστέρων κινήσεως παντοίας, ἐπιπροσθήσεών τε καὶ ὑπολείψεων καὶ ἀνωμαλιῶν, ἐκκεντροτήτων τε καὶ ἐπικύκλων, καὶ τῶν ἐν κόσμῳ πάντων, οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ τῶν μεταξὺ φύσεων ἐκδήλων τε καὶ ἀποκρύφων, ὀρθή τις καὶ ἐοικυῖα τοῖς οὖσι παρεισῆλθεν ἔννοια, μηδενὶ τῶν φαινομένων ἢ δι’ ἐπινοίας λαμβανσμένων μηδαμῶς ἀντιπαίουσα, μαθήματα δὲ καὶ θεωρία καὶ τὰ ἐπιστημονικὰ πάντα, ὅσα περ ὀμματοποιὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ὡς ἀληθῶς καὶ καθαρτικὰ τῆς ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιτηδευμάτων τοῦ νοῦ τυφλώσεως, πρὸς τὸ κατιδεῖν δυνηθῆναι τὰς ὄντως τῶν ὅλων ἀρχὰς καὶ αἰτίας ἐνῳκίσθη τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.
πολιτεία δὲ ἡ βελτίστη καὶ ὁμοδημία καὶ κοινὰ τὰ φίλων καὶ θρησκεία θεῶν καὶ ὁσιότης πρὸς κατοιχομένους, νομοθεσία τε καὶ παιδεία καὶ ἐχεμυθία καὶ φειδὼ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων καὶ ἐγκράτεια καὶ σωφροσύνη καὶ ἀγχίνοια καὶ θειότης καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἀγαθά, ὡς ἑνὶ ὀνόματι περιλαβεῖν, ταῦτα πάντα τοῖς φιλομαθοῦσιν ἀξιέραστα καὶ περισπούδαστα δι’ αὐτὸν ἐφάνη. εἰκότως δὴ οὖν διὰ πάντα ταῦτα, ὃ δὴ νῦν ἔλεγον, οὕτως ὑπερφυῶς ἐθαύμαζον τὸν Πυθαγόραν.
Chapter 7
Δεῖ τοίνυν μετὰ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν ποῖ ἐπεδήμησε καὶ τίσι πρώτοις, τίνας τε λόγους ἐποιήσατο καὶ περὶ τίνων καὶ πρὸς τίνας· οὕτω γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο εὔληπτα ἡμῖν τὰ τῆς διατριβῆς αὐτοῦ τίνα ἦν καὶ ὁποῖα ἐν τῷ τότε βίῳ. λέγεται τοίνυν ὡς ἐπιδημήσας Ιταλίᾳ χαὶ Σικελίᾳ, ἃς κατέλαβε πόλεις δεδουλωμένας ὑπ’ ἀλλήλων, τὰς μὲν πολλῶν ἐτῶν, τὰς δὲ νεωστί, ταύτας φρονήματος ἐλευθερίου ὑποπλήσας διὰ τῶν ἐφ’ ἑκάστης ἀκουστῶν αὐτοῦ ἀνερρύσατο καὶ ἐλευθέρας ἐποίησε, Κρότωνα καὶ Σύβαριν καὶ Κατάνην καὶ Ῥήγιον καὶ Ἱμέραν καὶ Ἀκράγαντα καὶ Ταυρομένιον καὶ ἄλλας τινάς, αἷς καὶ νόμους ἔθετο διὰ Χαρώνδα τε τοῦ Καταναίου καὶ Ζαλεύκου τοῦ Λοκροῦ, δι’ ὧν εὐνομώταται καὶ ἀξιοζήλωτοι ταῖς περιοίκοις μέχρι πολλοῦ διετέλεσαν.
ἀνεῖλε δὲ ἄρδην στάσιν καὶ διχοφωνίαν καὶ ἀπλῶς ἑτεροφροσύνην οὐ μόνον ἀπὸ τῶν γνωρίμων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀπογόνων αὐτῶν μέχρι πολλῶν, ὡς ἱστορεῖται, γενεῶν καὶ καθόλου ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ Σικελίᾳ πόλεων πασῶν κατά τε ἑαυτὰς καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλας. πυκνὸν γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ πρὸς ἅπαντας πανταχῇ πολλοὺς καὶ ὀλίγους ἀπόφθεγμα, χρησμῷ θεοῦ συμβουλευτικῷ ὅμοιον, ἐπιτομή τις ὡσπερεὶ καὶ ἀνακεφαλαίωσίς τις τῶν αὐτῷ δοκούντων, τὸ τοιοῦτον [ἀπόφθεγμα]· φυγαδευτέον πάσῃ μηχανῇ καὶ περικοπτέον πυρὶ καὶ σιδήρῳ καὶ μηχαναῖς παντοίαις ἀπὸ μὲν σώματος νόσον, ἀπὸ δὲ ψυχῆς ἀμαθίαν, κοιλίας δὲ πολυτέλειαν, πόλεως δὲ στάσιν, οἴκου δὲ διχοφροσύνην, ὁμοῦ δὲ πάντων ἀμετρίαν, δι’ ὧν φιλοστοργότατα ἀνεμίμνησκεν ἕκαστον τῶν ἀρίστων δογμάτων.
ὁ μὲν οὖν κοινὸς τύπος αὐτοῦ τῆς ζωῆς ἔν τε τοῖς λόγοις καὶ ταῖς πράξεσι τοιοῦτος ἦν ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ.
Chapter 8
Εἰ δὲ δεῖ καὶ τὰ καθ’ ἕκαστον ἀπομνημονεῦσαι ὧν ἔπραξε καὶ εἶπε, ῥητέον ὡς παρεγένετο μὲν εἰς Ἰταλίαν κατὰ τὴν ὀλυμπιάδα τὴν δευτέραν ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐξήκοντα, καθ’ ἣν Ἐρυξίας ὁ Χαλκιδεὺς στάδιον ἐνίκησεν, εὐθὺς δὲ περίβλεπτος καὶ περίστατος ἐγένετο, καθάπερ καὶ πρότερον ὅτε εἰς Δῆλον κατέπλευσεν. ἐκεῖ τε γὰρ πρὸς μόνον τὸν βωμὸν τὸν τοῦ Γενέτορος Ἀπόλλωνος προσευξάμενος, ὃς μόνος ἀναίμακτός ἐστιν, ἐθαυμάσθη παρὰ τοῖς ἐν τῇ νήσῳ·
καὶ κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν πορευόμενος ἐκ Συβάριδος εἰς Κρότωνα παρὰ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν δικτυουλκοῖς ἐπέστη, ἔτι τῆς σαγήνης κατὰ βυθοῦ ἐμφόρτου ἐπισυρομένης, ὅσον τε πλῆθος ἐπισπῶνται εἶπεν ἰχθύων ὁρίσας ἀριθμόν. καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὑπομεινάντων ὅ τι ἂν κελεύσῃ πράξειν, εἰ τοῦθ’ οὕτως ἀποβαίη, ζῶντας ἀφεῖναι πάλιν ἐκέλευσε τοὺς ἰχθὺς, πρότερόν γε ἀκριβῶς διαριθμήσαντας. καὶ τὸ θαυμασιώτερον, οὐδεὶς ἐν τοσούτῳ τῆς ἀριθμήσεως τῷ χρόνῳ τῶν ἰχθύων ἐκτὸς ὕδατος μεινάντων ἀπέπνευσεν, ἐφεστῶτός γε αὐτοῦ. δοὺς δὲ καὶ τὴν τῶν ἰχθύων τιμὴν τοῖς ἁλιεῦσιν ἀπῄει εἰς Κρότωνα. οἳ δὲ τὸ πεπραγμένον διήγγειλαν καὶ τοὒνομα μαθόντες παρὰ τῶν παίδων εἰς ἅπαντας ἐξήνεγκαν. οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἐπεθύμουν ἰδεῖν τὸν ξένον, ὅπερ ἐν ἑτοίμῳ κατέστη. τὴν τε γὰρ ὄψιν ἦν οἷον ἐξεπλάγη τις ἂν ἰδὼν καὶ καθυπενόει εἶναι τοιοῦτον οἷος ὡς ἀληθῶς ἦν.
καὶ μετ’ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ γυμνάσιον. περιχυθέντων δὲ τῶν νεανίσκων παραδέδοται λόγους τινὰς διαλεχθῆναι πρὸς αὐτούς, ἐξ ὧν εἰς τὴν σπουδὴν παρεκάλει τὴν περὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, ἀποφαίνων ἔν τε τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ τῷ βίῳ καὶ ταῖς πόλεσι καὶ τῇ φύσει μᾶλλον τιμώμενον τὸ προηγούμενον ἢ τὸ τῷ χρόνῳ ἑπόμενον, οἷον τὴν ἀνατολὴν τῆς δύσεως, τὴν ἔω τῆς ἑσπέρας, τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς τελευτῆς, τὴν γένεσιν τῆς φθορᾶς, παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς αὐτόχθονας τῶν ἐπηλύδων, ὁμσίως δὲ αὖ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἀποικίαις τοὺς ἡγεμόνας καὶ τοὺς οἰκιστὰς τῶν πόλεων, καὶ καθόλου τοὺς μὲν θεοὺς τῶν δαιμόνων, ἐκείνους δὲ τῶν ἡμιθέων, τοὺς ἥρωας δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐκ τούτων δὲ τοὺς αἰτίους τῆς γενέσεως τῶν νεωτέρων.
ἐπαγωγῆς δὲ ἕνεκα ταῦτα ἔλεγε πρὸς τὸ περὶ πλείονος ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς γονεῖς ἑαυτῶν, οἷς ἔφη τηλικαύτην ὀφείλειν αὐτοὺς χάριν ἡλίκην ἂν ὁ τετελευτηκὼς ἀποδοίη τῷ δυνηθέντι πάλιν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ φῶς ἀγαγεῖν. ἔπειτα δίκαιον μὲν εἶναι τοὺς πρώτους καὶ τοὺς τὰ μέγιστα εὐηργετηκότας ὑπὲρ ἅπαντας ἀγαπᾶν καὶ μηδέποτε λυπεῖν· μόνους δὲ τοὺς γονεῖς προτερεῖν τῆς γενέσεως ταῖς εὐεργεσίαις, καὶ πάντων τῶν κατορθωθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ἐγγόνων αἰτίους εἶναι τοὺς προγόνους, ἐν οἷς οὐδενὸς ἔλαττον ἑαυτοὺς εὐεργετεῖν ἀποδεικνύντες εἰς οὓς οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν ἐξαμαρτάνειν. καὶ γὰρ τοὺς θεοὺς εἰκός ἐστι συγγνώμην ἂν ἔχειν τοῖς μηδενὸς ἧττον τιμῶσι τοὺς πατέρας·
καὶ γὰρ τὸ θεῖον παρ’ αὐτῶν μεμαθήκαμεν τιμᾶν. ὅθεν καὶ τὸν Ὅμηρον τῇ αὐτῇ προσηγορίᾳ τὸν βασιλέα τῶν θεῶν αὔξειν, ὀνομάζοντα πατέρα τῶν θεῶν καὶ τῶν θνητῶν, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων μυθοποιῶν παραδεδωκέναι τοὺς βασιλεύοντας τῶν θεῶν τὴν μεριζομένην φιλοστοργίαν παρὰ τῶν τέκνων πρὸς τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν συζυγίαν τῶν γονέων καθ’ αὑτοὺς περιποιήσασθαι πεφιλοτετιμημένους, καὶ διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν ἅμα τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῆς μητρὸς ὑπόθεσιν λαβόντας τὸν μὲν τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν, τὴν δὲ τὸν Ἥφαιστον γεννῆσαι ἐναντίαν φύσιν ἔχοντας τῆς ἰδίας, ἕνεκα τοῦ καὶ τῆς πλεῖον ἀφεστώσης φιλίας μετασχεῖν.
ἁπάντων δὲ τῶν παρόντων τὴν τῶν ἀθανάτων κρίσιν ἰσχυροτάτην εἶναι συγχωρησάντων, ἀπέδειξε τοῖς Κροτωνιάταις, διὰ τὸ τὸν Ἡρακλέα τοῖς κατῳκισμένοις οἰκεῖον ὑπάρχειν, διότι δεῖ τὸ προσταττόμενον ἑκουσίως τοῖς γονεῦσιν ὑπακούειν, παρειληφότας αὐτὸν τὸν θεὸν ἑτέρῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ πειθόμενον διαθλῆσαι τοὺς πόνους καὶ τῷ πατρὶ θεῖναι τῶν κατειργασμένων ἐπινίκιον τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν Ὀλύμπιον. ἀπεφαίνετο δὲ καὶ ταῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁμιλίαις οὕτως ἂν χρωμένους ἐπιτυγχάνειν, ὡς μέλλουσι τοῖς μὲν φίλοις μηδέποτε ἐχθροὶ μεταστῆναι, τοῖς δὲ ἐχθροῖς ὡς τάχιστα φίλοι γίνεσθαι, καὶ μελετᾶν ἐν μὲν τῇ πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους εὐκοσμίᾳ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας εὔνοιαν, ἐν δὲ τῇ πρὸς ἀλλήλους φιλανθρωπίᾳ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς κοινωνίαν.
ἐφεξῆς δὲ ἔλεγε περὶ σωφροσύνης, φάσκων τὴν τῶν νεανίσκων ἡλικίαν πεῖραν τῆς φύσεως λαμβάνειν, καθ’ ὃν καιρὸν ἀκμαζούσας ἔχουσι τὰς ἐπιθυμίας. εἶτα προετρέπετο θεωρεῖν ὅτι μόνης τῶν ἀρετῶν ταύτης καὶ παιδὶ καὶ παρθένῳ καὶ γυναικὶ καὶ τῇ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τάξει ἀντιποιεῖσθαι προσήκει, καὶ μάλιστα τοῖς νεωτέροις. ἔτι δὲ μόνην αὐτὴν ἀπέφαινε περιειληφέναι καὶ τὰ τοῦ σώματος ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς, διατηροῦσαν τὴν ὑγείαν καὶ τὴν τῶν βελτίστων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἐπιθυμίαν.
φανερὸν δὲ εἶναι καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀντικειμένης διαθέσεως· τῶν γὰρ βαρβάρων καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων περὶ τὴν Τροίαν ἀντιταξαμένων ἑκατέρους δι’ ἑνὸς ἀκρασίαν ταῖς δεινοτάταις περιπεσεῖν συμφοραῖς, τοὺς μὲν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἀπόπλουν, καὶ μόνης τῆς ἀδικίας τὸν θεὸν δεκετῆ καὶ χιλιετῆ τάξαι τὴν τιμωρίαν, χρησμῳδήσαντα τήν τε τῆς Τροίας ἅλωσιν καὶ τὴν τῶν παρθένων ἀποστολὴν παρὰ τῶν Λοκρῶν εἰς τὸ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς τῆς Ἰλιάδος ἱερόν. παρεκάλει δὲ τοὺς νεανίσκους καὶ πρὸς τὴν παιδείαν, ἐνθυμεῖσθαι κελεύων ὡς ἄτοπον [ἂν] εἴη πάντων μὲν σπουδαιότατον κρίνειν τὴν διάνοιαν καὶ ταύτῃ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἄσκησιν τὴν ταύτης μηδένα χρόνον μηδὲ πόνον ἀνηλωκέναι, καὶ ταῦτα τῆς μὲν τῶν σωμάτων ἐπιμελείας τοῖς φαύλοις τῶν φίλων ὁμοιουμένης καὶ ταχέως ἀπολειπούσης, τῆς δὲ παιδείας, καθάπερ οἱ καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, μέχρι θανάτου παραμενούσης, ἐνίοις δὲ καὶ μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν ἀθάνατον δόξαν περιποιούσης.
καὶ τοιαῦθ’ ἕτερα τὰ μὲν ἐξ ἱστοριῶν, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ δογμάτων κατεσκεύασε, τὴν παιδείαν ἐπιδεικνύων κοινὴν οὖσαν εὐφυΐαν τῶν ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῷ γένει πεπρωτευκότων· τὰ γὰρ ἐκείνων εὑρήματα ταῦτα τοῖς ἄλλοις γεγονέναι παιδείαν. οὕτω δ’ εἶναι τῇ φύσει σπουδαῖον τοῦτο, ὥστε τῶν μὲν ἄλλων τῶν ἐπαινουμένων τὰ μὲν οὐχ οἷόν τε εἶναι παρ’ ἑτέρου μεταλαβεῖν, οἷον τὴν ῥώμην, τὸ κάλλος, τὴν ὑγείαν, τὴν ἀνδρείαν· τὰ δὲ τὸν προέμενον οὐκ ἔχειν αὐτόν, οἷον τὸν πλοῦτον, τὰς ἀρχάς, ἕτερα πολλὰ τῶν παρεπομένων, τὴν δὲ δυνατὸν εἶναι καὶ παρ’ ἑτέρου μεταλαβεῖν καὶ τὸν δόντα μηδὲν ἧττον αὐτὸν ἔχειν.
παραπλησίως δὲ τὰ μὲν οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις εἶναι κτήσασθαι, παιδευθῆναι δὲ ἐνδέχεσθαι κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν προαίρεσιν, εἶθ’ οὕτως προσιόντα φανῆναι πρὸς τὰς τῆς πατρίδος πράξεις, οὐκ ἐξ ἀναιδείας, ἀλλ’ ἐκ παιδείας. σχεδὸν γὰρ ταῖς ἀγωγαῖς διαφέρειν τοὺς μὲν ἀνθρώπους τῶν θηρίων, τοὺς δὲ Ἕλληνας τῶν βαρβάρων, τοὺς δὲ ἐλευθέρους τῶν οἰκετῶν, τοὺς δὲ φιλοσόφους τῶν τυχόντων, ὅλως δὲ τηλικαύτην ἔχοντας ὑπεροχήν, ὥστε τοὺς μὲν θᾶττον τρέχοντας τῶν ἄλλων ἐκ μιᾶς πόλεως τῆς ἐκείνων ἑπτὰ κατὰ τὴν Ὀλυμπίαν εὑρεθῆναι, τοὺς δὲ τῇ σοφίᾳ προέχοντας ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς οἰκουμένης ἑπτὰ συναριθμηθῆναι. ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἑξῆς χρόνοις, ἐν οἷς ἦν αὐτός, ἕνα φιλοσοφίᾳ προέχειν τῶν πάντων· καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα ἀντὶ τοῦ σοφοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐπωνόμασε.
Chapter 9
ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῷ γυμνασίῳ τοῖς νέοις διελέχθη. Ἀπαγγελθέντων δ’ οὖν ὑπὸ τῶν νεανίσκων πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας τῶν εἰρημένων ἐκάλεσαν οἱ χίλιοι τὸν Πυθαγόραν εἰς τὸ συνέδριον, καὶ προεπαινέσαντες ἐπὶ τοῖς πρὸς τοὺς υἱοὺς ῥηθεῖσιν ἐκέλευσαν, εἴ τι συμφέρον ἔχει λέγειν τοῖς Κροτωνιάταις, ἀποφήνασθαι τοῦτο πρὸς τοὺς τῆς πολιτείας προκαθημένους. ὃ δὲ πρῶτον μὲν αὐτοῖς συνεβούλευεν ἱδρύσασθαι μουσῶν ἱερόν, ἵνα τηρῶσι τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ὁμόνοιαν· ταύτας γὰρ τὰς θεὰς καὶ τὴν προσηγορίαν τὴν αὐτὴν ἁπάσας ἔχειν καὶ μετ’ ἀλλήλων παραδεδόσθαι καὶ ταῖς κοιναῖς τιμαῖς μάλιστα χαίρειν, καὶ τὸ σύνολον ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἀεὶ χορὸν εἶναι τῶν μουσῶν, ἔτι δὲ συμφωνίαν, ἁρμονίαν, ῥυθμόν, ἅπαντα περιειληφέναι τὰ παρασκευάζοντα τὴν ὁμόνοιαν. ἐπεδείκνυε δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν δύναμιν οὐ περὶ τὰ κάλλιστα θεωρήματα μόνον ἀνήκειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὴν συμφωνίαν καὶ ἁρμονίαν τῶν ὄντων.
ἔπειτα ὑπολαμβάνειν αὐτοὺς ἔφη δεῖν κοινῇ παρακαταθήκην ἔχειν τὴν πατρίδα παρὰ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν πολιτῶν. δεῖν οὖν ταύτην διοικεῖν οὕτως ὡς μέλλοντας τὴν πίστιν παραδόσιμον τοῖς ἐξ αὑτῶν ποιεῖν. ἔσεσθαι δὲ τοῦτο βεβαίως, ἐὰν ἅπασιν ἴσοι τοῖς πολίταις ὦσι καὶ μηδενὶ μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ δικαίῳ προσέχωσι. τοὺς γὰρ ἀνθρώπους εἰδότας ὅτι τόπος ἅπας προσδεῖται δικαιοσύνης, μυθοποιεῖν τὴν αὐτὴν τάξιν ἔχειν παρά τε τῷ Διὶ τὴν Θέμιν καὶ παρὰ τῷ Πλούτωνι τὴν Δίκην καὶ κατὰ τὰς πόλεις τὸν νόμον, ἵν’ ὁ μὴ δικαίως ἐφ’ ἃ τέτακται ποιῶν ἅμα φαίνηται πάντα τὸν κόσμον συναδικῶν.
προσήκειν δὲ τοῖς συνέδροις μηδενὶ καταχρήσασθαι τῶν θεῶν εἰς ὅρκον, ἀλλὰ τοιούτους προχειρίζεσθαι λόγους οἵους καὶ χωρὶς ὅρκων εἶναι πιστούς, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν οἰκίαν οὕτως οἰκονομεῖν ὥστε τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐξεῖναι τῆς προαιρέσεως εἰς ἐκείνην ἀνενεγκεῖν. πρός τε τοὺς ἐξ αὑτῶν γενομένους διακεῖσθαι γνησίως, ὡς τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων μόνους ταύτης τῆς ἐννοίας αἴσθησιν εἰληφότας, καὶ πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν τοῦ βίου μετέχουσαν ὁμιλοῦντας ὡς τῶν μὲν πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους συνθηκῶν τιθεμένων ἐν γραμματιδίοις καὶ στήλαις, τῶν δὲ πρὸς τὰς γυναῖκας ἐν τοῖς τέκνοις. καὶ πειρᾶσθαι παρὰ τοῖς ἐξ αὑτῶν ἀγαπᾶσθαι μὴ διὰ τὴν φύσιν, ἧς οὐκ αἴτιοι γεγόνασιν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν· ταύτης γὰρ εἶναι τὴν εὐεργεσίαν ἑκούσιον.
σπουδάζειν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο, ὅπως αὐτοί τε μόνας ἐκείνας εἰδήσουσιν, αἵ τε γυναῖκες μὴ νοθεύσουσι τὸ γένος ὀλιγωρίᾳ καὶ κακίᾳ τῶν συνοικούντων· ἔτι δὲ τὴν γυναῖκα νομίζειν ἀπὸ τῆς ἑστίας εἰληφότα μετὰ σπονδῶν καθάπερ ἱκέτιν ἐναντίον τῶν θεῶν εἰσῆχθαι πρὸς αὑτόν. καὶ τῇ τάξει καὶ τῇ σωφροσύνῃ παράδειγμα γενέσθαι τοῖς τε κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν ἣν οἰκεῖ, καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν πόλιν, καὶ προνοεῖν τοῦ (εἰς) μηδένα μηδ’ ὁτιοῦν ἐξαμαρτάνειν, ὅπως μ, φοβούμενοι τὴν ἐκ τῶν νόμων ζημίαν, ἀδικοῦντες λανθάνωσιν, ἀλλ’ αἰσχυνόμενοι τὴν τοῦ τρόπου καλοκαγαθίαν εἰς τὴν δικαιοσύνην ὁρμῶσι.
διεκελεύετο δὲ κατὰ τὰς πράξεις ἀποδοκιμάζειν τὴν ἀργίαν· εἶναι γὰρ οὐχ ἓτερόν τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ τὸν ἐν ἑκάστῃ τῇ πράξει καιρόν. ὡρίζετο δὲ μέγιστον εἶναι τῶν ἀδικημάτων παῖδας καὶ γονεῖς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων διασπᾶν. ἐνόμιζε δὲ κράτιστον μὲν εἶναι τὸν καθ’ αὐτὸν δυνάμενον προϊδεῖν τὸ συμφέρον, δεύτερον δὲ τὸν ἐκ τῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις συμβεβηκότων κατανοοῦντα τὸ λυσιτελοῦν, χείριστον δὲ τὸν ἀναμένοντα διὰ τοῦ κακῶς παθεῖν αἰσθέσθαι τὸ βέλτιον. ἔφη δὲ καὶ τοὺς φιλοτιμεῖσθαι βουλομένους οὐκ ἂν διαμαρτάνειν μιμουμένους τοὺς ἐν τοῖς δρόμοις στεφανουμένους. καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνους οὐ τοὺς ἀνταγωνιστὰς κακῶς ποιεῖν, ἀλλ’ αὐτοὺς τῆς νίκης ἐπιθυμεῖν τυχεῖν· καὶ τοῖς πολιτευομένοις ἁρμόττειν οὐ τοῖς ἀντιλέγουσι δυσαρεστεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἀκούοντας ὠφελεῖν. παρεκάλει δὲ τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἀντεχόμενον εὐδοξίας ἕκαστον εἶναι τοιοῦτον οἷος ἂν βούλοιτο φαίνεσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις· οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ὑπάρχειν τὴν συμβουλὴν ἱερὸν ὡς τὸν ἔπαινον, ἐπειδὴ τῆς μὲν ἡ χρεία πρὸς μόνους ἐστὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, τοῦ δὲ πολὺ μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς θεούς.
εἶθ’ οὕτως ἐπὶ πᾶσιν εἶπεν ὅτι τὴν πόλιν αὐτῶν ᾠκίσθαι συμβέβηκεν, ὡς λέγουσιν, Ἡρακλέους, ὅτε τὰς βοῦς διὰ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἤλαυνεν, ὑπὸ Λακινίου μὲν ἀδικηθέντος, Κρότωνα δὲ βοηθοῦντα τῆς νυκτὸς παρὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν ὡς ὄντα τῶν πολεμίων διαφθείραντος, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπαγγειλαμένου περὶ τὸ μνῆμα συνώνυμον ἐκείνῳ κατοικισθήσεσθαι πόλιν, ἄν περ αὐτὸς μετάσχῃ τῆς ἀθανασίας, ὥστε τὴν χάριν τῆς ἀποδοθείσης εὐεργεσίας προσήκειν αὐτοὺς ἔφη δικαίως οἰκονομεῖν. οἳ δὲ ἀκούσαντες τό τε Μουσεῖον ἱδρύσαντο καὶ τὰς παλλακίδας, ἃς ἔχειν ἐπιχώριον ἦν αὐτοῖς, ἀφῆκαν, καὶ διαλεχθῆναι χωρὶς αὐτὸν ἐν μὲν τῷ Πυθίῳ πρὸς τοὺς παῖδας, ἐν δὲ τῷ τῆς Ἥρας ἱερῷ πρὸς τὰς γυναῖκας ἠξίωσαν.
Chapter 10
Τὸν δὲ πεισθέντα λέγουσιν εἰσηγήσασθαι τοῖς παισὶ τοιάδε, ὥστε μήτε ἄρχειν λοιδορίας μήτε ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς λοιδορουμένους, καὶ περὶ τὴν παιδείαν τὴν ἐπώνυμον τῆς ἐκείνων ἡλικίας κελεῦσαι σπουδάζειν. ἔτι δὲ ὑποθέσθαι τῷ μὲν ἐπιεικεῖ παιδὶ ῥᾴδιον πεφυκέναι πάντα τὸν βίον τηρῆσαι τὴν καλοκαγαθίαν, τῷ δὲ μὴ εὖ πεφυκότι κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν χαλεπὸν καθεστάναι, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀδύνατον ἐκ φαύλης ἀφορμῆς ἐπὶ τὸ τέλος εὗ δραμεῖν. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις θεο φιλεστάτους αὐτοὺς ὄντας ἀποφῆναι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο φῆσαι κατὰ τοὺς αὐχμοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν πόλεων ἀποστέλλεσθαι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ὕδωρ αἰτησομένους, ὡς μάλιστ’ ἂν ἐκείνοις ὑπακούσαντος τοῦ δαιμονίου καὶ μόνοις διὰ τέλους ἁγνεύουσιν ἐξουσίας ὑπαρχούσης ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς διατρίβειν.
διὰ ταύτην δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τοὺς φιλανθρωποτάτους τῶν θεῶν, τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα καὶ τὸν Ἒρωτα, πάντας ζωγραφεῖν καὶ ποιεῖν τὴν τῶν παίδων ἔχοντας ἡλικίαν. συγκεχωρῆσθαι δὲ καὶ τῶν στεφανιτῶν ἀγώνων τεθῆναι [διὰ παῖδας] τὸν μὲν Πυθικὸν κρατηθέντος τοῦ Πύθωνος ὑπὸ παιδός, ἐπὶ παιδὶ δὲ τὸν ἐν Νεμέᾳ καὶ τὸν ἐν Ἰσθμῷ, τελευτήσαντος Ἀρχεμόρου καὶ Μελικέρτου. χωρὶς δὲ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐν τῷ κατοικισθῆναι τὴν πόλιν τῶν Κροτωνιατῶν ἐπαγγείλασθαι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα τῷ ἡγεμόνι τοῦ οἰκισμοῦ δώσειν γενεάν, ἐὰν ἀγάγῃ τὴν εἰς Ἰταλίαν ἀποικίαν.
ἐξ ὧν δεῖν, ὑπολαβόντας τῆς μὲν γενέσεως αὐτῶν πρόνοιαν πεποιῆσθαι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα, τῆς δ’ ἡλικίας ἅπαντας τοὺς θεούς, ἀξίους εἶναι τῆς ἐκείνων φιλίας, καὶ μελετᾶν ἀκούειν, ἵνα δύνωνται λέγειν, ἔπι δὲ ἣν μέλλουσιν εἰς τὸ γῆρας βαδίζειν, ταύτην εὐθὺς ἐξορμῶντας τοῖς προεληλυθόσιν ἐπακολουθεῖν καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις μηδὲν ἀντιλέγειν· οὕτω γὰρ εἰκότως ὕστερον ἀξιώσειν μηδὲ αὐτοῖς τοὺς νεωτέρους ἀντιδικεῖν. διὰ δὲ τὰς παραινέσεις ὁμολογεῖται παρασκευάσαι μηδένα τὴν ἐκείνου προσηγορίαν ὀνομάζειν, ἀλλὰ πάντας θεῖον αὐτὸν καλεῖν. IA.
Chapter 11
Ταῖς δὲ γυναιξὶν ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν θυσιῶν ἀποφήνασθαι λέγεται, πρῶτον μέν, καθάπερ ἑτέρου μέλλοντος ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι τὰς εὐχὰς βούλοιντ’ ἂν ἐκεῖνον εἶναι καλὸν κἀγαθόν, ὡς τῶν θεῶν τούτοις προσεχόντων, οὕτως αὐτὰς περὶ πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἐπιείκειαν, ἵν’ ἑτοίμους ἔχωσι τοὺς ταῖς εὐχαῖς ὑπακουσομένους, ἔπειτα ἃ τοῖς θεοῖς προσφέρειν μέλλουσι, ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτὰς ποιεῖν καὶ χωρὶς οἰκετῶν πρὸς τοὺς βωμοὺς προσενεγκεῖν, οἷον πόπανα καὶ ψαιστὰ καὶ κηρία καὶ λιβανωτόν, φόνῳ δὲ καὶ θανάτῳ τὸ δαιμόνιον μὴ τιμᾶν, μηδ’ ὡς οὐδέποτε πάλιν προσιούσας ἑνὶ καιρῷ πολλὰ δαπανᾶν. περὶ δὲ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας ὁμιλίας κελεῦσαι κατανοεῖν ὅτι συμβαίνει καὶ τοὺς πατέρας ἐπὶ τῆς θηλείας φύσεως παρακεχωρηκέναι μᾶλλον ἀγαπᾶσθαι τοὺς γεγαμηκότας [ἢ τοὺς τεκνώσαντας αὐτούς]. διὸ καλῶς ἔχειν ἢ μηδὲν ἐναντιοῦσθαι πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας, ἢ τότε νομίζειν νικᾶν ὅταν ἐκείνων ἡττηθῶσιν.
ἔτι δὲ τὸ περιβόητον γενόμενον ἀποφθέγξασθαι κατὰ τὴν σύνοδον, ὡς ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ συνοικοῦντος ἀνδρὸς ὅσιόν ἐστιν αὐθημερὸν προσιέναι τοῖς ἱεροῖς, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ προσήκοντος οὐδέποτε. παραγγεῖλαι δὲ καὶ κατὰ πάντα τὸν βίον αὐτάς τε εὐφημεῖν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους δρᾶν ὁπόσα ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εὐφημήσουσιν, ἵνα τὴν δόξαν τὴν διαδεδομένην μὴ καταλύσωσι μηδὲ τοὺς μυθογράφους ἐξελέγξωσιν, οἳ θεωροῦντες τὴν τῶν γυναικῶν δικαιοσύνην ἐκ τοῦ προΐεσθαι μὲν ἀμάρτυρον τὸν ἱματισμὸν καὶ τὸν κόσμον, ὅταν τινὶ ἄλλῃ δέῃ χρῆσαι, μὴ γίγνεσθαι δὲ ἐκ τῆς πίστεως δίκας μηδ’ ἀντιλογίας, ἐμυθοποίησαν τρεῖς γυναῖκας ἑνὶ κοινῷ πάσαις ὀφθαλμῷ χρωμένας διὰ τὴν εὐχερῆ κοινωνίαν· ὅπερ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρρενας μετατεθέν, ὡς ὁ προλαβὼν ἀπέδωκεν εὐκόλως καὶ ἑτοίμως τῶν ἑαυτοῦ μεταδιδούς, οὐδένα ἂν προσδέξασθαι λεγόμενον, ὡς μὴ οἰκεῖον (ὂν) αὐτῶν τῇ φύσει.
ἔτι δὲ τὸν σοφώτατον τῶν ἁπάντων λεγόμενον καὶ συντάξαντα τὴν φωνὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τὸ σύνολον εὑρετὴν καταστάντα τῶν ὀνομάτων, εἴτε θεὸν εἴτε δαίμονα εἴτε θεῖόν τινα ἄνθρωπον, συνιδόντα διότι τῆς εὐσεβείας οἰκειότατόν ἐστι τὸ γένος τῶν γυναικῶν, ἑκάστην τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτῶν συνώνυμον ποιήσασθαι θεῷ, καὶ καλέσαι τὴν μὲν ἄγαμον κόρην, τὴν δὲ πρὸς ἄνδρα δεδομένην νύμφην, τὴν δὲ τέκνα γεννησαμένην μητέρα, τὴν δὲ παῖδας ἐκ παίδων ἐπιδοῦσαν κατὰ τὴν Δωρικὴν διάλεκτον μαῖαν· ᾧ σύμφωνον εἶναι τὸ καὶ τοὺς χρησμοὺς ἐν Δωδώνῃ καὶ Δελφοῖς δηλοῦσθαι διὰ γυναικός. διὰ δὲ τῶν εἰς τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἐπαίνων πρὸς τὴν εὐτέλειαν τὴν κατὰ τὸν ἱματισμὸν τηλικαύτην παραδέδοται κατασκευάσαι τὴν μεταβολήν, ὥστε τὰ πολυτελῆ τῶν ἱματίων μηδεμίαν ἐνδύεσθαι τολμᾶν, ἀλλ’ ἀναθεῖναι πάσας εἰς τὸ τῆς Ἥρας ἱερὸν πολλὰς μυριάδας ἱματίων.
λέγεται δὲ καὶ τοιοῦτόν τι διελθεῖν, ὅτι περὶ τὴν χώραν τῶν Κροτωνιατῶν ἀνδρὸς μὲν ἀρετὴ πρὸς γυναῖκα διαβεβόηται, Ὀδυσσέως οὐ δεξαμένου παρὰ τῆς Καλυψοῦς ἀθανασίαν ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν Πηνελόπην καταλιπεῖν, ὑπολείποιτο δὲ ταῖς γυναιξὶν εἰς τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀποδείξασθαι τὴν καλοκαγαθίαν, ὅπως εἰς ἴσον καταστήσωσι τὴν εὐλογίαν. ἁπλῶς δὲ μνημονεύεται διὰ τὰς εἰρημένας ἐντεύξεις περὶ Πυθαγόραν οὐ μετρίαν τιμὴν καὶ σπουδὴν καὶ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν τῶν Κροτωνιατῶν γενέσθαι καὶ διὰ τὴν πόλιν περὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν.
Chapter 12
Λέγεται δὲ Πυθαγόρας πρῶτος φιλόσοφον ἑαυτὸν προσαγορεῦσαι, οὐ καινοῦ μόνον ὀνόματος ὑπάρξας, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρᾶγμα οἰκεῖον προσεκδιδάσκων χρησίμως. ἐοικέναι γὰρ ἔφη τὴν εἰς τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων πάροδον τῷ ἐπὶ τὰς πανηγύρεις ἀπαντῶντι ὁμίλῳ. ὡς γὰρ ἐκεῖσε παντοδαποὶ φοιτῶντες ἄνθρωποι ἄλλος κατ’ ἄλλου χρείαν ἀφικνεῖται, ὃ μὲν χρηματισμοῦ τε καὶ κέρδους χάριν ἀπεμπολῆσαι τὸν φόρτον ἐπειγόμενος, ὁ δὲ δὅξης ἓνεκα ἐπιδειξόμενος τὴν ῥώμην τοῦ σώματος· ἔστι δὲ καὶ τρίτον εἶδος τό γε ἐλευθεριώτατον συναλιζόμενον τόπων θέας ἓνεκα καὶ δημιουργημάτων καλῶν καὶ ἀρετῆς ἔργων καὶ λόγων, ὧν αἱ ἐπιδείξεις εἰώθασιν ἐν ταῖς πανηγύρεσι γίνεσθαι· οὕτως δὴ κἀν τῷ βίῳ παντοδαποὺς ἀνθρώπους ταῖς σπουδαῖς εἰς ταὐτὸ ἀθροίζεσθαι. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ χρημάτων καὶ τρυφῆς αἱρεῖ πόθος, τοὺς δὲ ἀρχῆς καὶ ἡγεμονίας ἵμερος φιλονεικίαι τε δοξομανεῖς κατέχουσιν· εἰλικρινέστατον δὲ εἶναι τοῦτον ἀνθρώπου τρόπον, τὸν ἀποδεξάμενον τὴν τῶν καλλίστων θεωρίαν, ὃν καὶ προσονομάζειν φιλόσοφον.
καλὴν μὲν οὖν εἶναι (καὶ) τὴν τοῦ σύμπαντος οὐρανοῦ θέαν καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ φορουμένων ἀστέρων εἴ τις καθορῴη τὴν τάξιν, κατὰ μετουσίαν μέντοι τοῦ πρώτου καὶ τοῦ νοητοῦ εἶναι αὐτὸ τοιοῦτον. τὸ δὲ πρῶτον ἦν ἐκεῖνο ἡ τῶν ἀριθμῶν τε καὶ λόγων φύσις διὰ πάντων διαθέουσα, καθ’ οὓς τὰ πάντα ταῦτα συντέτακταί τε ἐμμελῶς καὶ κεκόσμηται πρεπόντως, καὶ σοφία μὲν ἡ τῷ ὄντι ἐπιστήμη [τις] ἡ περὶ τὰ καλὰ τὰ πρῶτα καὶ θεῖα καὶ ἀγήρατα καὶ ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντα ἀσχολουμένη, ὧν μετοχῇ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἂν εἴποι τις καλά· φιλοσοφία δὲ ἡ ζήλωσις τῆς τοιαύτης θεωρίας. καλὴ μὲν οὖν καὶ αὕτη παιδείας ἦν ἐπιμέλεια ἡ συντείνουσα αὐτῷ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπανόρθωσιν.
Chapter 13
Εἰ δὲ καὶ πιστευτέον τοσούτοις ἱστορήσασι περὶ αὐτοῦ παλαιοῖς τε ἅμα οὖσι καὶ ἀξιολόγοις, μέχρι τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων ἀναλυτικόν τι καὶ νουθετητικὸν ἐκέκτητο Πυθαγόρας ἐν τῷ λόγῳ, διὰ τούτου συμβιβάζων ὡς διδασκαλίᾳ πάντα περιγίνεται τοῖς νοῦν ἔχουσιν, ὅπου (γε) καὶ τοῖς ἀνημέροις τε καὶ ἀμοιρεῖν λόγου νομιζομένοις. τὴν μὲν γὰρ Δαυνίαν ἄρκτον, χαλεπώτατα λυμαινομένην τοὺς ἐνοίκους, κατασχών, ὡς φασί, καὶ ἐπαφησάμενος χρόνον συχνόν, ψωμίσας τε μάζῃ καὶ ἀκροδρύοις, ὁρκώσας μηκέτι ἐμψύχου ἐφάπτεσθαι, ἀπέλυσεν· ἣ δὲ εὐθὺς εἰς τὰ ὄρη καὶ τοὺς δρυμοὺς ἀπαλλαγεῖσα οὐκέτ’ ἕκτοτε ὤφθη τὸ παράπαν ἐπιοῦσα οὐδὲ ἀλογῳ ζῴῳ.
βοῦν δὲ ἐν Τάραντι ἰδὼν ἐν παμμιγεῖ νομῇ κυάμων χλωρῶν ἐφαπτόμενον, τῷ βουκόλῳ παραστὰς συνεβούλευσεν εἰπεῖν τῷ βοὶ τῶν κυάμων ἀπέχεσθαι. προσπαίξαντος δὲ αὐτῷ τοῦ βουκόλου [περὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν] καὶ οὐ φήσαντος εἰδέναι βοϊστὶ εἰπεῖν, εἰ δὲ αὐτὸς οἶδε, περισσῶς καὶ συμβουλεύειν, δέον τῷ βοὶ παραινεῖν, προσελθὼν αὐτὸς καὶ εἰς τὸ οὖς πολλὴν ὥραν προσψιθυρίσας τῷ ταύρῳ, οὐ μόνον τότε αὐτὸν ἀμελλητὶ ἑκόντα ἀπέστησε τοῦ κυαμῶνος, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰσαῦθις λέγουσι μηκέτι γεγεῦσθαι κυάμων τὸ παράπαν τὸν βοῦν ἐκεῖνον, μακροχρονιώτατον δὲ ἐν τῇ Τάραντι κατὰ τὸ τῆς Ἥρας ἱερὸν γηρῶντα διαμεμενηκέναι τὸν ἱερὸν ἀνακαλούμενον Πύθαγόρου βοῦν ὑπὸ πάντων, ἀνθρωπίναις τροφαῖς σιτούμενον, ἃς οἱ ἀπαντῶντες αὐτῷ προσώρεγον.
ἀετόν τε ὑπεριπτάμενον Ὀλυμπίασι προσομιλοῦντος αὐτοῦ τοῖς γνωρίμσις ἀπὸ τύχης περί τε οἰωνῶν καὶ συμβόλων καὶ διοσημιῶν, ὅτι παρὰ θεῶν εἰσὶν ἀγγελίαι τινὲς καὶ αὐτοὶ τοῖς ὡς ἀληθῶς θεοφιλέσι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καταγαγεῖν λέγεται καὶ καταψήσαντα πάλιν ἀφεῖναι. διὰ τούτων δὴ καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων τούτοις δέδεικται τὴν Ὀρ· φέως ἔχων ἐν τοῖς θηρίοις ἡγεμονίαν καὶ κηλῶν αὐτὰ [καὶ κατέχων] τῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος [τῆς φωνῆς] προϊούσῃ δυνάμει.
Chapter 14
Ἀλλὰ μὴν τῆς γε τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιμελείας ἀρχὴν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν ἀρίστην, ἥνπερ ἔδει προειληφέναι τοὺς μέλλοντας καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων τὰ ἀληθῇ μαθήσεσθαι. ἐναργέστατα γὰρ καὶ σαφῶς ἀνεμίμνησκε τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων πολλοὺς τοῦ προτέρου βίου, ὃν αὐτῶν ἡ ψυχὴ πρὸ τοῦ τῷδε τῷ σώματι ἐνδεθῆναι πάλαι ποτὲ ἐβίωσε, καὶ ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀναμφιλέκτοις τεκμηρίοις ἀπέφαινεν Εὔφορβον γεγονέναι Πάνθου υἱόν, τὸν Πατρόκλου καταγωνιστήν, καὶ τῶν Ὁμηρικῶν στίχων μάλιστα ἐκείνους ἐξύμνει. καὶ μετὰ λύρας ἐμμελέστατα ἀνέμελπε καὶ πυκνῶς ἀνεφώνει τοὺς ἐπιταφίους ἑαυτοῦ, αἵματί οἱ δεύοντο κόμαι χαρίτεσσιν ὁμοῖαι πλοχμοί θ’, οἳ χρυσῷ τε καὶ ἀργύρῳ εὐ ἤσκηντο. οίον δὲ τρέφει ἔρνος ἀνὴρ ἐριθηλὲς ἐλαίης χώρῳ ἐν οἰοπόλῳ, ὅθ’ ἅλις ἀναβέβρυχεν ὕδωρ, καλὸν τηλεθάον, τὸ δέ τε πνοιαὶ δονέουσι παντοίων ἀνέμων, καί τε βρύει ἄνθεϊ λευκῷ, ἐλθὼν δ’ ἐξαπίνης ἄνεμος σὺν λαίλαπι πολλῇ βόθρου τ’ ἐξέστρεψε καὶ ἐξετάνυσσ’ ἐπὶ γαίης· τοῖον Πάνθου υἱὸν ἐυμελίην Εὔφορβον Ἀτρείδης Μενέλαος, ἐπεὶ κτάνε, τεύχε’ ἐσύλα. τὰ γὰρ ἱστορούμενα περὶ τῆς ἐν Μυκήναις (ἀνακειμένης) σὺν Τρωϊκοῖς λαφύροις τῇ Ἀργείᾳ Ἥρᾳ Εὐφόρβου τοῦ Φρυγὸς τούτου ἀσπίδος παρίεμεν ὡς πάνυ δημώδη. πλὴν ὅ γε διὰ πάντων τούτων βουλόμεθα δεικνύναι ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν, ὅτι αὐτός τε ἐγίγνωσκε τοὺς προτέρους ἑαυτοῦ βίους καὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιμελείας ἐντεῦθεν ἤρχετο, ὑπομιμνήσκων αὐτοὺς ἧς εἶχον πρότερον ζωῆς.
Chapter 15
Ἡγούμενος δὲ πρώτην εἶναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν δι’ αἰσθήσεως προσφερομένην ἐπιμέλειαν, εἴ τις καλὰ μὲν ὁρῴη καὶ σχήματα καὶ εἴδη, καλῶν δὲ ἀκούοι ῥυθμῶν καὶ μελῶν, τὴν διὰ μουσικῆς παίδευσιν πρώτην κατεστήσατο διά τε μελῶν τινῶν καὶ ῥυθμῶν, ἀφ’ ὧν τρόπων τε καὶ παθῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἰάσεις ἐγίγνοντο ἁρμονίαι τε τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεων, ὥσπερ εἶχον ἐξ ἀρχῆς, συνήγοντο, σωματικῶν τε καὶ ψυχικῶν νοσημάτων καταστολαὶ καὶ ἀφυγιασμοὶ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐπενοοῦντο. καὶ νὴ Δία τὸ ὑπὲρ πάντα ταῦτα λόγου ἄξιον, ὅτι τοῖς μὲν γνωρίμοις τὰς λεγομένας ἐξαρτύσεις τε (καὶ συναρμογὰς) καὶ ἐπαφὰς συνέταττε καὶ συνηρμόζετο, δαιμονίως μηχανώμενος κεράσματά τινων μελῶν διατονικῶν τε καὶ χρωματικῶν καὶ ἐναρμονίων, δι’ ὧν ῥᾳδίως εἰς τὰ ἐναντία περιέτρεπον καὶ περιῆγον τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς πάθη νέον ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀλόγως συνιστάμενα καὶ ὑποφυόμενα, λύπας καὶ ὀργὰς καὶ ἐλέους καὶ ζήλους ἀτόπους καὶ φόβους, ἐπιθυμίας τε παντοίας καὶ θυμοὺς καὶ ὀρέξεις καὶ χαυνώσεις καὶ ὑπτιότητας καὶ σφοδρότητας, ἐπανορθούμενος πρὸς ἀρετὴν τούτων ἕκαστον διὰ τῶν προσηκόντων μελῶν ὡς διά τινων σωτηρίων συγκεκραμένων φαρμάκων.
ἐπί τε ὕπνον ἑσπέρας τρεπομένων τῶν ὁμιλητῶν ἀπήλλαττε μὲν αὐτοὺς τῶν ἡμερινῶν ταραχῶν καὶ περιηχημάτων, διεκάθαιρέ τε συγκεκλυδασμένον τὸ νοητικόν, ἡσύχους τε καὶ εὐονείρους, ἔτι δὲ μαντικοὺς τοὺς ὕπνους αὐτοῖς ἀπειργάζετο· ἀπό τε τῆς εὐνῆς πάλιν ἀνισταμένων τοῦ νυκτερινοῦ κάρου καὶ τῆς ἐκλύσεως καὶ τῆς νωχελίας αὐτοὺς ἀπήλλασσε διά τινων ἰδιοτρόπων ᾀσμάτων καὶ μελισμάτων ψιλῇ τῇ κράσει διὰ λύρας ἢ καὶ φωνῆς συντελουμένων. ἑαυτῷ δὲ οὐκέθ’ ὁμοίως δι’ ὀργάνων ἢ καὶ ἀρτηρίας τὸ τοιοῦτον ὁ ἀνὴρ συνέταττε καὶ ἐπόριζεν, ἀλλὰ ἀρρήτῳ τινὶ καὶ δυσεπινοήτῳ θειότητι χρώμενος ἐνητένιζε τὰς ἀκοὰς καὶ τὸν νοῦν ἐνήρειδε ταῖς μεταρσίαις τοῦ κόσμου συμφωνίαις, ἐπακούων, ὡς ἐνέφαινε, μόνος αὐτὸς καὶ συνιεὶς τῆς καθολικῆς τῶν σφαιρῶν καὶ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὰς κινουμένων ἀστέρων ἁρμονίας τε καὶ συνῳδίας, πληρέστερόν τι τῶν θνητῶν καὶ κατακορέστερον μέλος φθεγγομένης διὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀνομοίων μὲν καὶ ποικίλως διαφερόντων ῥοιζημάτων, ταχῶν δὲ καὶ μεγεθῶν καὶ ἐποχήσεων ἐν λόγῳ δή τινι πρὸς ἄλληλα μουσικωτάτῳ διατεταγμένων, κίνησιν καὶ περιπόλησιν εὐμελεστάτην ἅμα καὶ ποικίλως περικαλλεστάτην ἀποτελουμένην.
ἀφ’ ἧς ἀρδόμενος ὥσπερ καὶ τὸν τοῦ νοῦ λόγον εὐτακτούμενος καὶ ὡς εἰπεῖν σωμασκούμενος εἰκόνας τινὰς τούτων ἐπενόει παρέχειν τοῖς ὁμιληταῖς ὡς δυνατὸν μάλιστα διά τε ὀργάνων καὶ διὰ ψιλῆς τῆς ἀρτηρίας ἐκμιμούμενος. ἑαυτῷ μὲν γὰρ μόνῳ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἁπάντων συνετὰ καὶ ἐπήκοα τὰ κοσμικὰ φθέγματα ἐνόμιζε καὶ ἀπ’ αὐτῆς τῆς φυσικῆς πηγῆς τε καὶ ῥίζης ἄξιον ἑαυτὸν ἡγεῖτο διδάσκεσθαί τι καὶ ἐκμανθάνειν καὶ ἐξομοιοῦσθαι κατ’ ἔφεσιν καὶ ἀπομίμησιν τοῖς οὐρανίοις, ὡς ἂν οὕτως ἐπιτυχῶς πρὸς τοῦ φύσαντος αὐτὸν δαιμονίου μόνον διωργανωμένον· ἀγαπητὸν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις ὑπελάμβανεν εἰς αὐτὸν ἀφορῶσι καὶ τὰ παρ’ αὐτοῦ χαριστήρια δι’ εἰκόνων τε καὶ ὑποδειγμάτων ὠφελεῖσθαι καὶ διορθοῦσθαι, μὴ δυναμένοις τῶν πρώτων καὶ εἰλικρινῶν ἀρχετύπων
ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι· καθάπερ ἀμέλει καὶ τοῖς οὐχ οἵοις τε ἀτενὲς ἐνορᾶν τῷ ἡλίῳ διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀκτίνων ὑπερφέγγειαν ἐν βαθείᾳ συστάσει ὕδατος ἢ καὶ διὰ τετηκυίας πίσσης ἢ κατόπτρου τινὸς μελαναυγοῦς δεικνύειν ἐπινοοῦμεν τὰς ἐκλείψεις, φειδόμενοι τῆς τῶν ὄψεων ἀσθενείας αὐτῶν καὶ ἀντίρροπόν τινα κατάληψιν αὐτοῖς τὸ τοιοῦτον ἀγαπῶσιν, εἰ καὶ ἀνειμενωτέραν μηχανώμενοι. τοῦτο φαίνεται καὶ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς περὶ αὐτοῦ αἰνίττεσθαι καὶ τῆς ἐξαιρέτου καὶ θεοδωρήτου περὶ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἄλλους διοργανώσεως, ἐν οἷς φησίν· ἦν δέ τις ἐν κείνοισιν ἀνὴρ περιώσια εἰδώς, ὃς δὴ μήκιστον πραπίδων ἐκτήσατο πλοῦτον, παντοίων τε μάλιστα σοφῶν ἐπιήρανος ἔργων· ὁππότε γὰρ πάσῃσιν ὀρέξαιτο πραπίδεσσι, ῥεῖά γε τῶν ὄντων πάντων λεύσσεσκεν ἕκαστα, καί τε δέκ’ ἀνθρώπων καί τ’ εἴκοσιν αἰώνεσσι. τὸ γὰρ περιώσια καὶ τῶν ὄντων πάντων λεύσσεσκεν ἕκαστα καὶ πραπίδων πλοῦτον καὶ τὰ ἐοικότα ἐμφαντικὰ μάλιστα τῆς ἐξαιρέτου καὶ ἀκριβεστέρας παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους διοργανώσεως [ἦν] ἔν τε τῷ ὁρᾶν καὶ τῷ ἀκούειν καὶ τῷ νοεῖν.
Chapter 16
Αὕτη μὲν οὖν διὰ μουσικῆς ἐπετηδεύετο αὐτῷ κατάρτυσις τῶν ψυχῶν· ἄλλη δὲ κάθαρσις τῆς διανοίας ἅμα καὶ τῆς ὅλης ψυχῆς διὰ παντοδαπῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων οὕτως ἠσκεῖτο παρ’ αὐτῷ. τὸ γεννικὸν τῶν περὶ τὰ μαθήματα καὶ ἐπιτηδεύματα πόνων ᾤετο δεῖν ὑπάρχειν καὶ τὰς τῆς ἐμφύτου πᾶσιν ἀκρασίας τε καὶ πλεονεξίας βασάνους [τε] ποικιλωτάτας τε κολάσεις καὶ ἀνακοπὰς πυρὶ καὶ σιδήρῳ κατ’ αὐτὴν συντελουμένας διαθεσμοθετῆσαι τοῖς χρωμένοις, ἃς οὔτε καρτερεῖν οὔτε ὑπομένειν δύναταί τις κακὸς ὤν. πρὸς δὲ τού τοῖς ἐμψύχων ἀποχὴν πάντων καὶ ἔτι βρωμάτων τινῶν (ἀκολάστων) ταῖς εὐαυγείαις τοῦ λογισμοῦ καὶ εἰλικρινείαις ἐμποδιζόντων κατέδειξεν τοῖς ἑταίροις, ἐχεμυθίαν τε καὶ παντελῆ σιωπὴν πρὸς τὸ γλώσσης κρατεῖν συνασκοῦσαν ἐπὶ ἔτη πολλά, σύντονόν τε καὶ ἀδιάπνευστον περὶ τὰ δυσληπτότατα τῶν θεωρημάτων ἐξέτασίν τε καὶ ἀνάληψιν·
διὰ ταὐτὰ δὲ καὶ ἀνοινίαν καὶ ὀλιγοσιτίαν καὶ ὀλιγουπνίαν, δόξης τε καὶ πλούτου καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων ἀνεπιτήδευτον (περι-) φρόνησίν τε καὶ κατεξανάστασιν, καὶ αἰδῶ μὲν ἀνυπόκριτον πρὸς τοὺς προήκοντας, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ὁμήλικας ἄπλαστον ὁμοιότητα καὶ φιλοφροσύνην, συνεπίστασίν τε καὶ παρόρμησιν πρὸς τοὺς νεωτέρους φθόνου χωρίς, φιλίαν δὲ πάντων πρὸς ἅπαντας, εἴτε θεῶν πρὸς ἀνθρώπους δι’ εὐσεβείας καὶ ἐπιστημονικῆς θεραπείας, εἴτε δογμάτων πρὸς ἄλληλα καὶ καθόλου ψυχῆς πρὸς σῶμα, λογικοῦ τε πρὸς τὰ τοῦ ἀλόγου (εἴδη) διὰ φιλοσοφίας καὶ τῆς κατὰ ταύτην θεωρίας, εἴτε ἀνθρώπων πρὸς ἀλλήλους, πολιτῶν μὲν διὰ νομιμότητος ὑγιοῦς, ἑτεροφύλων δὲ διὰ φυσιολογίας ὀρθῆς, ἀνδρὸς δὲ πρὸς γυναῖκα (ἢ τέκνα) ἢ ἀδελφοὺς καὶ οἰκείους διὰ κοινωνίας ἀδιαστρόφου, εἴτε συλλήβδην πάντων πρὸς ἅπαντας καὶ προσέτι τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων τινὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης καὶ φυσικῆς ἐπιπλοκῆς καὶ κοινότητος, εἴτε καὶ σώματος καθ’ ἑαυτὸ θνητοῦ τῶν ἐγκεκρυμμένων αὐτῷ ἐναντίων δυνάμεων εἰρήνευσιν καὶ συμβιβασμὸν δι’ ὑγείας καὶ τῆς εἰς ταύτην διαίτης καὶ σωφροσύνης κατὰ μίμησιν τῆς ἐν τοῖς κοσμικσῖς στοιχείσις εὐετηρίας.
πάντων τούτων ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κατὰ σύλληψιν καὶ συγκεφαλαίωσιν ὀνόματος τοῦ τῆς φιλίας εὑρετὴς καὶ νομοθέτης ὁμολογουμένως Πυθαγόρας, καὶ διόλου τῆς ἐπιτηδειοτάτης πρὸς θεοὺς ὁμιλίας ὕπαρ τε καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους αἰτιώτατος τοῖς περὶ αὐτόν, ὅπερ οὔτε ὑπὸ ὀργῆς τεθολωμένῃ περιγίνεταί ποτε ψυχῇ, οὔτε ὑπὸ λύπης οὔτε ὑπὸ ἡδονῆς οὔτε τινὸς ἄλλης αἰσχρᾶς ἐπιθυμίας παρηλλαγμένῃ, μὰ Δία, οὐδὲ τῆς τούτων ἀπασῶν ἀνοσιωτάτης τε καὶ χαλεπωτάτης ἀμαθίας. ἀπὸ δὴ τούτων ἀπάντων δαιμονίως ἰᾶτο καὶ ἀπεκάθαιρε τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ ἀνεζωπύρει τὸ θεῖον ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ ἀπέσωζε καὶ περιῆγεν ἐπὶ τὸ νοητὸν τὸ θεῖον ὄμμα, κρεῖττον ὃν σωθῆναι κατὰ τὸν Πλάτωνα μυρίων σαρκίνων ὀμμάτων. μόνῳ γὰρ αὐτῷ διαβλέψαντι καὶ οἷς προσῆκε βοηθήμασι τονωθέντι καὶ διαρθρωθέντι ἡ περὶ τῶν ὄντων ἁπάντων ἀλήθεια διορᾶται. πρὸς δὴ τοῦτο ἀναφέρων ἐποιεῖτο τὴν τῆς διανοίας κάθαρσιν, καὶ ἦν αὐτῷ τῆς παιδεύσεως ὁ τύπος τοιοῦτος καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα ἀποβλέπων.
Chapter 17
Παρεσκευασμένων δὲ αὐτῷ οὕτως εἰς τὴν παιδείαν τῶν ὁμιλητῶν, προσιόντων τῶν ἑταίρων καὶ βουλομένων συνδιατρίβειν οὐκ εὐθὺς συνεχώρει, μέχρις ἂν αὐτῶν τὴν δοκιμασίαν καὶ τὴν κρίσιν ποιήσηται, πρῶτον μὲν πυνθανόμενος πῶς τοῖς γονεῦσι καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις τοῖς λοιποῖς εἰσὶν ὡμιληκότες, ἔπειτα θεωρῶν αὐτῶν τούς τε γέλωτας τοὺς ἀκαίρους καὶ τὴν σιωπὴν καὶ τὴν λαλιὰν παρὰ τὸ δέον, ἔτι δὲ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τίνες εἰσί, καὶ τοὺς γνωρίμους οἷς ἐχρῶντο, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τούτους ὁμιλίαν, καὶ πρὸς τίνι μάλιστα τὴν ἡμέραν σχολάζουσι, καὶ τὴν χαρὰν καὶ τὴν λύπην ἐπὶ τίσι τυγχάνουσι ποιούμενοι. προσεθεώρει δὲ καὶ τὸ εἶδος καὶ τὴν πορείαν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην τοῦ σώματος κίνησιν, τοῖς τε τῆς φύσεως γνωρίσμασι φυσιογνωμονῶν αὐτοὺς σημεῖα τὰ φανερὰ ἐποιεῖτο τῶν ἀφανῶν ἠθῶν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ.
καὶ ὅντινα δοκιμάσειεν οὕτως, ἐφίει τριῶν ἐτῶν ὑπερορᾶσθαι, δοκιμάζων πῶς ἔχει βεβαιότητος καὶ ἀληθινῆς φιλομαθείας, καὶ εἰ πρὸς δόξαν ἱκανῶς παρεσκεύασται ὥστε καταφρονεῖν τιμῆς. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο τοῖς προσιοῦσι προσέταττε σιωπὴν πενταετῆ, ἀποπειρώμενος πῶς ἐγκρατείας ἔχουσιν, ὡς χαλεπώτερον (ὂν) τῶν ἄλλων ἐγκρατευμάτων τοῦτο, τὸ γλώσσης κρατεῖν, καθὰ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν τὰ μυστήρια νομοθετησάντων ἐμφαίνεται ἡμῖν. ἐν δὴ τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ τὰ μὲν ἑκάστῳ ὑπάρχοντα [τουτέστιν αἱ οὐσίαι] ἐκοινοῦντο, διδόμενα τοῖς ἀποδεδειγμένοις εἰς τοῦτο γνωρίμοις, οἵπερ ἐκαλοῦντο πολιτικοί, οἰκονομικοί τινες καὶ νομοθετικοὶ ὄντες. αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰ μὲν ἄξιοι ἐφαίνοντο τοῦ μετασχεῖν δογμάτων ἔκ τε βίου καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἐπιεικείας κριθέντες, μετὰ τὴν πενταετῆ σιωπὴν ἐσωτερικοὶ λοιπὸν ἐγίνοντο καὶ ἐντὸς σινδόνος ἐπήκουον τοῦ Πυθαγόρου μετὰ τοῦ καὶ βλέπειν αὐτόν· πρὸ τούτου δὲ ἐκτὸς αὐτῆς καὶ μηδέποτε αὐτῷ ἐνορῶντες μετεῖχον τῶν λόγων διὰ ψιλῆς ἀκοῆς ἐν πολλῷ. χρόνῳ διδόντες βάσανον τῶν οἰκείων ἠθῶν·
εἰ δ’ ἀποδοκιμασθείησαν, τὴν μὲν οὐσίαν ἀπελάμβανον διπλῆν, μνῆμα δὲ αὐτοῖς ὡς νεκροῖς ἐχώννυτο ὑπὸ τῶν ὁμακόων· οὕτω γὰρ ἐκαλοῦντο πάντες οἱ περὶ τὸν ἄνδρα· συντυγχάνοντες δὲ αὐτοῖς οὕτως ἐνετύγχανον ὡς ἄλλοις τισίν, ἐκείνους δὲ ἔφασαν τεθνάναι, οὓς αὐτοὶ ἀνεπλάσσοντο καλοὺς κἀγαθοὺς [προσδοκῶντες ἔσεσθαι] ἐκ τῶν μαθημάτων· ἀδιοργανώτους δὲ καὶ ὡς εἰπεῖν ἀτελεῖς τε καὶ στειρώδεις ᾤοντο τοὺς δυσμαθεστέρους.
εἰ δὲ μετὰ τὸ ἐκ μορφῆς τε καὶ βαδίσματος καὶ τῆς ἄλλης κινήσεώς τε καὶ καταστάσεως ὑπ’ αὐτῶν φυσιογνωμονηθῆναι καὶ ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν περὶ αὑτῶν παρασχεῖν, μετὰ τὴν πενταετῇ σιωπὴν καὶ μετὰ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν τοσῶνδε μαθημάτων ὀργιασμοὺς καὶ μυήσεις ψυχῆς τε ἀπορρύψεις καὶ καθαρμοὺς τοσούτους τε καὶ τηλικούτους καὶ ἐκ ποικίλων οὕτως θεωρημάτων προοδεύσαντας, δι’ οὓς ἀγχίνοιαί τε καὶ ψυχῆς εὐαύγειαι πᾶσιν ἐκ παντὸς ἐνεφύοντο, δυσκίνητος ἔτι τις καὶ δυσπαρακολούθητος ηὑρίσκετο, στήλην δή τινα τῷ τοιούτῳ καὶ μνημεῖον ἐν τῇ διατριβῇ χώσαντες [καθὰ καὶ Περιάλῳ τῷ Θουρίῳ λέγουσι καὶ Κύλωνι τῷ Συβαριτῶν ἐξάρχῳ, ἀπογνωσθεῖσιν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν] ἐξήλαυνον ἂν τοῦ ὁμακοείου, φορτίσαντες χρυσοῦ τε καὶ ἀργύρου πλήθει· κοινὰ γὰρ αὐτοῖς καὶ ταῦτα ἀπέκειτο ὑπό τινων εἰς τοῦτο ἐπιτηδείων κοινῇ διοικούμενα, οὓς προσηγόρευον οἰκονομικοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ τέλους· καὶ εἴ ποτε συντύχοιεν ἄλλως αὐτῷ, πάντα ὅντιν’ οὖν μᾶλλον ἢ ἐκεῖνον ἡγοῦντο εἶναι, τὸν κατ’ αὐτοὺς τεθνηκότα.
διόπερ καὶ Λῦσις Ἱππάρχῳ τινὶ ἐπιπλήττων, μεταδιδόντι τῶν λόγων τοῖς ἀνεισάκτοις καὶ ἄνευ μαθημάτων καὶ θεωρίας ἐπιφυομένοις, φησί· φαντὶ δέ τυ καὶ δαμοσίᾳ φιλοσοφὲν τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι, τόπερ ἀπαξίωσε Πυθαγόρας, ὡς ἔμαθες μέν, Ἵππαρχε, μετὰ σπωδᾶς, οὐκ ἐφύλαξας δὲ γευσάμενος, ὦ γενναῖε, Σικελικᾶς πολυτελείας, ἇς οὐκ ἐχρῆν τυ γενέσθαι δεύτερον. εἰ μὲν ὦν μεταβάλοιο, χαρησοῦμαι, εἰ δὲ μή γε, τέθνακας. διαμεμνᾶσθαι γὰρ [φησὶν] ὅσιον εἴη κα τῶν τήνω θείων τε καὶ ἀνθρωπείων παραγγελμάτων, μηδὲ κοινὰ ποιέεσθαι τὰ σοφίας ἀγαθὰ τοῖς οὐδ’ ὄναρ τὰν ψυχὰν κεκαθαρμένοις. οὐ γὰρ θέμις ὀρέγεν τοῖς ἀπαντῶσι τὰ μετὰ τοσούτων ἀγώνων [σπουδᾷ] ποριχθέντα, οὐδὲ μὰν βεβάλοις τὰ ταῖν Ἑλευσινίαιν θεαῖν μυστήρια διαγέεσθαι. κατ’ ἰσότατα δὲ ἄδικοι καὶ ἀσεβέες τοὶ ταῦτα πράξαντες.
διαλογίζεσθαι δὲ καλόν, ὅσον χρόνω μᾶκος ἐκμεμετρήκαμες ἀπορρυπτόμενοι (σπίλως) τὼς ἐν τοῖς στάθεσιν ἁμῶν ἐγκεκολαμμένως, ἕως ποκὰ διελθόντων (πέντε) ἐτέων ἐγενόμεθα δεκτικοὶ τῶν τήνω λόγων. καθάπερ γὰρ τοὶ βαφεῖς προεκκαθάραντες ἔστυψαν τὰ βάψιμα τῶν ἱματίων, ὅπως ἀνέκπλυτον τὰν βαφὰν ἀναπίωντι καὶ μηδέποκα γενησουμέναν ἐξίταλον, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ὁ δαιμόνιος ἀνὴρ προπαρεσκεύαζε τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν φιλοσοφίας ἐρασθέντων, ὅπως μὴ διαψευσθῇ περί τινα τῶν ἐλπισθέντων ἐσεῖσθαι καλῶν τε κἀγαθῶν. οὐ γὰρ κιβδήλως ἐνεπορεύετο λόγως, οὐδὲ πάγας ταῖς τοὶ πολλοὶ τῶν σοφιστᾶν τὼς νέως ἐμπλέκοντι ποτ’ οὐδὲν κράγυον σχολάζοντες, ἀλλὰ θείων καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων ἦς ἐπιστάμῶν. τοὶ δὲ πρόσχημα ποιησάμενοι τὰν τήνω διδασκαλίαν πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ δρῶντι, σαγηνεύοντες οὐ κατὰ κόσμον οὐδ’ ὡς ἔτυχε τὼς νέως.
τοιγὰρ οὖν χαλεπώς τε καὶ προαλεῖς ἀπεργάζονται τὼς ἀκουστάς· ἐγκίρναντι γὰρ ἤθεσι τεταραγμένοις τε καὶ θολεροῖς θεωρήματα καὶ λόγως θείως, καθάπερ εἴ τις εἰς φρέαρ βαθὺ βορβόρω πλῆρες ἐγχέοι καθαρὸν καὶ διειδὲς ὕδωρ· τόν τε γὰρ βόρβορον ἀνετάραξε καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ ἐπαφάνιξεν. ὁ αὐτὸς δὴ τρόπος τῶν οὕτω διδασκόντων τε καὶ διδασκομένων. πυκιναὶ γὰρ καὶ λάσιαι λόχμαι περὶ τὰς φρένας καὶ τὰν καρδίαν πεφύκαντι τῶν μὴ καθαρῶς τοῖς μαθήμασιν ὀργιασθέντων, πᾶν τὸ ἅμερον καὶ πρᾶον καὶ λογιστικὸν τᾶς ψυχᾶς ἐπισκιάζουσαι καὶ κωλύουσαι προφανῶς αὐξηθῆμεν καὶ προκύψαι τὸ νοητικόν. ὀνομάξαιμι δέ κα πρᾶτον ἐπελθὸν αὐτῶν τὰς ματέρας, ἀκρασίαν τε καὶ πλεονεξίαν· ἄμφω δὲ πολύγονοι πεφύκαντι.
τᾶς μέν νυν ἀκρασίας ἐκβεβλαστάκαντι ἄθεσμοι γάμοι καὶ φθοραὶ καὶ μέθαι καὶ (αἱ) παρὰ φύσιν ἁδοναὶ καὶ σφοδραί τινες ἐπιθυμίαι μέχρι βαράθρων καὶ κρημνῶν διώκουσαι. ἤδη γάρ τινας ἀνάγκαξαν ἐπιθυμίαι μήτε ματέρων μήτε θυγατέρων ἀποσχέσθαι, καὶ δὴ παρωσάμεναι πόλιν καὶ νόμως, καθάπερ τύραννος, ἐκπεριαγαγοῦσαι τὼς ἀγκῶνας, ὥσπερ αἰχμάλωτον ἐπὶ τὸν ἔσχατον ὄλεθρον μετὰ βίας ἄγουσαι κατέστασαν. τᾶς δὲ πλεονεξίας ἐκπεφύκαντι ἁρπαγαί, λᾳστεῖαι, πατροκτονίαι, ἱεροσυλίαι, φαρμακεῖαι, καὶ ὅσα τούτων ἀδελφά. δεῖ ὦν πρᾶτον μὲν τὰς ὕλας, ταις ἐνδιαιτῆται ταῦτα τὰ πάθη, πυρὶ καὶ σιδάρῳ καὶ πάσαις [μαθημάτων] μαχαναῖς ἐκκαθάραντας καὶ ῥυσαμένως τὸν λογισμὸν ἐλεύθερον τῶν τοσούτων κακῶν, τὸ τανικάδε ἐμφυτεύεν τι χρησιμον αὐτῷ καὶ παραδιδόμεν.
τοσαύτην ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ οὕτως ἀναγκαιοτάτην ᾢετο δεῖν μαθημάτων πρὸ φιλοσοφίας ποιεῖσθαι Πυθαγόρας, τιμήν τε ἐξαίρετον ἐτίθετο καὶ ἐξέτασιν ἀκριβεστάτην περὶ τὴν διδασκαλίαν κα̣ὶ μετάδοσιν τῶν αὐτῷ δεδογμένων, βασανίζων τε καὶ διακρίνων τὰς τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων ἐννοίας διδάγμασί τε ποικίλοις καὶ θεωρίας ἐπιστημονικῆς μυρίοις εἴδεσι.
Chapter 18
Μετὰ δὴ τοῦτο λέγωμεν ὅπως τοὺς ἐγκριθέντας ὑφ’ ἑαυτοῦ διῄρηκε χωρὶς κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἑκάστους. οὔτε γὰρ τῶν αὐτῶν μετέχειν ἐπ’ ἴσης πάντας ἦν ἄξιον, μὴ τῆς ὁμοίας ὄντας φύσεως, οὔτε [ἄξιον ἦν] τοὺς μὲν πάντων τῶν τιμιωτάτων ἀκροαμάτων μετέχειν, τοὺς δὲ μηδενὸς μηδ’ ὅλως μετέχειν· καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο ἦν ἀκοινώνητον καὶ ἄνισον. τῷ μέντοι μεταδοῦναι τῶν ἐπιβαλλόντων λόγων ἑκάστοις τὴν προσήκουσαν μοῖραν τήν τε ὠφέλειαν ἀπένεμεν ἅπασι κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν καὶ τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης λόγον ἐφύλαττεν, ὅτι μάλιστα τὴν ἀξίαν ἑκάστοις ἀποδιδοὺς ἀκρόασιν. κατὰ δὴ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον τοὺς μὲν Πυθαγορείους καλέσας, τοὺς δὲ Πυθαγοριστάς, [ὥσπερ Ἀττικούς τινας ὀνομάζομεν, ἑτέρους δὲ Ἀττικιστάς,] διελὼν οὕτως πρεπόντως τὰ ὀνόματα τοὺς μὲν γνησίους εἶναι ἐνεστήσατο, τοὺς δὲ ζηλωτὰς τούτων δηλοῦσθαι ἐνομοθέτησε.
τῶν μὲν οὖν Πυθαγορείων κοινὴν εἶναι τὴν οὐσίαν διέταξε καὶ τὴν συμβίωσιν ἅμα διὰ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου διατελεῖν, τοὺς δὲ ἑτέρους ἰδίας μὲν κτήσεις ἔχειν [ἐκέλευσε], συνιόντας δὲ εἰς ταὐτὸ συσχολάζειν ἀλλήλοις.
καὶ οὕτω τὴν διαδοχὴν ταύτην ἀπὸ Πυθαγόρου κατ’ ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς τρόπους συστῆναι. κατ’ ἄλλον δὲ αὖ τρόπον δύο ἦν εἴδη τῆς φιλοσοφίας· δύο γὰρ ἦν γένη καὶ τῶν μεταχειριζομένων αὐτήν, ο μὲν ἀκουσματικοί, οἳ δὲ μαθηματικοί. τουτωνὶ δὲ οἱ μὲν μαθηματικοὶ ὡμολογοῦντο Πυθαγόρειοι εἶναι ὑπὸ τῶν ἑτέρων, τοὺς δὲ ἀκουσματικοὺς οὗτοι οὐχ ὡμολόγουν, οὐδὲ τὴν πραγματείαν αὐτῶν εἶναι Πυθαγόρου, ἀλλ’ Ἱππάσου· τὸν δὲ Ἱππασον οἳ μὲν Κροτωνιάτην φασίν, οἳ δὲ Μεταποντῖνον.
ἔστι δὲ ἡ μὲν τῶν ἀκουσματικῶν φιλοσοφία ἀκούσματα ἀναπόδεικτα καὶ ἄνευ λόγου, ὅτι οὕτως πρακτέον, καὶ τἄλλα ὅσα παρ’ ἐκείνου ἐρρέθη, ταῦτα πειρῶνται διαφυλάττειν ὡς θεῖα δόγματα, αὐτοὶ δὲ παρ’ αὑτῶν οὔτε λέγειν προσποιοῦνται, οὔτε λεκτέον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὑτῶν ὑπολαμβάνουσι τούτους ἔχειν βέλτιστα πρὸς φρόνησιν, οἵτινες πλεῖστα ἀκούσματα ἔσχον. πάντα δὲ τὰ οὕτως ἀκούσματα διῄρηται εἰς τρία εἴδη· τὰ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν τί ἐστι σημαίνει, τὰ δὲ τί μάλιστα, τὰ δὲ τί δεῖ πράττειν ἢ μὴ πράττειν. τὰ μὲν οὖν τί ἐστι τοιαῦτα, οἷον τί ἐστιν αἱ μακάρων νῆσοι; ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη, τί ἐστι τὸ ἐν Δελφοῖς μαντεῖον; τετρακτύς· ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἡ ἁρμονία, ἐν ᾗ αἱ σειρῆνες. τὰ δὲ τί μάλιστα, οἷον τί τὸ δικαιότατον; θύειν. τί τὸ σοφώτατον; ἀριθμός. δεύτερον δὲ ὁ τοῖς πράγμασι τὰ ὀνόματα θέμενος. τί σοφώτατον τῶν παρ’ ἡμῖν; ἰατρική. τί κάλλιστον; ἁρμονία. τί κράτιστον; γνώμη. τί ἄριστον; εὐδαιμονία. τί δὲ ἀληθέστατον λέγεται; ὅτι πονηροὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι. διὸ καὶ ποιητὴν Ἱπποδάμαντα φασὶν ἐπαινέσαι αὐτὸν τὸν Σαλαμίνιον, ὃς ἐποίησεν· ὦ θεοί, πόθεν ἐστέ, πόθεν τοιοίδ’ ἐγένεσθε; ἄνθρωποι, πόθεν ἐστέ, πόθεν κακοὶ ὧδ’ ἐγένεσθε;
ταῦτα καὶ τοιαῦτά ἐστι τὰ τούτου τοῦ γένους ἀκούσματα· ἕκαστον γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων μάλιστα τί ἐστιν. ἔστι δ’ αὕτη ἡ αὐτὴ τῇ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφιστῶν λεγομένῃ σοφίᾳ. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι ἐζήτουν, οὐ τί ἐστι τἀγαθόν, ἀλλὰ τί μάλιστα· οὐδὲ τί τὸ χαλεπόν, ἀλλὰ τί τὸ χαλεπώτατον· ὅτι τὸ αὑτὸν γνῶναί ἐστιν· οὐδὲ τί τὸ ῥᾴδιον, ἀλλὰ τί τὸ ῥᾷστον· ὅτι τὸ ἔθει χρῆσθαι. τῇ τοιαύτῃ γὰρ σοφίᾳ μετηκολουθηκέναι ἔοικε τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀκούσματα· πρότεροι γὰρ οὗτοι Πυθαγόρου ἐγένοντο. τὰ δὲ τί πρακτέον ἢ οὐ πρακτέον τῶν ἀκουσμάτων τοιαῦτά ἐστιν, οἷον ὅτι δεῖ τεκνοποιεῖσθαι· δεῖ γὰρ ἀντικαταλιπεῖν τοὺς θεραπεύσοντας τὸν θεόν· ἢ ὅτι δεῖ τὸν δεξιὸν ὑποδεῖσθαι πρότερον, ἢ ὅτι οὐ δεῖ τὰς λεωφόρους βαδίζειν ὁδοὺς οὐδὲ εἰς περιρραντήριον ἐμβάπτειν οὐδὲ ἐν βαλανείῳ λούεσθαι· ἄδηλον γὰρ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις εἰ καθαρεύουσιν οἱ κοινωνοῦντες.
καὶ ἄλλα τάδε· φορτίον μὴ συγκαθαιρεῖν, οὐ γὰρ δεῖ αἴτιον γίνεσθαι τοῦ μὴ πονεῖν, συνανατιθέναι δέ· χρυσὸν ἐχούσῃ μὴ πλησιάζειν ἐπὶ τεκνοποιίᾳ· μὴ λέγειν ἄνευ φωτός· σπένδειν τοῖς θεοῖς κατὰ τὸ οὖς τῆς κύλικος οἰωνοῦ ἕνεκεν καὶ ὅπως μὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ πίνηται· ἐν δακτυλίῳ μὴ φέρειν σημεῖον θεοῦ εἰκόνα, ὅπως μὴ μιαίνηται· ἄγαλμα γάρ, ὅπερ δεῖ φυτεῦσαι ὲν τῷ οἴκῳ. γυναῖκα οὐ δεῖ ἀδικεῖν τὴν αὑτοῦ, ἱκέτις γάρ· διὸ καὶ ἀφ’ ἑστίας ἀγόμεθα, καὶ ἡ λῆψις διὰ δεξιᾶς. μηδὲ ἀλεκτρυόνα λευκὸν (θύειν)· ἱκέτης γὰρ ἱερὸς τοῦ Μηνός, διὸ καὶ σημαίνουσιν ὥραν.
καὶ συμβουλεύειν μηδὲν παρὰ τὸ βέλτιστον τῷ συμβουλευομένῳ· ἱερὸν γὰρ συμβουλή. ἀγαθὸν οἱ πόνοι, αἱ δὲ ἡδοναὶ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου κακόν· ἐπὶ κολάσει γὰρ ἐλθόντας δεῖ κολασθῆναι. θύειν χρὴ ἀνυπόδητον καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἱερὰ προσιέναι. εἰς ἱερὸν οὐ δεῖ ἐκτρέπεσθαι· οὐ γὰρ πάρεργον δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὸν θεόν. ὑπομένοντα καὶ ἔχοντα τραύματα ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν τελευτῆσαι ἀγαθόν, ἐναντίως δὲ ἐναντίον. εἰς μόνα τῶν ζῴων οὐκ εἰσέρχεται ἀνθρώπου ψυχή, οἷς θέμις ἐστὶ τυθῆναι· διὰ τοῦτο τῶν θυσίμων χρὴ ἐσθίειν μόνον, οἷς ἂν τὸ ἐσθίειν καθήκῃ, ἄλλου δὲ μηδενὸς ζῴου. τὰ μὲν οὖν τοιαῦτα τῶν ἀκουσμάτων ἐστί, τὰ δὲ πλεῖστον ἔχοντα μῆκος περί τε θυσίας καθ’ ἑκάστους τοὺς καιροὺς πῶς χρὴ ποιεῖσθαι, τάς τε ἄλλας, καὶ περὶ μετοικήσεως τῆς ἐντεῦθεν καὶ περὶ τὰς ταφάς, πῶς δεῖ καταθάπτεσθαι.
ἐπὶ ἐνίων μὲν οὖν ἐπιλέγεται τί δεῖ, οἷον ὅτι δεῖ τεκνοποιεῖσθαι ἕνεκα τοῦ καταλιπεῖν ἕτερον ἀνθ’ ἑαυτοῦ θεῶν θεραπευτήν· τοῖς δὲ οὐδεὶς λόγος πρόσεστι. καὶ ἔνια μὲν τῶν ἐπιλεγομένων δόξει προσπεφυκέναι ἅπερ ἂν ᾖ, ἔνια δὲ πόρρω· οἷον περὶ τοῦ τὸν ἄρτον μὴ καταγνύναι, ὅτι πρὸς τὴν ἐν ᾅδου κρίσιν οὐ συμφέρει. αἱ δὲ προστιθέμεναι εἰκοτολογίαι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ εἰσὶ Πυθαγορικαί, ἀλλ’ ἐνίων ἔξωθεν ἐπισοφιζομένων [καὶ πειρωμένων] προσάπτειν εἰ κότα λόγον, οἷον καὶ περὶ τοῦ νῦν λεχθέντος, διὰ τί οὐ δεῖ καταγνύναι τὸν ἄρτον. οἳ μὲν γὰρ φασὶν ὅτι οὐ δεῖ τὸν συνάγοντα διαλύειν· τὸ γὰρ ἀρχαῖον βαρβαρικῶς πάντες ἐπὶ ἕνα ἄρτον συνήεσαν οἱ φίλοι· οἳ δ’ ὅτι οὐ δεῖ οἰωνὸν ποιεῖσθαι τοιοῦτον ἀρχόμενον καταγνύντα καὶ συντρίβοντα.
ἅπαντα μέντοι ὅσα περὶ τοῦ πράττειν ἢ μὴ πράττειν διορίζουσιν ἐστόχασται (τῆς) πρὸς τὸ θεῖον (ὁμολογίας), καὶ ἀρχὴ αὕτη ἐστί, καὶ ὁ βίος ἅπας συντέτακται πρὸς τὸ ἀκολουθεῖν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ὁ λόγος οὗτος ταύτης ἐστὶ τῆς φιλοσοφίας.
γελοῖον γὰρ ποιοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι ἄλλοθέν ποθεν ζητοῦντες τὸ εὖ ἢ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν, καὶ ὅμοιον ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ἐν βασιλευομένῃ χώρᾳ τῶν πολιτῶν τινὰ ὕπαρχον θεραπεύοι, ἀμελήσας αὐτοῦ τοῦ πάντων ἄρχοντος· τοιοῦτον γὰρ οἴονται ποιεῖν καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔστι τε θεὸς καὶ οὗτος πάντων κύριος, δεῖν ὁμολογεῖται παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου τὸ ἀγαθὸν αἰτεῖν· πάντες γὰρ οὓς μὲν ἂν φιλῶσι καὶ οἷς ἂν χαίρωσι, τούτοις διδόασι τἀγαθά, πρὸς οὓς δὲ ἐναντίως ἔχουσι, τὰ ἐναντία.
τούτων μὲν αὕτη καὶ τοιαύτη σοφία. ἦν δέ τις Ἱππομέδων ἄγριος αἰνεὺς Πυθαγόρειος τῶν ἀκουσματικῶν, ὃς ἔλεγεν ὅτι πάντων τούτων ἐκεῖνος λόγους καὶ ἀποδείξεις εἶπεν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ παραδεδόσθαι διὰ πολλῶν καὶ ἀεὶ ἀργοτέρων τὸν μὲν λόγον περιῃρῆσθαι, λελεῖφθαι δὲ αὐτὰ τὰ προβλήματα. οἱ δὲ περὶ τὰ μαθήματα τῶν Πυθαγορείων τούτους τε ὁμολογοῦσιν εἶναι Πυθαγόρου, καὶ αὐτοὶ φασὶν ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ ἃ λέγουσιν αὐτοὶ ἀληθῆ εἶναι. τὴν δὲ αἰτίαν τῆς ἀνομοιότητος τοιαύτην γενέσθαι φασίν.
ἀφικέσθαι τὸν Πυθαγόραν ἐξ Ἰωνίας καὶ Σάμου κατὰ τὴν Πολυκράτους τυραννίδα, ἀκμαζούσης Ἰταλίας, καὶ γενέσθαι συνήθεις αὐτῷ τοὺς πρώτους ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι. τούτων δὲ τοῖς μὲν πρεσβυτέροις καὶ ἀσχόλοις διὰ τὸ ἐν πολιτικοῖς πράγμασι κατέχεσθαι, ὡς χαλεπὸν ὂν διὰ τῶν μαθημάτων καὶ ἀποδείξεων ἐντυγχάνειν, ψιλῶς διαλεχθῆναι, ἡγούμενον οὐδὲν (ἂν) ἧττον ὠφελεῖσθαι, καὶ ἄνευ τῆς αἰτίας, εἰδότας τί δεῖ πράττειν, ὥσπερ καὶ οἱ ἰατρευόμενοι, οὐ προσακούοντες διὰ τί αὐτοῖς ἕκαστα πρακτέον, οὐδὲν ἧττον τυγχάνουσι τῆς ὑγείας· ὅσοις δὲ νεωτέροις ἐνετύγχανε καὶ δυναμένοις πονεῖν καὶ μανθάνειν, τοῖς τοιούτοις δι’ ἀποδείξεως καὶ τῶν μαθημάτων ἐνετύγχανεν. αὐτοὶ μὲν οὖν εἶναι ἀπὸ τούτων, ἐκείνους δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑτέρων. περὶ δ’ Ἱππάσου μάλιστα, ὡς ἦν μὲν τῶν Πυθαγορείων, διὰ δὲ τὸ ἐξενεγκεῖν καὶ γράψασθαι πρῶτος σφαῖραν τὴν ἐκ τῶν δώδεκα πενταγώνων ἀπώλετο κατὰ θάλατταν ὡς ἀσεβήσας, δόξαν δὲ λάβοι ὡς εὑρών εἶναι δὲ πάντα ἐκείνου τοῦ ἀνδρός· προσαγορεύουσι γὰρ οὕτω τὸν Πυθαγόραν καὶ οὐ καλοῦσιν ὀνόματι.
λέγουσι δὲ οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι ἐξενηνέχθαι γεωμετρίαν οὕτως. ἀποβαλεῖν τινα τὴν οὐσίαν τῶν Πυθαγορείων, ὡς δὲ τοῦτο ἠτύχησε, δοθῆναι αὐτῷ χρηματίσασθαι ἀπὸ γεωμετρίας. ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ ἡ γεωμετρία πρὸς Πυθαγόρου ἱστορία.
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς διαφορᾶς ἑκατέρας τῆς πραγματείας καὶ ἑκατέρων τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν ἀκροωμένων Πυθαγόρου ταῦτα παρειλήφαμεν· τοὺς γὰρ εἴσω σινδόνος καὶ ἔξω ἀκροωμένους τοῦ Πυθαγόρου καὶ τοὺς μετὰ τοῦ ὁρᾶν ἀκούοντας ἢ ἄνευ τοῦ ὁρᾶν καὶ τοὺς εἴσω καὶ ἔξω διωρισμένους οὐκ ἄλλους ἢ τοὺς εἰρημένους ὑπολαμβάνειν προσήκει, καὶ τοὺς πολιτικοὺς δὲ καὶ οἰκονομικοὺς καὶ νομοθετικοὺς ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὑποτίθεσθαι χρή.
Chapter 19
Καθόλου δὲ εἰδέναι ἄξιον ὡς πολλὰς ὁδοὺς Πυθαγόρας παιδείας ἀνεῦρε καὶ κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν ἑκάστου καὶ δύναμιν ἀπεδίδου τῆς σοφίας τὴν ἐπιβάλλουσαν μοῖραν. τεκμήριον δὲ μέγιστον· ὅτε γὰρ Ἄβαρις ὁ Σκύθης ἐξ Ὑπερβορέων ἄπειρος τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς παιδείας ὢν καὶ ἀμύητος καὶ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ προβεβηκὼς ἦλθε, τότε οὐ διὰ ποικίλων αὐτὸν εἰσήγαγε θεωρημάτων, ἀλλ’ ἀντὶ τῆς πενταετοῦς σιωπῆς καὶ τῆς ἐν τῷ τοσούτῳ χρόνῳ ἀκροάσεως καὶ τῶν ἄλλων βασάνων ἀθρόως αὐτὸν ἐπιτήδειον ἀπειργάσατο πρὸς τὴν ἀκρόασιν τῶν αὐτῷ δογματιζσμένων, καὶ τὸ περὶ φύσεως σύγγραμμα καὶ ἄλλο τὸ περὶ θεῶν ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτοις αὐτὸν ἀνεδίδαξεν.
ἦλθε μὲν γὰρ Ἄβαρις ἀπὸ Ὑπερβορέων, ἱερεὺς τοῦ ἐκεῖ Ἀπόλλωνος, πρεσβύτης καθήκων καὶ τὰ ἱερατικὰ σοφώτατος, ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ὑποστρέφων εἰς τὰ ἴδια, ἵνα τὸν ἀγερθέντα χρυσὸν τῷ θεῷ ἀποθῆται εἰς τὸ ἐν Ὑπερβορέοις ἱερόν. γενόμενος δὲ ἐν παρόδῳ κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ τὸν Πυθαγόραν ἰδὼν καὶ μάλιστα εἰκάσας τῷ θεῷ οὗπερ ἦν ἱερεύς, καὶ πιστεύσας μὴ ἄλλον εἶναι μηδὲ ἄνθρωπον ὅμοιον ἐκείνῳ, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸν ὄντως τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα, ἔκ τε ὧν ἑώρα περὶ αὐτὸν σεμνωμάτων καὶ ἐξ ὧν προεγίνωσκεν ὁ ἱερεὺς γνωρισμάτων, Πυθαγόρᾳ ἀπέδωκεν ὀιστὸν ὃν ἔχων ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐξῆλθε, χρήσιμον αὐτῷ ἐσόμενον πρὸς τὰ συμπίπτοντα δυσμήχανα κατὰ τὴν τοσαύτην ἄλην. ἐποχούμενος γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ ἄβατα διέβαινεν, οἷον ποταμοὺς καὶ λίμνας καὶ τέλματα καὶ ὄρη καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, καὶ περιπολῶν, ὡς λόγος, καθαρμούς τε ἐπετέλει καὶ λοιμοὺς ἀπεδίωκε καὶ ἀνέμους ἀπὸ τῶν εἰς τοῦτο ἀξιουσῶν πόλεων βοηθὸν αὐτὸν γενέσθαι.
Λακεδαίμονα γοῦν παρειλήφαμεν μετὰ τὸν ὑπ’ ἐκείνου γενόμενον αὐτῇ καθαρμὸν μηκέτι λοιμῶξαι, πολλάκις πρότερον τούτῳ τῷ παθήματι περιπεσοῦσαν διὰ τὴν δυστραπελίαν τοῦ τόπου καθ’ ὃν ᾤκισται, τῶν Ταϋγέτων ὀρῶν πνῖγος ἀξιόλογον αὐτῇ παρεχόντων διὰ τὸ ὑπερκεῖσθαι, καὶ Κρήτης Κνωσσόν. καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα τεκμήρια ἱστορεῖται τῆς τοῦ Ἀβάριδος δυνάμεως. δεξάμενος δὲ Πυθαγόρας τὸν ὀιστὸν καὶ μὴ ξενισθεὶς πρὸς τοῦτο, μηδὲ τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπερωτήσας δι’ ἣν ἐπέδωκεν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἂν ὄντως ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸς ὤν, ἰδίᾳ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀποσπάσας τὸν Ἄβαριν τόν τε μηρὸν τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἐπέδειξε χρύσεον, γνώρισμα παρέχων τοῦ μὴ διεψεῦσθαι, καὶ τὰ καθ’ ἕκαστα τῶν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ κειμένων ἐξαριθμησάμενος αὐτῷ καὶ πίστιν ἱκανὴν παρασχὼν ὡς οὐκ εἴη κακῶς εἰκάσας, προσθείς τε ὅτι ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ καὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἥκοι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀνθρωπόμορφος, ἵνα μὴ ξενιζόμενοι πρὸς τὸ ὑπερέχον ταράσσωνται καὶ τὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ μάθησιν ἀποφεύγωσιν, ἐκέλευσέ τε μένειν αὐτοῦ καὶ συνδιορθοῦν τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας, τὸν δὲ χρυσὸν ὃν συνήγειρε, κοινῶσαι τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις, ὅσοιπερ ἐτύγχανον οὕτως ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου ἠγμένοι ὥστε βεβαιοῦν τὸ δόγμα τὸ λέγον κοινὰ τὰ φίλων δι’ ἔργου.
οὕτω δὴ καταμείναντι αὐτῷ, ὁ νῦν δὴ ἐλέγομεν, φυσιολογίαν τε καὶ θεολογίαν ἐπιτετμημένην παρέδωκε, καὶ ἀντὶ τῆς διὰ τῶν θυσιῶν ἱεροσκοπίας τὴν διὰ τῶν ἀριθμῶν πρόγνωσιν παρέδωκεν, ἡγούμενος ταύτην καθαρωτέραν εἶναι καὶ θειοτέραν καὶ τοῖς οὐρανίοις τῶν θεῶν ἀριθμοῖς οἰκειοτέραν, ἄλλα τε τὰ ἁρμόζοντα τῷ Ἀβάριδι παρέδωκεν ἐπιτηδεύματα. ἀλλ’ οὗ δὴ ἕνεκα ὁ παρὼν λόγος, ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνο πάλιν ἐπανέλθωμεν, ὡς ἄρα ἄλλους ἄλλως, ὡς ἔχοι ἕκαστος φύσεως καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐπανορθοῦν ἐπειρᾶτο. πάντα μὲν οὖν τὰ τοιαῦτα οὔτε παρεδόθη εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, οὔτε τὰ μνημονευόμενα ῥᾴδιον διελθεῖν·
ὀλίγα δὲ καὶ τὰ γνωριμώτατα διέλθωμεν δείγματα τῆς Πυθαγορικῆς ἀγωγῆς καὶ ὑπομνήματα τῶν ὑπαρχόντων τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐκείνοις ἐπιτηδευμάτων.
Chapter 20
Πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἐν τῷ λαμβάνειν τὴν διάπειραν ἐσκόπει εἰ δύνανται ἐχεμυθεῖν· τούτῳ γὰρ δὴ καὶ ἐχρῆτο τῷ ὀνόματι· καὶ καθεώρα εἰ μανθάνοντες ὅσα ἂν ἀκούσωσιν οἷοί τέ εἰσι σιωπᾶν καὶ διαφυλάττειν· ἔπειτα εἰ εἰσὶν αἰδήμονες, ἐποιεῖτό τε πλείονα σπουδὴν τοῦ σιωπᾶν ἤπερ τοῦ λαλεῖν. ἐσκόπει δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, μὴ ἄρα πρὸς πάθος ἢ ἐπιθυμίαν ἀκρατήτως ἐπτόηνται, οὐ παρέργως τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀεὶ ἐπιβλέπων, οἷον πῶς πρὸς ὀργὴν ἔχουσιν ἢ πῶς πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν, ἢ εἰ φιλόνεικοί εἰσιν ἢ φιλότιμοι, ἢ πῶς πρὸς φιλονεικίαν ἔχουσιν ἢ πῶς πρὸς φιλίαν. εἰ δὲ πάντα ἀκριβῶς αὐτῷ ἐπιβλέποντι ἐξηρτυμένοι ἐφαίνοντο τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἤθεσι, τότε περὶ εὐμαθείας καὶ μνήμης ἐσκόπει· πρῶτον μὲν εἰ δύνανται ταχέως καὶ σαφῶς παρακολουθεῖν τοῖς λεγομένοις· ἔπειτα εἰ παρέπεταί τις αὐτοῖς ἀγάπησις καὶ σωφροσύνη πρὸς τὰ διδασκόμενα.
ἐπεσκόπει γὰρ πῶς ἔχουσι φύσεως πρὸς ἡμέρωσιν, ἐκάλει δὲ τοῦτο κατάρτυσιν. πολέμιον δὲ ἡγεῖτο τὴν ἀγριότητα πρὸς τοιαύτην διαγωγήν· ἀκολουθεῖν γὰρ ἀγριότητι ἀναίδειαν, ἀναισχυντίαν, ἀκολασίαν, ἀκαιρίαν, δυσμάθειαν, ἀναρχίαν, ἀτιμίαν καὶ τὰ ἀκόλουθα· πραότητι δὲ καὶ ἡμερότητι τὰ ἐναντία. ἐν μὲν οὖν τῇ διαπείρᾳ τοιαῦτα ἐπεσκόπει καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα ἤσκει τοὺς μανθάνοντας, τούς τε ἁρμόζοντας τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς τῆς παρ’ ἑαυτῷ σοφίας ἐνέκρινε καὶ οὕτως ἐπὶ τὰς ἐπιστήμας ἀνάγειν ἐπειρᾶτο· εἰ δὲ ἀνάρμοστον κατίδοι τινά, ὥσπερ ἀλλόφυλόν τινα καὶ ὀθνεῖον ἀπήλαυνε.
Chapter 21
Περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἃ παρέδωκε δι’ ὅλης ἡμέρας τοῖς ἑταίροις, μετὰ τοῦτο φράσω. κατὰ γὰρ τὴν ὑφήγησιν αὐτοῦ ὧδε ἔπρασσον οἱ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ὁδηγούμενοι.
τοὺς μὲν ἑωθινοὺς περιπάτους ἐποιοῦντο οἱ ἄνδρες οὗτοι κατὰ μόνας τε καὶ εἰς τοιούτους τόπους ἐν οἷς συνέβαινεν ἠρεμίαν τε καὶ ἡσυχίαν εἶναι σύμμετρον, ὅπου τε ἱερὰ καὶ ἄλση καὶ ἄλλη τις θυμηδία. ᾤοντο γὰρ δεῖν μὴ πρότερόν τινι ἐντυγχάνειν πρὶν ἢ τὴν ἰδίαν ψυχὴν καταστήσουσι καὶ συναρμόσονται τὴν διάνοιαν· ἁρμόδιον δὲ εἶναι τῇ καταστάσει τῆς διανοίας τὴν τοιαύτην ἡσυχίαν. τὸ γὰρ εὐθὺς ἀναστάντας εἰς τοὺς ὄχλους ὠθεῖσθαι θορυβῶδες ὑπειλήφεισαν. διὸ δὴ πάντες οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι τοὺς ἱεροπρεπεστάτους τόπους ἀεὶ ἐξελέγοντο. μετὰ δὲ τὸν ἑωθινὸν περίπατον τότε πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐνετύγχανον, μάλιστα μὲν ἐν ἱεροῖς, εἰ δὲ μή γε, ἐν ὁμοίοις τόποις. ἐχρῶντο δὲ τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ πρός τε διδασκαλίας καὶ μαθήσεις καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἠθῶν ἐπανόρθωσιν.
μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοιαύτην διατριβὴν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων ἐτρέποντο θεραπείαν. ἐχρῶντο δὲ ἀλείμμασί τε καὶ δρόμοις οἱ πλεῖστοι, ἐλάττονες καὶ πάλαις ἔν τε κήποις καὶ ἐν ἄλσεσιν, οἳ δὲ καὶ ἁλτηροβολίᾳ ἢ χειρονομίᾳ, πρὸς τὰς τῶν σωμάτων ἰσχῦς τὰ εὔθετα ἐπιτηδεύοντες ἐκλέγεσθαι γυμνάσια. ἀρίστῳ δὲ ἐχρῶντο ἄρτῳ καὶ μέλιτι ἢ κηρίῳ, οἴνου δὲ μεθ’ ἡμέραν οὐ μετεῖχον. τὸν δὲ μετὰ τὸ ἄριστον χρόνον περὶ τὰς πολιτικὰς οἰκονομίας κατεγίνοντο, περί τε τὰς ἐξωτικὰς καὶ τὰς ξενικάς, διὰ τὴν τῶν νόμων πρόσταξιν· πάντα γὰρ ἐν ταῖς μετ’ ἄριστον ὥραις ἐβούλοντο διοικεῖν. δείλης δὲ γενομένης εἰς τοὺς περιπάτους πάλιν ὁρμᾶν, οὐχ ὁμοίως κατ’ ἰδίαν, ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ ἑωθινῷ περιπάτῳ, ἀλλὰ σύνδυο καὶ σύντρεις ποιεῖσθαι τὸν περίπατον, ἀναμιμνησκομένους τὰ μαθήματα καὶ ἐγγυμναζομένους τοῖς καλοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι.
μετὰ δὲ τὸν περίπατον λουτρῷ χρῆσθαι, λουσαμένους τε ἐπὶ τὰ συσσίτια ἀπαντᾶν· ταῦτα δ’ εἶναι μὴ πλεῖον ἢ δέκα ἀνθρώπους συνευωχεῖσθαι. ἀθροισθέντων δὲ τῶν συσσιτούντων γίνεσθαι σπονδάς τε καὶ θυσίας θυλημάτων τε καὶ λιβανωτοῦ. ἔπειτα ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον χωρεῖν, ὡς πρὸ ἡλίου δύσεως ἀποδεδειπνηκέναι. χρῆσθαι δὲ καὶ οἴνῳ καὶ μάζῃ καὶ ἄρτῳ καὶ ὄψῳ καὶ λαχάνοις ἑφθοῖς τε καὶ ὠμσῖς. παρατίθεσθαι δὲ κρέα ζῴων θυσίμων [ἱερείων], τῶν δὲ θαλασσίων ὄψων σπανίως χρῆσθαι· εἶναι γάρ τινα αὐτῶν δι’ αἰτίας τινὰς οὐ χρήσιμα πρὸς τὸ χρῆσθαι. ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ζῷον ὃ μὴ πέφυκε βλαβερὸν τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ γένει, μήτε βλάπτειν μήτε φθείρειν.
μετὰ δὲ τὸ δεῖπνον ἐγίνοντο σπονδαί, ἔπειτα ἀνάγνωσις ἐγίνετο. ἔθος δ’ ἦν τὸν μὲν νεώτατον ἀναγινώσκειν, τὸν δὲ πρεσβύτατον ἐπιστατεῖν ὅ δεῖ ἀναγινώσκειν καὶ ὡς δεῖ. ἐπεὶ δὲ μέλλοιεν ἀπιέναι, σπονδὴν αὐτοῖς ἐνέχει ὁ οἰνοχόος, σπεισάντων δὲ ὁ πρεσβύτατος παρήγγελλε τάδε· ἥμερον φυτὸν καὶ ἔγκαρπον μήτε βλάπτειν μήτε φθείρειν·
ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις περί τε τοῦ θείου καὶ περὶ τοῦ δαιμονίου καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἡρωικοῦ γένους εὔφημόν τε (εἶναι) καὶ ἀγαθὴν ἔχειν διάνοιαν, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ περὶ γονέων τε καὶ εὐεργετῶν διανοεῖσθαι, νόμῳ τε βοηθεῖν καὶ ἀνομίᾳ πολεμεῖν. τούτων δὲ ῥηθέντων ἀπιέναι ἕκαστον εἰς οἶκον. ἐσθῆτι δὲ χρῆσθαι λευκῇ καὶ καθαρᾷ, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ στρώμασι λευκοῖς τε καὶ καθαροῖς. εἶναι δὲ τὰ στρώματα ἱμάτια λινᾶ· κῳδίσις γὰρ οὐ χρῆσθαι. περὶ δὲ θήραν οὐ δοκιμάζειν καταγίνεσθαι, οὐδὲ χρῆσθαι τοιούτῳ γυμνασίῳ. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἐφ’ ἡμέρᾳ ἑκάστῃ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἀνδρῶν παραδιδόμενα εἴς τε τροφὴν καὶ τὴν τοῦ βίου διαγωγὴν τοιαῦτα ἦν.
Chapter 22
Παραδίδοται δὲ καὶ ἄλλος τρόπος παιδεύσεως (ὁ) διὰ τῶν Πυθαγορικῶν ἀποφάσεων τῶν εἰς τὸν βίον καὶ τὰς ἀνθρωπίνας ὑπολήψεις διατεινουσῶν, ἀφ’ ὧν ὀλίγας ἐκ πολλῶν παραθήσομαι. παρήγγελλον γὰρ ἐκ φιλίας ἀληθινῆς ἐξαιρεῖν ἀγῶνά τε καὶ φιλονεικίαν, μάλιστα μὲν ἐκ πάσης, εἰ δυνατόν, εἰ δὲ μή, ἔκ γε τῆς πατρικῆς καὶ καθόλου ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους· ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς εὐεργέτας. τὸ γὰρ διαγωνίζεσθαι ἢ διαφιλονεικεῖν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους ἐμπεσούσης ὀργῆς ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς τοιούτου πάθους οὐ σωτήριον τῆς ὑπαρχούσης φιλίας. ἔφασαν δὲ δεῖν ὡς ἐλαχίστας ἀμυχάς τε καὶ ἑλκώσεις ἐν ταῖς φιλίαις ἐγγίνεσθαι· τοῦτο δὲ γίνεσθαι, ἂν ἐπιστῶνται εἴκειν καὶ κρατεῖν ὀργῆς, ἀμφότεροι μέν, μᾶλλον μέντοι ὁ νεώτερός τε καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων τάξεων ἔχων ἡνδήποτε. τὰς ἐπανορθώσεις τε καὶ νουθετήσεις, ἃς δὴ πεδαρτάσεις ἐκάλουν ἐκεῖνοι, μετὰ πολλῆς εὐφημίας τε καὶ εὐλαβείας ᾤοντο δεῖν γίνεσθαι παρὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τοῖς νεωτέροις, καὶ πολὺ ἐμφαίνεσθαι ἐν τοῖς νουθετοῦσι τὸ κηδεμονικόν τε καὶ οἰκεῖον· οὕτω γὰρ εὐσχήμονά τε γίνεσθαι καὶ ὠφέλιμον τὴν νουθέτησιν.
ἐκ φιλίας μηδέποτε ἐξαιρεῖν πίστιν μήτε παίζοντας μήτε σπουδάζοντας· οὐ γὰρ ἔτι ῥᾴδιον εἶναι διυγιᾶναι τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν φιλίαν, ὅταν ἅπαξ παρεμπέσῃ τὸ ψεῦδος εἰς τὰ τῶν φασκόντων φίλων εἶναι ἤθη. φιλίαν μὴ ἀπογινώσκειν ἀπυχίας ἕνεκα ἢ ἄλλης τινὸς ἀδυναμίας τῶν εἰς τὸν βίον ἐμπιπτουσῶν, ἀλλὰ μόνην εἶναι δόκιμον ἀπόγνωσιν φίλου τε καὶ φιλίας τὴν γινομένην διὰ κακίαν μεγάλην τε καὶ ἀνεπανόρθωτον.
τοιοῦτος μὲν οὖν ὁ τύπος ἦν τῆς διὰ τῶν ἀποφάσεων παρ’ αὐτοῖς γινομένης ἐπανορθώσεως εἴς τε πάσας τὰς ἀρετὰς καὶ ὅλον τὸν βίον διατείνων.
Chapter 23
Ἀναγκαιότατος δὲ παρ’ αὐτῷ τρόπος διδασκαλίας ὑπῆρχε καὶ ὁ διὰ τῶν συμβόλων. ὁ γὰρ χαρακτὴρ οὗτος καὶ παρ’ Ἕλλησι μὲν σχεδὸν ἅπασιν ἅτε παλαιότροπος ὢν ἐσπουδάζετο, ἐξαιρέτως δὲ παρ’ Αἰγυπτίοις ποικιλώτατα ἐπρεσβεύετο, κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ καὶ παρὰ Πυθαγόρᾳ μεγάλης σπουδῆς ἐτύγχανεν, εἴ τις διαρθρώσειε σαφῶς τὰς τῶν Πυθαγορικῶν συμβόλων ἐμφάσεις καὶ ἀπορρήτους ἐννοίας, ὅσης ὀρθότητος καὶ ἀληθείας μετέχουσιν ἀποκαλυφθεῖσαι καὶ τοῦ αἰνιγματώδους ἐλευθερωθεῖσαι τύπου, προσοικειωθεῖσαι δὲ κατὰ ἀπλῆν καὶ ἀποίκιλον παράδοσιν ταῖς τῶν φιλοσόφων τούτων μεγαλοφυΐαις καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀνθρωπίνην ἐπίνοιαν θεωθεῖσαι.
καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ διδασκαλείου τούτου, μάλιστα δὲ οἱ παλαιότατοι καὶ αὐτῷ συγχρονίσαντες καὶ μαθητεύσαντες τῷ Πυθαγόρᾳ πρεσβύτῃ νέοι, Φιλόλαός τε καὶ Εὔρυτος καὶ Χαρώνδας καὶ Ζάλευκος καὶ Βρύσων, Ἀρχύτας τε ὁ πρεσβύτερος καὶ Ἀρισταῖος καὶ Λῦσις καὶ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς καὶ Ζάμολξις καὶ Ἐπιμενίδης καὶ Μίλων, Λεύκιππός τε καὶ Ἀλκμαίων καὶ Ἵππασος καὶ Θυμαρίδας καὶ οἱ κατ’ αὐτοὺς ἅπαντες, πλῆθος ἐλλογίμων καὶ ὑπερφυῶν ἀνδρῶν, τάς τε διαλέξεις καὶ τὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁμιλίας καὶ τοὺς ὑπομνηματισμούς τε καὶ ὑποσημειώσεις καὶ αὐτὰ ἤδη τὰ συγγράμματα καὶ ἐκδόσεις πάσας, ὧν τὰ πλείονα μέχρι καὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων χρόνων διασῴζεται, οὐ τῇ κοινῇ καὶ δημώδει καὶ [δὴ καὶ] τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν εἰωθυίᾳ λέξει συνετὰ ἐποιοῦντο ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς τοῖς ἀκούουσι, πειρώμενοι εὐπαρακολούθητα τὰ φραζόμενα ὑπ’ αὐτῶν τίθεσθαι, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν νενομοθετημένην αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ Πυθαγόρου ἐχεμυθίαν θείων μυστηρίων καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀτελέστους ἀπορρήτων τρόπων ἥπτοντο καὶ διὰ συμβόλων ἐπέσκεπον τὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαλέξεις ἢ συγγραφάς.
καὶ εἰ μή τις αὐτὰ [τὰ σύμβολα] ἐκλέξας διαπτύξειε καὶ ἀμώκῳ ἐξηγήσει (περιλάβοι), γελοῖα ἂν καὶ γραώδη δόξειε τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι τὰ λεγόμενα λήρου μεστὰ καὶ ἀδολεσχίας. ἐπειδὰν μέντοι κατὰ τὸν τῶν συμβόλων τούτων τρόπον διαπτυχθῇ καὶ φανὰ καὶ εὐαυγῆ ἀντὶ σκοτεινῶν τοῖς πολλοῖς γένηται, θεοπροπίοις καὶ χρησμοῖς τισι τοῦ Πυθίου ἀναλογεῖ καὶ θαυμαστὴν ἐκφαίνει διάνοιαν, δαιμονίαν τε ἐπίπνοιαν ἐμποιεῖ τοῖς νενοηκόσι τῶν φιλολόγων. οὐ χεῖρον δὲ ὀλίγων μνημονεῦσαι ἕνεκα τοῦ σαφέστερον γενέσθαι τὸν τύπον τῆς διδασκαλίας. ὁδοῦ πάρεργον οὔτε εἰσιτέον εἰς ἱερὸν οὔτε προσκυνητέον τὸ παράπαν, οὐδ’ εἰ πρὸς ταῖς θύραις αὐταῖς παριὼν γένοιο· ἀνυπόδητος θῦε καὶ προσκύνει· τὰς λεωφόρους ὁδοὺς ἐκκλίνων διὰ τῶν ἀτραπῶν βάδιζε· περὶ Πυθαγορείων ἄνευ φωτὸς μὴ λάλει. τοιοῦτος, ὡς ἐν τύποις εἰπεῖν, ὁ τρόπος ἦν αὐτοῦ τῆς διὰ συμβόλων διδασκαλίας.
Chapter 24
Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἡ τροφὴ μεγάλα συμβάλλεται πρὸς τὴν ἀρίστην παιδείαν, ὅταν καλῶς καὶ τεταγμένως γίγνηται, σκεψώμεθα τίνα καὶ περὶ ταύτην ἐνομοθέτησε. τῶν δὴ βρωμάτων καθόλου τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀπεδοκίμαζεν ὅσα πνευματώδη καὶ ταραχῆς αἴτια, τὰ δ’ ἐναντία ἐδοκίμαζέ τε καὶ χρῆσθαι ἐκέλευεν, ὅσα τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἕξιν καθίστησί τε καὶ συστέλλει. ὅθεν ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι καὶ τὴν κέγχρον ἐπιτηδείαν εἰς τροφήν. καθόλου δὲ ἀπεδοκίμαζε καὶ τὰ τοῖς θεσῖς ἀλλότρια ὡς ἀπάγοντα ἡμᾶς τῆς πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς οἰκειώσεως. κατ’ ἄλλον δὲ αὖ τρόπον καὶ τῶν νομιζομένων εἶναι ἱερῶν σφόδρα ἀπέχεσθαι παρήγγελλεν ὡς τιμῆς ἀξίων ὄντων, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ τῆς κοινῆς καὶ ἀνθρωπίνης χρήσεως, καὶ ὅσα δὲ εἰς μαντικὴν ἐνεπόδιζεν ἢ πρὸς καθαρότητα τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ εὐαύγειαν ἢ πρὸς σωφροσύνης καὶ ἀρετῆς ἕξιν, παρῄνει φυλάττεσθαι.
καὶ τὰ πρὸς εὐαύγειαν δὲ ἐναντίως ἔχοντα καὶ ἐπιθολοῦντα τῆς ψυχῆς τάς τε ἄλλας καθαρότητας καὶ τὰ ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις φαντάσματα, παρῃτεῖτο. κοινῶς μὲν οὖν ταῦτα ἐνομοθέτησε περὶ τροφῆς· ἰδίᾳ δὲ τοῖς θεωρητικωτάτοις τῶν φιλοσόφων καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα ἀκροτάτοις καθάπαξ περιῄρει τὰ περιττὰ καὶ ἄδικα τῶν ἐδεσμάτων, μήτε ἔμψυχον μηδὲν μηδέποτε ἐσθίειν εἰσηγούμενος μήτε οἶνον ὅλως πίνειν μήτε θύειν ζῷα θεοῖς μήτε καταβλάπτειν μηδ’ ὁτιοῦν αὐτά, διασῴζειν δὲ καὶ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὰ δικαιοσύνην ἐπιμελέστατα.
καὶ αὐτὸς οὕτως ἔζησεν, ἀπεχόμενος τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν ζῴων τροφῆς καὶ τοὺς ἀναιμάκτους βωμοὺς προσκυνῶν, καὶ ὅπως μηδὲ ἄλλοι ἀναιρήσουσι τὰ ὁμοφυῆ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ζῷα προθυμούμενος, τά τε ἄγρια ζῷα σωφρονίζων μᾶλλον καὶ παιδεύων διὰ λόγων καὶ ἔργων, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ διὰ κολάσεως καταβλάπτων. ἤδη δὲ καὶ τῶν πολιτικῶν τοῖς νομοθέταις προσέταξεν ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἐμψύχων ἅτε γὰρ βουλομένους ἄκρως δικαιοπραγεῖν ἔδει δήπου μηδὲν ἀδικεῖν τῶν συγγενῶν ζῴων. ἐπεὶ πῶς ἂν ἔπεισαν δίκαια πράττειν τοὺς ἄλλους αὐτοὶ ἁλισκόμενοι ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ συγγενικῇ τῇ τῶν ζῴων μετοχῇ, ἅπερ διὰ τὴν τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τῶν στοιχείων τῶν αὐτῶν κοινωνίαν καὶ τῆς ἀπὸ τούτων συνισταμένης συγκράσεως ὡσανεὶ ἀδελφότητι πρὸς ἡμᾶς συνέζευκται;
τοῖς μέντοι ἄλλοις ἐπέτρεπέ τινων ζῴων ἅπτεσθαι, ὅσοις ὁ βίος μὴ πάνυ ἦν ἐκκεκαθαρμένος καὶ ἱερὸς καὶ φιλόσοφος· καὶ τούτοις (δὲ) χρόνον τινὰ ὥριζε τῆς ἀποχῆς ὡρισμένον. ἐνομοθέτησε δὲ τοῖς αὐτοῖς καρδίαν μὴ τρώγειν, ἐγκέφαλον μὴ ἐσθίειν, καὶ τούτων εἴργεσθαι πάντας τοὺς Πυθαγορικούς· ἡγεμονίαι γάρ εἰσι καὶ ὡσανεὶ ἐπιβάθραι καὶ ἕδραι τινὲς τοῦ φρονεῖν καὶ τοῦ ζῆν. ἀφωσιοῦτο δὲ αὐτὰ διὰ τὴν τοῦ θείου λόγου φύσιν. οὕτως καὶ μαλάχης εἴργεσθαι ἐκέλευεν, ὅτι πρώτη ἄγγελος καὶ σημάντρια συμπαθείας οὐρανίων πρὸς ἐπίγεια. καὶ μελανούρου δὲ ἀπέχεσθαι παρήγγελλε· χθονίων γάρ ἐστι θεῶν· καὶ ἐρυθρῖνον μὴ προσλαμβάνειν δι’ ἕτερα τοιαῦτα αἴτια, καὶ κυάμων ἀπέχεσθαι διὰ πολλὰς ἱεράς τε καὶ φυσικὰς καὶ εἰς τὴν ψυχὴν ἀνηκούσας αἰτίας. καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα διεθεσμοθέτησε τούτοις ὅμοια, καὶ διὰ τῆς τροφῆς ἀρχόμενος εἰς ἀρετὴν ὁδηγεῖν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
Chapter 25
Ὑπελάμβανε δὲ καὶ τὴν μουσικὴν μεγάλα συμβάλλεσθαι πρὸς ὑγείαν, ἄν τις αὐτῇ χρῆται κατὰ τοὺς προσήκοντας τρόπους. εἰώθει γὰρ οὐ παρέργως τῇ τοιαύτῃ χρῆσθαι καθάρσει· τοῦτο γὰρ δὴ καὶ προσηγόρευε τὴν διὰ τῆς μουσικῆς ἰατρείαν. ἥπτετο δὲ περὶ τὴν ἐαρινὴν ὥραν τῆς τοιαύτης μελῳδίας. ἐκάθιζε γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ τινὰ λύρας ἐφαπτόμενον, καὶ κύκλῳ ἐκαθέζοντο οἱ μελῳδεῖν δυνατοί, καὶ οὕτως ἐκείνου κρούοντος συνῇδον παιῶνάς τινας, δι’ ὧν εὐφραίνεσθαι καὶ ἐμμελεῖς καὶ ἔνρυθμοι γίνεσθαι ἐδόκουν. χρῆσθαι δ’ αὐτοὺς καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον τῇ μουσικῇ ἐν ἰατρείας τάξει,
καὶ εἶναί τινα μέλη πρὸς τὰ ψυχῆς πάθη πεποιημένα, πρός τε ἀθυμίας καὶ δηγμούς, ἃ δὴ βοηθητικώτατα ἐπινενόητο, καὶ πάλιν αὖ ἕτερα πρός τε τὰς ὀργὰς καὶ πρὸς τοὺς θυμοὺς καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν παραλλαγὴν τῆς τοιαύτης ψυχῆς, εἶναι δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἄλλο γένος μελοποιίας ἐξευρημένον· χρῆσθαι δὲ καὶ ὀρχήσεσιν. ὀργάνῳ δὲ χρῆσθαι λύρᾳ· τοὺς γὰρ αὐλοὺς ὑπελάμβανεν ὑβριστικόν τε καὶ πανηγυρικὸν καὶ οὐδαμῶς ἐλευθέριον τὸν ἦχον ἔχειν. χρῆσθαι δὲ καὶ Ὁμήρου καὶ Ἡσιόδου λέξεσιν ἐξειλεγμέναις πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν ψυχῆς.
λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων Πυθαγόρας μὲν σπονδειακῷ ποτὲ μέλει διὰ τοῦ αὐλητοῦ κατασβέσαι τοῦ Ταυρομενίτου μειρακίου μεθύοντος τὴν λύσσαν, νύκτωρ ἐπικωμάζοντος ἐρωμένῃ παρὰ ἀντεραστοῦ πυλῶνι ἐμπιπράναι μέλλοντος. ἐξῆπτο γὰρ καὶ ἀνεζωπύρητο ὑπὸ τοῦ Φρυγίου αὐλήματος. ὃ δὴ κατέπαυσε τάχιστα ὁ Πυθαγόρας, ἐτύγχανε δὲ αὐτὸς ἀστρονομούμενος ἀωρί, καὶ τὴν εἰς τὸ σπονδειακὸν μεταβολὴν ὑπέθετο τῷ αὐλητῇ, δι’ ἧς ἀμελλητὶ κατασταλὲν κοσμίως οἴκαδε ἀπηλλάγη τὸ μειράκιον, πρὸ βραχέος μηδ’ ἐφ’ ὅσον οὖν ἀνασχόμενον μηδ’ ἁπλῶς ὑπομεῖναν νουθεσίας ἐπιβολὴν παρ’ αὐτοῦ, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἐμπλήκτως ἀποσκορακίσαν τὴν τοῦ Πυθαγόρου συντυχίαν.
Ἐμπεδοκλῆς δὲ σπασαμένου τὸ ξίφος ἤδη νεανίου τινὸς ἐπὶ τὸν αὑτοῦ ξενοδόκον Ἄγχιτον, ἐπεὶ δικάσας δημοσίᾳ τὸν τοῦ νεανίου πατέρα ἐθανάτωσε, καὶ ἀίξαντος, ὡς εἶχε συγχύσεως καὶ θυμοῦ, ξιφήρους παῖσαι τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς καταδικαστήν, ὡσανεὶ φονέα, Ἄγχιτον, μεθαρμοσάμενος ὡς εἶχε τὴν λύραν καὶ πεπαντικόν τι μέλος καὶ κατασταλτικὸν μεταχειρισάμενος εὐθὺς ἀνεκρούσατο τὸ νηπενθὲς ἄχολόν τε, κακῶν ἐπίληθες ἁπάντων, κατὰ τὸν ποιητήν, καὶ τόν τε ἑαυτοῦ ξενοδόκον Ἄγχιτον θανάτου ἐρρύσατο καὶ τὸν νεανίαν ἀνδροφονίας.
ἱστορεῖται δ’ οὗτος τῶν Ἐμπεδοκλέους γνωρίμων ὁ δοκιμώτατος ἔκτοτε γενέσθαι.
ἔτι τοίνυν σύμπαν τὸ Πυθαγορικὸν διδασκαλεῖον τὴν λεγομένην ἐξάρτυσιν καὶ συναρμογὰν καὶ ἐπαφὰν ἐποιεῖτο μέλεσί τισιν ἐπιτηδείοις εἰς τὰ ἐναντία πάθη περιάγον χρησίμως τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς διαθέσεις. ἐπί τε γὰρ εὐνὰς τρεπόμενοι τῶν μεθ’ ἡμέραν ταραχῶν καὶ περιηχημάτων ἐξεκάθαιρον τὰς διανοίας ᾠδαῖς τισι καὶ μελῶν ἰδιώμασι καὶ ἡσύχους παρεσκεύαζον ἑαυτοῖς ἐκ τούτου καὶ ὀλιγονείρους τε καὶ εὐονείρους τοὺς ὕπνους, ἐξανιστάμενοί τε ἐκ τῆς κοίτης νωχελίας πάλιν καὶ κάρους δι’ ἰδιοτρόπων ἀπήλλασσον ᾀσμάτων. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ὅτε ἄνευ λέξεως μελισμάτων ὅπου τε καὶ πάθη καὶ νοσήματά τινα ἀφυγίαζον, ὡς φασίν, ἐπᾴδοντες ὡς ἀληθῶς, καὶ εἰκὸς ἐντεῦθέν ποθεν τοὔνομα τοῦτο εἰς μέσον παρεληλυθέναι τὸ τῆς ἐπῳδῆς. οὕτω μὲν οὖν πολυωφελεστάτην κατεστήσατο Πυθαγόρας τὴν διὰ τῆς μουσικῆς τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἠθῶν τε καὶ βίων ἐπανόρθωσιν.
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐνταῦθα γεγόναμεν ἀφηγούμενοι τὴν Πυθαγόρου παιδευτικὴν σοφίαν, οὐ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ τούτῳ παρακείμενον ἐφεξῆς εἰπεῖν, ὅπως ἐξεῦρε τὴν ἁρμονικὴν ἐπιστήμην καὶ τοὺς ἁρμονικοὺς λόγους. ἀρξόμεθα δὲ μικρὸν ἄνωθεν.
Chapter 26
Ἐν φροντίδι ποτὲ καὶ διαλογισμῷ συντεταμένῳ ὑπάρχων, εἰ ἄρα δύναιτο τῇ ἀκοῇ βοήθειάν τινα ὀργανικὴν ἐπινοῆσαι παγίαν καὶ ἀπαραλόγιστον, οἵαν ἡ μὲν ὄψις διὰ τοῦ διαβήτου καὶ διὰ τοῦ κανόνος ἢ νὴ Δία διὰ διόπτρας ἔσχεν, ἡ δ’ ἁφὴ διὰ τοῦ ζυγοῦ ἢ διὰ τῆς τῶν μέτρων ἐπινοίας, παρά τι χαλκοτυπεῖον περιπατῶν ἔκ τινος δαιμονίου συντυχίας ἐπήκουσε ῥαιστήρων σίδηρον ἐπ’ ἄκμονι ῥαιόντων καὶ τοὺς ἤχους παραμὶξ πρὸς ἀλλήλους (συμφωνοτάτους) ἀποδιδόντων, πλὴν μιᾶς συζυγίας. ἐπεγίνωσκε δ’ ἐν αὐτοῖς τήν τε διὰ πασῶν τήν τε διὰ πέντε καὶ τὴν διὰ τεσσάρων συνῳδίαν, τὴν δὲ μεταξύτητα τῆς τε διὰ τεσσάρων καὶ τῆς διὰ πέντε ἀσύμφωνον μὲν ἑώρα αὐτὴν καθ’ ἑαυτήν, συμπληρωτικὴν δὲ ἄλλως τῆς ἐν αὐτοῖς μειζονότητος.
ἄσμενος δὴ ὡς κατὰ θεὸν ἀνυομένης αὐτῷ τῆς προθέσεως, εἰσέδραμεν εἰς τὸ χαλκεῖον, καὶ ποικίλαις πείραις παρὰ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ῥαιστῆρσιν ὄγκων εὑρὼν τὴν διαφορὰν τοῦ ἤχου, ἀλλ’ οὐ παρὰ τὴν τῶν ῥαιόντων βίαν οὐδὲ παρὰ τὰ σχήματα τῶν σφυρῶν οὐδὲ παρὰ τὴν τοῦ ἐλαυνομένου σιδήρου μετάθεσιν, σηκώματα ἀκριβῶς ἐκλαβὼν καὶ ῥοπὰς ἰσαιτάτας τῶν ῥαιστήρων πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀπηλλάγη, καὶ ἀπό τινος ἑνὸς πασσάλου διαγωνίου ἐμπεπηγότος τοῖς τοίχοις, ἵνα μὴ κἀκ τούτου διαφορά τις ὑποφαίνηται ἢ ὅλως ὑπονοῆται πασσάλων ἰδιαζόντων παραλλαγή, ἀπαρτήσας τέσσαρας χορδὰς ὁμοΰλους καὶ ἰσοκώλους, ἰσοπαχεῖς τε καὶ ἰσοστρόφους, ἑκάστην ἀφ’ ἑκάστης ἐξήρτησεν, ὁλκὴν προσδήσας ἐκ τοῦ κάτωθεν μέρους, τὰ δὲ μήκη τῶν χορδῶν μηχανησάμενος ἐκ παντὸς ἰσαίτατα.
εἶτα κρούων ἀνὰ δύο ἅμα χορδὰς ἐπαλλὰξ συμφωνίας εὕρισκε τὰς προλεχθείσας, ἄλλην ἐν ἄλλῃ συζυγίᾳ. τὴν μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ μεγίστου ἐξαρτήματος τεινομένην πρὸς τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ μικροτάτου διὰ πασῶν φθεγγομένην κατελάμβανεν· ἦν δὲ ἢ μὲν δώδεκα τινῶν ὁλκῶν, ἢ δὲ ἕξ. ἐν διπλασίῳ δὴ λόγῳ ἀπέφαινε τὴν διὰ πασῶν, ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ βάρη ὑπέφαινε· τὴν δ’ αὖ μεγίστην πρὸς τὴν παρὰ τὴν μικροτάτην, οὖσαν ὀκτὼ ὁλκῶν, διὰ πέντε συμφωνοῦσαν, ἔνθεν ταύτην ἀπέφαινεν ἐν ἡμιολίῳ λόγῳ, ἐν ᾧπερ καὶ αἱ ὁλκαὶ ὑπῆρχον πρὸς ἀλλήλας· πρὸς δὲ τὴν μετ’ αὐτὴν μὲν τῷ βάρει, τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν μείζονα, ἐννέα σταθμῶν ὑπάρχουσαν, τὴν διὰ τεσσάρων, ἀναλόγως τοῖς βρίθεσι, καὶ ταύτην δὴ ἐπίτριτον ἄντικρυς κατελαμβάνετο, ἡμιολίαν τὴν αὐτὴν φύσει ὑπάρχουσαν τῆς σμικροτάτης.
τὰ γὰρ ἐννέα πρὸς τὰ ἓξ οὕτως ἔχει ὅνπερ τρόπον ἡ παρὰ τὴν μικρὰν ἡ ὀκτὼ πρὸς μὲν τὴν τὰ ἓξ ἔχουσαν ἐν ἐπιτρίτῳ λόγῳ ἦν, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τὰ δώδεκα ἐν ἡμιολίῳ. τὸ ἄρα μεταξὺ τῆς διὰ πέντε καὶ τῆς διὰ τεσσάρων, ᾧ ὑπερέχει ἡ διὰ πέντε τῆς διὰ τεσσάρων, ἐβεβαιοῦτο ἐν ἐπογδόῳ λόγῳ ὑπάρχειν, ἐν ᾧπερ τὰ ἐννέα πρὸς τὰ ὀκτώ, ἑκατέρως τε ἡ διὰ πασῶν σύστημα ἠλέγχετο, ἤτοι ἡ διὰ πέντε καὶ διὰ τεσσάρων ἐν συναφῇ, ὡς ὁ διπλάσιος λόγος ἡμιολίου τε καὶ ἐπιτρίτου, οἷον δώδεκα, ὀκτώ, ἕξ, ἢ ἀναστρόφως τῆς διὰ τεσσάρων καὶ τῆς διὰ πέντε, ὡς τὸ διπλάσιον ἐπιτρίτου τε καὶ ἡμιολίου, οἷον δώδεκα, ἐννέα, ἕξ, ἐν τάξει τοιαύτῃ διὰ πασῶν. τυλώσας δὲ καὶ τὴν χεῖρα καὶ τὴν ἀκοὴν πρὸς τὰ ἐξαρτήματα καὶ βεβαιώσας πρὸς αὐτὰ τὸν τῶν σχέσεων λόγον, μετέθηκεν εὐμηχάνως τὴν μὲν τῶν χορδῶν κοινὴν ἀπόδοσιν, τὴν τοῦ διαγωνίου πασσάλου, εἰς τὸν τοῦ ὀργάνου βατῆρα, ὃν χορδότονον ὠνόμαζε, τὴν δὲ ποσὴν ἐπίτασιν ἀναλόγως τοῖς βάρεσιν εἰς τὴν τῶν κολλάβων ἄνωθεν σύμμετρον περιστροφήν.
ἐπιβάθρᾳ τε ταύτῃ χρώμενος καὶ οἷον ἀνεξαπατήτῳ γνώμονι εἰς ποικίλα ὄργανα τὴν πεῖραν λοιπὸν ἐξέτεινε, λεκίδων τε κροῦσιν καὶ αὐλοὺς καὶ σύριγγας καὶ μονόχορδα καὶ τρίγωνα καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια, καὶ σύμφωνον εὕρισκεν ἐν ἅπασι καὶ ἀπαράλλακτον τὴν δι’ ἀριθμοῦ κατάληψιν. ὀνομάσας δὲ ὑπάτην μὲν τὸν τοῦ ἓξ ἀριθμοῦ κοινωνοῦντα φθόγγον, μέσην δὲ τὸν τοῦ ὀκτώ, ἐπίτριτον αὐτοῦ τυγχάνοντα, παραμέσην δὲ τὸν τοῦ ἐννέα, τόνῳ τοῦ μέσου ὀξύτερον καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐπόγδοον, νήτην δὲ τὸν τοῦ δώδεκα, καὶ τὰς μεταξύτητας κατὰ τὸ διατονικὸν γένος συναναπληρώσας φθόγγοις ἀναλόγοις, οὕτως τὴν ὀκτάχορδον ἀριθμοῖς συμφώνοις ὑπέταξε, διπλασίῳ, ἡμιολίῳ, ἐπιτρίτῳ, καὶ τῇ τούτων διαφορᾷ, ἐπογδόῳ.
τὴν δὲ πρόβασιν ἀνάγκῃ τινὶ φυσικῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ βαρυτάτου ἐπὶ τὸ ὀξύτατον κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ διατονικὸν γένος οὕτως εὕρισκε. τὸ γὰρ χρωματικὸν καὶ ἐναρμόνιον γένος αὖθίς ποτε ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ διετράνωσεν, ὡς ἐνέσται ποτὲ δεῖξαι, ὅταν περὶ μουσικῆς λέγωμεν. ἀλλὰ τό γε διατονικὸν γένος τοῦτο τοὺς βαθμοὺς καὶ τὰς προόδους τοιαύτας τινὰς φυσικὰς ἔχειν φαίνεται, ἡμιτόνιον, εἶτα τόνος, (εἶτα τόνος,) καὶ τοῦτ’ ἔστι διὰ τεσσάρων, σύστημα δύο τόνων καὶ τοῦ λεγομένου ἡμιτονίου. εἶτα προσληφθέντος ἄλλου τόνου, τοῦτ’ ἔστι τοῦ μεσεμβοληθέντος, ἡ διὰ πέντε γίνεται, σύστημα τριῶν τόνων καὶ ἡμιτονίου ὑπάρχουσα. εἶθ’ ἑξῆς τούτῳ ἡμιτόνιον καὶ τόνος καὶ τόνος, ἄλλο διὰ τεσσάρων, τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἄλλο ἐπίτριτον. ὥστε ἐν μὲν τῇ ἀρχαιοτέρᾳ τῇ ἑπταχόρδῳ πάντας ἐκ τοῦ βαρυτάτου τοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων τετάρτους τὴν διὰ τεσσάρων ἀλλήλοις δι’ ὅλου συμφωνεῖν, τοῦ ἡμιτονίου κατὰ μετάβασιν τήν τε πρώτην καὶ τὴν μέσην καὶ τὴν τρίτην χώραν μεταλαμβάνοντος κατὰ τὸ τετράχορδον·
ἐν δὲ τῇ Πυθαγορικῇ τῇ ὀκταχόρδῳ, ἤτοι κατὰ συναφὴν συστήματι ὑπαρχούσῃ τετραχόρδου τε καὶ πενταχόρδου, ἢ κατὰ διάζευξιν δυεῖν τετραχόρδων τῶν χωριζομένων ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων, ἀπὸ τῆς βαρυτάτης ἡ προχώρησις ὑπάρξει, ὥστε τοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων πέμπτους πάντας φθόγγους τὴν διὰ πέντε συμφωνεῖν ἀλλήλοις, τοῦ ἡμιτονίου προβάδην εἰς τέσσαρας χώρας μεταβαίνοντος, πρώτην, δευτέραν, τρίτην, τετάρτην.
οὕτω μὲν οὖν τὴν μουσικὴν εὑρεῖν λέγεται, καὶ συστησάμενος αὐτὴν παρέδωκε τοῖς ὑπηκόοις ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ κάλλιστα.
Chapter 27
Ἐπαινεῖται δὲ πολλὰ καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς πολιτείας πραχθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκείνῳ πλησιασάντων. φασὶ γάρ, ἐμπεσούσης μέν ποτε τοῖς Κροτωνιάταις ὁρμῆς πολυτελεῖς ποιεῖσθαι τὰς ἐκφορὰς καὶ ταφάς, εἰπεῖν τινα πρὸς τὸν δῆμον ἐξ αὐτῶν, ὅτι Πυθαγόρου διεξιόντος ἀκούσειεν ὑπὲρ τῶν θεῶν, ὡς οἱ μὲν Ὀλύμπιοι ταῖς τῶν θυόντων διαθέσεσιν, οὐ τῷ τῶν θυομένων πλήθει προσέχουσιν, οἱ δὲ χθόνιοι τοὐναντίον ὡς ἂν ἐλαττόνων κληρονομοῦντες τοῖς κομμοῖς καὶ θρήνοις, ἔτι δὲ ταῖς συνεχέσι χοαῖς καὶ τοῖς ἐπιφορήμασι καὶ τοῖς μετὰ μεγάλης δαπάνης ἐναγισμοῖς χαίρουσιν.
ὅθεν διὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν τῆς ὑποδοχῆς Πλούτωνα καλεῖσθαι τὸν Ἅιδην, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀφελῶς αὐτὸν τιμῶντας ἐᾶν κατὰ τὸν ἄνω κόσμον χρόνιον, ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἐκκεχυμένως πρὸς τὰ πένθη διακειμένων ἀεί τινα κατάγειν ἕνεκα τοῦ τυγχάνειν τῶν τιμῶν τῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς μνήμασι γινομένων. ἐκ δὲ τῆς συμβουλίας ταύτης ὑπόληψιν ἐμποιῆσαι τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ὅτι μετριάζοντες μὲν ἐν τοῖς ἀτυχήμασι τὴν ἰδίαν σωτηρίαν διατηροῦσιν, ὑπερβάλλοντες δὲ τοῖς ἀναλώμασιν ἅπαντες πρὸ μοίρας καταστρέψουσιν.
ἕτερον δὲ διαιτητὴν γενόμενόν τινος ἀμαρτύρου πράγματος, χωρὶς μεθ’ ἑκατέρου τῶν ἀντιδίκων ὁδῷ προσάγοντα κατὰ μνῆμά τι ἐπιστάντα φῆσαι τὸν ἐν τούτῳ κείμενον ἐπιεικῆ καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν γενέσθαι. τῶν δὲ ἀντιδίκων τοῦ μὲν πολλὰ κἀγαθὰ κατευξαμένου τῷ τετελευτηκότι, τοῦ δὲ εἰπόντος μή τι οὖν αὐτῷ πλεῖόν ἐστι; καταδοξάσαι, καὶ παρεσχῆσθαί τινα ῥοπὴν εἰς τὴν πίστιν τὸν ἐγκωμιάσαντα τὴν καλοκαγαθίαν. ἄλλον δὲ δίαιταν εἰληφότα μεγάλην, ἑκάτερον πείσαντα τῶν ἐπιτρεψάντων, τὸν μὲν ἀποτῖσαι τέσσαρα τάλαντα, τὸν δὲ λαβεῖν δύο, κᾆτα γνῶναι τρία, καὶ δόξαι δεδωκέναι τάλαντον ἑκατέρῳ. θεμένων δέ τινων ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ πρὸς γύναιον τῶν ἀγοραίων ἱμάτιον καὶ διειπομένων μὴ διδόναι θατέρῳ μέχρις ἂν ἀμφότεροι παρῶσι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα παραλογισαμένων καὶ σύνεγγυς τοῦ κοινῇ θεμένου λαβόντος θατέρου καὶ φήσαντος συγκεχωρηκέναι τὸν ἕτερον, εἶτα συκοφαντοῦντος [ἑτέρου] τοῦ μὴ προσελθόντος καὶ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁμολογίαν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἐμφανίζοντος, ἐκδεξάμενον τῶν Πυθαγορείων τινὰ φῆσαι τὰ συγκείμενα τὴν ἄνθρωπον ποιήσειν, ἂν ἀμφότεροι παρῶσιν.
ἄλλων δέ τινων ἐν ἰσχυρᾷ μὲν φιλίᾳ πρὸς ἀλλήλους εἶναι δοκούντων, εἰς σιωπωμένην δὲ ὑποψίαν διά τινα τῶν κολακευόντων τὸν ἕτερον ἐμπεπτωκότων [ὃς εἴρηκε πρὸς αὐτὸν] ὡς τῆς γυναικὸς ὑπὸ θατέρου διεφθαρμένης, ἀπὸ τύχης εἰσελθόντα τὸν Πυθαγόρειον εἰς χαλκεῖον, ἐπεὶ δείξας ἠκονημένην μάχαιραν ὁ νομίζων ἀδικεῖσθαι τῷ τεχνίτῃ προσέκοπτεν ὡς οὐχ ἱκανῶς ἠκονηκότι, καθυπονοήσαντα ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παρασκευὴν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν διαβεβλημένον, αὕτη σοι φῆσαι τῶν ἄλλων ἐστὶν ἁπάντων ὀξυτέρα, πλὴν διαβολῆς. καὶ τοῦτ’ εἴπαντα ποιῆσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐπιστῆσαι τὴν διάνοιαν καὶ μὴ προπετῶς εἰς τὸν φίλον, ὃς ἔνδον ἦν προκεκλημένος, ἐξαμαρτεῖν.
ἕτερον δὲ ξένου τινὸς ἐκβεβληκότος ἐν Ἀσκληπιείῳ ζώνην χρυσίον ἔχουσαν, καὶ τῶν μὲν νόμων τὸ πεσὸν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν κωλυόντων ἀναιρεῖσθαι, τοῦ δὲ ξένου σχετλιάζοντος, κελεῦσαι τὸ μὲν χρυσίον ἐξελεῖν, ὃ μὴ πέπτωκεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, τὴν δὲ ζώνην ἐᾶν· εἶναι γὰρ ταύτην ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. καὶ τὸ μεταφερόμενον δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγνοούντων εἰς τόπους ἑτέρους ἐν Κρότωνι γενέσθαι λέγουσιν, ὅτι θέας οὔσης καὶ γεράνων ὑπὲρ τοῦ θεάτρου φερομένων, εἰπόντος τινὸς τῶν καταπεπλευκότων πρὸς τὸν πλησίον καθήμενον, ὁρᾷς τοὺς μάρτυρας; ἐπακούσας τις τῶν Πυθαγορείων ἤγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ τῶν χιλίων ἀρχεῖον, ὑπολαβών, ὅπερ ἐλέγχοντες τοὺς παῖδας ἐξεῦρον, καταπεποντικέναι τινὰς τὰς ὑπὲρ τῆς νεὼς πετομένας γεράνους μαρτυρομένους. καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους δέ τινες, ὡς ἔοικε, διενεχθέντες, νεωστὶ πρὸς Πυθαγόραν παραβαλόντες, ὡς ὁ νεώτερος προσελθὼν διελύετο, φάσκων οὐ δεῖν ἐφ’ ἕτερον ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀναφοράν, ἀλλ’ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐπιλαθέσθαι τῆς ὀργῆς, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα αὐτῷ φῆσαι τὸν ἀκούοντα διαφερόντως ἀρέσκειν, αἰσχύνεσθαι δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ πρεσβύτερος ὢν μὴ πρότερος αὐτὸς προσελθεῖν.
*** καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον εἰπεῖν καὶ τὰ περὶ Φιντίαν καὶ Δάμωνα, περί τε Πλάτωνος καὶ Ἀρχύτου, καὶ τὰ περὶ Κλεινίαν καὶ Πρῶρον. χωρὶς τοίνυν τούτων Εὐβούλου τοῦ Μεσσηνίου πλέοντος εἰς σἶκον καὶ ληφθέντος ὑπὸ Τυρρηνῶν καὶ καταχθέντος εἰς Τυρρηνίαν, Ναυσίθοος ὁ Τυρρηνός, Πυθαγόρειος ὤν, ἐπιγνοὺς αὐτὸν ὅτι τῶν Πυθαγόρου μαθητῶν ἐστιν, ἀφελόμενος τοὺς λῃστὰς μετ’ ἀσφαλείας πολλῆς εἰς τὴν Μεσσήνην αὐτὸν κατέστησε.
Καρχηδονίων τε πλείους ἢ πεντάκις χιλίους ἄνδρας, τοὺς παρ’ αὐτοῖς στρατευομένους, εἰς νῆσον ἔρημον ἀποστέλλειν μελλόντων, ἰδὼν ἐν τούτοις Μιλτιάδης ὁ Καρχηδόνιος Ποσιδῆν Ἀργεῖον, (ἐτύγχανον δὲ) ἀμφότεροι τῶν Πυθαγορείων ὄντες, προσελθὼν αὐτῷ τὴν μὲν πρᾶξιν τὴν ἐσομένην οὐκ ἐδήλωσεν, ἠξίου δ’αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν ἀποτρέχειν τὴν ταχίστην, καὶ παραπλεούσης νεὼς συνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐφόδιον προσθεὶς καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα διέσῳσεν ἐκ τῶν κινδύνων. ὅλως δὲ πάσας εἴ τις λέγοι τὰς γεγενημένας ὁμιλίας τοῖς Πυθαγορείοις πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὑπεραίροι ἂν τῷ μήκει τὸν ὄγκον καὶ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ συγγράμματος.
μέτειμι οὖν μᾶλλον ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνα, ὡς ἦσαν ἔνιοι τῶν Πυθαγορείων πολιτικοὶ καὶ ἀρχικοί. καὶ γὰρ νόμους ἐφύλαττον καὶ πόλεις Ἰταλικὰς διῴκησάν τινες, ἀποφαινόμενοι μὲν καὶ συμβουλεύοντες τὰ ἄριστα ὧν ὑπελάμβανον, ἀπεχόμενοι δὲ δημοσίων προσόδων. πολλῶν δὲ γιγνομένων κατ’ αὐτῶν διαβολῶν ὅμως ἐπεκράτει μέχρι τινὸς ἡ πῶν Πυθαγορείων καλοκαγαθία καὶ ἡ τῶν πόλεων αὐτῶν βούλησις, ὥστε ὑπ’ ἐκείνων οἰκονομεῖσθαι βούλεσθαι τὰ περὶ τὰς πολιτείας. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τῷ χρόνῳ δοκοῦσιν αἱ κάλλισται τῶν πολιτειῶν ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ γενέσθαι καὶ ἐν Σικελίᾳ.
Χαρώνδας τε γὰρ ὁ Καταναῖος, εἷς εἶναι δοκῶν τῶν ἀρίστων νομοθετῶν, [Πυθαγόρειος ἦν,] Ζάλευκός τε καὶ Τιμάρης οἱ Λοκροί, (οἱ) ὀνομαστοὶ γεγενημένοι ἐπὶ νομοθεσίᾳ, Πυθαγόρειοι ἦσαν, οἱ τε τὰς Ῥηγινικὰς πολιτείας συστήσαντες, τήν τε γυμνασιαρχικὴν κληθεῖσαν καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ Θεοκλέους ὀνομαζομένην, Πυθαγόρειοι λέγονται εἶναι. Φύτιός τε καὶ Θεοκλῆς καὶ Ἑλικάων καὶ Ἀριστοκράτης διήνεγκαν ἐπιτηδεύμασί τε καὶ ἔθεσιν, οἷς καὶ αἱ ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς τόποις πόλεις κατ’ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους ἐχρήσαντο.
ὅλως δὲ εὑρετὴν αὐτὸν γενέσθαι φασὶ καὶ τῆς πολιτικῆς ὅλης παιδείας, εἰπόντα μηδὲν εἰλικρινὲς εἶναι τῶν ὄντων πραγμάτων, ἀλλὰ μετέχειν καὶ γῆν πυρὸς καὶ πῦρ ὕδατος καὶ πνευμάτων καὶ ταῦτα πνεύματος, ἔτι καλὸν αἰσχροῦ καὶ δίκαιον ἀδίκου καὶ τἄλλα κατὰ λόγον τούτοις. ἐκ δὲ ταύτης τῆς ὑποθέσεως λαβεῖν τὸν λόγον τὴν εἰς ἑκάτερον μέρος ὁρμήν. δύο δὲ εἶναι κινήσεις καὶ τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, τὴν μὲν ἄλογον, τὴν δὲ προαιρετικήν. πολιτειῶν δὲ γραμμάς τινας· τοιάσδε τρεῖς συστησάμενον τοῖς ἄκροις ἀλλήλων συμψαυούσας, μίαν ὀρθὴν γωνίαν ποιούσας, τὴν μὲν ἐπίτριτον φύσιν ἔχουσαν, τὴν δὲ πέντε τοιαῦτα δυναμένην, τὴν δὲ τούτων ἀμφοτέρων ἀνὰ μέσον.
λογιζομένων δ’ ἡμῶν τάς τε τῶν γραμμῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλας συμπτώσεις καὶ τὰς τῶν χωρίων τῶν ἀπὸ τούτων, βελτίστην ὑποτυποῦσθαι πολιτείας εἰκόνα. σφετερίσασθαι δὲ τὴν δόξαν Πλάτωνα, λέγοντα φανερῶς ἐν τῇ Πολιτείᾳ τὸν ἐπίτριτον ἐκεῖνον πυθμένα τὸν τῇ πεμπάδι συζευγνύμενον καὶ τὰς δύο παρεχόμενον ἁρμονίας. ἀσκῆσαι δὲ φασὶν αὐτὸν καὶ τὰς μεπριοπαθείας καὶ τὰς μεσότητας καὶ τὸ σύν τινι προηγουμένῳ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἕκαστον εὐδαίμονα ποιεῖν τὸν βίον, καὶ συλλήβδην προσευρεῖν τὴν αἵρεσιν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀγαθῶν καὶ προσηκόντων ἔργων.
ἀπαλλάξαι δὲ λέγεται τοὺς Κροτωνιάτας καὶ τῶν παλλακίδων καὶ καθόλου τῆς πρὸς τὰς ἀνεγγύους γυναῖκας ὁμιλίας. πρὸς Δεινωνὼ γὰρ τὴν Βροντίνου γυναῖκα, τῶν Πυθαγορείων ἑνός, οὖσαν σοφήν τε καὶ περιττὴν τὴν ψυχήν, ἧς ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ καλὸν καὶ περιβόητον ῥῆμα, τὸ τὴν γυναῖκα δεῖν θύειν αὐθημερὸν ἀνισταμένην ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑαυτῆς ἀνδρός, ὅ τινες εἰς Θεανὼ ἀναφέρουσι, πρὸς δὴ ταύτην παρελθούσας τὰς τῶν Κροτωνιατῶν γυναῖκας παρακαλέσαι περὶ τοῦ συμπεῖσαι τὸν Πυθαγόραν διαλεχθῆναι περὶ τῆς πρὸς αὐτὰς σωφροσύνης τοῖς ἀνδράσιν αὐτῶν. ὃ δὴ καὶ συμβῆναι, καὶ τῆς γυναικὸς ἐπαγγειλαμένης καὶ τοῦ Πυθαγόρσυ διαλεχθέντος καὶ τῶν Κροτωνιατῶν πεισθέντων ἀναιρεθῆναι παντάπασι τὴν τότε ἐπιπολάζουσαν ἀκολασίαν.
ἔτι φασὶ Πυθαγόραν, ἀφικομένων εἰς τὴν πόλιν τῶν Κροτωνιατῶν ἐκ τῆς Συβάριδος πρεσβευτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξαίτησιν τῶν φυγάδων, θεασάμενόν τινα τῶν πρέσβεων αὐτόχειρα γεγενημένον τῶν αὐτοῦ φίλων, μηδὲν ἀποκρίνασθαι αὐτῷ. ἐπερομένου δὲ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ βουλομένου τῆς ὁμιλίας αὐτοῦ μετέχειν, εἰπεῖν ὡς οὐ θεμιστεύοι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὅθεν δὴ καὶ παρά τισιν Ἀπόλλωνα ὀνομασθῆναι αὐτόν.
ταῦτα δὴ πάντα καὶ ὅσα μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν εἰρήκαμεν περὶ τῆς τῶν τυράννων καταλύσεως καὶ τῆς τῶν πόλεων ἐλευθερώσεως τῶν ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ τε καὶ Σικελίᾳ καὶ ἄλλων πλειόνων, δείγματα ποιησώμεθα τῆς εἰς τὰ πολιτικὰ ἀγαθὰ ὡφελείας αὐτοῦ, ἣν συνεβάλλετο τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.
Chapter 28
Τὸ δὴ μετὰ τοῦτο μηκέθ’ οὑτωσὶ κοινῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατ’ ἰδίαν ἀποτεμόμενοι τὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἔργα αὐτοῦ τῷ λόγῳ κοσμήσωμεν. ἀρξώμεθα δὲ πρῶτον ἀπὸ θεῶν, ὥσπερ καὶ νομίζεται, τήν τε ὁσιότητα αὐτοῦ πειραθῶμεν ἐπιδεῖξαι καὶ τὰ ἀπ’ αὐτῆς θαυμαστὰ ἔργα ἐπιδείξωμεν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ τῷ λόγῳ κοσμήσωμεν. ἓν μὲν οὖν δεῖγμα αὐτῆς ἐκεῖνο ἔστω, οὗ καὶ πρότερον ἐμνημονεύσαμεν, ὅτι δὴ ἐγίνωσκε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν, τίς ἦν καὶ πόθεν εἰς τὸ σῶμα εἰσεληλύθει, τούς τε προτέρους αὐτῆς βίους, καὶ τούτων πρόδηλα τεκμήρια παρεῖχε. μετὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν ἐκεῖνο. Νέσσον ποτὲ τὸν ποταμὸν σὺν πολλοῖς τῶν ἑταίρων διαβαίνων προσεῖπε τῇ φωνῇ, καὶ ὁ ποπαμὸς γεγωνόν τι καὶ τρανὸν ἀπεφθέγξατο πάντων ἀκουόντων, χαῖρε, Πυθαγόρα. ἔτι μιᾷ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἔν τε Μεταποντίῳ τῆς Ἰταλίας καὶ ἐν Ταυρομενίῳ τῆς Σικελίας συγγεγονέναι καὶ διειλέχθαι κοινῇ τοῖς ἑκατέρωθι ἑταίροις αὐτὸν διαβεβαιοῦνται σχεδὸν ἅπαντες, σταδίων ἐν μεσαιχμίῳ παμπόλλων καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν ὑπαρχόντων, οὐδ’ ἡμέραις ἀνυσίμων πάνυ πολλαῖς.
τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὅτι τὸν μηρὸν χρύσεον ἐπέδειξεν Ἀβάριδι τῷ Ὑπερβορέῳ, εἰκάσαντι αὐτὸν Ἀπόλλωνα εἶναι τὸν (ἐν) Ὑπερβορέοις, οὗπερ ἦν ἱερεὺς ὁ Ἄβαρις, βεβαιοῦντα ὡς τοῦτο ἀληθὲς ὑπολαμβάνοι καὶ οὐ διαψεύδοιτο, καὶ πάνυ τεθρύληται. καὶ μυρία ἕτερα τούτων θειότερα καὶ θαυμαστότερα περὶ τἀνδρὸς ὁμαλῶς καὶ συμφώνως ἱστορεῖται, προρρήσεις τε σεισμῶν ἀπαράβατοι καὶ λοιμῶν ἀποτροπαὶ σὺν τάχει καὶ ἀνέμων βιαίων χαλαζῶν τ’ ἐκχύσεως παραυτίκα κατευνήσεις καὶ κυμάτων ποταμίων τε καὶ θαλασσίων ἀπευδιασμοὶ πρὸς εὐμαρῆ τῶν ἑταίρων διάβασιν. ὧν μεταλαβόντας Ἐμπεδοκλέα τε τὸν Ἀκραγαντῖνον καὶ Ἐπιμενίδην τὸν Κρῆτα καὶ Ἄβαριν τὸν Ὑπερβόρειον πολλαχῇ καὶ αὐτοὺς τοιαῦτά τινα ἐπιτετελεκέναι.
δῆλα δ’ αὐτῶν τὰ ποιήματα ὑπάρχει, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἀλεξανέμας μὲν ὂν τὸ ἐπώνυμον Ἐμπεδοκλέους, καθαρτὴς δὲ τὸ Ἐπιμενίδου, αἰθροβάτης δὲ τὸ Ἀβάριδος, ὅτι ἄρα ὀιστῷ τοῦ ἐν Ὑπερβορέοις Ἀπόλλωνος δωρηθέντι αὐτῷ ἐποχούμενος ποταμούς τε καὶ πελάγη καὶ τὰ ἄβατα διέβαινεν, ἀεροβατῶν τρόπον τινά, ὅπερ ὑπενόησαν καὶ Πυθαγόραν τινὲς πεπονθέναι τότε ἡνίκα καὶ ἐν Μεταποντίῳ καὶ ἐν Ταυρομενίῳ τοῖς ἑκατέρωθι ἑταίροις ὡμίλησε τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ.
λέγεται δ’ ὅτι καὶ σεισμὸν ἐσόμενον ἀπὸ φρέατος, οὗ ἐγεύσατο, προηγόρευσε, καὶ περὶ νεὼς οὐριοδρομούσης, ὅτι καταποντισθήσεται.
καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἔστω τεκμήρια τῆς εὐσεβείας αὐτοῦ. βούλομαι δὲ ἄνωθεν τὰς ἀρχὰς ὑποδεῖξαι τῆς τῶν θεῶν θρησκείας, ἃς προεστήσατο Πυθαγόρας τε καὶ οἱ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἄνδρες.
ἅπαντα ὅσα περὶ τοῦ πράττειν ἢ μὴ πράττειν διορίζουσιν, ἐστόχασται τῆς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ὁμολογίας, καὶ ἀρχὴ αὕτη ἐστὶ καὶ βίος ἅπας συντέτακται πρὸς τὸ ἀκολουθεῖν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ὁ λόγος οὗτος ταύτης ἐστὶ τῆς φιλοσοφίας, ὅτι γελοῖον ποιοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι ἄλλοθέν ποθεν ζητοῦντες τὸ εὖ ἢ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν, καὶ ὅμοιον ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις ἐν βασιλευομένῃ χώρᾳ τῶν πολιτῶν τινὰ ὕπαρχον θεραπεύσῃ, ἀμελήσας αὐτοῦ τοῦ πάντων ἄρχοντος [καὶ βασιλεύοντος]· τοιοῦτον γὰρ οἴονται ποιεῖν καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔστι τε θεὸς καὶ οὗτος πάντων κύριος, δεῖν δὲ ὡμολόγηται παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου τἀγαθὸν αἰτεῖν, πάντες τε, οὓς μὲν ἂν φιλῶσι καὶ οἷς ἂν χαίρωσι, τούτοις διδόασι τἀγαθά, πρὸς δὲ οὓς ἐναντίως ἔχουσι, τἀναντία, δῆλον ὅτι ταῦτα πρακτέον οἷς τυγχάνει ὁ θεὸς χαίρων.
ταῦτα δὲ οὐ ῥᾴδιον εἰδέναι, ἂν μή τις ἢ θεοῦ ἀκηκοότος ἢ θεοῦ ἀκούσῃ ἢ διὰ τέχνης θείας πορίζηται. διὸ καὶ περὶ τὴν μαντικὴν σπουδάζουσι· μόνη γὰρ αὕτη ἑρμηνεία τῆς παρὰ τῶν θεῶν διανοίας ἐστί. καὶ ὅμως δὲ τὴν αὐτῶν πραγματείαν ἀξίαν τῳ δόξειεν εἶναι τῷ οἰομένῳ θεοὺς εἶναι, τοῖς δ’ εὐήθειαν θάτερον τούτων καὶ ἀμφότερα. ἔστι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀποταγμάτων τὰ πολλὰ ἐκ τελετῶν εἰσενηνεγμένα, διὰ τὸ οἴεσθαί τι εἶναι αὐτοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ μὴ νομίζειν ἀλαζονείαν, ἀλλ’ ἀπό τινος θεοῦ ἔχειν τὴν ἀρχήν. καὶ τοῦτό γε πάντες οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι ὅμως ἔχουσι πιστευτικῶς, οἷον περὶ Ἀριστέου τοῦ Προκοννησίου καὶ Ἀβάριδος τοῦ Ὑπερβορέου τὰ μυθολογούμενα καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτα λέγεται. πᾶσι γὰρ πιστεύουσι τοῖς τοιούτοις, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ πειρῶνται, τῶν τοιούτων δὲ τῶν δοκούντων μυθικῶν ἀπομνημονεύουσιν ὡς οὐδὲν ἀπιστοῦντες ὅ τι ἂν εἰς τὸ θεῖον ἀνάγηται.
ἔφη γοῦν Εὔρυτόν τις λέγειν ὅτι φαίη ποιμὴν ἀκοῦσαί τινος ᾄδοντος, νέμων ἐπὶ τῷ τάφῳ τοῦ Φιλολάου, καὶ τὸν οὐθὲν ἀπιστῆσαι, ἀλλ’ ἐρέσθαι τίνα ἁρμονίαν. ἦσαν δὲ οὗτοι ἀμφότεροι Πυθαγόρειοι, καὶ μαθητὴς Εὔρυτος Φιλολάου. φασὶ δὲ καὶ τῷ Πυθαγόρᾳ τινά ποτε λέγειν ὅτι δοκοίη ποτὲ ἐν τῷ ὕπνῳ τῷ πατρὶ διαλέγεσθαι τεθνεῶτι καὶ ἐπερέσθαι τίνος τοῦτο σημεῖον; τὸν δ’ οὐθενὸς φάναι, ἀλλ’ ὡς διελέγετο αὐτῷ ἀληθῶς· ὥσπερ οὖν οὐδὲ τὸ ἐμοὶ νῦν σε διαλέγεσθαι σημαίνει οὐθέν, οὕτως οὐδὲ (τὸ) ἐκείνῳ. ὥστε πρὸς πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα οὐχὶ αὑτοὺς εὐήθεις νομίζουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἀπιστοῦντας· οὐ γὰρ εἶναι τὰ μὲν δυνατὰ τοῖς θεοῖς, τὰ δὲ ἀδύνατα, ὥσπερ οἴεσθαι τοὺς σοφιζομένους, ἀλλὰ πάντα δυνατά. καὶ ἡ ἀρχὴ ἡ αὐτῇ ἐστι τῶν ἐπῶν, ἃ [ἐκεῖνοι] φασὶ μὲν εἶναι Λίνου, ἔστι μέντοι ἴσως ἐκείνων· ἔλπεσθαι χρὴ πάντ’, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔστ’ οὐδὲν ἄελπτον· ῥᾴδια πάντα θεῷ τελέσαι, καὶ ἀνήνυτον οὐδέν.
τὴν δὲ πίστιν τῶν παρ’ αὐτσῖς ὑπολήφεων ἡγοῦνται εἶναι ταύτην, ὅτι ἦν ὁ πρῶτος εἰπὼν αὐτός, οὐχ ὁ τυχὼν, ἀλλὰ θεός. καὶ ἓν τοῦτο τῶν ἀκουσμάτων ἐστί, τίς ἢ Πυθαγόρας; φασὶ γὰρ εἶναι Ἀπόλλωνα Ὑπερβόρεον, τούτου δὲ τεκμήρια ἔχεσθαι ὅτι ἐν τῷ ἀγῶνι ἐξανιστάμενος τὸν μηρὸν παρέφηνε χρυσοῦν καὶ ὅτι Ἄβαριν τὸν Ὑπερβόρεον εἱστία καὶ τὸν ὀιστὸν αὐτοῦ ἀφείλετο, ᾧ ἐκυβερνᾶτο.
λέγεται δὲ ὁ Ἄβαρις ἐλθεῖν ἐξ Ὑπερβορέων, ἀγείρων χρυσὸν εἰς τὸν νεὼν καὶ προλέγων λοιμόν. κατέλυε δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς, καὶ οὔτε πίνων οὔτε ἐσθίων ὤφθη ποτὲ οὐθέν. λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἐν Λακεδαιμονίοις θῦσαι τὰ κωλυτήρια, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδένα ποτὲ ὕστερον ἐν Λακεδαίμονι λοιμὸν γενέσθαι. τοῦτον οὖν τὸν Ἄβαριν παρελόμενος ὃν εἶχεν ὀιστὸν χρυσοῦν, οὗ ἄνευ οὐχ οἷός τ’ ἦν τὰς ὁδοὺς ἐξευρίσκειν, ὁμολογοῦντα ἐποίησε.
καὶ ἐν Μεταποντίῳ, εὐξαμένων τινῶν γενέσθαι αὐτοῖς τὰ ἐν τῷ προσπλέοντι πλοίῳ, νεκρὸς τοίνυν ἂν (εἴη) ὑμῖν ἔφη, καὶ ἐφάνη νεκρὸν ἄγον τὸ πλοῖον. καὶ ἐν Συβάρει τὸν ὄφιν τὸν ἀποκτείναντα τὸν δασὺν ἔλαβε καὶ ἀπεπέμψατο, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸν ἐν Τυρρηνίᾳ τὸν μικρὸν ὄφιν αὐτὸς ἀπέκτεινε δάκνων. ἐν Κρότωνι δὲ τὸν ἀετὸν τὸν λευκὸν κατέψησεν ὑπομείναντα, ὡς φασί. βουλομένου δέ τινος ἀκούειν, οὐκ ἔφη πω λέξειν πρὶν ἢ σημεῖόν τι φανῇ, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐγένετο ἐν Καυλωνίᾳ ἡ λευκὴ ἄρκτος. καὶ πρὸς τὸν μέλλοντα ἐξαγγέλλειν αὐτῷ τὸν τοῦ υἱοῦ θάνατον προεῖπεν αὐτός.
καὶ Μυλλίαν τὸν Κροτωνιάτην ἀνέμνησεν ὅτι ἦν Μίδας ὁ Γορδίου, καὶ ᾤχετο ὁ Μυλλίας εἰς τὴν ἤπειρον, ποιήσων ὅσα ἐπὶ τῷ τάφῳ ἐκέλευσε. λέγουσι δὲ καὶ ὅτι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ ὁ πριάμενος καὶ ἀνορύξας, ἃ μὲν εἶδεν οὐδενὶ ἐτολμησεν εἰπεῖν, ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ταύτης ἐν Κρότωνι ἱεροσυλῶν ἐλήφθη καὶ ἀπέθανε· τὸ γὰρ γένειον ἀποπεσὸν τοῦ ἀγάλματος τὸ χρυσοῦν ἐφωράθη λαβών. ταῦτά τε οὖν λέγουσι πρὸς πίστιν καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα· ὡς δὲ τούτων τε ὁμολογουμένων καὶ ἀδυνάτου ὄντος περὶ ἄνθρωπον ἓνα ταῦτα συμβῆναι, ἤδη οἴονται σαφὲς εἶναι ὅτι ὡς παρὰ κρείττονος ἀποδέχεσθαι χρὴ τὰ παρ’ ἐκείνου λεχθέντα καὶ οὐχὶ ἀνθρώπου. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἀπορούμενον τοῦτο σημαίνειν·
ἔστι γὰρ παρ’ αὐτοῖς λεγόμενον ὅτι ἄνθρωπος δίπος ἐστὶ καὶ ὄρνις καὶ τρίτον ἄλλο. τὸ γὰρ τρίτον Πυθαγόρας ἐστί. τοιοῦτος μὲν οὖν διὰ τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἦν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐνομίζετο εἶναι.
περὶ δὲ τοὺς ὅρκους εὐλαβῶς οὕτως διέκειντο πάντες οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι, μεμνημένοι τῆς Πυθαγόρου ὑποθήκης τῆς ἀθανάτους μὲν πρῶτα θεούς, νόμῳ ὡς διάκεινται, τίμα καὶ σέβου ὅρκον, ἔπειθ’ ἥρωας ἀγαυούς, ὥστε ὑπὸ νόμου τις αὐτῶν ἀναγκαζόμενος ὀμόσαι, καίτοι εὐορκεῖν μέλλων, ὅμως ὑπὲρ τοῦ διαφυλάξαι τὸ δόγμα ὑπέμεινεν ἀντὶ τοῦ ὀμόσαι τρία μᾶλλον τάλαντα καταθέσθαι, ὅσουπερ τετίμητο τὸ τοιοῦτον τῷ δικασαμένῳ.
ὅτι δ’ οὐδὲν ᾤοντο ἐκ ταὐτομάτου συμβαίνειν καὶ ἀπὸ τύχης, ἀλλὰ κατὰ θείαν πρόνοιαν, μάλιστα τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ εὐσεβέσι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, βεβαιοῖ τὰ ὑπὸ Ἀνδροκύδου ἐν τῷ περὶ Πυθαγορικῶν συμβόλων ἱστορούμενα περὶ Θυμαρίδου τοῦ Ταραντίνου, Πυθαγορικοῦ. ἀποπλέοντι γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ χωριζομένῳ διά τινα περίστασιν, παρέστησαν οἱ ἑταῖροι ἀσπαζόμενοί τε καὶ προπεμπτικῶς ἀποτασσόμενοι. καί τις ἤδη ἐπιβάντι τοῦ πλοίου εἶπεν· ὅσα βούλει, παρὰ τῶν θεῶν (γένοιτό σοι), ὦ Θυμαρίδα. καὶ ὃς εὐφήμει ἔφη ἀλλὰ βουλοίμην μᾶλλον, ὅσ’ ἄν μοι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν γένηται. ἐπιστημονικὸν γὰρ τοῦτο ἡγεῖτο μᾶλλον καὶ εὔγνωμον, τὸ μὴ ἀντιτείνειν καὶ προσαγανακτεῖν τῇ θείᾳ προνοίᾳ.
πόθεν δὴ οὖν τὴν τοσαύτην εὐσέβειαν παρέλαβον οὗτοι οἱ ἄνδρες, εἴ τις βούλοιτο μαθεῖν, ῥητέον ὡς τῆς Πυθαγορικῆς κατ’ ἀριθμὸν θεολογίας παράδειγμα ἐναργὲς ἔκειτο παρὰ Ὀρφεῖ.
οὐκέτι δὴ οὖν ἀμφίβολον γέγονε τὸ τὰς ἀφορμὰς παρὰ Ὀρφέως λαβόντα Πυθαγόραν συντάξαι τὸν περὶ θεῶν λόγον, ὃν καὶ ἱερὸν διὰ τοῦτο ἐπέγραψεν, ὡς ἂν ἐκ τοῦ μυστικωτάτου ἀπηνθισμένον παρὰ Ὀρφεῖ τόπου, εἴτε ὄντως τοῦ ἀνδρός, ὡς οἱ πλεῖστοι λέγουσι, σύγγραμμά ἐστιν, εἴτε Τηλαύγους, ὡς ἔνιοι τοῦ διδασκαλείου ἐλλόγιμοι καὶ ἀξιόπιστοι διαβεβαιοῦνται ἐκ τῶν ὑπομνημάτων τῶν Δαρμοῖ τῇ θυγατρί, ἀδελφῇ δὲ Τηλαύγους, ἀπολειφθέντων ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ Πυθαγόρου, ἅπερ μετὰ θάνατον ἱστοροῦσι δοθῆναι Βιτάλῃ τε τῇ Δαμοὺς θυγατρὶ καὶ Τηλαύγει (ἐν) ἡλικίᾳ γενομένῳ, υἱῷ μὲν Πυθαγόρου, ἀνδρὶ δὲ τῆς Βιτάλης· κομιδῇ γὰρ νέος ὑπὸ τὀν Πυθαγόρου θάνατον ἀπολελειμμένος ἦν παρὰ Θεανοῖ τῇ μητρί. δηλοῦται δὴ διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ λόγου τούτου [ἢ περὶ θεῶν λόγου, ἐπιγράφεται γὰρ ἀμφότερον,] καὶ τίς ἦν ὁ παραδεδωκὼς Πυθαγόρᾳ τὸν περὶ θεῶν λόγον. λέγει γάρ· (λόγος) ὅδε περὶ θεῶν Πυθαγόρα τῶ Μνησάρχω, τὸν ἐξέμαθον, ὀργιασθεὶς ἐν Λειβήθροις τοῖς Θρᾳκίσις, Ἀγλαοφάμω τελεστᾶ μεταδόντος, ὡς ἄρα Ὀρφεὺς ὁ Καλλιόπας κατὰ τὸ Πάγγαιον ὄρος ὑπὸ τᾶς ματρὸς πινυσθεὶς ἔφα, τὰν ἀριθμῷ οὐσίαν ἀίδιον ἔμμεν ἀρχὰν προμαθεστάταν τῶ παντὸς ὠρανῶ καὶ γᾶς καὶ τᾶς μεταξὺ φύσιος, ἔτι δὲ καὶ θείων καὶ θεῶν καὶ δαιμόνων διαμονᾶς ῥίζαν.
ἐκ δὴ τούτων φανερὸν γέγονεν ὅτι τὴν ἀριθμῷ ὡρισμένην οὐσίαν τῶν θεῶν παρὰ τῶν Ὀρφικῶν παρέλαβεν. ἐποιεῖτο δὲ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀριθμῶν καὶ θαυμαστὴν πρόγνωσιν καὶ θεραπείαν τῶν θεῶν κατὰ τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς ὅτι μάλιστα συγγενεστάτην. γνοίη δ’ ἄν τις τοῦτο ἐντεῦθεν· δεῖ γὰρ καὶ ἔργον τι παρασχέσθαι εἰς πίστιν τοῦ λεγομένου. ἐπειδὴ Ἄβαρις περὶ τὰ συνήθη ἑαυτῷ ἱερουργήματα διετέλει ὢν καὶ τὴν σπουδαζομένην παντὶ βαρβάρων γένει πρόγνωσιν διὰ θυμάτων ἐπορίζετο, μάλιστα τῶν ὀρνιθείων· τὰ γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων σπλάγχνα ἀκριβῆ πρὸς διάσκεψιν ἡγοῦνται· βουλόμενος ὁ Πυθαγόρας μὴ ἀφαιρεῖν μὲν αὐτοῦ τὴν εἰς τἀληθὲς σπουδὴν, παρασχεῖν δὲ διά τινος ἀσφαλεστέρου καὶ χωρὶς αἵματος καὶ σφαγῆς, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι ἱερὸν ἡγεῖτο εἶναι τὸν ἀλεκτρυόνα ἡλίῳ, τὸ λεγόμενον παναληθὲς ἀπετέλεσεν αὐτῷ δι’ ἀριθμητικῆς ἐπιστήμης συντεταγμένον.
ὑπῆρχε δὲ αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας καὶ ἡ περὶ θεῶν πίστις· παρήγγελλε γὰρ ἀεὶ περὶ θεῶν μηδὲν θαυμαστὸν ἀπιστεῖν μηδὲ περὶ θείων δογμάτων, ὡς πάντα τῶν θεῶν δυναμένων. καὶ τὰ θεῖα δὲ δόγματα λέγειν, οἷς χρὴ πιστεύειν, ἃ Πυθαγόρας παρέδωκεν. οὕτως γοῦν ἐπίστευον καὶ παρειλήφεσαν, περὶ ὧν δογματίζουσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐψευδοδόξηται, ὥστε Εὔρυτος μὲν ὁ Κροτωνιάτης, Φιλολάου ἀκουστῆς, ποιμένος τινὸς ἀπαγγείλαντος αὐτῷ ὅτι μεσημβρίας ἀκούσειε Φιλολάου φωνῆς ἐκ τοῦ τάφου, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸ πολλῶν ἐτῶν τεθνηκότος, ὡσανεὶ ᾂδοντος, καὶ τίνα, πρὸς θεῶν, εἶπεν άρμσνίαν; Πυθαγόρας δ’ αὐτὸς ἐρωτηθεὶς ὑπό τινος τί σημαίνει τὸ ἰδεῖν (τὸν) ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα (τὸν) πάλαι τεθνηκότα καθ’ ὕπνους αὐτῷ προσδιαλεγόμενον, οὐδέν, ἔφη· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὅτι μοι ἄρτι λαλεῖς σημαίνει τι.
ἐσθῆτι δὲ ἐχρῆτο λευκῇ καὶ καθαρᾷ, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ στρώμασι λευκοῖς καὶ καθαροῖς. εἶναι δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα λινᾶ· κῳδίοις γὰρ οὐκ ἐχρῆτο. καὶ τοῖς ἀκροαταῖς δὲ τοῦτο τὸ ἔθος παρέδωκεν. ἐχρῆτο δὲ καὶ εὐφημίᾳ πρὸς τοὺς κρείττονας καὶ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ μνήμην ἐποιεῖτο καὶ τιμὴν τῶν θεῶν, ὥστε καὶ παρὰ τὸ δεῖπνον σπονδὰς ἐποιεῖτο τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ παρήγγελλεν ἐφ’ ἡμέρᾳ ἑκάστῃ ὑμνεῖν τοὺς κρείττονας. προσεῖχε δὲ καὶ φήμαις καὶ μαντείαις καὶ κληδόσιν ὅλως πᾶσι τοῖς αὐτομάτοις.
ἐπέθυε δὲ θεοῖς λίβανον, κέγχρους, πόπανα, κηρία, σμύρναν, τὰ ἄλλα θυμιάματα, ζῷα δὲ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἔθυεν οὐδὲ τῶν θεωρητικῶν φιλοσόφων οὐδείς, τοῖς δὲ ἄλλοις τοῖς ἀκουσματικοῖς ἢ τοῖς πολιτικοῖς προστέτακτο σπανίως ἔμψυχα θύειν, ἤπου ἀλεκτρυόνα ἢ ἄρνα ἢ ἄλλο τι τῶν νεογνῶν, βοῦς δὲ μὴ θύειν. κἀκεῖνο δὲ τῆς εἰς θεοὺς τιμῆς αὐτοῦ τεκμήριον, τὸ παρηγγέλθαι μηδέποτε ὀμνύναι θεῶν ὀνόμασι καταχρωμένους. διόπερ καὶ Σύλλος, εἷς τῶν ἐν Κρότωνι Πυθαγορείων, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ὀμόσαι χρήματα ἀπέτισε, καίτοι εὐορκήσειν μέλλων. ἀναφέρεταί γε μὴν εἰς τοὺς Πυθαγορικοὺς καὶ τοιόσδε τις ὅρκος, αἰδῶ μὲν ποιουμένων ὀνομάζειν Πυθαγόραν, ὥσπερ καὶ θεῶν ὀνόμασι χρῆσθαι πολλὴν φειδὼ ἐποιοῦντο, διὰ τῆς εὑρέσεως τῆς τετρακτύος δηλούντων τὸν ἄνδρα· οὔ, μὰ τὸν ἁμετέρας σοφίας εὑρόντα τετρακτύν, παγὰν ἀενάου φύσεως ῥιζώματ’ ἔχουσαν.
ὅλως δὲ φασὶ Πυθαγόραν ζηλωτὴν γενέσθαι τῆς Ὀρφέως ἑρμηνείας τε καὶ διαθέσεως, καὶ τιμᾶν τοὺς θεοὺς Ὀρφεῖ παραπλησίως, ἱσταμένους αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἀγάλμασι καὶ τῷ χαλκῷ, οὐ ταῖς ἡμετέραις συνεζευγμένους μορφαῖς, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἱδρύμασι τοῖς θείοις, πάντα περιέχοντας καὶ πάντων προνοοῦντας καὶ τῷ παντὶ τὴν φύσιν καὶ τὴν μορφὴν ὁμοίαν ἔχοντας. ἀγγέλλειν δὲ αὐτῶν τοὺς καθαρμοὺς καὶ τὰς λεγομένας τελετάς, τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην εἴδησιν αὐτῶν ἔχοντα. ἔτι δὲ φασὶ καὶ σύνθετον αὐτὸν ποιῆσαι τὴν θείαν φιλοσοφίαν καὶ θεραπείαν, ἃ μὲν μαθόντα παρὰ τῶν Ὀρφικῶν, ἃ δὲ παρὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἱερέων, ἃ δὲ παρὰ Χαλδαίων καὶ μάγων, ἃ δὲ παρὰ τῆς τελετῆς τῆς ἐν Ἐλευσῖνι γινομένης, ἐν Ἴμβρῳ τε καὶ Σαμοθρᾴκῃ καὶ Δήλῳ, καὶ εἴ τι παρὰ τοῖς κοινοῖς, καὶ περὶ τοὺς Κελτοὺς δὲ καὶ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν.
ἐν δὲ τοῖς Λατίνοις ἀναγινώσκεσθαι τοῦ Πυθαγόρου τὸν ἱερὸν λόγον, οὐκ εἰς πάντας οὐδ’ ὑπὸ πάντων, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ τῶν μετεχόντων ἑτοίμως πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν διδασκαλίαν καὶ μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν ἐπιτηδευόντων. λέγειν δὲ αὐτὸν τρὶς σπένδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ μαντεύεσθαι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα ἐκ τρίποδος διὰ τὸ κατὰ τὴν τριάδα πρῶτον φῆναι τὸν ἀριθμόν· Ἀφροδίτῃ δέ τι θυσιάζειν ἕκτῃ διὰ τὸ πρῶτον τοῦτον τὸν ἀριθμὸν πάσης μὲν ἀριθμοῦ φύσεως κοινωνῆσαι, κατὰ πάντα δὲ τρόπον μερίζόμενον ὅμοιον λαμβάνειν τήν τε τῶν ἀφαιρουμένων καὶ τὴν τῶν καταλειπομένων δύναμιν· Ἡρακλεῖ δὲ δεῖν θυσιάζειν ὀγδόῃ τοῦ μηνὸς ἱσταμένου σκοποῦντας τὴν ἑπτάμηνον αὐτοῦ γένεσιν.
λέγει δὲ καὶ εἰς ἱερὸν εἰσιέναι δεῖν (λευκὸν καὶ) καθαρὸν ἱμάτιον ἔχοντα καὶ ἐν ᾧ μὴ ἐγκεκοίμηταί τις, τὸν μὲν ὕπνον τῆς ἀργίας, καὶ τὸ μέλαν καὶ τὸ ῥυπαρόν, τὴν δὲ καθαρειότητα τῆς περὶ τοὺς λογισμοὺς ὁσιότητος καὶ δικαιοσύνης μαρτυρίαν ἀποδιδοὺς. παραγγέλλει δέ, ἐν ἱερῷ ἄν τι ἀκούσιον αἷμα γένηται, ἢ χρυσῷ ἢ θαλάττῃ περιρραίνεσθαι, τῷ πρώτῳ γενομένῳ καὶ καλλίστῳ τῶν ὄντων σταθμώμενος τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἁπάντων. λέγει δὲ καὶ μὴ τίκτειν ἐν ἱερῷ· οὐ γὰρ εἶναι ὅσιον ἐν ἱερῷ καταδεῖσθαι τὸ θεῖον τῆς ψυχῆς εἰς τὸ σῶμα.
παραγγέλλει δὲ ἐν ἑορτῇ μήτε κείρεσθαι μήτε ὀνυχίζεσθαι, τὴν ἡμετέραν αὔξησιν τῶν ἀγαθῶν οὐχ ἡγούμενος δεῖν τὴν τῶν θεῶν ἀπολείπειν ἀρχήν. λέγει δὲ καὶ φθεῖρα ἐν ἱερῷ μὴ κτείνειν, οὐδενὸς τῶν περιττῶν καὶ φθαρτικῶν νομίζων δεῖν μεταλαμβάνειν τὸ δαιμόνιον. κέδρῳ δὲ λέγει καὶ δάφνῃ καὶ κυπαρίττῳ καὶ δρυὶ καὶ μυρρίνῃ τοὺς θεοὺς τιμᾶν, καὶ μηδὲν τούτοις ἀποκαθαίρεσθαι τοῦ σώματος μηδὲ σχίζειν τοὺς ὀδόντας. ταύτην πρώτην γονὴν τῆς ὑγρᾶς φύσεως καὶ τροφὴν τῆς πρώτης καὶ κοινοτέρας ὕλης ὑπολαμβάνων. ἑφθὸν δὲ παραγγέλλει μὴ ὀπτᾶν, τὴν πραότητα λέγων μὴ προσδεῖσθαι τῆς ὀργῆς. κατακάειν δὲ οὐκ εἴα τὰ σώματα τῶν τελευτησάντων, μάγοις ἀκολούθως, μηδενὸς τῶν θείων τὸ θνητὸν μεταλαμβάνειν ἐθελήσας.
τοὺς δὲ τελευτήσαντας ἐν λευκαῖς ἐσθῆσι προπέμπειν ὅσιον ἐνόμίζε, τὴν ἁπλῆν καὶ τὴν πρώτην αἰνιττόμενος φύσιν κατὰ τὸν ἀριθμὸν καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν πάντων. εὐορκεῖν δὲ πάντων μάλιστα παραγγέλλει, ἐπεὶ μακρὸν τοὐπίσω, θεοῖς δ’ οὐδὲν μακρὸν εἶναι. πολλῷ δὲ μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι ὅσιον εἶναι λέγει ἢ κτείνειν ἄνθρωπον· ἐν ᾅδου γὰρ κεῖσθαι τὴν κρίσιν· ἐκλογιζόμενον τὰς περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν αὐτῆς τὴν πρώτην τῶν ὄντων φύσεις. κυπαρισσίνην δὲ μὴ δεῖν κατασκευάζεσθαι σορὸν ἀπαγορεύει διὰ τὸ κυπαρίσσινον γεγονέναι τὸ τοῦ Διὸς σκῆπτρον ἢ δι’ ἄλλον τινὰ μυστικὸν λόγον. σπένδειν δὲ πρὸ τραπέζης παρακαλεῖ Διὸς σωτῆρος καὶ Ἡρακλέους καὶ Διοσκόρων, τῆς τροφῆς ὑμνοῦντας τὸν ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τὸν ταύτης ἡγεμόνα Δία, καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα τὴν δύναμιν τῆς φύσεως, καὶ τοὺς Διοσκόρους τὴν συμφωνίαν τῶν ἀπάντων.
σπονδὴν δὲ μὴ καταμύοντα προσφέρεσθαι δεῖν φησίν· οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν καλῶν ἄξιον αἰσχύνης καὶ αἰδοῦς διελάμβανεν. ὅταν δὲ βροντήσῃ, τῆς γῆς ἅψασθαι παρήγγελλε, μνημονεύοντας τῆς γενέσεως τῶν ὄντων. εἰσιέναι δὲ εἰς τὰ ἱερὰ κατὰ τοὺς δεξιοὺς τόπους παραγγέλλει, ἐξιέναι κατὰ τοὺς ἀριστεροὺς, τὸ μὲν δεξιὸν ἀρχὴν τοῦ περιττοῦ λεγομένου τῶν ἀριθμῶν καὶ θεῖον τιθέμενος, τὸ δὲ ἀριστερὸν τοῦ ἀρτίου καὶ διαλυομένου σύμβολον τιθέμενος. τοιοῦτός τις ὁ τρόπος λέγεται αὐτοῦ γεγονέναι τῆς περὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἐπιτηδεύσεως, καὶ τἄλλα δὲ ὅσα παραλείπομεν περὶ αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ τῶν εἰρημένων ἔνεστι τεκμαίρεσθαι, ὥστε περὶ μὲν τούτου παύομαι λέγων.
Chapter 29
Περὶ δὲ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ, ὡς μὲν ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, μέγιστον ἔστω τεκμήριον τὰ γραφέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Πυθαγσρείων ὑπομνήματα περὶ πάντων ἔχοντα τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ στρογγύλα μὲν παρὰ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, ἀρχαιοτρόπου δὲ καὶ παλαιοῦ πίνου διαφερόντως ὥσπερ τινὸς ἀχειραπτήτου χνοῦ προσπνέοντα, μετ’ ἐπιστήμης δὲ δαιμονίας ἄκρως συλλελογισμένα, ταῖς δὲ ἐννοίαις πλήρη τε καὶ πυκνότατα, ποικίλα τε ἄλλως καὶ πολύτροπα τοῖς εἴδεσι καὶ ταῖς ὕλαις, ἀπέρισσα δὲ ἐξαιρέτως ἅμα καὶ ἀνελλιπῆ τῇ φράσει καὶ πραγμάτων ἐναργῶν καὶ ἀναμφιλέκτων ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα μεστὰ μετὰ ἀποδείξεως ἐπιστημονικῆς καὶ πλήρους, τὸ λεγόμενον, συλλογισμοῦ, εἴ τις αἷς προσῆκεν ὁδοῖς κεχρημένος ἐπ’ αὐτὰ ἴοι μὴ παρέργως μηδὲ παρηκουσμένως ἀφοσιούμενος. ταῦτα τοίνυν ἄνωθεν τὴν περὶ τῶν νοητῶν καὶ τὴν περὶ θεῶν ἐπιστήμην παραδίδωσιν.
ἔπειτα τὰ φυσικὰ πάντα ἀναδιδάσκει, τήν τε ἠθικὴν φιλοσοφίαν καὶ τὴν λογικὴν ἐτελειώσατο, μαθήματά τε παντοῖα παραδίδωσι καὶ ἐπιστήμας τὰς ἀρίστας, ὅλως τε οὐδὲν ἔστιν εἰς γνῶσιν ἐληλυθὸς περὶ ὅτου οὖν παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, ὃ μὴ ἐν τοῖς συγγράμμασι τούτοις διηκρίβωται. εἰ τοίνυν ὁμολογεῖται τὰ μὲν Πυθαγόρου εἶναι τῶν συγγραμμάτων τῶν νυνὶ φερομένων, τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκροάσεως αὐτοῦ συγγεγράφθαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἑαυτῶν ἐπεφήμιζον αὐτά, ἀλλὰ εἰς Πυθαγόραν ἀνέφερον αὐτὰ ὡς ἐκείνου ὄντα, φανερὸν ἐκ πάντων τούτων ὅτι Πυθαγόρας πάσης σοφίας ἔμπειρος ἦν ἀποχρώντως. λέγουσι δὲ γεωμετρίας αὐτὸν ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐπιμεληθῆναι· παρ’ Αἰγυπτίοις γὰρ πολλὰ προβλήματα γεωμετρίας ἐστίν, ἐπείπερ ἐκ παλαιῶν ἔτι καὶ ἀπὸ θεῶν διὰ τὰς τοῦ Νείλου προσθέσεις τε καὶ ἀφαιρέσεις ἀνάγκην ἔχουσι πᾶσαν ἐπιμετρεῖν ἣν ἐνέμοντο γῆν Αἰγυπτίων οἱ λόγιοι [διὸ καὶ γεωμετρία ὠνόμασται]. ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἡ τῶν οὐρανίων θεωρία παρέργως αὐτοῖς κατεζήτηται, ἧς καὶ αὐτῆς ἐμπείρως ὁ Πυθαγόρας εἶχε. πάντα δὴ τὰ περὶ τὰς γραμμὰς θεωρήματα ἐκεῖθεν ἐξηρτῆσθαι δοκεῖ· τὰ γὰρ περὶ λογισμοὺς καὶ ἀριθμοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ τὴν Φοινίκην φασὶν εὑρεθῆναι. τὰ γὰρ οὐράνια θεωρήματα κατὰ κοινόν τινες Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ Χαλδαίοις ἀναφέρουσι.
ταῦτα δὴ πάντα φασὶ τὸν Πυθαγόραν παραλαβόντα καὶ συναυξήσαντα τὰς ἐπιστήμας προαγαγεῖν τε καὶ ὁμοῦ σαφῶς καὶ ἐμμελῶς τοῖς αὐτοῦ ἀκροωμένοις δεῖξαι.
φιλοσοφίαν μὲν οὖν πρῶτος αὐτὸς ὠνόμασε, καὶ ὄρεξιν αὐτὴν εἶπεν εἶναι καὶ οἱονεὶ φιλίαν σοφίας, σοφίαν δὲ ἐπιστήμην τῆς ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀληθείας. ὄντα δὲ ἤδει καὶ ἔλεγε τὰ ἄυλα καὶ ἀίδια καὶ μόνα δραστικά, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τὰ ἀσώματα, ὁμωνύμως δὲ λοιπὸν ὄντα κατὰ μετοχὴν αὐτῶν οὕτως καλούμενα σωματικὰ εἴδη καὶ ὑλικά, γεννητά τε καὶ φθαρτὰ καὶ ὄντως οὐδέποτε ὄντα. τὴν δὲ σοφίαν ἐπιστήμην εἶναι τῶν κυρίως ὄντων, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ τῶν ὁμωνύμως, ἐπειδήπερ οὐδὲ ἐπιστητὰ ὑπάρχει τὰ σωματικὰ οὐδὲ ἐπιδέχεται γνῶσιν βεβαίαν, ἄπειρά τε ὄντα καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ ἀπερίληπτα καὶ οἱονεὶ μὴ ὄντα κατὰ διαστολὴν τῶν καθόλου καὶ οὐδὲ ὅρῳ ὑποπεσεῖν εὐπεριγράφως δυνάμενα.
τῶν δὲ φύσει μὴ ἐπιστητῶν οὐδὲ ἐπιστήμην οἷόν τε ἐπινοῆσαι· οὐκ ἄρα ὄρεξιν τῆς μὴ ὑφεστώσης ἐπιστήμης εἰκὸς εἶναι, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τῆς περὶ τὰ κυρίως ὄντα καὶ ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως διαμένοντα καὶ τῇ ὄντα προσηγορίᾳ ἀεὶ συνυπάρχοντα. καὶ γὰρ τῇ τούτων καταλήψει συμβέβηκε καὶ τὴν τῶν ὁμωνύμως ὄντων παρομαρτεῖν, οὐδὲ ἐπιτηδευθεῖσάν ποτε, οἷα δὴ τῇ (τοῦ) καθόλου ἐπιστήμῃ ἡ τοῦ κατὰ μέρος. τοὶ γὰρ περὶ τῶν καθόλω φησὶν Ἀρχύτας καλῶς διαγνόντες ἔμελλον καὶ περὶ τῶν κατὰ μέρος, οἷα ἐντί, καλῶς ὀψεῖσθαι. διόπερ οὐ μόνα οὐδὲ μονογενῆ οὐδὲ ἁπλᾶ ὑπάρχει τὰ ὄντα, ποικίλα δὲ ἤδη καὶ πολυειδῆ θεωρεῖται, τά τε νοητὰ καὶ ἀσώματα, ὧν τὰ ὄντα ἡ κλῆσις, καὶ τὰ σωματικὰ καὶ ὑπ’ αἴσθησιν πεπτωκότα, ἃ δὴ κατὰ μετοχὴν κοινωνεῖ τοῦ ὄντα λέγεσθαι.
περὶ δὴ τούτων ἁπάντων ἐπιστήμας παρέδωκε τὰς οἰκειοτάτας καὶ οὐδὲν παρέλιπεν ἀδιερεύνητον. καὶ τὰς κοινὰς δὲ ἐπιστήμας, ὥσπερ τὴν ἀποδεικτικὴν καὶ τὴν ὁριστικὴν καὶ τὴν διαιρετικήν, παρέδωκε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ὡς ἔστιν ἀπὸ τῶν Πυθαγορικῶν ὑπομνημάτων εἰδέναι. εἰώθει δὲ καὶ διὰ κομιδῇ βραχυτάτων φωνῶν μυρίαν καὶ πολυσχιδῆ ἔμφασιν συμβολικῷ τρόπῳ τοῖς γνωρίμοις ἀποφοιβάζειν, ὥσπερ διὰ πυθοχρήστων τινῶν λογίων ἢ μικρῶν τοῖς ὄγκοις σπερμάτων ὁ Πὑθιός τε καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ φύσις πλήθη ἀνήνυτα καὶ δυσεπινόητα ἐννοιῶν καὶ ἀποτελεσμάτων ὑποφαίνουσι.
τοιοῦτον δή ἐστι τὸ ἀρχὴ δέ τοι ἥμισυ παντός, ἀπόφθεγμα Πυθαγόρου αὐτοῦ. οὐ μόνον δὲ ἐν τῷ παρόντι ἡμιστιχίῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις παραπλησίοις ὁ θειότατος Πυθαγόρας τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐνέκρυπτε ζώπυρα τοῖς δυναμένοις ἐναύσασθαι, βραχυλογίᾳ τινὶ ἐναποθησαυρίζων ἀπερίβλεπτον καὶ παμπληθῆ θεωρίας ἔκτασιν, οἷονπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀριθμῷ δέ τε πάντ’ ἐπέοικεν, ὁ δὴ πυκνότατα πρὸς ἅπαντας ἀπεφθέγγετο, ἢ πάλιν ἐν τῷ [φιλότης] ἰσότης φιλότης, ἢ ἐν τῷ κόσμος ὀνόματι, ἢ νὴ Δία ἐν τῷ φιλοσοφία, ἢ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐστώ καὶ ἀειεστώ ἢ τὸ διαβοώμενον ἐν τῷ τετρακτύς. ταῦτα πάντα καὶ ἕτερα πλείω τοιαῦτα Πυθαγόρας πλάσματα καὶ ποιήματα εἰς ὠφέλειαν καὶ ἐπανόρθωσιν τῶν συνδιαγόντων ἐπενοεῖτο, καὶ οὕτως σεβαστὰ ἦν καὶ ἐξεθειάζετο ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων, ὥστε εἰς ὅρκου σχήματα περιίστατο τοῖς ὁμακόοις· οὔ, μὰ τὸν ἁμετέρα γενεᾷ παραδόντα τετρακτύν, παγὰν ἀενάου φύσεως ῥιζώματ’ ἔχουσαν. τοῦτο μὲν οὕτω θαυμαστὸν ἦν τὸ εἶδος αὐτοῦ τῆς σοφίας.
τῶν δ’ ἐπιστημῶν οὐχ ἥκιστα φασὶ τοὺς Πυθαγορείους τιμᾶν μουσικήν τε καὶ ἰατρικὴν καὶ μαντικήν. σιωπηλοὺς δὲ εἶναι καὶ ἀκουστικοὺς καὶ ἐπαινεῖσθαι παρ’ αὐτοῖς τὸν δυνάμενον ἀκοῦσαι. τῆς δὲ ἰατρικῆς μάλιστα μὲν ἀποδέχεσθαι τὸ διαιτητικὸν εἶδος καὶ εἶναι ἀκριβεστάτους ἐν τούτῳ, καὶ πειρᾶσθαι πρῶτον μὲν καταμανθάνειν σημεῖα συμμετρίας ποτῶν τε καὶ σιτίων καὶ ἀναπαύσεως, ἔπειτα περὶ αὐτῆς τῆς κατασκευῆς τῶν προσφερομένων σχεδὸν πρώτους ἐπιχειρῆσαί τι πραγματεύεσθαι καὶ διορίζειν. ἅψασθαι δὲ [χρὴ] καὶ καταπλασμάτων ἐπὶ πλείω τοὺς Πυθαγορείους τῶν ἔμπροσθεν, τὰ δὲ περὶ τὰς φαρμακείας ἧττον δοκιμάζειν, αὐτῶν δὲ τούτων τοῖς πρὸς τὰς ἑλκώσεις μάλιστα χρῆσθαι, (τὰ δὲ) περὶ τὰς τομάς τε καὶ καύσεις ἧκιστα πάντων ἀποδέχεσθαι.
χρῆσθαι δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἐπῳδαῖς πρὸς ἔνια τῶν ἀρρωστημάτων. ὑπελάμβανον δὲ καὶ τὴν μουσικὴν μεγάλα συμβάλλεσθαι πρὸς ὑγείαν, ἄν τις αὐτῇ χρῆται κατὰ τοὺς προσήκοντας τρόπους. ἐχρῶντο δὲ καὶ Ὁμήρου καὶ Ἡσιόδου λέξεσιν ἐξειλεγμέναις πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν ψυχῶν.
ᾤοντο δὲ δεῖν κατέχειν καὶ διασῴζειν ἐν τῇ μνήμῃ πάντα τὰ διδασκόμενά τε καὶ φραζόμενα, καὶ μέχρι τούτου συσκευάζεσθαι τάς τε μαθήσεις καὶ τὰς ἀκροάσεις μέχρι ὅτου δύναται παραδέχεσθαι τὸ μανθάνον καὶ διαμνημονεύειν, ὅτι ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν ὃ δεῖ γιγνώσκειν καὶ ἐν τῇ μνήμῃ φυλάσσειν.
ἐτίμων γοῦν σφόδρα τὴν μνήμην καὶ πολλὴν αὐτῆς ἐποιοῦντο γυμνασίαν τε καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν, ἔν τε τῷ μανθάνειν οὐ πρότερον ἀφιέντες τὸ διδασκόμενον, ἕως περιλάβοιεν βεβαίως τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς πρώτης μαθήσεως, καὶ (τῶν) καθ’ ἡμέραν λεγομένων ἀνάμνησιν [τόνδε τὸν τρόπον].
Πυθαγόρειος ἀνὴρ οὐ πρότερον ἐκ τῆς κοίτης ἀνίστατο ἢ τὰ χθὲς γενόμενα [πρότερον] ἀναμνησθείη. ἐποιεῖτο δὲ τὴν ἀνάμνησιν τόνδε τὸν τρόπον. ἐπειρᾶτο ἀναλαμβάνειν τῇ διανοίᾳ τί πρῶτον εἶπεν ἢ ἤκουσεν ἢ προσέταξε τοῖς ἔνδον ἀναστὰς καὶ τί δεύτερον καὶ τί τρίτον· καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐσομένων ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος· καὶ πάλιν αὖ ἐξιὼν τίνι πρώτῳ ἐνέτυχε καὶ τίνι δευτέρῳ, καὶ λόγοι τίνες ἐλέχθησαν πρῶτοι καὶ δεύτεροι καὶ τρίτοι, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος. πάντα γὰρ ἐπειρᾶτο ἀναλαμβάνειν τῇ διανοίᾳ τὰ συμβάντα ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὕτω τῇ τάξει προθυμούμενος ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι ὡς ποτε συνέβη γενέσθαι ἕκαστον αὐτῶν. εἰ δὲ πλείω σχολὴν ἄγοι ἐν τῷ διεγείρεσθαι, καὶ τὰ τρίτην ἡμέραν συμβάντα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἐπειρᾶτο ἀναλαμβάνειν
καὶ ἐπὶ πλέον [ἐπειρῶντο] τὴν μνήμην γυμνάζειν· οὐδὲν γὰρ μεῖζον πρὸς ἐπιστήμην καὶ ἐμπειρίαν καὶ φρόνησιν τοῦ δύνασθαι μνημονεύειν.
ἀπὸ δὴ τούτων τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων συνέβη τὴν Ἰταλίαν πᾶσαν φιλοσόφων ἀνδρῶν ἐμπλησθῆναι, καὶ πρότερον ἀγνοουμένης αὐτῆς, ὕστερον διὰ Πυθαγόραν μεγάλην Ἑλλάδα κληθῆναι, καὶ πλείστους παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἄνδρας φιλοσόφους καὶ ποιητὰς καὶ νομοθέτας γενέσθαι. τάς τε γὰρ τέχνας τὰς ῥητορικὰς καὶ τοὺς λόγους τοὺς ἐπιδεικτικοὺς καὶ τοὺς νόμους τοὺς γεγραμμένους παρ’ ἐκείνων εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα συνέβη κομισθῆναι, καὶ περὶ τῶν φυσικῶν ὅσοι τινὰ μνείαν πεποίηνται, πρῶτον Ἐμπεδοκλέα καὶ Παρμενίδην τὸν Ἐλεάτην προφερόμενοι τυγχάνουσιν, οἵ τε γνωμολογῆσαί τι τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον βουλόμενοι τὰς Ἐπιχάρμου διανοίας προφέρονται, καὶ σχεδὸν πάντες αὐτὰς οἱ φιλόσοφοι κατέχουσι. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ καὶ πῶς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους ἐπὶ πλεῖστον εἰς αὐτὴν προεβίβασεν, ἐφ’ ὅσον ἕκαστος οἷός τε ἦν μετέχειν αὐτῆς, καὶ ὡς παρέδωκεν αὐτὴν τελέως, διὰ τούτων ἡμῖν εἰρήσθω.
Chapter 30
Περὶ δὲ δικαιοσύνης, ὅπως αὐτὴν ἐπετήδευσε καὶ παρέδωκε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἄριστα ἂν καταμάθοιμεν, εἰ ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἀρχῆς κατανοήσαιμεν αὐτὴν καὶ ἀφ’ ὧν πρώτων αἰτίων φύεται, τήν τε τῆς ἀδικίας πρώτην αἰτίαν κατίδοιμεν· καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἂν εὕροιμέν τε ὡς τὴν μὲν ἐφυλάξατο, τὴν δ’ ὅπως καλῶς ἐγγένηται παρεσκεύασεν. ἀρχὴ τοίνυν ἐστὶ δικαιοσύνης μὲν τὸ κοινὸν καὶ ἴσον καὶ τὸ ἐγγυτάτω ἑνὸς σώματος καὶ μιᾶς ψυχῆς ὁμοπαθεῖν πάντας καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ τὸ ἐμὸν φθέγγεσθαι καὶ τὸ ἀλλότριον, ὥσπερ δὴ καὶ Πλάτων μαθὼν παρὰ τῶν Πυθαγορείων συμμαρτυρεῖ.
τοῦτο τοίνυν ἄριστα ἀνδρῶν κατεσκεύασεν, ἐν τοῖς ἤθεσι τὸ ἴδιον πᾶν ἐξορίσας, τὸ δὲ κοινὸν αὐξήσας μέχρι τῶν ἐσχάτων κτημάτων καὶ στάσεως αἰτίων ὄντων καὶ ταραχῆς· κοινὰ γὰρ πᾶσι πάντα καὶ ταὐτὰ ἦν, ἴδιον δὲ οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν ἐκέκτητο. καὶ εἰ μὲν ἠρέσκετό (τις) τῇ κοινωνίᾳ, ἐχρῆτο τοῖς κοινοῖς κατὰ τὸ δικαιότατον, εἰ δὲ μή, ἀπολαβὼν ἂν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ οὐσίαν καὶ πλείονα ἧς εἰσενηνόχει εἰς τὸ κοινόν, ἀπηλλάττετο. οὕτως ἐξ ἀρχῆς τῆς πρώτης τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἄριστα κατεστήσατο. μετὰ ταῦτα τοίνυν ἡ μὲν οἰκείωσις ἡ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰσάγει δικαιοσύνην, ἡ δὲ ἀλλοτρίωσις καὶ καταφρόνησις τοῦ κοινοῦ γένους ἀδικίαν ἐμποιεῖ. ταύτην τοίνυν πόρρωθεν τὴν οἰκείωσιν ἐνθεῖναι βουλόμενος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ πρὸς τὰ ὁμογενῆ ζῷα αὐτοὺς συνέστησε, παραγγέλλων οἰκεῖα νομίζειν αὐτοὺς ταῦτα καὶ φίλα, ὡς μήτε ἀδικεῖν μηδὲν αὐτῶν μήτε φονεύειν μήτε ἐσθίειν.
ὁ τοίνυν καὶ τοῖς ζῴοις, διότι ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν στοιχείων ἡμῖν ὑφέστηκε καὶ τῆς κοινοτέρας ζωῆς ἡμῖν συμμετέχει, οἰκειώσας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοῖς τῆς ὁμοειδοῦς ψυχῆς κεκοινωνηκόσι [καὶ] τῆς λογικῆς τὴν οἰκείωσιν ἐνεστήσατο. ἐκ δὲ ταύτης δῆλον ὅτι καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην εἰσῆγεν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς τῆς κυριωτάτης παραγομένην. ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλοὺς ἐνίοτε καὶ σπάνις χρημάτων συναναγκάζει παρὰ τὸ δίκαιόν τι ποιεῖν, καὶ τούτου καλῶς προενόησε, διὰ τῆς οἰκονομίας τὰ ἐλευθέρια δαπανήματα κατὰ τὰ δίκαια ἱκανῶς ἑαυτῷ παρασκευάζων. καὶ γὰρ ἄλλως ἀρχή ἐστιν ἡ περὶ τὸν οἶκον δικαία διάθεσις τῆς ὅλης ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν εὐταξίας· ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν οἴκων αἱ πόλεις συνίστανται.
φασὶ τοίνυν αὐτὸν τὸν Πυθαγόραν κληρονομήσαντα τὸν Ἀλκαίου βίον, τοῦ μετὰ τὴν εἰς Λακεδαίμονα πρεσβείαν τὸν βίον καταλύσαντος, οὐδὲν ἧττον θαυμασθῆναι κατὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἢ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν, γήμαντα δὲ τὴν γεννηθεῖσαν αὐτῷ θυγατέρα, μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ Μένωνι τῷ Κροτωνιάτῃ συνοικήσασαν, ἀγαγεῖν οὕτως ὥστε παρθένον μὲν οὖσαν ἡγεῖσθαι τῶν χορῶν, γυναῖκα δὲ γενομένην πρώτην προσιέναι τοῖς βωμοῖς· τοὺς δὲ Μεταποντίνους διὰ μνήμης ἔχοντας ἔτι τὸν Πυθαγόραν καὶ μετὰ τοὺς αὐτοῦ χρόνους τὴν μὲν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ Δήμητρος ἱερὸν τελέσαι, τὸν δὲ στενωπὸν μουσεῖον.
ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ὕβρις καὶ τρυφὴ πολλάκις καὶ νόμων ὑπεροψία ἐπαίρουσιν εἰς ἀδικίαν, διὰ ταῦτα ὁσημέραι παρήγγελλε νόμῳ βοηθεῖν καὶ ἀνομίᾳ πολεμεῖν. διὰ ταῦτα δὲ καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην διαίρεσιν ἐποιεῖτο, ὅτι πρῶτον τῶν κακῶν παραρρεῖν εἴωθεν εἴς τε τὰς οἰκίας καὶ τὰς πόλεις ἡ καλουμένη τρυφή, δεύτερον ὕβρις, τρίτον ὄλεθρος· ὅθεν ἐκ παντὸς εἴργειν τε καὶ ἀπωθεῖσθαι τὴν τρυφὴν καὶ συνεθίζεσθαι ἀπὸ γενετῆς σώφρονί τε καὶ ἀνδρικῷ βίῳ, δυσφημίας δὲ πάσης καθαρεύειν τῆς τε σχετλιαστικῆς καὶ τῆς μαχίμου καὶ τῆς λοιδορητικῆς καὶ τῆς φορτικῆς καὶ γελωτοποιοῦ.
πρὸς τούτοις ἄλλο εἶδος δικαιοσύνης κάλλιστον κατεστήσατο, τὸ νομοθετικόν, ὅ προστάττει μὲν ἃ δεῖ ποιεῖν, ἀπαγορεύει δὲ ἃ μὴ χρὴ πράττειν, κρεῖττον δέ ἐστι καὶ τοῦ δικαστικοῦ· τὸ μὲν γὰρ τῇ ἰατρικῇ προσέοικε καὶ νοσήσαντας θεραπεύει, τὸ δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐδ’ ἐᾷ νοσεῖν, ἀλλὰ πόρρωθεν ἐπιμελεῖται τῆς ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ὑγείας. τούτου δὲ οὕτως ἔχοντος νομοθέται πάντων ἄριστοι γεγόνασιν οἱ Πυθαγόρᾳ προσελθόντες, πρῶτον μὲν Χαρώνδας ὁ Καταναῖος, ἔπειτα Ζάλευκος καὶ Τιμάρατος οἱ Λοκροῖς γράψαντες τοὺς νόμους, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις Θεαίτητος καὶ Ἑλικάων καὶ Ἀριστοκράτης καὶ Φύτιος οἱ Ῥηγίνων γενόμενοι νομοθέται. καὶ πάντες οὗτοι παρὰ τοῖς αὐτῶν πολίταις ἰσοθέων τιμῶν ἔτυχον.
οὐ γάρ, καθάπερ Ἡράκλειτος γράψειν Ἐφεσίοις ἔφη τοὺς νόμους, ἀπάγξασθαι τοὺς πολίτας ἡβηδὸν κελεύσας, ἀλλὰ μετὰ πολλῆς εὐνοίας καὶ πολιτικῆς ἐπιστήμης νομοθετεῖν ἐπεχείρησαν. καὶ τί δεῖ τούτους θαυμάζειν τοὺς ἀγωγῆς καὶ τροφῆς ἐλευθέρας μετασχόντας; Ζάμολξις γὰρ Θρᾷξ ὢν καὶ Πυθαγόρου δοῦλος γενόμενος καὶ τῶν λόγων τῶν Πυθαγόρου διακούσας, ἀφεθεὶς ἐλεύθερος καὶ παραγενόμενος πρὸς τοὺς Γέτας, τούς τε νόμους αὐτοῖς ἔθηκε, καθάπερ καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ δεδηλώκαμεν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀνδρείαν τοὺς πολίτας παρεκάλεσε, τὴν ψυχὴν ἀθάνατον εἶναι πείσας. ἔτι καὶ νῦν οἱ Γαλάται πάντες καὶ οἱ Τριβαλλοὶ καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν βαρβάρων τοὺς αὑτῶν υἱοὺς πείθουσιν ὡς οὐκ ἔστι φθαρῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν [ἀλλὰ διαμένειν] τῶν ἀποθανόντων, καὶ ὅτι τὸν θάνατον οὐ φοβητέον, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς κινδύνους εὐρώστως ἑκτέον. καὶ ταῦτα παιδεύσας τοὺς Γέτας καὶ γράψας αὐτοῖς τοὺς νόμους μέγιστος τῶν θεῶν ἐστι παρ’ αὐτοῖς.
ἔτι τοίνυν ἀνυσιμώτατον πρὸς τὴν τῆς δικαιοσύνης κατάστασιν ὑπελάμβανεν εἶναι τὴν τῶν θεῶν ἀρχήν, ἄνωθέν τε ἀπ’ ἐκείνης πολιτείαν καὶ νόμους, δικαιοσύνην τε καὶ τὰ δίκαια διέθηκεν. οὐ χεῖρον δὲ καὶ τὰ καθ’ ἕκαστον ὅπως διώρισε προσθεῖναι. τὸ διανοεῖσθαι περὶ τοῦ θείου, ὡς ἔστι τε καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος οὕτως ἔχει ὡς ἐπιβλέπειν καὶ μὴ ὀλιγωρεῖν αὐτοῦ, χρήσιμον εἶναι ὑπελάμβανον οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι παρ’ ἐκείνου μαθόντες. δεῖσθαι γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἐπιστατείας τοιαύτης ᾗ κατὰ μηδὲν ἀνταίρειν ἀξιώσομεν, τοιαύτην δ’ εἶναι τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ θείου γινομένην, εἴπερ ἐστὶ τὸ θεῖον τοιοῦτον (οἷον) ἄξιον εἶναι τῆς τοῦ σύμπαντος ἀρχῆς. ὑβριστικὸν γὰρ δὴ φύσει τὸ ζῷον ἔφασαν εἶναι, ὀρθῶς λέγοντες, καὶ ποικίλον κατά τε τὰς ὁρμὰς καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας καὶ κατὰ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν παθῶν· δεῖσθαι οὖν τοιαύτης ὑπεροχῆς τε καὶ ἐπανατάσεως, ἀφ’ ἧς ἔσται σωφρονισμός τις καὶ τάξις.
ᾤοντο δὴ δεῖν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν συνιδόντα τὴν τῆς φύσεως ποικιλίαν μηδέποτε λήθην ἔχειν τῆς πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ὁσιότητός τε καὶ θεραπείας, ἀλλ’ ἀεὶ τίθεσθαι πρὸ τῆς διανοίας ὡς ἐπιβλέποντός τε καὶ παραφυλάττοντος τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀγωγήν. μετὰ δὲ τὸ θεῖόν τε καὶ τὸ δαιμόνιον πλεῖστον ποιεῖσθαι λόγον γονέων τε καὶ νόμων, καὶ τούτων ὑπήκοον αὑτὸν κατασκευάζειν, μὴ πλαστῶς, ἀλλὰ πεπεισμένως. καθόλου δὲ ᾤοντο δεῖν ὑπολαμβάνειν μηδὲν εἶναι μεῖζον κακὸν ἀναρχίας· οὐ γὰρ πεφυκέναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον διασῴζεσθαι μηδενὸς ἐπιστατοῦντος.
τὸ μένειν ἐν τοῖς πατρίοις ἔθεσί τε καὶ νομίμοις ἐδοκίμαζον οἱ ἄνδρες ἐκεῖνοι, κἂν ᾖ μικρῷ χείρω ἑτέρων· τὸ γὰρ ῥᾳδίως ἀποπηδᾶν ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων νόμων καὶ οἰκείους εἶναι καινοτομίας οὐδαμῶς εἶναι σύμφορον οὐδὲ σωτήριον.
πολλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἄλλα τῆς πρὸς θεοὺς ὁσίας ἐχόμενα ἔργα διεπράξατο, σύμφωνον ἑαυτοῦ τὸν βίον τοῖς λόγοις ἐπιδεικνύων· οὐ χεῖρον δ’ ἑνὸς μνημονεῦσαι, δυναμένου καὶ τὰ ἄλλα σαφῶς ἐμφαίνειν.
ἐρῶ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν πρεσβείαν τὴν ἐκ Συβάριδος εἰς Κρότωνα παραγενομένην ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξαίτησιν τῶν φυγάδων ὑπὸ Πυθαγόρου ῥηθέντα καὶ πραχθέντα. ἐκεῖνος γάρ, ἀνῃρημένων τινῶν τῶν μετ’ αὐτοῦ συνδιατριψάντων ὑπὸ τῶν ἡκόντων πρεσβευτῶν, ὧν ὃ μὲν τῶν αὐτοχείρων, ὃ δ’ υἱὸς τετελευτηκότος ὑπ’ ἀρρωστίας τῶν τῆς στάσεως μετεσχηκότων, ἔτι μὲν τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει διαπορούντων ὅπως χρήσονται τοῖς πράγμασιν, εἰπεῖν πρὸς τοὺς ἑταίρους ὡς οὐκ ἂν βούλοιτο μεγάλα πρὸς αὐτὸν διαφωνῆσαι τοὺς Κροτωνιάτας, καὶ δοκιμάζοντος αὐτοῦ μηδ’ ἱερεῖα τοῖς βωμοῖς προσάγειν, ἐκείνους καὶ τοὺς ἱκέτας ἀπὸ τῶν βωμῶν ἀποσπᾶν. προσελθόντων δ’ αὐτῷ τῶν Συβαριτῶν καὶ μεμφομένων, τῷ μὲν αὐτόχειρι λόγον ἀπαιτοῦντι τῶν ἐπιτιμωμένων οὐ θεμιστεύειν ἔφησεν· ὅθεν ᾐτιῶντο αὐτὸν Ἀπόλλωνα φάσκειν εἶναι, παρὰ τὸ καὶ πρότερον ἐπί τινος ζητήσεως ἐρωτηθέντα διὰ τί ταῦτ’ ἐστίν; ἀντερωτῆσαι τὸν πυνθανόμενον εἰ καὶ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα λέγοντα τοὺς χρησμοὺς ἀξιώσειεν ἂν τὴν αἰτίαν ἀποοῦναι·
πρὸς δὲ τὸν ἕτερον, ὡς ᾤετο, καταγελῶντα τῶν διατριβῶν, ἐν αἷς ἀπεφαίνετο Πυθαγόρας ἐπάνοδον εἶναι ταῖς ψυχαῖς, καὶ φάσκοντα πρὸς τὸν πατέρα δώσειν ἐπιστολήν, ἐπειδὰν εἰς ᾅδου μέλλῃ καταβαίνειν, καὶ κελεύοντα λαβεῖν ἑτέραν, ὅταν ἐπανίῃ παρὰ τοῦ πατρός, οὐκ ἔφη μέλλειν εἰς τὸν τῶν ἀσεβῶν τόπον παραβάλλειν, ὅπου σαφῶς οἶδε τοὺς σφαγεῖς κολαζομένους. λοιδορηθέντων δ’ αὐτῷ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν, κἀκείνου προάγοντος ἐπὶ τὴν θάλατταν καὶ περιρραναμένου πολλῶν ἀκολουθούντων, εἶπέ τις τῶν συμβουλευόντων τοῖς Κροτωνιάταις, ἐπειδὴ τὰ ἄλλα τῶν ἡκόντων κατέδραμεν, ὅτι καὶ Πυθαγόρᾳ προσκόπτειν ἀπενοήθησαν, περὶ οὗ, πάλιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, ὥσπερ οἱ μῦθοι παραδεδώκασιν, ἁπάντων (τῶν) ἐμψύχων τὴν αὐτὴν φωνὴν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀφέντων, μηδὲ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων μηδὲν ἂν τολμῆσαι βλασφημεῖν.
καὶ ἄλλην δὲ μέθοδον ἀνεῦρε τοῦ ἀναστέλλειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀπὸ τῆς ἀδικίας, διὰ τῆς κρίσεως τῶν ψυχῶν, εἰδὼς μὲν ἀληθῶς ταύτην λεγομένην, εἰδὼς δὲ καὶ χρησίμην οὖσαν εἰς τὸν φόβον τῆς ἀδικίας. πολλῷ δὴ μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι δεῖν παρήγγελλεν ἢ κτείνειν ἄνθρωπον· ἐν ᾅδου γὰρ κεῖσθαι τὴν κρίσιν· ἐκλογιζόμενος τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν αὐτῆς καὶ τὴν πρώτην τῶν ὄντων φύσιν. βουλόμενος δὲ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἀνίσοις καὶ ἀσυμμέτροις καὶ ἀπείροις πεπερασμένην καὶ ἴσην καὶ σύμμετρον δικαιοσύνην [παραδεῖξαι] ὅπως δεῖ [αὐτὴν] ἀσκεῖν ὑφηγήσασθαι, τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἔφη προσεοικέναι τῷ σχήματι ἐκείνῳ, ὅπερ μόνον τῶν ἐν γεωμετρίᾳ διαγραμμάτων ἀπείρους μὲν ἔχει τὰς τῶν σχημάτων συστάσεις, ἀνομοίως δὲ ἀλλήλοις διακειμένων, ἴσας ἔχει τὰς τῆς δυνάμεως ἀποδείξεις.
ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ πρὸς ἕτερον χρείᾳ ἔστι τις δικαιοσύνη, καὶ ταύτης τοιοῦτόν τινα τρόπον λέγεται ὑπὸ τῶν Πυθαγορείων παραδίδοσθαι. εἶναι γὰρ κατὰ τὰς ὁμιλίας τὸν μὲν εὔκαιρον, τὸν δὲ ἄκαιρον, διαιρεῖσθαι δὲ ἡλικίας τε διαφορᾷ καὶ ἀξιώματος καὶ οἰκειότητος τῆς συγγενικῆς καὶ εὐεργεσίας καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο τοιοῦτον ἐν ταῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαφοραῖς ὂν ὑπάρχει. ἔστι γάρ τι ὁμιλίας εἶδος ὃ φαίνεται νεωτέρῳ μὲν πρὸς νεώτερον οὐκ ἄκαιρον εἶναι, πρὸς δὲ τὸν πρεσβύτερον ἄκαιρον· οὔτε γὰρ ὀργῆς οὔτε ἀπειλῆς εἶδος πᾶν οὔτε θρασύτητος, ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν τὴν τοιαύτην ἀκαιρίαν εὐλαβητέον εἶναι τῷ νεωτέρῳ πρὸς τὸν πρεσβύτερον. παραπλήσιον δέ τινα εἶναι καὶ τὸν περὶ τοῦ ἀξιώματος λόγον·
πρὸς γὰρ ἄνδρα ἐπὶ καλοκαγαθίας ἥκοντα ἀληθινὸν ἀξίωμα οὔτ’ εὔσχημον οὔτ’ εὔκαιρον εἶναι προσφέρειν οὔτε παρρησίαν πολλὴν οὔτε τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν ἀρτίως εἰρημένων. παραπλήσια δὲ τούτοις καὶ περὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς γονεῖς ὁμιλίας ἐλέγετο, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ περὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς εὐεργέτας. εἶναι δὲ ποικίλην τινὰ καὶ πολυειδῆ τὴν τοῦ καιροῦ χρείαν· καὶ γὰρ τῶν ὀργιζομένων τε καὶ θυμουμένων τοὺς μὲν εὐκαίρως τοῦτο ποιεῖν, τοὺς δὲ ἀκαίρως, καὶ πάλιν αὖ τῶν ὀρεγομένων τε καὶ ἐπιθυμούντων καὶ ὁρμώντων ἐφ’ ὅ τι δή ποτε τσῖς μὲν ἀκολουθεῖν καιρόν, τοῖς δ’ ἀκαιρίαν. τὸν αὐτὸν δ’ εἶναι λόγον καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων παθῶν τε καὶ πράξεων καὶ διαθέσεων καὶ ὁμιλιῶν καὶ ἐντεύξεων.
εἶναι δὲ τὸν καιρὸν μέχρι μέν τινος διδακτόν τε καὶ ἀπαραλόγιστον καὶ τεχνολογίαν ἐπιδεχόμενον, καθόλου δὲ καὶ ἁπλῶς οὐδὲν αὐτῷ τούτων ὑπάρχειν. ἀκόλουθα δὲ εἶναι καὶ σχεδὸν τοιαῦτα οἷα συμπαρέπεσθαι τῇ τοῦ καιροῦ φύσει τὴν τε ὀνομαζομένην ὥραν καὶ τὸ πρέπον καὶ τὸ ἁρμόττον καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο τυγχάνει τούτοις ὁμοιογενὲς ὄν. ἀρχὴν δὲ ἀπεφαίνοντο ἐν παντὶ ἕν τι τῶν τιμιωτάτων εἶναι ὁμ̣οίως ἐν ἐπιστήμῃ τε καὶ ἐμπειρίᾳ καὶ ἐν γενέσει, καὶ πάλιν αὖ ἐν οἰκίᾳ τε καὶ πόλει καὶ στρατοπέδῳ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τοιούτοις συστήμασι, δυσθεώρητον δ’ εἶναι καὶ δυσσύνοπτον τὴν τῆς ἀρχῆς φύσιν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς εἰρημένοις. ἐν γὰρ ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις οὐ τῆς τυχούσης εἶναι διανοίας τὸ καταμαθεῖν τε καὶ κρῖναι καλῶς βλέψαντας εἰς τὰ μέρη τῆς πραγματείας, ποῖον τούτων ἀρχή.
μεγάλην δ’ εἶναι διαφορὰν καὶ σχεδὸν περὶ ὅλου τε καὶ παντὸς τὸν κίνδυνον γίνεσθαι μὴ ληφθείσης ὀρθῶς τῆς ἀρχῆς· οὐδὲν γάρ, ὡς ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, ἔτι τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ὑγιὲς γίνεσθαι ἀγνοηθείσης τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἀρχῆς. τὸν αὐτὸν δ’ εἶναι λόγον καὶ περὶ τῆς ἑτέρας ἀρχῆς· οὔτε γὰρ οἰκίαν οὔτε πόλιν εὖ ποτε ἂν οἰκηθῆναι μὴ ὑπάρξαντος ἀληθινοῦ ἄρχοντος καὶ κυριεύοντος τῆς ἀρχῆς τε καὶ ἐπιστασίας ἑκουσίως. ἀμφοτέρων γὰρ δεῖ βουλομένων τὴν ἐπιστατείαν γίνεσθαι, ὁμοίως τοῦ τε ἄρχοντος καὶ τῶν ἀρχομένων, ὥσπερ καὶ τὰς μαθήσεις τὰς ὀρθῶς γινομένας ἑκουσίως δεῖν ἔφασαν γίνεσθαι, ἀμφοτέρων βουλομένων, τοῦ τε διδάσκοντος καὶ τοῦ μανθάνοντος· ἀντιτείνοντος γὰρ ὁποτέρου δή ποτε τῶν εἰρημένων οὐκ ἂν ἐπιτελεσθῆναι κατὰ τρόπον τὸ προκείμενον ἔργον.
οὕτω μὲν οὖν τὸ πείθεσθαι τοῖς ἄρχουσι καλὸν εἶναι ἐδοκίμαζε καὶ τὸ τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑπακούειν. τεκμήριον δὲ δι’ ἔργων μέγιστον παρείχετο τοιοῦτον.
πρὸς Φερεκύδην τὸν Σύριον, διδάσκαλον αὐτοῦ γενόμενον, ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας εἰς Δῆλον ἐκομίσθη, νοσοκομήσων τε αὐτὸν περιπετῆ γενόμενον τῷ ἱστορουμένῳ τῆς φθειριάσεως πάθει καὶ κηδεύσων [αὐτόν], παρέμεινέ τε ἄχρι τῆς τελευτῆς αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ὁσίαν ἀπεπλήρωσε περὶ τὸν αὑτοῦ καθηγεμόνα. οὕτω περὶ πολλοῦ τὴν περὶ τὸν διδάσκαλον ἐποιεῖτο σπουδήν.
πρός γε μὴν συνταγὰς καὶ τὸ ἀψευδεῖν ἐν αὐταῖς οὕτως εὖ παρεσκεύαζε τοὺς ὁμιλητὰς Πυθαγόρας, ὥστε φασί ποτε Λῦσιν προσκυνήσαντα ἐν Ἥρας ἱερῷ καὶ ἐξιόντα συντυχεῖν Εὐρυφάμῳ Συρακουσίῳ τῶν ἑταίρων τινὶ περὶ τὰ προπύλαια τῆς θεοῦ εἰσιόντι. προστάξαντος δὲ τοῦ Εὐρυφάμου προσμεῖναι αὐτόν, μέχρις ἂν καὶ αὐτὸς προσκυνήσας ἐξέλθῃ, ἑδρασθῆναι ἐπί τινι λιθίνῳ θάκῳ ἱδρυμένῳ αὐτόθι. ὡς δὲ προσκυνήσας ὁ Εὐρύφαμος καὶ ἔν τινι διανοήματι καὶ βαθυτέρᾳ καθ’ ἑαυτὸν συννοίᾳ γενόμενος δι’ ἑτέρου πυλῶνος ἐκλαθόμενος ἀπηλλάγη, τό τε τῆς ἡμέρας λοιπὸν καὶ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν νύκτα καὶ τὸ πλέον μέρος ἔτι τῆς ἄλλης ἡμέρας εἶχεν ἀτρέμας [προσέμενεν] ὁ Λῦσις. καὶ τάχα ἂν ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον αὐτοῦ ἦν, εἰ μή περ ἐν τῷ ὁμακοείῳ τῆς ἑξῆς ἡμέρας γενόμενος ὁ Εὐρύφαμος καὶ ἀκούσας ἐπιζητουμένου πρὸς τῶν ἑταίρων τοῦ Λύσιδος ἀνεμνήσθη. καὶ ἐλθὼν αὐτὸν ἔτι προσμένοντα κατὰ τὴν συνθήκην ἀπήγαγε, τὴν αἰτίαν εἰπὼν τῆς λήθης καὶ προσεπιθεὶς ὅτι ταύτην δή μοι θεῶν τις ἐνῆκε, δοκίμιον ἐσομένην τῆς σῆς περὶ συνθήκας εὐσταθείας.
καὶ τὸ ἐμψύχων δὲ ἀπέχεσθαι ἐνομοθέτησε διά τε ἄλλα πολλὰ καὶ ὡς εἰρηνοποιὸν τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα. ἐθιζόμενοι γὰρ μυσάττεσθαι φόνον ζῴων ὡς ἄνομον καὶ παρὰ φύσιν, πολὺ μᾶλλον ἀθεμιτώτερον τὸ ἄνθρωπον ἡγούμενοι κτείνειν οὐκέτ’ ἐπολέμουν. φόνων δὲ χορηγέτης καὶ νομοθέτης ὁ πόλεμος· τούτοις γὰρ καὶ σωματοποιεῖται. καὶ τὸ ζυγὸν δὲ μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν δικαιοσύνης ἐστὶ παρακέλευσμα, πάντα τὰ δίκαια παραγγέλλον ἀσκεῖν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς περὶ συμβόλων δειχθήσεται. πέφηνεν ἄρα διὰ πάντων τούτων μεγάλην σπουδὴν περὶ τὴν τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἄσκησιν καὶ παράδοσιν εἰς ἀνθρώπους πεποιημένος Πυθαγόρας ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις.
Chapter 31
Ἓπεται δὲ τῷ περὶ τούτων λόγῳ ὁ περὶ σωφροσύνης, ὣς τε αὐτὴν ἐπετήδευσε καὶ παρέδωκε τοῖς χρωμένοις. εἴρηται μὲν οὖν ἤδη τὰ κοινὰ παραγγέλματα περὶ αὐτῆς, ἐν οἷς πυρὶ καὶ σιδήρῳ τὰ ἀσύμμετρα πάντα ἀποκόπτειν διώρισται. τοῦ δὲ αὐτοῦ εἴδους ἐστὶν ἀποχὴ ἐμψύχων ἁπάντων καὶ προσέτι βρωμάτων τινῶν ἀκολάστων (ταῖς εὐαυγείαις τοῦ λογισμοῦ καὶ ταῖς εἰλικρινείαις ἐμποδιζόντων), καὶ τὸ παρατίθεσθαι μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἑστιάσεσι τὰ ἡδέα καὶ πολυτελῆ ἐδέσματα, ἀποπέμπεσθαι δὲ αὐτὰ τοῖς οἰκέταις ἕνεκα τοῦ κολάσαι μόνον τὰς ἐπιθυμίας παρατιθέμενα, καὶ τὸ χρυσὸν ἐλευθέραν μηδεμίαν φορεῖν, μόνας δὲ τὰς ἑταίρας.
ἔτι δὲ ἐχεμυθία τε καὶ παντελὴς σιωπὴ πρὸς τὸ γλώσσης κρατεῖν συνασκοῦσα, ἥ τε σύντονος καὶ ἀδιάπνευστος περὶ τὰ δυσληπτότατα τῶν θεωρημάτων ἀνάληψίς τε καὶ ἐξέτασις, διὰ τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ καὶ ἀνοινία καὶ ὀλιγοσιτία καὶ ὀλιγουπνία, δόξης τε καὶ πλούτου καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων ἀνεπιτήδευτος κατεξανάστασις, καὶ αἰδὼς μὲν ἀνυπόκριτος πρὸς τοὺς προήκοντας, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ὁμήλικας ἄπλαστος ὁμοιότης καὶ φιλοφροσύνη, συνεπίστασις δὲ καὶ παρόρμησις πρὸς τοὺς νεωτέρους φθόνου χωρίς, καὶ πάντα ὅσα τοιαῦτα, εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν ἀρετὴν ταχθήσεται.
καὶ ἐξ ὧν δ’Ἱππόβοτος καὶ Νεάνθης περὶ Μυλλίου καὶ Τιμύχας τῶν Πυθαγορείων ἱστοροῦσι, μαθεῖν ἔνεστι τὴν ἐκείνων τῶν ἀνδρῶν σωφροσύνην καὶ ὅπως αὐτὴν Πυθαγόρας παρέδωκε. τὸν γὰρ Διονύσιον τὸν τύραννον φασίν, ὡς πάντα ποιῶν οὐδενὸς αὐτῶν ἐπετύγχανε τῆς φιλίας, φυλαττομένων καὶ περιισταμένων τὸ μοναρχικὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ παράνομον, λόχον τινὰ τριάκοντα ἀνδρῶν, ἡγουμένου Εὐρυμένους Συρακουσίου, Δίωνος ἀδελφοῦ, ἐπιπέμψαι τοῖς ἀνδράσι, λοχήσοντα τὴν μετάβασιν αὐτῶν τὴν ἀπὸ Τάραντος εἰς Μεταπόντιον εἰωθυῖαν κατὰ καιρὸν γίνεσθαι· ἡρμόζοντο γὰρ πρὸς τὰς τῶν ὡρῶν μεταβολὰς καὶ τόπους εἰς τὰ τοιάδε ἐπελέγοντο ἐπιτηδείους.
ἐν δὴ Φάναις, χωρίῳ τῆς Τάραντος φαραγγώδει, καθ’ ὃ συνέβαινεν αὐτοῖς ἀναγκαίως τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν γενέσθαι, ἐλόχα κατακρύψας τὸ πλῆθος ὁ Εὐρυμένης. ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐδὲν προϊδόμενοι ἀφίκοντο οἱ ἄνδρες περὶ μέσον ἡμέρας εἰς τὸν τόπον, λῃστρικῶς αὐτοῖς ἐπαλαλάξαντες ἐπέθεντο οἱ στρατιῶται· οἳ δὲ ἐκταραχθέντες μετ’ εὐλαβείας ἅμα τε τὸ αἰφνίδιον καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ πλῆθος, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτοὶ σύμπαντες δέκα που τὸν ἀριθμόν, καὶ ὅτι ἄνοπλοι πρὸς ποικίλως ὡπλισμένους διαγωνισάμενοι ἔμελλον ἁλίσκεσθαι, δρόμῳ καὶ φυγῇ διασῴζειν αὐτοὺς διέγνωσαν, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀλλότριον ἀρετῆς τιθέμενοι· τὴν γὰρ ἀνδρείαν ᾔδεισαν φευκτέων τε καὶ ὑπομενετέων ἐπιστήμην, ὡς ἂν ὁ ὀρθὸς ὑπαγορεύῃ λόγος.
καὶ ἐπετύγχανον δὲ ἤδη τούτου· βαρούμενοι γὰρ τοῖς ὅπλοις ἀπελείποντο οἱ σὺν Εὐρυμένει τοῦ διωγμοῦ· εἰ μή περ φεύγοντες ἐνέτυχον πεδίῳ τινὶ κυάμοις ἐσπαρμένῳ καὶ τεθηλότι ἱκανῶς, καὶ μὴ βουλόμενοι δόγμα παραβαίνειν τὸ κελεῦον κυάμων μὴ θιγγάνειν, ἔστησαν καὶ ὑπ’ ἀνάγκης λίθοις καὶ ξύλοις καὶ τοῖς προστυχοῦσιν ἑκάστῳ μέχρι τοσούτου ἠμύνοντο τοὺς διώκοντας, μέχρι τινὰς μὲν αὐτῶν ἀνηρηκέναι, πολλοὺς δὲ τετραυματικέναι. πάντας μὴν ὑπὸ τῶν δορυφόρων ἀναιρεθῆναι καὶ μηδένα τὸ παράπαν ζωγρηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ πρὸ τούτων θάνατον ἀσμενίσαι κατὰ τὰς τῆς αἱρέσεως ἐντολάς.
ἐν συγχύσει δὴ [πολλῇ] τόν τε Εὐρυμένην καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ [καὶ] οὐ τῇ τυχούσῃ γενέσθαι, εἰ μηδὲ ἓνα ζῶντα ἀγάγοιεν τῷ πέμψαντι Διονυσίῳ, εἰς αὐτὸ μόνον τοῦτο προτρεψαμένῳ αὐτούς. γῆν οὖν ἐπαμήσαντες τοῖς πεσοῦσι καὶ ἡρῷον πολυάνδριον ἐπιχώσαντες αὐτόθι ὑπέστρεφον. εἶτα αὐτοῖς ἀπήντησε Μυλλίας Κροτωνιάτης καὶ Τιμύχα Λακεδαιμονία, γυνὴ αὐτοῦ, ἀπολελειμμένοι τοῦ πλήθους, ὅτι ἔγκυος οὖσα ἡ Τιμύχα τὸν δέκατον ἢδη μῆνα εἶχε καὶ σχολαίως διὰ τοῦτο ἐβάδιζε. τούτους δὴ ζωγρήσαντες ἄσμενοι πρὸς τὸν τύραννον ἤγαγον, μετὰ πάσης κομιδῆς καὶ ἐπιμελείας διασώσαντες.
ὃ δὲ περὶ τῶν γεγονότων διαπυθόμενος καὶ σφόδρα ἀθυμήσας ἐνέφαινεν. ἀλλ’ ὑμεῖς γε εἶπεν ὑπὲρ πάντων τῆς ἀξίας τεύξεσθε παρ’ ἐμοῦ τιμῆς, εἴ μοι συμβασιλεῦσαι θελήσετε. τοῦ δὲ Μυλλίου καὶ τῆς Τιμύχας πρὸς πάντα ἃ ἐπηγγέλλετο ἀνανευόντων, ἀλλὰ ἓν γέ με ἔφη διδάξαντες μετὰ τῆς ἐπιβαλλούσης προπομπῆς διασῴζεσθε. πυθομένου δὲ τοῦ Μυλλίου τί καί ποτ’ ἐστὶν ὂ μαθεῖν προθυμεῖται, ἐκεῖνο, εἶπεν ὁ Διονύσιος, τίς ἡ αἰτία δι’ ἣν οἱ ἑταῖροί σου ἀποθανεῖν μᾶλλον εἴλοντο ἢ κυάμους πατῆσαι; καὶ ὁ Μυλλίας εὐθὺς ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν εἶπεν ὑπέμειναν, ἵνα μὴ κυάμους πατήσωσὶν, ἀποθανεῖν, ἐγὼ δὲ αἱροῦμαι, ἵνα τούτου σοι τὴν αἰτίαν μὴ ἐξείπω, κυάμους μᾶλλον πατῆσαι.
καταπλαγέντος δὲ τοῦ Διονυσίου καὶ μεταστῆσαι κελεύσαντος αὐτὸν σὺν βίᾳ, βασάνους δὲ ἐπιφέρειν τῇ Τιμύχᾳ προστάττοντος· ἐνόμιζε γὰρ ἅτε γυναῖκά τε οὖσαν καὶ ἔπογκον ἐρήμην τε τοῦ ἀνδρός, ῥᾳδίως τοῦτο ἐκλαλήσειν φόβῳ τῶν βασάνων· ἡ γενναία συμβρύξασα ἐπὶ τῆς γλώσσης τοὺς ὀδόντας καὶ ἀποκόψασα αὐτὴν προσέπτυσε τῷ τυράννῳ, ἐμφαίνουσα ὅτι, εἰ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν βασάνων τὸ θῆλυ αὐτῆς νικηθὲν συναναγκασθείη τῶν ἐχεμυθουμένων τι ἀνακαλύψαι, τὸ μὴν ὑπηρετῆσον ἐκποδὼν ὑπ’αὐτῆς περικέκοπται. οὕτως δυσσυγκάθετοι πρὸς τὰς ἐξωτερικὰς φιλίας ἦσαν, εἰ καὶ βασιλικαὶ τυγχάνοιεν.
παραπλήσια δὲ τούτοις καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς σιωπῆς ἦν παραγγέλματα, φέροντα εἰς σωφροσύνης ἄσκησιν· πάντων γὰρ χαλεπώτατόν ἐστιν ἐγκρατευμάτων τὸ γλώσσης κρατεῖν. τῆς αὐτῆς δὲ ἀρετῆς ἐστι καὶ τὸ πεῖσαι Κροτωνιάτας ἀπέχεσθαι τῆς ἀθύτου καὶ νόθης πρὸς τὰς παλλακίδας συνουσίας, καὶ ἔτι ἡ διὰ τῆς μουσικῆς ἐπανόρθωσις, δι’ ἧς καὶ τὸ οἰστρημένον μειράκιον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος εἰς σωφροσύνην μετέστησε. καὶ ἡ τῆς ὕβρεως δὲ ἀπάγουσα παραίνεσις εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν ἀρετὴν ἀνήκει.
καὶ ταῦτα δὲ παρέδωκε τοῖς Πυθαγορείοις Πυθαγόρας, ὧν αἴτιος αὐτὸς ἦν. προσεῖχον γὰρ οὗτοι, τὰ σώματα ὡς ἂν ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν διακέηται, καὶ μὴ ᾖ ὁτὲ μὲν ῥικνά, ὁτὲ δὲ πολύσαρκα· ἀνωμάλου γὰρ βίου (τοῦτο) ᾢοντο εἶναι δεῖγμα. ἀλλὰ ὡσαύτως καὶ κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν οὐχ ὁτὲ μὲν ἱλαροί, ὁτὲ δὲ κατηφεῖς, ἀλλὰ ἐφ’ ὁμαλοῦ πράως χαίροντες. διεκρούοντο δὲ ὀργάς, ἀθυμίας, ταραχάς, καὶ ἦν αὐτοῖς παράγγελμα ὡς οὐδὲν δεῖ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων συμπτωμάτων ἀπροσδόκητον εἶναι παρὰ τοῖς νοῦν ἔχουσιν, ἀλλὰ πάντα προσδοκᾶν ὧν μὴ τυγχάνουσιν αὐτοὶ κύριοι ὄντες. εἰ δέ ποτε αὐτοῖς συμβαίη ἢ ὀργὴ ἢ λύπη ἢ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον, ἐκποδὼν ἀπηλλάττοντο καὶ καθ’ ἑαυτὸν ἕκαστος γενόμενος ἐπειρᾶτο καταπέττειν τε καὶ ἰατρεύειν τὸ πάθος.
λέγεται δὲ καὶ τάδε περὶ τῶν Πυθαγορείων, ὡς οὔτε οἰκέτην ἐκόλασεν οὐθεὶς αὐτῶν ὑπὸ ὀργῆς ἐχόμενος οὔτε τῶν ἐλευθέρων ἐνουθέτησέ τινα, ἀλλὰ ἀνέμενεν ἕκαστος τὴν τῆς διανοίας ἀποκατάστασιν. ἐκάλουν δὲ τὸ νουθετεῖν πεδαρτᾶν· ἐποιοῦντο γὰρ τὴν ἀναβολὴν σιωπῇ χρώμενοι καὶ ἡσυχίᾳ. Σπίνθαρος γοῦν διηγεῖτο πολλάκις περὶ Ἀρχύτου (τοῦ) Ταραντίνου ὅτι διὰ χρόνου τινὸς εἰς ἀγρὸν ἀφικόμενος, ἐκ στρατείας νεωστὶ παραγεγονώς, ἣν ἐστρατεύσατο ἡ πόλις εἰς Μεσσαπίους, ὡς εἶδε τόν τε ἐπίτροπον καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους οἰκέτας οὐκ εὖ τῶν περὶ τὴν γεωργίαν ἐπιμέλειαν πεποιημένους, ἀλλὰ μεγάλῃ τινὶ κεχρημένους ὀλιγωρίας ὑπερβολῇ, ὀργισθείς τε καὶ ἀγανακτήσας οὕτως ὡς ἂν ἐκεῖνος, εἶπεν, ὡς ἔοικε, πρὸς τοὺς οἰκέτας ὅτι εὐτυχοῦσιν, ὅτι αὐτοῖς ὤργισται· εἰ γὰρ μὴ τοῦτο συμβεβηκὸς ἦν, οὐκ ἄν ποτε αὐτοὺς ἀθῴους γενέσθαι τηλικαῦτα ἡμαρτηκότας.
ἔφη δὲ λέγεσθαι καὶ περὶ Κλεινίου τοιαῦτά τινα· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνον ἀναβάλλεσθαι πάσας νουθετήσεις τε καὶ κολάσεις εἰς τὴν τῆς διανοίας ἀποκατάστασιν. οἴκτων δὲ καὶ δακρύων καὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων εἴργεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας, οὔτε δὲ κέρδος οὔτε ἐπιθυμίαν οὔτε ὀργὴν οὔτε φιλοτιμίαν οὔτε ἄλλο οὐδὲν τῶν τοιούτων αἴτιον γίνεσθαι διαφορᾶς, ἀλλὰ πάντας τοὺς Πυθαγορείους οὕτως ἔχειν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὡς ἂν πατὴρ σπουδαῖος πρὸς τέκνα σχοίη.
καλὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ πάντα Πυθαγόρᾳ ἀνατιθέναι τε καὶ ἀποκαλεῖν, καὶ μηδεμίαν περιποιεῖσθαι δόξαν ἰδίαν ἀπὸ τῶν εὑρισκομένων, εἰ μή πού τι σπάνιον· πάνυ γὰρ δή τινες εἰσὶν ὀλίγοι ὧν ἴδια γνωρίζεται ὑπομνήματα. θαυμάζεται δὲ καὶ ἡ τῆς φυλακῆς ἀκρίβεια·
ἐν γὰρ τοσαύταις γενεαῖς ἐτῶν οὐθεὶς οὐδενὶ φαίνεται τῶν Πυθαγορείων ὑπομνημάτων περιτετευχὼς πρὸ τῆς Φιλολάου ἡλικίας, ἀλλ’ οὗτος πρῶτος ἐξήνεγκε τὰ θρυλούμενα ταῦτα τρία βιβλία, ἃ λέγεται Δίων ὁ Συρακούσιος ἑκατὸν μνῶν πρίασθαι Πλάτωνος κελεύσαντος, εἰς πενίαν τινὰ μεγάλην τε καὶ ἰσχυρὰν ἀφικομένου τοῦ Φιλολάου, ἐπειδὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀπὸ τῆς συγγενείας τῶν Πυθαγορείων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μετέλαβε τῶν βιβλίων.
περὶ δὲ δόξης τάδε φασὶ λέγειν αὐτούς. ἀνόητον μὲν εἶναι τὸ πάσῃ καὶ παντὸς δόξῃ προσέχειν, καὶ μάλιστα τὸ τῇ παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν γινομένῃ· τὸ γὰρ καλῶς ὑπολαμβάνειν τε καὶ δοξάζειν ὀλίγοις ὑπάρχειν. δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι περὶ τοὺς εἰδότας τοῦτο γίνεσθαι· οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν ὀλίγοι. ὥστε δῆλον ὅτι οὐκ ἂν διατείνοι εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἡ τοιαύτη δύναμις. ἀνόητον δ’ εἶναι καὶ πάσης ὑπολήψεώς τε καὶ δόξης καταφρονεῖν· συμβήσεται γὰρ ἀμαθῆ τε καὶ ἀνεπανόρθωτον εἶναι τὸν οὕτω διακείμενον. ἀναγκαῖον δ’ εἶναι τῷ μὲν ἀνεπιστήμονι μανθάνειν ἃ τυγχάνει ἀγνοῶν τε καὶ οὐκ ἐπιστάμενος, τῷ δὲ μανθάνοντι προσέχειν τῇ τοῦ ἐπισταμένου τε καὶ διδάξαι δυναμένου ὑπολήψει τε καὶ δόξῃ,
καθόλου δ’ εἰπεῖν, ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τοὺς σωθησομένους τῶν νέων προσέχειν ταῖς τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τε καὶ καλῶς βεβιωκότων ὑπολήψεσί τε καὶ δόξαις. ἐν δὲ τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ βίῳ τῷ σύμπαντι εἶναί τινας ἡλικίας ἐνδεδασμένας, οὕτω γὰρ καὶ λέγειν αὐτοὺς φασίν, ἃς οὐκ εἶναι τοῦ τυχόντος πρὸς ἀλλήλας συνεῖραι· ἐκκρούεσθαι γὰρ αὐτὰς ὑπ’ ἀλλήλων, ἐάν τις μὴ καλῶς τε καὶ ὀρθῶς ἄγῃ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ γενετῆς. δεῖν οὖν τῆς τοῦ παιδὸς ἀγωγῆς καλῆς τε καὶ σώφρονος γινομένης καὶ ἀνδρικῆς πολὺ εἶναι μέρος τὸ παραδιδόμενον εἰς τὴν τοῦ νεανίσκου ἡλικίαν, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τῆς τοῦ νεανίσκου ἐπιμελείας τε καὶ ἀγωγῆς καλῆς τε καὶ ἀνδρικῆς καὶ σώφρονος γινομένης πολὺ εἶναι μέρος (τὸ) παραδιδόμενον εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἡλικίαν, ἐπείπερ εἴς γε τοὺς πολλοὺς ἄτοπόν τε καὶ γελοῖον εἶναι τὸ συμβαῖνον.
παῖδας μὲν γὰρ ὄντας οἴεσθαι δεῖν εὐτακτεῖν τε καὶ σωφρονεῖν καὶ ἀπέχεσθαι πάντων τῶν φορτικῶν τε καὶ ἀσχημόνων εἶναι δοκούντων, νεανίσκους δὲ γενομένους ἀφεῖσθαι παρά γε δὴ τοῖς πολλοῖς ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν βούλωνται. συρρεῖν δὲ σχεδὸν εἰς ταύτην τὴν ἡλικίαν ἀμφότερα τὰ γένη τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων· καὶ γὰρ παιδαριώδη πολλὰ καὶ ἀνδρώδη τοὺς νεανίσκους ἁμαρτάνειν. τὸ μὲν γὰρ φεύγειν ἅπαν τὸ τῆς σπουδῆς τε καὶ τάξεως γένος, ὡς ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, διώκειν δὲ τὸ τῆς παιγνίας τε καὶ ἀκολασίας καὶ ὕβρεως τῆς παιδικῆς εἶδος, τῆς τοῦ παιδὸς ἡλικίας οἰκειότατον εἶναι· ἐκ ταύτης οὖν εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην ἡλικίαν ἀφικνεῖσθαι τὴν τοιαύτην διάθεσιν. τὸ δὲ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν τῶν ἰσχυρῶν, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὸ τῶν φιλοτιμιῶν γένος, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς ὁρμάς τε καὶ διαθέσεις, ὅσαι τυγχάνουσιν οὖσαι τοῦ χαλεποῦ τε καὶ θορυβώδους γένους, ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἡλικίας εἰς τὴν τῶν νεανίσκων ἀφικνεῖσθαι. διόπερ πασῶν δεῖσθαι τῶν ἡλικιῶν ταύτην πλείστης ἐπιμελείας.
καθόλου δ’ εἰπεῖν, οὐδέποτε τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐατέον εἶναι ποιεῖν ὅ τι ἂν βούληται, ἀλλ’ ἀεί τινα ἐπιστατείαν ὑπάρχειν δεῖν καὶ ἀρχὴν νόμιμόν τε καὶ εὐσχήμονα, ἧς ὑπήκοος ἔσται ἕκαστος τῶν πολιτῶν. ταχέως γὰρ ἐξίστασθαι τὸ ζῷον ἐαθέν τε καὶ ὀλιγωρηθὲν εἰς κακίαν τε καὶ φαυλότητα. ἐρωτᾶν τε καὶ διαπορεῖν πολλάκις αὐτοὺς ἔφασαν, τίνος ἕνεκα τοὺς παῖδας συνεθίζομεν προσφέρεσθαι τὴν τροφὴν τε ταγμένως τε καὶ συμμέτρως, καὶ τὴν μὲν τάξιν καὶ τὴν συμμετρίαν ἀποφαίνομεν αὐτοῖς καλά, τὰ δὲ τούτων ἐναντία, τήν τε ἀταξίαν καὶ τὴν ἀσυμμετρίαν, αἰσχρά [ὃ καὶ ἔστιν ὅ τε οἰνόφλυξ καὶ ἄπληστος ἐν μεγάλῳ ὀνείδει κείμενος]. εἰ γὰρ μηδὲν τούτων ἐστὶ χρήσιμον εἰς τὴν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἡλικίαν ἀφικνουμένων ἡμῶν, μάταιον εἶναι τὸ συνεθίζειν παῖδας ὄντας τῇ τοιαύτῃ τάξει. τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ λόγον εἶναι καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθῶν.
οὐκ οὖν ἐπί γε τῶν λοιπῶν ζῴων τοῦτο ὁρᾶσθαι συμβαῖνον, ὅσα ὑπ’ ἀνθρώπων παιδεύεται, ἀλλ’ εὐθύς ἐξ ἀρχῆς τόν τε σκύλακα καὶ τὸν πῶλον ταῦτα συνεθίζεσθαί τε καὶ μανθάνειν ἃ δεήσει πράττειν αὐτοὺς τελεωθέντας. καθόλου δὲ τοὺς Πυθαγορείους ἔφασαν παρακελεύεσθαι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσί τε καὶ ἀφικνουμένοις εἰς συνήθειαν, εὐλαβεῖσθαι τὴν ἡδονὴν εἴπερ τι καὶ ἄλλο τῶν εὐλαβείας δεομένων· οὐθὲν γὰρ οὕτω σφάλλειν ἡμᾶς οὐδ’ ἐμβάλλειν εἰς ἁμαρτίαν ὡς τοῦτο τὸ πάθος. καθόλου δέ, ὡς ἔοικε, διετείνοντο μηδέποτε μηδὲν πράττειν ἡδονῆς στοχαζομένους· καὶ γὰρ ἀσχήμονα καὶ βλαβερὸν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ τοῦτον εἶναι τὸν σκοπόν· ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μὲν πρὸς τὸ καλόν τε καὶ εὔσχημον βλέποντες πράττειν ὃ ἂν ᾖ πρακτέον, δεύτερον δὲ πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον τε καὶ ὠφέλιμον, δεῖσθαί τε ταῦτα κρίσεως οὐ τῆς τυχούσης.
περὶ δὲ τῆς σωματικῆς ὀνομαζομένης ἐπιθυμίας τοιαῦτα λέγειν ἔφασαν τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐκείνους. αὐτὴν μὲν τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐπιφοράν τινα εἶναι τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ ὁρμὴν καὶ ὄρεξιν ἤτοι πληρώσεώς τινος ἢ παρουσίας τινῶν αἰσθήσεως ἢ διαθέσεως αἰσθητικῆς. γίνεσθαι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων ἐπιθυμίαν, οἷον κενώσεώς τε καὶ ἀπουσίας καὶ τοῦ μὴ αἰσθάνεσθαι ἐνίων. ποικίλον δ’ εἶναι τὸ πάθος τοῦτο καὶ σχεδὸν τῶν περὶ ἄνθρωπον πολυειδέστατον. εἶναι δὲ τὰς πολλὰς τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐπικτήτους τε καὶ κατεσκευασμένας ὑπ’ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, διὸ δὴ καὶ πλείστης ἐπιμελείας δεῖσθαι τὸ πάθος τοῦτο καὶ φυλακῆς τε καὶ σωμασκίας οὐ τῆς τυχούσης. τὸ μὲν γὰρ κενωθέντος τοῦ σώματος τῆς τροφῆς ἐπιθυμεῖν φυσικὸν εἶναι, καὶ τὸ πάλιν ἀναπληρωθέντος κενώσεως ἐπιθυμεῖν τῆς προσηκούσης φυσικὸν καὶ τοῦτ’ εἶναι· τὸ δὲ ἐπιθυμεῖν περιέργου τροφῆς ἢ περιέργου τε καὶ τρυφερᾶς ἐσθῆτός τε καὶ στρωμνῆς ἢ περιέργου τε καὶ πολυτελοῦς καὶ ποικίλης οἰκήσεως ἐπίκτητον εἶναι. τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ λόγον εἶναι καὶ περὶ σκευῶν τε καὶ ποτηρίων καὶ διακόνων καὶ θρεμμάτων τῶν εἰς τροφὴν ἀνηκόντων.
καθόλου δὲ τῶν περὶ ἄνθρωπον παθῶν σχεδὸν τοῦτο μάλιστα τοιοῦτον εἶναι οἷον μηδαμοῦ ἵστασθαι, ἀλλὰ προάγειν εἰς ἄπειρον. διόπερ εὐθὺς ἐκ νεότητος ἐπιμελητέον εἶναι τῶν ἀναφυομένων, ὅπως ἐπιθυμήσουσι μὲν ὧν δεῖ, ἀφέξονται δὲ τῶν ματαίων τε καὶ περιέργων ἐπιθυμιῶν, ἀτάρακτοί τε καὶ καθαροὶ τῶν τοιούτων ὀρέξεων ὄντες καὶ καταφρονοῦντες αὐτῶν τε τῶν ἀξιοκαταφρονήτων καὶ τῶν ἐνδεδεμένων ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις. μάλιστα δ’ εἶναι κατανοῆσαι τάς τε ματαίους καὶ τὰς βλαβερὰς καὶ τὰς περιέργους καὶ τὰς ὑβριστικὰς τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν παρὰ τῶν ἐν ἐξουσίαις ἀναστρεφομένων γινομένας· οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἄτοπον εἶναι ἐφ’ ὃ τὴν ψυχὴν οὐχ ὁρμᾶν τῶν τοιούτων παίδων τε καὶ ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν.
καθόλου δὲ ποικιλώτατον εἶναι τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος κατὰ τὸ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν πλῆθος. σημεῖον δὲ ἐναργὲς εἶναι τὴν τῶν προσφερομένων ποικιλίαν· ἀπέραντον μὲν γάρ τι πλῆθος εἶναι καρπῶν, ἀπέραντον δὲ ῥιζῶν, ᾧ χρῆται τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος· ἔτι δὲ σαρκοφαγία παντοδαπῇ χρῆσθαι, καὶ ἔργον εἶναι εὑρεῖν τίνος οὐ γεύεται τῶν τε χερσαίων καὶ τῶν πτηνῶν καὶ τῶν ἐνύδρων ζῴων. καὶ δὴ σκευασίας παντοδαπὰς περὶ ταῦτα μεμηχανῆσθαι καὶ χυμῶν παντοίας μίξεις· ὅθεν εἰκότως μανικόν τε καὶ πολύμορφον εἶναι κατὰ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς κίνησιν τὸ ἀνθρώπινον φῦλον.
ἕκαστον γὰρ δὴ τῶν προσφερομένων ἰδίου τινὸς διαθέσεως αἴτιον γίνεσθαι. ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τὰ μὲν παραχρῆμα μεγάλης ἀλλοιώσεως αἴτια γινόμενα συνορᾶν, οἷον καὶ τὸν οἶνον, ὅτι πλείων προσενεχθεὶς μέχρι μέν τινος ἱλαρωτέρους ποιεῖ, ἔπειτα μανικωτέρους καὶ ἀσχημονεστέρους· τὰ δὲ μὴ τοιαύτην ἐνδεικνύμενα δύναμιν ἀγνοεῖν. γίνεσθαι δὲ πᾶν τὸ προσενεχθὲν αἴτιόν τινος ἰδίου διαθέσεως. διὸ δὴ καὶ μεγάλης σοφίας τὸ κατανοῆσαί τε καὶ συνιδεῖν ποίοις τε καὶ πόσοις δεῖ χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὴν τροφήν. εἶναι δὲ ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστήμην τὸ μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς Ἀπόλλωνός τε καὶ Παιῶνος, ὕστερον δὲ τῶν περὶ Ἀσκληπιόν.
περὶ δὲ γεννήσεως τάδε λέγειν αὐτοὺς ἔφασαν. καθόλου μὲν [ᾤοντο] δεῖν φυλάττεσθαι τὸ καλούμενον προφερές· οὔτε γὰρ τῶν φυτῶν τὰ προφερῆ οὔτε τῶν ζῴων εὔκαρπα γίνεσθαι, (ἀλλὰ δεῖν ἐγγενέσθαι) τινὰ χρόνον πρὸ τῆς καρποφορίας, ὅπως ἐξ ἰσχυόντων τε καὶ τετελειωμένων τῶν σωμάτων τὰ σπέρματα καὶ οἱ καρποὶ γίνωνται. δεῖν οὖν τούς τε παῖδας καὶ τὰς παρθένους ἐν πόνοις τε καὶ γυμνασίοις καὶ καρτερίαις ταῖς προσηκούσαις τρέφειν, τροφὴν προσφέροντας τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν φιλοπόνῳ τε καὶ σώφρονι καὶ καρτερικῷ βίῳ. πολλὰ δὲ τῶν κατὰ τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον τοιαῦτα εἶναι ἐν οἷς βέλτιόν ἐστιν ἡ ὀψιμαθία, ὧν εἶναι καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀφροδισίων χρείαν.
δεῖν οὖν τὸν παῖδα οὕτως ἄγεσθαι ὥστε μὴ ζητεῖν ἐντὸς τῶν εἴκοσιν ἐτῶν τὴν τοιαύτην συνουσίαν. ὅταν δ’ εἰς τοῦτο ἀφίκηται, σπανίοις εἶναι χρηστέον τοῖς ἀφροδισίοις· ἔσεσθαι δὲ τοῦτο, ἐὰν τίμιόν τε καὶ καλὸν εἶναι νομίζηται ἡ εὐεξία· ἀκρασίαν γὰρ ἅμα καὶ εὐεξίαν οὐ πάνυ γίνεσθαι περὶ τὸν αὐτόν. ἐπαινεῖσθαι δ’ αὐτοῖς ἔφασαν καὶ τὰ τοιάδε τῶν προϋπαρχόντων νομίμων ἐν ταῖς Ἑλληνικαῖς πόλεσι, τὸ μήτε μητράσι συγγίνεσθαι μήτε θυγατρὶ μήτ’ ἀδελφῇ, μήτ’ ἐν ἱερῷ μήτ’ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ· καλόν τε γὰρ εἶναι καὶ σύμφορον τὸ ὡς πλεῖστα γίνεσθαι κωλύματα τῆς ἐνεργείας ταύτης. ὑπελάμβανον δ’, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐκεῖνοι οἱ ἄνδρες περιαιρεῖν μὲν δεῖν τάς τε παρὰ φύσιν γεννήσεις καὶ τὰς μεθ’ ὕβρεως γιγνομένας, καταλιμπάνειν δὲ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν τε καὶ μετὰ σωφροσύνης γινομένων τὰς ἐπὶ τεκνοποιίᾳ σώφρονί τε καὶ νομίμῳ γινομένας.
ὑπελάμβανον δὲ δεῖν πολλὴν πρόνοιαν ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς τεκνοποιουμένους τῶν ἐσομένων ἐκγόνων. πρώτην μὲν οὖν εἶναι καὶ μεγίστην πρόνοιαν τὸ προσάγειν αὑτὸν πρὸς τὴν τεκνοποιίαν σωφρόνως τε καὶ ὑγιεινῶς βεβιωκότα τε καὶ ζῶντα καὶ μήτε πληρώσει χρώμενον τροφῆς ἀκαίρως μήτε προσφερόμενον τοιαῦτα ἀφ’ ὧν χείρους αἱ τῶν σωμάτων ἕξεις γίνονται, μήτι δὴ μεθύοντά γε, ἀλλ’ ἥκιστα πάντων· ᾤοντο γὰρ ἐκ φαύλης τε καὶ ἀσυμφώνου καὶ ταραχώδους κράσεως μοχθηρὰ γίνεσθαι τὰ σπέρματα.
καθόλου δὲ παντελῶς ᾤοντο ῥᾳθύμου τινὸς εἶναι καὶ ἀπροσκέπτου τὸν μέλλοντα ζωοποιεῖν καὶ ἄγειν τινὰ τοῦτον εἰς γένεσίν τε καὶ οὐσίαν μὴ μετὰ πάσης σπουδῆς προορᾶν ὅπως ἔσται ὡς χαριεστάτη τῶν γινομένων ἡ εἰς τὸ εἶναί τε καὶ ζῆν ἄφιξις, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν φιλόκυνας μετὰ πάσης σπουδῆς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῆς σκυλακείας ὅπως ἐξ ὧν δεῖ καὶ ὅτε δεῖ καὶ ὡς δεῖ διακειμένων προσηνῆ γίνηται τὰ σκυλάκια, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τοὺς φιλόρνιθας,
δῆλον δ’ ὅτι καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς τῶν ἐσπουδακότων περὶ τὰ γενναῖα τῶν ζῴων πᾶσαν ποιεῖσθαι σπουδὴν [περὶ] τοῦ μὴ εἰκῆ γίνεσθαι τὰς γεννήσεις αὐτῶν· τοὺς δ’ ἀνθρώπους μηδένα λόγον ποιεῖσθαι τῶν ἰδίων ἐκγόνων, ἀλλ’ ἅμα γεννᾶν εἰκῆ τε καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε σχεδιάζοντας πάντα τρόπον καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τρέφειν τε καὶ παιδεύειν μετὰ πάσης ὀλιγωρίας. ταύτην γὰρ εἶναι τὴν ἰσχυροτάτην τε καὶ σαφεστάτην αἰτίαν τῆς τῶν πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων κακίας τε καὶ φαυλότητος· βοσκηματώδη γὰρ καὶ εἰκαίαν τινὰ γίνεσθαι τὴν τεκνοποιίαν παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς.
τοιαῦτα τὰ ὑφηγήματα καὶ ἐπιτηδεύματα παρὰ τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐκείνοις διὰ λόγων τε καὶ ἔργων ἠσκεῖτο περὶ σωφροσύνης, ἄνωθεν παρειληφόσιν αὐτοῖς τὰ παραγγέλματα ὥσπερ τινὰ πυθόχρηστα λόγια παρ’ αὐτοῦ Πυθαγόρου.
Chapter 32
Περὶ δὲ ἀνδρείας πολλὰ μὲν ἤδη καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων οἰκείως καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν ἔχει, οἷον τὰ περὶ Τιμύχαν [θαυμαστὰ ἔργα] καὶ τὰ τῶν ἑλομένων ἀποθανεῖν πρὸ τοῦ τι παραβῆναι τῶν ὁρισθέντων ὑπὸ Πυθαγόρου [περὶ κυάμων] καὶ ἄλλα τὰ τῶν τοιούτων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἐχόμενα, ὅσα τε Πυθαγόρας αὐτὸς ἐπετέλεσε γενναίως, ἀποδημῶν πανταχοῦ μόνος καὶ πρὸς πόνους καὶ κινδύνους ἀμηχάνους ὅσους παραβαλλόμενος, ἑλόμενος δὲ καὶ τὴν πατρίδα ἀπολιπεῖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀλλοδαπῆς διατρίβων, τυραννίδας δὲ καταλύων καὶ πολιτείας συγκεχυμένας διατάττων, ἐλευθερίαν τε ἀπὸ δουλείας ταῖς πόλεσι παραδιδοὺς καὶ τὴν παρανομίαν παύων ὕβριν τε καταλύων καὶ τοὺς ὑβριστὰς καὶ τυραννικοὺς κολούων, καὶ τοῖς μὲν δικαίοις καὶ ἡμέροις πρᾶον ἑαυτὸν παρέχων καθηγεμόνα, τοὺς δὲ ἀγρίους ἄνδρας καὶ ὑβριστὰς ἀπελαύνων τῆς συνουσίας καὶ μὴ θεμιστεύειν τούτοις ἀπαγορεύων, καὶ τοῖς μὲν συναγωνιζόμενος προθύμως, τοῖς δὲ παντὶ σθένει ἐνιστάμενος.
πολλὰ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἔχοι τις ἂν λέγειν τεκμήρια καὶ πολλάκις αὐτῷ κατορθωθέντα, μέγιστα δὲ πάντων ἐστὶ τὰ πρὸς Φάλαριν αὐτῷ μετὰ παρρησίας ἀνυποστάτου ῥηθέντα τε καὶ πραχθέντα. ὅτε γὰρ ὑπὸ Φαλάριδος τοῦ ὠμοτάτου τῶν τυράννων κατείχετο, καὶ συνέμιξεν αὐτῷ σοφὸς ἀνήρ, Ὑπερβόρειος τὸ γένος, Ἄβαρις τοὔνομα, αὐτοῦ τούτου ἕνεκα ἀφικόμενος τοῦ συμβαλεῖν αὐτῷ, λόγους τε ἠρώτησε καὶ μάλα ἱερούς, περὶ ἀγαλμάτων καὶ τῆς ὁσιωτάτης θεραπείας καὶ τῆς τῶν θεῶν προνοίας, τῶν τε κατ’ οὐρανὸν ὄντων καὶ τῶν περὶ τὴν γῆν ἐπιστρεφομένων, ἄλλα τε πολλὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπύθετο, ὁ δὲ Πυθαγόρας, οἷος ἦν, ἐνθέως σφόδρα καὶ μετ’ ἀληθείας πάσης ἀπεκρίνατο καὶ πειθοῦς, ὥστε προσαγαγέσθαι τοὺς ἀκούοντας, τότε ὁ Φάλαρις ἀνεφλέχθη μὲν ὑπὸ ὀργῆς πρὸς τὸν ἐπαινοῦντα Πυθαγόραν Ἄβαριν, ἠγρίαινε δὲ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν Πυθαγόραν, ἐτόλμα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς αὐτοὺς βλασφημίας δεινὰς προφέρειν καὶ τοιαύτας οἵας ἂν ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν.
ὁ δ’ Ἄβαρις πρὸς ταῦτα ὡμολόγει μὲν χάριν Πυθαγόρᾳ, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο ἐμάνθανε παρ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ τοῦ οὐρανόθεν ἠρτῆσθαι καὶ οἰκονομεῖσθαι πάντα ἀπ’ ἄλλων τε πλειόνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐνεργείας τῶν ἱερῶν, πολλοῦ τε ἔδει γόητα νομίζειν Πυθαγόραν τὸν ταῦτα παιδεύοντα, ὅς γε αὐτὸν καὶ ἐθαύμαζεν ὡς ἂν θεὸν ὑπερφυῶς. πρὸς ταῦτα Φάλαρις ἀνῄρει μὲν μαντείας, ἀνῄρει δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς δρώμενα περιφανῶς.
ὁ δ’ Ἄβαρις μετῆγε τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τούτων ἐπὶ τὰ πᾶσι φαινόμενα ἐναργῶς, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν ἀμηχάνοις, ἤτοι πολέμοις ἀτλήτοις ἢ νόσοις ἀνιάτοις ἢ καρπῶν φθοραῖς ἢ λοιμῶν φοραῖς ἢ ἄλλοις τισὶ τοιούτοις παγχαλέποις καὶ ἀνηκέστοις, παραγιγνομένων δαιμονίων τινῶν καὶ θείων εὐεργετημάτων ἐπειρᾶτο συμπείθειν ὡς ἔστι θεία πρόνοια πᾶσαν ἐλπίδα ἀνθρωπίνην καὶ δύναμιν ὑπεραίρουσα. ὁ δὲ Φάλαρις καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα ἠναισχύντει τε καὶ ἀπεθρασύνετο. αὖθις οὖν ὁ Πυθαγόρας, ὑποπτεύων μὲν ὅτι Φάλαρις αὐτῷ ῥάπτοι θάνατον, ὅμως δὲ εἰδὼς ὡς οὐκ εἴη Φαλάριδι μόρσιμος, ἐξουσιαστικῶς ἐπεχείρει λέγειν. ἀπιδὼν γὰρ πρὸς τὸν Ἄβαριν ἔφη ὅτι οὐρανόθεν ἡ διάβασις εἴς τε τὰ ἀέρια καὶ τὰ ἐπίγεια φέρεσθαι πέφυκε,
καὶ ἔτι περὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀκολουθίας πάντων διεξῆλθε γνωριμώτατα τοῖς πᾶσι, περί τε τῆς ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτεξουσίου δυνάμεως ἀναμφισβητήτως ἀπέδειξε, καὶ προϊὼν περὶ τῆς τοῦ λόγου καὶ τοῦ νοῦ τελείας ἐνεργείας ἐπεξῆλθεν ἱκανῶς, κᾆθ’ οὕτω μετὰ παρρησίας περὶ τυραννίδος τε καὶ τῶν κατὰ τύχην πλεονεκτημάτων πάντων ἀδικίας τε καὶ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης πλεονεξίας ὅλης στερεῶς ἀνεδίδαξεν, ὅτι οὐδενός ἐστι ταῦτα ἄξια· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα θείαν παραίνεσιν ἐποιήσατο περὶ τοῦ ἀρίστου βίου καὶ πρὸς τὸν κάκιστον ἀντιπαραβολὴν αὐτοῦ προθύμως ἀντιπαρέτεινε, περὶ ψυχῆς τε καὶ τῶν δυνάμεων αὐτῆς καὶ τῶν παθῶν, ὅπως ἔχει ταῦτα, σαφέστατα ἀπεκάλυψε, καὶ τὸ κάλλιστον πάντων ἐπέδειξεν, ὅτι οἱ θεοὶ τῶν κακῶν εἰσὶν ἀναίτιοι καὶ ὅτι νόσοι καὶ ὅσα πάθη σώματος ἀκολασίας ἐστὶ σπέρματα· περί τε τῶν κακῶς λεγομένων ἐν τοῖς μύθοις διήλεγξε τοὺς λογοποιούς τε καὶ ποιητάς· τόν τε Φάλαριν μετ’ ἐλέγχων ἐνουθέτει, καὶ τὴν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ δύναμιν, ὁποία τίς ἐστι καὶ ὅση, δι’ ἔργων ἐπεδείκνυε, περί τε τῆς κατὰ νόμον κολάσεως, ὡς εἰκότως γίνεται, τεκμήρια πολλὰ παρέθετο, περί τε τῆς διαφορᾶς ἀνθρώπων πρὸς τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα παρέδειξε περιφανῶς, περί τε τοῦ ἐνδιαθέτου λόγου καὶ τοῦ ἔξω προϊόντος ἐπιστημονικῶς διεξῆλθε, περί τε νοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ κατιούσης γνώσεως ἀπέδειξε τελείως, ἠθικά τε ἄλλα πολλὰ ἐχόμενα τούτων δόγματα.
περὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ βίῳ χρηστῶν ὠφελιμώτατα ἐπαίδευσε, παραινέσεις τε συμφώνους τούτοις συνήρμοσεν ἐπιεικέστατα, ἀπαγορεύσεις τε ὧν οὐ χρὴ ποιεῖν παρέθετο· καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, τῶν καθ’ εἱμαρμένην καὶ κατὰ νοῦν δρωμένων τὴν διάκρισιν ἐποιήσατο [καὶ τῶν κατὰ πεπρωμένην καὶ καθ’ εἱμαρμένην], περὶ δαιμόνων τε πολλὰ καὶ σοφὰ διελέχθη καὶ περὶ ψυχῆς ἀθανασίας. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἄλλος ἂν εἴη τόπος λέγειν· ἐκεῖνα δὲ καὶ μάλα τοῖς περὶ ἀνδρείας ἐπιτηδεύμασι προσήκει.
εἰ γὰρ ἐν αὐτοῖς μέσος ἐμβεβηκὼς τοῖς δεινοῖς σταθερᾷ τῇ γνώμῃ φιλοσοφῶν ἐφαίνετο, παντάπασι παρατεταγμένως καὶ καρτερούντως ἠμύνετο τὴν τύχην, καὶ εἰ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν ἐπάγοντα τοὺς κινδύνους ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ παρρησίᾳ χρώμενος ἔνδηλος ἦν, πάντως που καταφρονητικῶς εἶχε τῶν νομιζομένων εἶναι δεινῶν ὡς οὐδενὸς ἀξίων ὄντων. καὶ εἰ τοῦ θανάτου προσδοκωμένου, ὅσα γε δὴ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, ὠλιγώρει τούτου παντάπασι καὶ οὐκ ἦν πρὸς τῇ παρούσῃ τότε προσδοκίᾳ, δῆλον δήπουθεν ὡς εἰλικρινῶς ἀδεὴς ἦν πρὸς θάνατον. καὶ τούτων δὲ ἔτι γενναιότερον διεπράξατο, τὴν κατάλυσιν τῆς τυρανίδος ἀπεργασάμενος καὶ κατασχὼν μὲν τὸν τύραννον μέλλοντα ἀνηκέστους συμφορὰς ἐπάγειν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἐλευθερώσας δὲ τῆς ὠμοτάτης τυραννίδος Σικελίαν.
ὅτι δὲ αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ ταῦτα κατορθώσας, τεκμήριον μὲν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν χρησμῶν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος, τότε τὴν κατάλυσιν διασημαινόντων τῷ Φαλάριδι γενήσεσθαι τῆς ἀρχῆς, ὅτε κρείττονες καὶ ὁμονοητικώτεροι γένοιντο καὶ συνιστάμενοι μετ’ ἀλλήλων οἱ ἀρχόμενοι, οἷοι καὶ τότε ἐγένοντο Πυθαγόρου παρόντος διὰ τὰς ὑφηγήσεις αὐτοῦ καὶ παιδεύσεις. τούτου δ’ἔτι μεῖζον τεκμήριον ἦν ἀπὸ τοῦ χρόνου· ἐπὶ γὰρ τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμέρας Πυθαγόρᾳ τε καὶ Ἀβάριδι Φάλαρις ἐπῆγε κίνδυνον περὶ θανάτου καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων ἀπεσφάγη. καὶ τὸ κατ’ Ἐπιμενίδην δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων ἔστω τεκμήριον.
ὥσπερ γὰρ Ἐπιμενίδης ὁ Πυθαγόρου μαθητής, μέλλων ὑπό τινων ἀναιρεῖσθαι, ἐπειδὴ τὰς ἐρινύας ἐπεκαλέσατο καὶ τοὺς τιμωροὺς θεούς, ἐποίησε τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας πάντας ἄρδην περὶ ἑαυτοῖς ἀποσφαγῆναι, οὕτω δήπου καὶ Πυθαγόρας, ἐπαμύνων τοῖς ἀνθρώποις κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἡρακλέους δίκην καὶ ἀνδρείαν, τὸν ἐξυβρίζοντα καὶ πλημμελοῦντα εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐκόλασε καὶ θανάτῳ παρέδωκε δι’ αὐτῶν τῶν χρησμῶν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος, οἷς ἦν αὐτοφυῶς συνηρτημένος ἀπὸ τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς γενέσεως. τοῦτο μὲν οὖν τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ τῆς ἀνδρείας κατόρθωμα ἄχρι τοσούτου μνήμης ἠξιώκαμεν.
ἄλλο δὲ τεκμήριον αὐτῆς ποιησώμεθα τὴν σωτηρίαν τῆς ἐννόμου δόξης, δι’ ἣν αὐτός τε μόνος τὰ δοκοῦντα ἑαυτῷ ἔπραττε καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀρθοῦ λόγου ὑπαγορευόμενα, μήτε ὑπὸ ἡδονῆς μήτε ὑπὸ πόνου μήτε ὑπ’ ἄλλου τινὸς πάθους ἢ κινδύνου μεθιστάμενος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν, οἵ τε ἑταῖροι αὐτοῦ πρὸ τοῦ τι παραβῆναι τῶν ὁρισθέντων ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ᾑροῦντο ἀποθανεῖν, ἐν παντοδαπαῖς τε τύχαις ἐξεταζόμενοι τὸ αὐτὸ ἦθος ἀδιάφθορον διεφύλαττον, ἐν μυρίαις τε συμφοραῖς γενόμενοι οὐδέποτε ὑπ’αὐτῶν μετετράπησαν. ἦν δὲ καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος παρ’ αὐτοῖς παράκλησις τὸ νόμῳ βοηθεῖν ἀεὶ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ πολεμεῖν, καὶ πρὸς τὸ εἴργειν καὶ ἀπωθεῖσθαι τὴν τρυφὴν καὶ συνεθίζεσθαι ἀπὸ γενετῆς σώφρονι καὶ ἀνδρικῷ βίῳ.
ἦν δέ τινα μέλη παρ’ αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὰ ψυχῆς πάθη πεποιημένα, πρός τε ἀθυμίας καὶ δηγμοὺς, ἃ δὴ βοηθητικώτατα ἐπινενόητο, καὶ πάλιν αὖ ἕτερα πρός τε τὰς ὀργὰς καὶ πρὸς τοὺς θυμούς, δι’ ὧν ἐπιτείνοντες αὐτὰ καὶ ἀνιέντες ἄχρι τοῦ μετρίου σύμμετρα πρὸς ἀνδρείαν ἀπειργάζοντο. ἦν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο μέγιστον εἰς γενναιότητα ἕρμα, τὸ πεπεῖσθαι ὡς οὐδὲν δεῖ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων συμπτωμάτων ἀπροσδόκητον εἶναι παρὰ τοῖς νοῦν ἔχουσιν, ἀλλὰ πάντα προσδοκᾶν ὧν μὴ τυγχάνουσιν αὐτοὶ κύριοι ὄντες.
οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ εἴ ποτε συμβαίη αὐτοῖς ἢ ὀργὴ ἢ λύπη ἢ ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων, ἐκποδὼν ἀπηλλάττοντο καὶ καθ’ ἑαυτὸν ἕκαστος γενόμενος ἐπειρᾶτο καταπέττειν τε καὶ ἰατρεύειν τὸ πάθος ἀνδρικῶς. ἦν δὲ γεννικὸν αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ περὶ τὰ μαθήματα καὶ ἐπιτηδεύματα ἐπίπονον καὶ αἱ τῆς ἐμφύτου πᾶσιν ἀκρασίας τε καὶ πλεονεξίας βάσανοι ποικιλώταταί τε κολάσεις καὶ ἀνακοπαὶ πυρὶ καὶ σιδήρῳ συντελούμεναι ἀπαραιτήτως καὶ οὔτε πόνων οὔτε καρτερίας οὐδεμιᾶς φειδόμεναι. τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ἀποχὴ ἐμψύχων ἁπάντων καὶ προσέτι βρωμάτων τινῶν ἠσκεῖτο γενναίως, τοῦτο δὲ εὐαύγειαι τοῦ λογισμοῦ καὶ εἰλικρίνειαι τῶν ἐμποδιζόντων ἐπετηδεύοντο, τοῦτο δὲ ἐχεμυθία τε καὶ παντελὴς σιωπὴ πρὸς τὸ γλώσσης κρατεῖν συνασκοῦσα ἐπὶ ἔτη πολλὰ τὴν ἀνδρείαν αὐτῶν ἐγύμναζεν, ἥ τε σύντονος καὶ ἀδιάπνευστος περὶ τὰ δυσληπτότατα τῶν θεωρημάτων ἐξέτασίς τε καὶ ἀνάληψις·
διὰ ταὐτὰ δὲ ἀνοινία καὶ ὀλιγοσιτία καὶ ὀλιγοϋπνία, δόξης τε καὶ πλούτου καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων ἀνεπιτήδευτος περιφρόνησις, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα εἰς ἀνδρείαν αὐτοῖς συνέτεινεν. οἴκτων δὲ καὶ δακρύων καὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων εἴργεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐκείνους φασίν. ἀπείχοντο δὲ καὶ δεήσεων καὶ ἱκετειῶν καὶ πάσης τῆς τοιαύτης ἀνελευθέρου θωπείας ὡς ἀνάνδρου καὶ ταπεινῆς οὔσης. τῆς δὲ αὐτῆς ἰδέας τῶν ἠθῶν θετέον καὶ ὅτι τὰ κυριώτατα καὶ συνεκτικώτατα τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ δογμάτων ἀπόρρητα ἐν ἑαυτοῖς διεφύλαττον ἅπαντες ἀεί, μετὰ ἀκριβοῦς ἐχεμυθίας πρὸς τοὺς ἐξωτερικοὺς ἀνέκφορα διατηροῦντες ἀγράφως ἐν μνήμῃ τοῖς διαδόχοις ἅπερ μυστήρια θεῶν μεταπαραδιδόντες.
διόπερ οὐδὲν ἐξεφοίτησε τῶν γε λόγου ἀξίων μέχρι πολλοῦ, διδασκόμενα δὲ καὶ μανθανόμενα ἐντὸς τοίχων μόνον ἐγνωρίζετο. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν θυραίων καὶ ὡς εἰπεῖν βεβήλων, εἰ καί ποτε τύχοι, διὰ συμβόλων ἀλλήλοις οἱ ἄνδρες ᾐνίττοντο, ὧν ἴχνος ἐστὶ νῦν ὧν περιφέρονται τὰ θρυλούμενα, οἷον πῦρ μαχαίρῃ μὴ σκάλευε, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα σύμβολα, ἅπερ ψιλῇ μὲν τῇ φράσει γραώδεσιν ὑποθήκαις ἔοικε, διαπτυσσόμενα δὲ θαυμαστήν τινα καὶ σεμνὴν ὠφέλειαν παρέχεται τοῖς μεταλαβοῦσι.
μέγιστον δὲ πάντων πρὸς ἀνδρείαν παράγγελμά ἐστι τὸ σκοπὸν προθέσθαι τὸν κυριώτατον, ῥύσασθαι καὶ ἐλευθερῶσαι τῶν τοσούτων εἱργμῶν καὶ συνδέσμων τὸν κατεχόμενον ἐκ βρεφῶν νοῦν, οὗ χωρὶς ὑγιὲς οὐδὲν ἄν τις οὐδὲ ἀληθὲς τὸ παράπαν ἐκμάθοι οὐδ’ ἂν κατίδοι δι’ ἧστινος οὖν ἐνεργῶν αἰσθήσεως. νοῦς γὰρ κατ’ αὐτοὺς πάνθ’ ὁρῇ καὶ πάντ’ ἀκούει, τἄλλα δὲ κωφὰ καὶ τυφλά. δεύτερον δὲ τὸ ὑπερσπουδάζειν διακαθαρθέντι λοιπὸν αὐτῷ καὶ ποικίλως ἐπιτηδειωθέντι διὰ τῶν μαθηματικῶν ὀργιασμῶν, τὸ τηνικάδε τῶν ὀνησιφόρων τι καὶ θείων ἐντιθέναι καὶ μεταδιδόναι, ὡς μήτε τῶν σωματικῶν ἀφιστάμενον ἀποδειλιᾶν, μήτε πρὸς τὰ ἀσώματα προσαγόμενον ὑπὸ τῆς λαμπροτάτης αὐτῶν μαρμαρυγῆς ἀποστρέφεσθαι τὰ ὄμματα, μήτε τῶν προσηλούντων τῷ σώματι τὴν ψυχὴν παθημάτων καὶ προσπερονώντων ἐπιστρέφεσθαι, ὅλως δὲ ἀδάμαστον εἶναι πρὸς πάντα γενεσιουργὰ καὶ καταγωγὰ παθήματα. ἡ γὰρ διὰ τούτων πάντων γυμνασία καὶ ἄνοδος τῆς τελειοτάτης ἀνδρείας ἦν ἐπιτήδευσις. τοσαῦτα καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀνδρείας ἡμῖν τεκμήρια κείσθω περὶ Πυθαγόρου τε καὶ τῶν Πυγαθορείων ἀνδρῶν.
Chapter 33
Φιλίαν δὲ διαφανέστατα πάντων πρὸς ἅπαντας Πυθαγόρας παρέδωκε, θεῶν μὲν πρὸς ἀνθρώπους δι’ εὐσεβείας καὶ ἐπιστημονικῆς θεραπείας, δογμάτων δὲ πρὸς ἄλληλα καὶ καθόλου ψυχῆς πρὸς σῶμα λογιστικοῦ τε πρὸς τὰ τοῦ ἀλόγου εἴδη διὰ φιλοσοφίας καὶ τῆς κατ’ αὐτὴν θεωρίας, ἀνθρώπων δὲ πρὸς ἀλλήλους, πολιτῶν μὲν διὰ νομιμότητος ὑγιοῦς, ἑτεροφύλων δὲ διὰ φυσιολογίας ὀρθῆς, ἀνδρὸς δὲ πρὸς γυναῖκα ἢ τέκνα ἢ ἀδελφοὺς καὶ οἰκείους διὰ κοινωνίας ἀδιαστρόφου, συλλήβδην δὲ πάντων πρὸς ἅπαντας καὶ προσέτι τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων τινὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης καὶ φυσικῆς ἐπιπλοκῆς καὶ κοινότητος, σώματος δὲ καθ’ ἑαυτὸ θνητοῦ τῶν ἐγκεκρυμμένων αὐτῷ ἐναντίων δυνάμεων εἰρήνευσίν τε καὶ συμβιβασμὸν δι’ ὑγείας καὶ τῆς εἰς ταύτην διαίτης καὶ σωφροσύνης, κατὰ μίμησιν τῆς ἐν τοῖς κοσμικοῖς στοιχείοις εὐετηρίας.
ἐν πᾶσι δὴ τούτοις ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ κατὰ σύλληψιν τοῦ τῆς φιλίας ὀνόματος εὑρετὴς καὶ νομοθέτης ὁμολογουμένως Πυθαγόρας ἐγένετο, καὶ οὕτω θαυμαστὴν φιλίαν παρέδωκε τοῖς χρωμένοις ὥστε ἔτι καὶ νῦν τοὺς πολλοὺς λέγειν ἐπὶ τῶν σφοδρότερον εὐνοούντων ἑαυτοῖς ὅτι τῶν Πυθαγορείων εἰσί.
δεῖ δὴ καὶ περὶ τούτων τὴν Πυθαγόρου παιδείαν παραθέσθαι καὶ τὰ παραγγέλματα οἷς ἐχρῆτο πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοῦ γνωρίμους. παρεκελεύοντο οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες οὗτοι ἐκ φιλίας ἀληθινῆς ἐξαιρεῖν ἀγῶνά τε καὶ φιλονεικίαν, μάλιστα μὲν ἐκ πάσης, εἰ δυνατόν, εἰ δὲ μή, ἔκ γε τῆς πατρικῆς καὶ καθόλου ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους· ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς εὐεργέτας· τὸ γὰρ διαγωνίζεσθαι ἢ διαφιλονεικεῖν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους ἐμπεσούσης ὀργῆς ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς τοιούτου πάθους οὐ σωτήριον τῆς ὑπαρχούσης φιλίας.
ἔφασαν δὲ δεῖν ὡς ἐλαχίστας ἀμυχάς τε καὶ ἑλκώσεις ἐν ταῖς φιλίαις ἐγγίνεσθαι· (τοῦτο δὲ γίνεσθαι,) ἐὰν ἐπιστῶνται εἴκειν καὶ κρατεῖν ὀργῆς, ἀμφότεροι μέν, μᾶλλον μέντοι ὁ νεώτερός τε καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων τάξεων ἔχων ἡνδήποτε. τὰς ἐπανορθώσεις τε καὶ νουθετήσεις, ἃς δὴ πεδαρτάσεις ἐκάλουν ἐκεῖνοι, μετὰ πολλῆς εὐφημίας τε καὶ εὐλαβείας ᾤοντο δεῖν γίνεσθαι παρὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τοῖς νεωτέροις, καὶ πολὺ ἐμφαίνεσθαι ἐν τοῖς νουθετοῦσι τὸ κηδεμονικόν τε καὶ οἰκεῖον· οὕτω γὰρ εὐσχήμονά τε γίνεσθαι καὶ ὠφέλιμον τὴν νουθέτησιν.
ἐκ φιλίας μηδέποτε ἐξαιρεῖν πίστιν μήτε παίζοντας μήτε σπουδάζοντας· οὐ γὰρ ἔτι ῥᾴδιον εἶναι διυγιᾶναι τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν φιλίαν, ὅταν ἅπαξ παρεμπέσῃ τὸ ψεῦδος εἰς τὰ τῶν φασκόντων φίλων εἶναι ἤθη. φιλίαν μὴ ἀπογιγνώσκειν ἀτυχίας ἕνεκα ἢ ἄλλης τινὸς ἀδυναμίας τῶν εἰς τὸν βίον ἐμπιπτουσῶν, ἀλλὰ μόνην εἶναι· δόκιμον ἀπόγνωσιν φίλου τε καὶ φιλίας τὴν γινομένην διὰ κακίαν μεγάλην τε καὶ ἀνεπανόρθωτον. ἔχθραν ἑκόντα μὲν μηδέποτε αἴρεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς μὴ τελέως κακούς, ἀράμενον δὲ μένειν εὐγενῶς ἐν τῷ διαπολεμεῖν, ἂν μὴ μεταπέσῃ τὸ ἦθος τοῦ διαφερομένου καὶ προσγένηται εὐγνωμοσύνη. πολεμεῖν δὲ μὴ λόγῳ, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἔργοις, νόμιμον δὲ εἶναι καὶ ὅσιον τὸν πόλεμον καὶ ὡς (ἂν) ἄνθρωπος ἀνθρώπῳ πολεμήσειεν. αἴτιον μηδέποτε γίνεσθαι [εἰς δύναμιν] διαφορᾶς, εὐλαβεῖσθαι ταύτης τὴν ἀρχὴν ὡς οἷόν τε μάλιστα.
ἐν τῇ μελλούσῃ ἀληθινῇ ἔσεσθαι φιλίᾳ ὡς πλεῖστα δεῖν ἔφασαν εἶναι τὰ ὡρισμένα καὶ νενομισμένα, καλῶς δὲ ταῦτ’ εἶναι κεκριμένα καὶ μὴ εἰκῆ, καὶ δῆτα καὶ εἰς ἔθος ἕκαστον κατακεχωρισμένα δεῖν εἶναι, ὅπως μήτε ὁμιλία μηδεμία ὀλιγώρως τε καὶ εἰκῆ γίνηται, ἀλλὰ μετ’ αἰδοῦς τε καὶ συννοίας καὶ τάξεως ὀρθῆς, μήτε πάθος ἐγείρηται μηδὲν εἰκῆ καὶ φαύλως καὶ ἡμαρτημένως, οἷον ἐπιθυμία ἢ ὀργή. ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λόγος καὶ κατὰ τῶν λειπομένων παθῶν τε καὶ διαθέσεων.
ἀλλὰ μὴν τεκμήραιτο ἄν τις καὶ περὶ τοῦ μὴ παρέργως αὐτοὺς τὰς ἀλλοτρίας ἐκκλίνειν φιλίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ σπουδαίως περικάμπτειν αὐτὰς καὶ φυλάττεσθαι, καὶ περὶ τοῦδε μέχρι πολλῶν γενεῶν τὸ φιλικὸν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀνένδοτον διατετηρηκέναι, ἔκ τε ὧν Ἀριστόξενος ἐν τῷ περὶ Πυθαγορικοῦ βίου αὐτὸς διακηκοέναι φησὶ Διονυσίου τοῦ Σικελίας τυράννου, ὅτε ἐκπεσὼν τῆς μοναρχίας γράμματα ἐν Κορίνθῳ ἐδίδασκε.
φησὶ γὰρ οὕτως ὁ Ἀριστόξενος. οἴκτων δὲ καὶ δακρύων καὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων εἴργεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐκείνους ὡς ἐνδέχεται μάλιστα· ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λόγος καὶ περὶ θωπείας καὶ δεήσεως καὶ λιτανείας καὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων. Διονύσιος οὖν ὁ ἐκπεσὼν τῆς τυραννίδος καὶ ἀφικόμενος εἰς Κόρινθον πολλάκις ἡμῖν διηγεῖτο περὶ τῶν κατὰ Φιντίαν τε καὶ Δάμωνα τοὺς Πυθαγορείους. ἦν δὲ ταῦτα τὰ περὶ τὴν τοῦ θανάτου γενομένην ἐγγύην. ὁ δὲ τρόπος τῆς ἐγγυήσεως τοιόσδε τις ἦν. (εἶναί) τινας ἔφη τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν διατριβόντων οἳ πολλάκις ἐποιοῦντο μνείαν τῶν Πυθαγορείων, διασύροντες καὶ διαμωκώμενοι καὶ ἀλαζόνας ἀποκαλοῦντες αὐτοὺς καὶ λέγοντες ὅτι ἐκκοπείη ἂν αὐτῶν ἡ τε σεμνότης αὕτη καὶ ἡ προσποίητος πίστις καὶ ἡ ἀπάθεια, εἴ τις περιστήσειεν εἰς φόβον ἀξιόχρεων.
ἀντιλεγόντων δέ τινων καὶ γινομένης φιλονεικίας συνταχθῆναι ἐπὶ τοὺς περὶ Φιντίαν δρᾶμα τοιόνδε· μεταπεμψάμενος ὁ Διονύσιος ἔφη τὸν Φιντίαν ἐναντίον τέ τινα τῶν κατηγόρων αὐτοῦ εἰπεῖν ὅτι φανερὸς γέγονε μετά τινων ἐπιβουλεύων αὐτῷ, καὶ τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖσθαί τε ὑπὸ τῶν παρόντων ἐκείνων καὶ τὴν ἀγανάκτησιν πιθανῶς πάνυ γενέσθαι. τὸν δὲ Φιντίαν θαυμάζειν τὸν λόγον. ὡς δὲ αὐτὸς διαρρήδην εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἐξήτασται ταῦτα ἀκριβῶς καὶ δεῖ αὐτὸν ἀποθνήσκειν, εἰπεῖν τὸν Φιντίαν ὅτι, εἰ οὕτως αὐτῷ δέδοκται ταῦτα γενέσθαι, ἀξιῶσαί γε αὐτῷ δοθῆναι τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας, ὅπως οἰκονομήσηται τά τε καθ’ αὑτὸν καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν Δάμωνα· συνέζων γὰρ οἱ ἄνδρες οὗτοι καὶ ἐκοινώνουν ἁπάντων, πρεσβύτερος δ’ ὢν ὁ Φιντίας τὰ πολλὰ τῶν περὶ οἰκονομίαν ἦν εἰς αὐτὸν ἀνειληφώς. ἠξίωσεν οὖν ἐπὶ ταῦτα ἀφεθῆναι, ἐγγυητὴν καταστήσας [τὸν Δάμωνα].
ἔφη οὖν ὁ Διονύσιος θαυμάσαι τε καὶ ἐρωτῆσαι εἰ ἔστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος ὅστις ὑπομενεῖ θανάτου γενέσθαι ἐγγυητῆς. φήσαντος δὲ τοῦ Φιντίου μετάπεμπτον γενέσθαι τὸν Δάμωνα, καὶ διακούσαντα τὰ συμβεβηκότα φάσκειν ἐγγυήσεσθαί τε καὶ μενεῖν αὐτοῦ, ἕως ἂν ἐπανέλθῃ ὁ Φιντίας. αὐτὸς μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τούτοις εὐθὺς ἐκπλαγῆναι ἔφη, ἐκείνους δὲ τοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰσαγαγόντας τὴν διάπειραν τὸν Δάμωνα χλευάζειν ὡς ἐγκαταλειφθησόμενον καὶ σκώπτοντας ἔλαφον ἀντιδεδόσθαι λέγειν. ὄντος δ’ οὖν ἤδη τοῦ ἡλίου περὶ δυσμὰς ἥκειν τὸν Φιντίαν ἀποθανούμενον, ἐφ’ ᾧ πάντας ἐκπλαγῆναί τε καὶ δουλωθῆναι· αὐτὸς δ’ οὖν, ἔφη, περιβαλών τε καὶ φιλήσας τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀξιῶσαι τρίτον αὑτόν εἰς τὴν φιλίαν παραδέξασθαι, τοὺς δὲ μηδενὶ τρόπῳ, καίτοι λιπαροῦντος αὐτοῦ, συγκαθεῖναι εἰς τὸ τοιοῦτον.
καὶ ταῦτα μὲν Ἀριστόξενος ὡς παρ’ αὐτοῦ Διονυσίου πυθόμενος φησί. λέγεται δὲ ὡς καὶ ἀγνοοῦντες ἀλλήλους οἱ Πυθαγορικοὶ ἐπειρῶντο φιλικὰ ἔργα διαπράττεσθαι ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰς ὄψιν μηδέποτε ἀφιγμένων, ἡνίκα τεκμήριόν τι λάβοιεν τοῦ μετέχειν τῶν αὐτῶν λόγων, ὥστ’ ἐκ τῶν τοιῶνδε ἔργων μηδ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον ἀπιστεῖσθαι, ὡς ἄρ’ οἱ σπουδαῖοι ἄνδρες καὶ προσωτάτω γῆς οἰκοῦντες φίλοι εἰσὶν ἀλλήλοις, πρὶν ἢ γνώριμοί τε καὶ προσήγοροι γενέσθαι. καταχθῆναι γοῦν φασὶ τῶν Πυθαγορικῶν τινὰ μακρὰν καὶ ἐρήμην ὁδὸν βαδίζοντα εἴς τι πανδοκεῖον, ὑπὸ κόπου δὲ καὶ ἄλλης παντοδαπῆς αἰτίας εἰς νόσον μακράν τε καὶ βαρεῖαν ἐμπεσεῖν, ὡστ’ ἐπιλιπεῖν αὐτὸν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.
τὸν μέντοι πανδοκέα, εἴτε οἴκτῳ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἴτε καὶ ἀποδοχῇ, πάντα παρασχέσθαι, μήτε ὑπουργίας τινὸς φεισάμενον μήτε δαπάνης μηδεμιᾶς. ἐπειδὴ δὲ κρείττων ἦν ἡ νόσος, τὸν μὲν ἀποθνήσκειν ἑλόμενον γράψαι τι σύμβολον ἐν πίνακι καὶ ἐπιστεῖλαι, ὅπως, ἄν τι πάθῃ, κριμνὰς τὴν δέλτον παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐπισκοπῇ εἴ τις τῶν παριόντων ἀναγνωριεῖ τὸ σύμβολον· τοῦτον γὰρ ἔφη αὐτῷ ἀποδώσειν τὰ ἀναλώματα ἅπερ εἰς αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατο, καὶ χάριν ἐκτίσειν ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ. τὸν δὲ πανδοκέα μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν θάψαι τε καὶ ἐπιμεληθῆναι τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, μὴ μέντοι γε ἐλπίδας ἔχειν τοῦ κομίσασθαι τὰ δαπανήματα, μήτι γε καὶ πρὸς εὖ παθεῖν πρός τινος τῶν ἀναγνωριούντων τὴν δέλτον. ὅμως μέντοι διαπειρᾶσθαι ἐκπεπληγμένον τὰς ἐντολάς, ἐκτιθέναι τε ἑκάστοτε εἰς τὸ μέσον τὸν πίνακα. χρόνῳ δὲ πολλῷ ὕστερον τῶν Πυθαγορικῶν τινὰ παριόντα ἐπιστῆναί τε καὶ μαθεῖν τὸν θέντα τὸ σύμβολον, ἐξετάσαι τε τὸ συμβὰν καὶ τῷ πανδοκεῖ πολλῷ πλέον ἀργύριον ἐκτῖσαι τῶν δεδαπανημένων.
Κλεινίαν γε μὴν τὸν Ταραντῖνον φασί, πυθόμενον ὡς Πρῶρος ὁ Κυρηναῖος, τῶν Πυθαγόρου λόγων ζηλωτὴς ὤν, κινδυνεύοι περὶ πάσης τῆς οὐσίας, συλλεξάμενον χρήματα πλεῦσαι ἐπὶ Κυρήνης καὶ ἐπανορθώσασθαι τὰ Πρώρου πράγματα, μὴ μόνον τοῦ μειῶσαι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ οὐσίαν ὀλιγωρήσαντα, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τὸν διὰ τοῦ πλοῦ κίνδυνον περιστάντα. τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον καὶ Θέστορα τὸν Ποσειδωνιάτην ἀκοῇ μόνον ἱστοροῦντα ὅτι Θυμαρίδης εἴη Πάριος τῶν Πυθαγορείων, ἡνίκα συνέπεσεν εἰς ἀπορίαν αὐτὸν καταστῆναι ἐκ πολλῆς περιουσίας, πλεῦσαι φασὶν εἰς τὴν Πάρον, ἀργύριον συχνὸν συλλεξάμενον, καὶ ἀνακτήσασθαι αὐτῷ τὰ ὑπάρξαντα.
καλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ταῦτα πρέποντα τῆς φιλίας τεκμήρια· πολὺ δὲ τούτων θαυμασιώτερα ἦν τὰ περὶ τῆς κοινωνίας τῶν θείων ἀγαθῶν καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς τοῦ νοῦ ὁμονοίας καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς θείας ψυχῆς παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἀφορισθέντα. παρήγγελλον γὰρ θαμὰ ἀλλήλοις μὴ διασπᾶν τὸν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς θεόν. οὐκοῦν εἰς θεοκρασίαν τινὰ καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἕνωσιν καὶ τὴν τοῦ νοῦ κοινωνίαν καὶ τὴν τῆς θείας ψυχῆς ἀπέβλεπεν αὐτοῖς ἡ πᾶσα τῆς φιλίας σπουδὴ δι’ ἔργων ἔργων τε καὶ λόγων. τούτου δὲ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι τις εὑρεῖν ἄλλο βέλτιον οὔτε ἐν λόγοις λεγόμενον οὔτε ἐν ἐπιτηδεύμασι πραττόμενον· οἶμαι δ’ ὅτι καὶ πάντα τῆς φιλίας ἀγαθὰ ἐν αὐτῷ περιέχεται. διόπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς ὥσπερ ἐν κεφαλαίῳ τούτῳ τὰ πάντα περιλαβόντες τῆς Πυθαγορικῆς φιλίας πλεονεκτήματα παυόμεθα τοῦ πλείω περὶ αὐτῆς λέγειν.
Chapter 34
Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατὰ γένη τεταγμένως οὕτω διήλθομεν περὶ Πυθαγόρου τε καὶ τῶν Πυθαγορείων, ἴθι δὴ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὰς σποράδην ἀφηγήσεις εἰωθυίας λέγεσθαι ποιησώμεθα, ὅσαι οὐχ ὑποπίπτουσιν ὑπὸ τὴν προειρημένην τάξιν. λέγεται τοίνυν ὡς φωνῇ χρῆσθαι τῇ πατρῴᾳ ἑκάστοις παρήγγελλον, ὅσοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων προσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν κοινωνίαν ταύτην· τὸ γὰρ ξενίζειν οὐκ ἐδοκίμαζον. προσῆλθον δὲ καὶ ξένοι τῇ Πυθαγορείῳ αἱρέσει καὶ Μεσσαπίων καὶ Λευκανῶν καὶ Πευκετίων καὶ Ῥωμαίων. Μητρόδωρός τε ὁ Θύρσουτοῦ πατρὸς Ἐπιχάρμου καὶ τῆς ἐκείνου διδασκαλίας τὰ πλείονα πρὸς τὴν ἰατρικὴν μετενέγκας, ἐξηγούμενος τοὺς τοῦ πατρὸς λόγους πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν φησὶ τὸν Ἐπίχαρμον καὶ πρὸ τούτου τὸν Πυθαγόραν τῶν διαλέκτων ἀρίστην λαμβάνειν τὴν Δωρίδα, καθάπερ καὶ τὴν ἁρμονίαν τῆς μουσικῆς. καὶ τὴν μὲν Ἰάδα καὶ τὴν Αἰολίδα μετεσχηκέναι τῆς ἐπὶ χρώματος προσῳδίας, Ἀτθίδα δὲ κατακορέστερον μετεσχηκέναι τοῦ χρώματος,
τὴν δὲ Δώριον διάλεκτον ἐναρμόνιον εἶναι, συνεστηκυῖαν ἐκ τῶν φωναέντων γραμμάτων. τῇ δὲ Δωρικῇ διαλέκτῳ μαρτυρεῖν τὴν ἀρχαιότητα καὶ τὸν μῦθον. Νηρέα γὰρ γῆμαι Δωρίδα τὴν Ὠκεανοῦ, τούτῳ δὲ μυθεύεσθαι γενέσθαι τὰς πεντήκοντα θυγαπέρας, ὧν εἶναι καὶ τὴν Ἀχιλλέως μητέρα. λέγειν δέ τινας φησὶ Δευκαλίωνος τοῦ Προμηθέως καὶ Πύρρας τῆς Ἐπιμηθέως γενέσθαι Δῶρον, τοῦ δὲ Ἕλληνα, τοῦ δὲ Αἰόλον. ἐν δὲ τοῖς Βαβυλωνίων ἀκούειν ἱεροῖς Ἕλληνα γεγονέναι Διός, τοῦ δὲ Δῶρον καὶ Σοῦθον καὶ Αἰόλον, αἷς ὑφηγήσεσιν ἀκολουθῆσαι καὶ τὸν Ἡσίοδον. ὁποτέρως μὲν οὖν ἔχει, περὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων οὐκ εὐμαρὲς δέχεσθαι τἀκριβὲς τοῖς νεωτέροις ἢ καταμαθεῖν,
ὁμολογούμενον δὲ δι’ ἑκατέρας τῶν ἱστοριῶν συνάγεσθαι τὸ πρεσβυτάτην εἶναι τῶν διαλέκτων τὴν Δωρίδα, μετὰ δὲ ταύτην γενέσθαι τὴν Αἰολίδα, λαβοῦσαν ἀπὸ Αἰόλου τοὔνομα, τρίτην δὲ τὴν Ἰάδα, λεγομένην ἀπὸ Ἴωνος τοῦ Ξούθου, τετάρτην δὲ τὴν Ἀτθίδα, τεθειμένην ἀπὸ Κρεούσης τῆς Ἐρεχθέως, κληθεῖσαν δὲ τρισὶ γενεαῖς ὕστερον τῶν πρότερον κατὰ Θρᾷκας καὶ τὴν Ὀρειθυίας ἁρπαγήν, ὡς οἱ πλείους τῶν ἱστορικῶν ἀποφαίνουσι. κεχρῆσθαι δὲ τῇ Δωρικῇ διαλέκτῳ καὶ τὸν Ὀρφέα, πρεσβύτατον ὄντα τῶν ποιητῶν.
τῆς δὲ ἰατρικῆς μάλιστα φασὶν αὐτοὺς ἀποδέχεσθαι τὸ διαιτητικὸν εἶδος καὶ εἶναι ἀκριβεστάτους ἐν τούτῳ, καὶ πειρᾶσθαι πρῶτον μὲν καταμανθάνειν σημεῖα συμμετρίας ποτῶν τε καὶ σιτίων καὶ ἀναπαύσεως, ἔπειτα περὶ αὐτῆς τῆς κατασκευῆς τῶν προσφερομένων σχεδὸν πρώτους ἐπιχειρῆσαί τι πραγματεύεσθαι καὶ διορίζειν. ἅψασθαι δὲ καὶ καταπλασμάτων ἐπὶ πλεῖον τοὺς Πυθαγορείους τῶν ἔμπροσθεν, τὰ δὲ περὶ τὰς φαρμακείας ἧττον δοκιμάζειν, αὐτῶν δὲ τούτων (τοῖς) πρὸς τὰς ἑλκώσεις μάλιστα χρῆσθαι, τὰ δὲ περὶ τὰς τομάς τε καὶ καύσεις ἥκιστα πάντων ἀποδέχεσθαι. χρῆσθαι δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἐπῳδαῖς πρὸς ἔνια τῶν ἀρρωστημάτων.
παραιτήσασθαι δὲ λέγονται τοὺς τὰ μαθήματα καπηλεύοντας καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ὡς πανδοκείου θύρας ἀνοίγοντας παντὶ τῷ προσιόντι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἂν δὲ μηδ’ οὕτως ὠνηταὶ εὑρεθῶσιν, αὐτοὺς ἐπιχεομένους εἰς τὰς πόλεις καὶ συλλήβδην ἐργολαβοῦντας τὰ γυμνάσια καὶ τοὺς νέους καὶ μισθὸν τῶν ἀτιμήτων πράττοντας. αὐτὸν δὲ συνεπικρύπτεσθαι πολὺ τῶν λεγομένων, ὅπως οἱ μὲν καθαρῶς παιδευόμενοι σαφῶς αὐτῶν μεταλαμβάνωσιν, οἳ δ’, ὥσπερ Ὅμηρος φησὶ τὸν Τάνταλον, λυπῶνται παρόντων αὐτῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀκουσμάτων μηδὲν ἀπολαύοντες. λέγειν δ’ αὐτοὺς οἶμαι καὶ περὶ τοῦ μὴ μισθοῦ διδάσκειν τοὺς προσιόντας, οὓς καὶ χείρους τῶν ἑρμογλύφων καὶ ἐπιδιφρίων τεχνιτῶν ἀποφαίνουσι· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἐκδομένου τινὸς ἑρμῆν ζητεῖν εἰς τὴν διάθεσιν τῆς μορφῆς ξύλον ἐπιτήδειον, τοὺς δὲ προχείρως ἐκ πάσης φύσεως ἐργάζεσθαι τὴν ἀρετῆς ἐπιτήδευσιν.
προνοεῖν δὲ δεῖν μᾶλλον λέγουσι φιλοσοφίας ἢ γονέων καὶ γεωργίας· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ γονέας καὶ τοὺς γεωργοὺς αἰτίους εἶναι τοῦ ζῆν ἡμᾶς, τοὺς δὲ φιλοσόφους καὶ παιδευτὰς τοῦ εὖ ζῆν καὶ φρονῆσαι, τὴν ὀρθὴν οἰκονομίαν εὑρόντας.
οὔτε δὲ λέγειν οὔτε συγγράφειν οὕτως ἠξίου ὡς πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπίτυχοῦσι κατάδηλα εἶναι τὰ νοήματα, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο πρῶτον διδάξαι λέγεται Πυθαγόρας τοὺς αὐτῷ προσφοιτῶντας, ὅπως ἀκρασίας ἁπάσης καθαρεύοντες ἐν ἐχερρημοσύνῃ φυλάττωσιν οὓς ἂν ἀκροάσωνται λόγους. τὸν γοῦν πρῶτον ἐκφήναντα τὴν τῆς συμμετρίας καὶ ἀσυμμετρίας φύσιν τοῖς ἀναξίοις μετέχειν τῶν λόγων οὕτως φασὶν ἀποστυγηθῆναι ὡς μὴ μόνον ἐκ τῆς κοινῆς συνουσίας καὶ διαίτης ἐξορισθῆναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τάφον αὐτοῦ κατασκευασθῆναι, ὡς δῆτα ἀποιχομένου ἐκ τοῦ μετ’ ἀνθρώπων βίου τοῦ ποτὲ ἑταίρου γενομένου.
οἳ δὲ φασὶ καὶ τὸ δαιμόνιον νεμεσῆσαι τοῖς ἐξώφορα τὰ Πυθαγόρου ποιησαμένοις· φθαρῆναι γὰρ ὡς ἀσεβήσαντα ἐν θαλάσσῃ τὸν δηλώσαντα τὴν τοῦ εἰκοσαγώνου σύστασιν, τοῦτο δ’ ἣν δωδεκάεδρον, ἐν τῶν πέντε λεγομένων στερεῶν σχημάτων, εἰς σφαῖραν ἐκτείνεσθαι. ἔνιοι δὲ τὸν περὶ τῆς ἀλογίας καὶ τῆς ἀσυμμετρίας ἐξειπόντα τοῦτο παθεῖν ἔλεξαν. ἰδιότροπός γε μὴν καὶ συμβολικὴ ἦν ἡ σύμπασα Πυθαγόρειος ἀγωγὴ αἰνίγμασί τισι καὶ γρίφοις [ἔκ γε τῶν ἀποφθεγμάτων ἐοικυῖα διὰ τὸ ἀρχαίζειν τῷ χαρακτῆρι, καθάπερ καὶ τὰ θεῖα τῷ ὄντι καὶ πυθόχρηστα λόγια δυσπαρακολούθητά πως καὶ δυσερμήνευτα φαίνεται τοῖς ἐκ παρέργου χρηστηριαζομένοις. τοσαῦτα ἄν τις καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν σποράδην λεγομένων τεκμήρια ἂν παράθοιτο περὶ Πυθαγόρου τε καὶ τῶν Πυθαγορείων.
Chapter 35
Ἦσαν δέ τινες οἱ προσεπολέμουν τοῖς ἀνδράσι τούτοις καὶ ἐπανέστησαν αὐτοῖς. ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἀπόντος Πυθαγόρου ἐγένετο ἡ ἐπιβουλή, πάντες συνομολογοῦσι, διαφέρονται δὲ περὶ τῆς τότε ἀποδημίας, οἲ μὲν πρὸς Φερεκύδην τὸν Σύριον, οἳ δὲ εἰς Μεταπόντιον λέγοντες ἀποδεδημηκέναι τὸν Πυθαγόραν. αἱ δὲ αἰτίαι τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς πλείονες λέγονται, μία μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν Κυλωνείων λεγομένων ἀνδρῶν τοιάδε γενομένη. Κύλων ἀνὴρ Κροτωνιάτης, γένει μὲν καὶ δόξῃ καὶ πλούτῳ πρωτεύων τῶν πολιτῶν, ἄλλως δὲ χαλεπός τις καὶ βίαιος καὶ θορυβώδης καὶ τυραννικὸς τὸ ἦθος, πᾶσαν προθυμίαν παρασχόμενος πρὸς τὸ κοινωνῆσαι τοῦ Πυθαγορείου βίου καὶ προσελθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν Πυθαγόραν ἤδη πρεσβύτην ὄντα, ἀπεδοκιμάσθη διὰ τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας.
γενομένου δὲ τούτου πόλεμον ἰσχυρὸν ἤρατο καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ πρὸς αὐτόν τε τὸν Πυθαγόραν καὶ τοὺς ἑταίρους, καὶ οὕτω σφοδρά τις ἐγένετο καὶ ἄκρατος ἡ φιλοτιμία αὐτοῦ τε τοῦ Κύλωνος καὶ τῶν μετ’ ἐκείνου τεταγμένων, ὥστε διατεῖναι μέχρι τῶν τελευταίων Πυθαγορείων. ὁ μὲν οὖν Πυθαγόρας διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸ Μεταπόντιον, κἀκεῖ λέγεται καταστρέψαι τὸν βίον· οἱ δὲ Κυλώνειοι λεγόμενοι διετέλουν πρὸς Πυθαγορείους στασιάζοντες καὶ πᾶσαν ἐνδεικνύμενοι δυσμένειαν. ἀλλ’ ὅμως ἐπεκράτει μέχρι τινὸς ἡ τῶν Πυθαγορείων καλοκαγαθία καὶ ἡ τῶν πόλεων αὐτῶν βούλησις, ὥστε ὑπ’ ἐκείνων οἰκονομεῖσθαι βούλεσθαι τὰ περὶ τὰς πολιτείας. τέλος δὲ εἰς τοσοῦτον ἐπεβούλευσαν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ὥστε ἐν τῇ Μίλωνος οἰκίᾳ ἐν Κρότωνι συνεδρευόντων τῶν Πυθαγορείων καὶ βουλευομένων περὶ πολιτικῶν πραγμάτων ὑφάψαντες τὴν οἰκίαν κατέκαυσαν τοὺς ἄνδρας πλὴν δυεῖν, Ἀρχίππου τε καὶ Λύσιδος· οὗτοι δὲ νεώτατοι ὄντες καὶ εὐρωστότατοι διεξεπαίσαντο ἔξω πως.
γενομένου δὲ τούτου καὶ λόγον οὐδένα ποιησαμένων τῶν πόλεων περὶ τοῦ συμβάντος πάθους ἐπαύσαντο τῆς ἐπιμελείας οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι. συνέβη δὲ τοῦτο δι’ ἀμφοτέρας τὰς αἰτίας, διά τε τὴν ὀλιγωρίαν τῶν πόλεων, τοῦ τοιούτου γὰρ καὶ τηλικούτου γενομένου πάθους οὐδεμίαν ἐπιστροφὴν ἐποιήσαντο, διά τε τὴν ἀπώλειαν τῶν ἡγεμονικωτάτων ἀνδρῶν. τῶν δὲ δύο τῶν περισωθέντων, ἀμφοτέρων Ταραντίνων ὄντων, ὁ μὲν Ἄρχιππος ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς Τάραντα, ὁ δὲ Λῦσις μισήσας τὴν ὀλιγωρίαν ἀπῆρεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ ἐν Ἀχαΐᾳ διέτρίβε τῇ Πελοποννησιακῇ, ἔπειτα εἰς Θήβας μετῳκίσατο σπουδῆς τινὸς γενομένης, οὗπερ ἐγένετο Ἐπαμεινώνδας ἀκροατὴς καὶ πατέρα τὸν Λῦσιν ἐκάλεσεν. ὧδε καὶ τὸν βίον κατέστρεψεν. οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ τῶν Πυθαγορείων ἀθροισθέντες εἰς τὸ Ῥήγιον ἐκεῖ διέτριβον μετ’ ἀλλήλων.
προϊόντος δὲ τοῦ χρόνου καὶ τῶν πολιτευμάτων ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον προβαινόντων ἀπέστησαν τῆς Ἰταλίας πλὴν Ἀρχίππου τοῦ Ταραντίνου. *** ἦσαν δὲ οἱ σπουδαιότατοι Φάντων τε καὶ Ἐχεκράτης καὶ Πολύμναστος καὶ Διοκλῆς Φλιάσιοι, Ξενόφιλος δὲ Χαλκιδεὺς τῶν ἀπὸ Θρᾴκης [Χαλκιδέων]. ἐφύλαξαν μὲν οὖν τὰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἤθη καὶ τὰ μαθήματα, καίτοι ἐκλειπούσης τῆς αἱρέσεως, ἕως εὐγενῶς ἠφανίσθησαν.
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν Ἀριστόξενος διηγεῖται· Νικόμαχος δὲ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα συνομολογεῖ τούτοις, παρὰ δὲ τὴν ἀποδημίαν Πυθαγόρου φησὶ γεγονέναι τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν ταύτην.
ὡς γὰρ Φερεκύδη τὸν Σύριον, διδάσκαλον αὐτοῦ γενόμενον, εἰς Δῆλον ἐπορεύθη, νοσοκομήσων τε αὐτὸν περιπετῆ γενόμενον τῷ ἱστορουμένῳ τῆς φθειριάσεως πάθει καὶ κηδεύσων. τότε δὴ οὖν οἱ ἀπογνωσθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτῶν καὶ στηλιτευθέντες ἐπέθεντο αὐτοῖς καὶ πάντας πανταχῇ ἐνέπρησαν, αὐτοί τε ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰταλιωτῶν κατελεύσθησαν ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ ἐξερρίφησαν ἄταφοι. τότε δὴ οὖν συνεκλιπεῖν συνέβαινε τὴν ἐπιστήμην τοῖς ἐπισταμένοις, ἅτε δὴ ἄρρητον ὑπ’ αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς στήθεσι διαφυλαχθεῖσαν μέχρι τότε, τὰ δὲ δυσσύνετα μόνα καὶ ἀδιάπτυκτα παρὰ τοῖς ἔξω διαμνημονεύεσθαι συνέβη, πλὴν ὀλίγων πάνυ, ὅσα τινὲς ἐν ἀποδημίαις τότε τυχόντες διέσωσαν ζώπυρα ἄττα πάνυ ἀμυδρὰ καὶ δυσθήρατα.
καὶ οὗτοι γὰρ μονωθέντες καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ συμβάντι οὐ μετρίως ἀθυμήσαντες διεσπάρησαν μὲν ἄλλος ἀλλαχῇ, καὶ οὐκέτι κοινωνεῖν ἀνθρώπῳ τινὶ λόγου τὸ παράπαν ὑπέμενον, μονάζοντες δ’ ἐν ταῖς ἐρημίαις, ὅπου ἂν τύχῃ, καὶ κατάκλειστοι τὰ πολλὰ τὴν αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ ἕκαστος συνουσίαν ἀντὶ παντὸς ἠσμένιζον. διευλαβούμενοι δὲ μὴ παντελῶς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀπόληται τὸ φιλοσοφίας ὄνομα καὶ θεοῖς αὐτοὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀπεχθάνωνται, διολέσαντες ἄρδην τὸ τηλικοῦτον αὐτῶν δῶρον, ὑπομνήματά τινα κεφαλαιώδη καὶ συμβολικὰ συνταξάμενοι τά τε τῶν πρεσβυτέρων συγγράμματα καὶ ὧν διεμέμνηντο συναλίσαντες κατέλιπον ἕκαστος οὗπερ ἐτύγχανε τελευτῶν, ἐπισκήψαντες υἱοῖς ἢ θυγατράσιν ἢ γυναιξὶ μηδενὶ δόμεναι τῶν ἐκτὸς τᾶς οἰκίας. αἳ δὲ μέχρι παμπόλλου χρόνου τοῦτο διετήρησαν, ἐκ διαδοχῆς τὴν αὐτὴν ταύτην ἐντολὴν ἐπιστέλλουσαι τοῖς ἐπιγόνοις.
ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἔστιν ὅπου διαφωνεῖ, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ προστίθησι τῶν μὴ εἰρημένων παρὰ τούτοις, φέρε δὴ καὶ τὴν τούτου παραθώμεθα διήγησιν περὶ τῆς εἰς τοὺς Πυθαγορείους ἐπιβουλῆς. λέγει τοίνυν ὡς ἐκείνῳ παρηκολούθει μὲν εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων ὁ φθόνος παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων. οἱ γὰρ ἄνθρωποι, μέχρι μὲν διελέγετο πᾶσι τοῖς προσιοῦσι Πυθαγόρας, ἡδέως εἶχον, ἐπεὶ δὲ μόνοις ἐνετύγχανε τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ἠλαττοῦτο. καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἔξωθεν ἥκοντος συνεχώρουν ἡττᾶσθαι, τοῖς δ’ ἐγχωρίοις πλεῖον φέρεσθαι δοκοῦσιν ἤχθοντο, καὶ καθ’ αὑτῶν ὑπελάμβανον γίνεσθαι τὴν σύνοδον. ἔπειτα καὶ τῶν νεανίσκων ὄντων ἐκ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀξιώμασι καὶ ταῖς οὐσίαις προεχόντων, συνέβαινε προαγούσης τῆς ἡλικίας μὴ μόνον αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις βίοις πρωτεύειν, ἀλλὰ τὸ κοινῇ τὴν πόλιν οἰκονομεῖν, μεγάλην μὲν ἑταιρείαν συναγηοχόσιν, ἦσαν (γὰρ) ὑπὲρ τριακοσίους, μικρὸν δὲ μέρος τῆς πόλεως οὖσι, τῆς οὐκ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἔθεσιν οὐδ’ ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἐκείνοις πολιτευομένης.
οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ μέχρι μὲν οὖν τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν χώραν ἐκέκτηντο καὶ Πυθαγόρας ἐπεδήμει, διέμενεν ἡ μετὰ τὸν συνοικισμὸν κεχρονισμένη κατάστασις, δυσαρεστουμένη καὶ ζητοῦσα καιρὸν εὕρασθαι μεταβολῆς. ἐπεὶ δὲ Σύβαριν ἐχειρώσαντο, κἀκεῖνος ἀπῆλθε, καὶ τὴν δορίκτητον διῳκήσαντο μὴ κατακληρουχηθῆναι κατὰ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῶν πολλῶν, ἐξερράγη τὸ σιωπώμενον μῖσος, καὶ διέστη πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸ πλῆθος. ἡγεμόνες δὲ ἐγένοντο τῆς διαφορᾶς οἱ ταῖς συγγενείαις (καὶ) ταῖς οἰκειότησιν ἐγγύτατα καθεστηκότες τῶν Πυθαγορείων. αἴτιον δ’ ἦν (ὅτι) τὰ μὲν πολλὰ αὐτοὺς ἐλύπει τῶν πραττομένων, ὥσπερ καὶ τοὺς τυχόντας, ἐφ’ ὅσον ἰδιασμὸν εἶχε παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους, ἐν δὲ τοῖς μεγίστοις καθ’ αὑτῶν μόνον ἐνόμιζον εἶναι τὴν ἀτιμίαν. ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῷ μηδένα τῶν Πυθαγορείων ὀνομάζειν Πυθαγόραν, ἀλλὰ ζῶντα μέν, ὁπότε βούλοιντο δηλῶσαι, καλεῖν αὐτὸν θεῖον, ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησεν, ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἄνδρα, καθάπερ Ὅμηρος ἀποφαίνει τὸν Εὔμαιον ὑπὲρ Ὀδυσσέως μεμνημένον, τὸν μὲν ἐγών, ὦ ξεῖνε, καὶ οὐ παρεόντ’ ὀνομάζειν αἰδέομαι· πέρι γάρ μ’ ἐφίλει καὶ ἐκήδετο λίην·
ὁμοιοτρόπως δὲ μηδ’ ἐκ τῆς κλίνης ἀνισταμένοις ὕστερον ἢ τὸν ἥλιον ἀνίσχειν, μηδὲ δακτύλιον ἔχοντα θεοῦ σημεῖον φορεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν παρατηρεῖν ὅπως ἀνιόντα προσεύξωνται, τὸν δὲ μὴ περιτίθεσθαι, φυλαττομένους μὴ προσενέγκωσι πρὸς ἐκφορὰν ἤ τινα τόπον οὐ καθαρόν· ὁμοίως δὲ μηδ’ ἀπροβούλευτον μηδ’ ἀνυπεύθυνον μηδὲν ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ πρωὶ μὲν προχειρίζεσθαι τί πρακτέον, εἰς δὲ τὴν νύκτα ἀναλογίζεσθαι τί διῳκήκασιν, ἅμα τῷ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ τὴν μνήμην γυμναζομένους· παραπλησίως δ’, εἴ τις τῶν κοινωνούντων τῆς διατριβῆς ἀπαντῆσαι κελεύσειεν εἴς τινα τόπον, ἐν ἐκείνῳ περιμένειν ἕως ἔλθοι, δι’ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, πάλιν ἐν τούτῳ τῶν Πυθαγορείων συνεθιζόντων μεμνῆσθαι τὸ ῥηθὲν καὶ μηδὲν εἰκῆ λέγειν.
ὅπως δ’ ἄχρι τῆς τελευτῆς εἴη τι προστεταγμένον, κατὰ τὸν ὕστατον καιρὸν παρήγγελλε μὴ βλασφημεῖν, ἀλλ’ὥσπερ ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς ἀναγωγαῖς οἰωνίζεσθαι μετὰ τῆς εὐφημίας ἥνπερ ἐποιοῦντο διωθουμένους τὸν Ἀδρίαν. τὰ μὲν τοιαῦτα, καθάπερ προεῖπον, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐλύπει κοινῶς ἅπαντας ἐφ’ ὅσον ἑώρων ἰδιάζοντας ἐν αὐτοῖς τοὺς συμπεπαιδευμένους. ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ μόνοις τοῖς Πυθαγορείοις τὴν δεξιὰν ἐμβάλλειν, ἑτέρῳ δὲ μηδενὶ τῶν οἰκείων πλὴν τῶν γονέων, καὶ τῷ τὰς οὐσίας ἀλλήλων μὲν παρέχειν κοινάς, πρὸς ἐκείνους δὲ ἐξηλλοτριωμένας, χαλεπώτερον καὶ βαρύτερον ἔφερον οἱ συγγενεῖς. ἀρχόντων δὲ τούτων τῆς διαστάσεως ἑτοίμως οἱ λοιποὶ προσέπιπτον [εἰς τὴν ἔχθραν]. καὶ λεγόντων ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν χιλίων Ἱππάσου καὶ Διοδώρου καὶ Θεάγους ὑπὲρ τοῦ πάντας κοινωνεῖν τῶν ἀρχῶν καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ διδόναι τὰς εὐθύνας τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐν τοῖς ἐκ πάντων λαχοῦσιν, ἐναντιουμένων δὲ τῶν Πυθαγορείων Ἀλκιμάχου καὶ Δεινάρχου καὶ Μέτωνος καὶ Δημοκήδους καὶ διακωλυόντων τὴν πάτριον πολιτείαν μὴ καταλύειν, ἐκράτησαν οἱ τῷ πλήθει συνηγοροῦντες.
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συνελθόντων τῶν πολλῶν διελόμενοι τὰς δημηγορίας κατηγόρουν τῶν αὐτῶν ἐκ τῶν ῥητόρων Κύλων καὶ Νίνων. ἦν δ’ ὃ μὲν ἐκ τῶν εὐπόρων, ὃ δὲ ἐκ τῶν δημοτικῶν. * * τοιούτων δὴ λόγων μακροτέρων δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Κύλωνος ῥηθέντων, ἐπῆγεν ἅτερος, προσποιούμενος μὲν ἐξητακέναι τὰ τῶν Πυθαγορείων ἀπόρρητα, πεπλακὼς δὲ καὶ γεγραφὼς ἐξ ὧν μάλιστα αὐτοὺς ἤμελλε διαβαλεῖν, καὶ δοὺς τῷ γραμματεῖ βιβλίον ἐκέλευσεν ἀναγιγνώσκειν.
ἦν δ’ αὐτῷ ἐπιγραφὴ μὲν λόγος ἱερός, ὁ δὲ τύπος τοιοῦτος τῶν γεγραμμένων. τοὺς φίλους ὥσπερ τοὺς θεοὺς σέβεσθαι, τοὺς δ’ ἄλλους ὥσπερ τὰ θηρία χειροῦσθαι. τὴν αὐτὴν ταύτην γνώμην ὑπὲρ Πυθαγόρου μεμνημένους ἐν μέτρῳ τοὺς μαθητὰς λέγειν· τοὺς μὲν ἑταίρους ἦγεν ἴσους μακάρεσσι θεοῖσι, τοὺς δ’ ἄλλους ἡγεῖτ’ οὔτ’ ἐν λόγῳ οὔτ’ ἐν ἀριθμῷ. τὸν Ὅμηρον μάλιστ’ ἐπαινεῖν ἐν οἷς εἴρηκε ποιμένα λαῶν·
ἐμφανίζειν γὰρ βοσκήματα τοὺς πολλοὺς ὄντας, ὀλιγαρχικὸν ὄντα. τοῖς κυάμοις πολεμεῖν ὡς ἀρχηγοῖς γεγονόσι [τοῦ κλήρου καὶ] τοῦ καθιστάναι τοὺς τυχόντας ἐπὶ τὰς ἐπιμελείας. τυραννίδος ὀρέγεσθαι παρακαλοῦντας κρεῖττον εἶναι φάσκειν γενέσθαι μίαν ἡμέραν ταῦρον ἢ πάντα τὸν αἰῶνα βοῦν. ἐπαινεῖν τὰ τῶν ἄλλων νόμιμα, κελεύειν δὲ χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὑφ’ αὐτῶν ἐγνωσμένοις. καθάπαξ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν αὐτῶν συνωμοσίαν ἀπέφαινε κατὰ τῶν πολλῶν καὶ παρεκάλει μηδὲ τὴν φωνὴν ἀνέχεσθαι συμβουλευόντων, ἀλλ’ ἐνθυμεῖσθαι διότι τὸ παράπαν οὐδ’ ἂν συνῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, εἰ τοὺς χιλίους ἔπεισαν ἐκεῖνοι κυρῶσαι τὴν συμβουλήν. ὥστε τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἐκείνων δύναμιν κεκωλυμένοις τῶν ἄλλων ἀκούειν οὐ προσήκειν ἐᾶν αὐτοὺς λέγειν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δεξιὰν τὴν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένην πολεμίαν ἐκείνοις ἔχειν, ὅταν τὰς γνώμας χειροτονῶσιν ἢ τὴν ψῆφον λάβωσιν, αἰσχρὸν εἶναι νομίζοντας, τοὺς τριάκοντα μυριάδων περὶ τὸν Τετράεντα ποταμὸν περιγενομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ χιλιοστοῦ μέρους ἐκείνων ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει φανῆναι κατεστασιασμένους.
τὸ δ’ ὅλον οὕτω τῇ διαβολῇ τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἐξηγρίωσεν, ὥστε μετ’ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας, μουσεῖα θυόντων αὐτῶν ἐν οἰκίᾳ παρὰ τὸ Πύθιον, ἀθρόοι συνδραμόντες οἷοί τ’ ἦσαν τὴν ἐπίθεσιν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ποιήσασθαι. οἳ δὲ προαισθόμενοι οἳ μὲν εἰς πανδοκεῖον ἔφυγον, Δημοκήδης δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἐφήβων εἰς Πλατέας ἀπεχώρησεν. οἳ δὲ καταλύσαντες τοὺς νόμους ἐχρῶντο ψηφίσμασιν, ἐν οἷς αἰτιασάμενοι τὸν Δημοκήδην συνεστακέναι τοὺς νεωτέρους ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, τρία τάλαντα ἐκήρυξαν δώσειν, ἐάν τις αὐτὸν ἀνέλῃ, καὶ γενομένης μάχης, κρατήσαντος αὐτοῦ τὸν κίνδυνον ὑπὸ Θεάγους, ἐκείνῳ τὰ τρία τάλαντα παρὰ τῆς πόλεως ἐμέρισαν.
πολλῶν δὲ κακῶν κατὰ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν ὄντων, εἰς κρίσιν προβληθέντων τῶν φυγάδων καὶ τρισὶ πόλεσι τῆς ἐπιτροπῆς παραδοθείσης, Ταραντίνοις, Μεταποντίνοις, Καυλωνιάταις, ἔδοξε τοῖς πεμφθεῖσιν ἐπὶ τὴν γνώμην ἀργύριον λαβοῦσιν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς τῶν Κροτωνιατῶν ὑπομνήμασιν ἀναγέγραπται, φεύγειν τοὺς αἰτίους. προσεξέβαλον δὲ τῇ κρίσει κρατῆσαντες ἅπαντας τοὺς τοῖς καθεστῶσι δυσχεραίνοντας καὶ συνεφυγάδευσαν τὴν γενεάν, οὐ φάσκοντες δεῖν ἀσεβεῖν οὐδὲ τοὺς παῖδας ἀπὸ τῶν γονέων διασπᾶν. καὶ τά τε χρέα ἀπέκοψαν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἀνάδαστον ἐποίησαν.
ἐπιγενομένων δὲ πολλῶν ἐτῶν καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Δείναρχον ἐν ἑτέρῳ κινδύνῳ τελευτησάντων, ἀποθανόντος καὶ Λιτάτους, ὅσπερ ἦν ἡγεμονικώτατος τῶν στασιασάντων, ἔλεός τις καὶ μετάνοια· ἐνέπεσε, καὶ τοὺς περιλειπομένους αὐτῶν ἠβουλήθησαν κατάγειν. μεταπεμπόμενοι δὲ πρεσβευτὰς ἐξ Ἀχαΐας δι’ ἐκείνων πρὸς τοὺς ἐκπεπτωκότας διελύθησαν καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους εἰς Δελφοὺς ἀνέθηκαν.
ἦσαν δὲ τῶν Πυθαγορικῶν καὶ περὶ ἑξήκοντα τὸν ἀριθμὸν οἱ κατελθόντες ἄνευ τῶν πρεσβυπέρων, ἐν οἷς ἐπὶ τὴν ἰατρικήν τινες κατενεχθέντες καὶ διαίτῃ τοὺς ἀρρώστους ὄντας θεραπεύοντες ἡγεμόνες κατέστησαν τῆς εἰρημένης μεθόδου. συνέβη δὲ καὶ τοὺς σωθέντας, διαφερόντως παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς εὐδοκιμοῦντας, κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἐν ᾧ λεγομένου πρὸς τοὺς παρανομοῦντας οὐ τάδε ἐστὶν ἐπὶ Νίνωνος γενέσθαι φασὶ ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν, κατὰ τοῦτον ἐμβαλόντων τῶν Θουρίων κατὰ χώραν ἐκβοηθήσαντας καὶ μετ’ ἀλλήλων κινδυνεύσαντας ἀποθανεῖν, τὴν δὲ πόλιν οὕτως εἰς τοὐναντίον μεταπεσεῖν, ὥστε χωρὶς τῶν ἐπαίνων ὧν ἐποιοῦντο περὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν, ὑπολαβεῖν μᾶλλον ταῖς μούσαις κεχαρισμένην ἔσεσθαι τὴν ἑορτήν, (εἰ) κατὰ τὸ μουσεῖον τὴν δημοσίαν ποιοῖντο θυσίαν, (ὃ) κατ’ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους πρότερον ἱδρυσάμενοι τὰς θεὰς ἐτίμων. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς κατὰ τῶν Πυθαγορείων γενομένης ἐπιθέσεως τοσαῦτα εἰρήσθω.
Chapter 36
Διάδοχος δὲ πρὸς πάντων ὁμολογεῖται Πυθαγόρου γεγονέναι Ἀρισταῖος Δαμοφῶντος ὁ Κροτωνιάτης, κατ’ αὐτὸν Πυθαγόραν τοῖς χρόνοις γενόμενος ἑπτὰ γενεαῖς ἔγγιστα πρὸ Πλάτωνος, καὶ οὐ μόνον τῆς σχολῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς παιδοτροφίας καὶ τοῦ Θεανοῦς γάμου κατηξιώθη διὰ τὸ ἐξαιρέτως περικεκρατηκέναι τῶν δογμάτων. αὐτὸν μὲν γὰρ Πυθαγόραν ἀφηγήσασθαι λέγεται ἑνὸς δέοντος ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα, τὰ πάντα βιώσαντα ἔτη ἐγγὺς τῶν ἑκατόν, παραδοῦναι δὲ Ἀρισταίῳ τὴν σχολὴν πρεσβυτάτῳ ὄντι. μεθ’ ὃν ἡγήσασθαι Μνήσαρχον τὸν Πυθαγόρου, τοῦτον δὲ Βουλαγόρᾳ παραδοῦναι, ἐφ’ οὗ διαρπασθῆναι συνέβη τὴν Κροτωνιατῶν πόλιν. μεθ’ ὃν Γαρτύδαν τὸν Κροτωνιάτην διάδοχον γενέσθαι, ἐπανελθόντα ἐκ τῆς ἀποδημίας ἣν ἐποιήσατο πρὸ τοῦ πολέμου· διὰ μέντοι τὴν συμφορὰν τῆς πατρίδος ἐκλιπεῖν τὸν βίον. ἕνα δὴ μόνον γενέσθαι τοῦτον ὃς ὑπὸ λύπης προύλιπε τὸν βίον·
τοῖς δ’ ἄλλοις ἔθος εἶναι γηραιοῖς σφόδρα γενομένοις ὥσπερ ἐκ δεσμῶν τοῦ σώματος ἀπαλλάττεσθαι. χρόνῳ μέντοι γε ὕστερον Ἀρέσαν ἐκ τῶν Λευκανῶν, σωθέντα διά τινων ξένων, ἀφηγήσασθαι τῆς σχολῆς· πρὸς ὃν ἀφικέσθαι Διόδωρον τὸν Ἀσπένδιον, ὃν παραδεχθῆναι διὰ τὴν σπάνιν τῶν ἐν τῷ συστήματι ἀνδρῶν. οὗτος δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἐπανελθὼν διέδωκε τὰς Πυθαγορείους φωνάς· ζηλωτὰς δὲ γράφει γενέσθαι τῶν ἀνδρῶν περὶ μὲν Ἡράκλειαν Κλεινίαν καὶ Φιλόλαον, (ἐν) Μεταποντίῳ δὲ Θεαρίδαν (καὶ) Εὔρυτον, ἐν Τάραντι δὲ Ἀρχύταν. τῶν δ’ ἔξωθεν ἀκροατῶν γενέσθαι καὶ Ἐπίχαρμον, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ συστήματος τῶν ἀνδρῶν· ἀφικόμενον δὲ εἰς Συρακούσας διὰ τὴν Ἱέρωνος τυραννίδα τοῦ μὲν φανερῶς φιλοσοφεῖν ἀποσχέσθαι, εἰς μέτρον δ’ ἐντεῖναι τὰς διανοίας τῶν ἀνδρῶν, μετὰ παιδιᾶς κρύφα ἐκφέροντα τὰ Πυθαγόρου δόγματα.
τῶν δὲ συμπάντων Πυθαγορείων τοὺς μὲν ἀγνῶτάς τε καὶ ἀνωνύμους τινὰς πολλοὺς εἰκὸς γεγονέναι, τῶν δὲ γνωριζομένων ἐστὶ τάδε τὰ ὀνόματα.
Κροτωνιᾶται Ἱππόστρατος, Δύμας, Αἴγων, Αἵμων, Σίλιος, Κλεοσθένης, Ἀγέλας, Ἐπίσυλος, Φυκιάδας, Ἔκφαντος, Τίμαιος, Βοῦθος, Ἔρατος, Ἰταναῖος, Ῥόδιππος, Βρύας, Ἔνανδρος, Μυλίας, Ἀντιμέδων, Ἀγέας, Λεόφρων, Ἀγύλος, Ὄνατος, Ἱπποσθένης, Κλεόφρων, Ἀλκμαίων, Δαμοκλῆς, Μίλων, Μένων.
Μεταποντῖνοι Βροντῖνος, Παρμενίσκος, Ὀρεστάδας, Λέων, Δαμάρμενος, Αἰνέας, Χιλᾶς, Μελησίας, Ἀριστέας, Λαφάων, Εὔανδρος, Ἀγησίδαμος, Ξενοκάδης, Εὐρύφαμος, Ἀριστομένης, Ἀγήσαρχος, Ἀλκίας, Ξενοφάντης, Θράσεος, Εὔρυτος, Ἐπίφρων, Εἰρίσκος Μεγιστίας, Λεωκύδης, Θρασυμήδης, Εὔφημος, Προκλῆς, Ἀντιμένης, Λάκριτος, Δαμοτάγης, Πύρρων, Ῥηξίβιος, Ἀλώπεκος, Ἀστύλος, Δακίδας, Ἀλίοχος, Λακράτης, Γλυκῖνος.
Ἀκραγαντῖνος Ἐμπεδοκλῆς.
Ἐλεάτης Παρμενίδης.
Ταραντῖνοι φιλόλαος, Εὔρυτος, Ἀρχύτας, θεόδωρος, Ἀρίστιππος, Λύκων, Ἑστιαῖος, Πολέμαρχος, Ἀστέας, Καινίας, Κλέων, Εὐρυμέδων, Ἀρκέας, Κλειναγόρας, Ἄρχιππος, Ζώπυρος, Εὔθυνος, Δικαίαρχος, Φιλωνίδης, Φροντίδας, Αῦσις, Λυσίβιος, Δεινοκράτης, Ἐχεκράτης, Πακτίων, Ἀκουσιλάδας, Ἴκκος, Πεισικράτης, Κλεάρατος, Λεοντεύς, Φρύνιχος, Σμιχίας, Ἀριστοκλίδας, Κλεινίας, Ἀβροτέλης, Πισίρροδος, Βρύας, Ἔλανδρος, Ἀρχέμαχος, Μμνόμαχος, Ἀχμονίδας, Δίκας, Κλεοφαντίδας.
Συβαρῖται Μέτωπος, Ἵππασος, Πρόξενος, Εὐάνωρ, Λεάναξ, Μενέστωρ, Διοκλῆς, Ἔμπεδος, Τιμάσιος, Πτολεμαῖος, Ἔνδιος, Τυρσηνός.
Καρχηδόνιοι Μιλτιάδης, Ἄνθην, Ὁδίος, Λεόκριτος. Πάριοι Αἰήτιος, Φαινεκλῆς, Δεξίθεος, Ἀλκίμαχος, Δείναρχος, Μέτων, Τίμαιος, Τιμησιάναξ, Εὔμοιρος, Θυμαρίδας.
Λοκροὶ Γύττιος, Ξένων, Φιλόδαμος, Εὐέτης, Εὔδικος, Σθενωνίδας, Σωσίστρατος, Εὐθύνους, Ζάλευκος, Τιμάρης.
Ποσειδωνιᾶται Ἀθάμας, Σῖμος, Πρόξενος, Κράνοος, Μύης, Βαθύλαος, Φαίδων.
Λευκανοὶ Ὄκελλος καὶ Ὄκκιλος ἀδελφοί, Ὀρέσανδρος, Κέραμβος, Δαρδανεύς, Μαλίων.
Ἀργεῖοι Ἱππομέδων, Τιμοσθένης, Εὐέλθων, Θρασύδαμος, Κρίτων, Πολύκτωρ.
Λάκωνες Αὐτοχαρίδας, Κλεάνωρ, Εὐρυκράτης.
Ὑπερβόρειος Ἄβαρις.
Ῥηγῖνοι Ἀριστείδης, Δημοσθένης, Ἀριστοκράτης, Φύτιος, Ἑλικάων, Μνησίβουλος, Ἱππαρχίδης, Εὐθοσίων, Εὐθυκλῆς, Ὄψιμος.
Κάλαϊς Σελινούντιος.
Συρακούσιοι Λεπτίνης, Φιντίας, Δάμων.
Σάμιοι Μέλισσος, Λάκων, Ἄρχιππος, Γλώριππος, Ἔλωρις, Ἵππων.
Καυλωνιᾶται Καλλίβροτος, Δίκων, Νάστας, Δρύμων, Ξέντας.
Φλιάσιοι Διοκλῆς, Ἐχεκράτης, Πολύμναστος, Φάντων.
Σικυώνιοι Πολιάδης, Δήμων, Στράτιος, Σωσθένης.
Κυρηναῖοι Πρῶρος, Μελάνιππος, Ἀριστάγγελος, Θεόδωρος.
Κυζικηνοὶ Πυθόδωρος, Ἱπποσθένης, Βούθηρος, Ξενόφιλος.
Καταναῖοι Χαρώνδας, Λυσιάδης.
Κορίνθιος Χρύσιππος.
Τυρρηνὸς Ναυσίθοος.
Ἀθηναῖος Νεόκριτος.
Ποντικὸς Λύραμνος. οἱ πάντες σιηʹ.
Πυθαγορίδες δὲ γυναῖκες αἱ ἐπιφανέσταται Τιμύχα γυνὴ ἡ Μυλλία τοῦ Κροτωνιάτου, Φίλτυς θυγάτηρ Θεόφριος τοῦ Κροτωνιάτου, Βυνδάκου ἀδελφὴ Ὀκέλλω καὶ Ἐκκέλω τῶν Λευκανῶν, Χειλωνὶς θυγάτηρ Χείλωνος τοῦ Λακεδαιμονίου, Κρατησίκλεια Λάκαινα γυνὴ Κλεάνορος τοῦ Λακεδαιμονίου, Θεανὼ γυνὴ τοῦ Μεταποντίνου Βροτίνου, Μυῖα γυνὴ Μίλωνος τοῦ Κροτωνιάτου, Λασθένεια Ἀρκάδισσα, Ἁβροτέλεια Ἁβροτέλους θυγάτηρ τοῦ Ταραντίνου, Ἐχεκράτεια Φλιασία, Τυρσηνὶς Συβαρῖτις, Πισιρρόδη Ταραντίς, Νισθεάδουσα Λάκαινα, Βοιὼ Ἀργεία, Βαβέλυκα Ἀργεία, Κλεαίχμα ἀδελφὴ Αὐτοχαρίδα τοῦ Λάκωνος. αἱ πᾶσαι ιζʹ.